LoadGuideV2 02 PDF

Start
TLG 2016 Edition (ver 2.02)

SBCA LOAD GUIDE
v2.02
GUIDE TO GOOD PRACTICE FOR SPECIFYING & APPLYING LOADS TO

STRUCTURAL BUILDING COMPONENTS
Produced by SBCA’s Engineering & Technology Committee

in cooperation with TPI's Technical Advisory Committee
Acknowledgements
Goals and Objectives
This document is intended to be used by Building Designers (architects, engineers, etc.), Building Code
Officials, Component Manufacturers, Truss Designers and Truss Technicians, with the goal of helping everyone
that uses it to more easily understand, define and specify all the loads that should be applied to the design of
each structural building component used to resist these loads. Its scope is three building code cycles (i.e.
2009/2012/2015) along with the appropriate referenced standards. It is purely a guide to be used, similar in
concept to that of a calculator, and is not intended to replace engineering analysis or engineering judgment.
The purpose of this document is to provide the basis for an on-going discussion to accomplish the following:
1. Provide the code and/or standards based requirements for determining design loads specifically for
Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses (Trusses) and related Structural Building Components (SBC).
2. Provide industry consensus positions on the application of code and/or standard requirements for
loading Trusses and other SBCs. Particular emphasis was give to those code provisions that have been
found to suffer from inconsistent interpretation in the building industry.
3. Provide industry consensus interpretations and commentary on the application of loads using examples
that are industry specific.
4. Specify practical interpretations of some of the more unique Structural Building Component loading
situations.
The positions, interpretations, comparisons and commentary included in this document are intended to assist
anyone using this document with specifying and applying loads on Trusses and other Structural Building
Components. They are intended to aid in the consistent interpretation and application of loads, yet are not
intended to supersede an Architect’s or Engineer’s judgment and design specification for the loads that should
be applied to a specific building.
As the building code states — ”The purpose of this code is to establish the minimum requirements to safeguard
the public health, safety and general welfare through structural strength…..” This document is focused on the
structural strength provisions of the code.
This work was a cooperative development between the Truss Plate Institute (TPI) and the Structural Building
Components Association (SBCA). The two worked through their respective technical committees and boards.
The development of this document included working with the various Truss design software programs used in
the structural building component industry to fully understand how load application was currently being
performed. It is our hope that this document will clear up uncertain or confusing areas within the building codes
and their respective referenced standards as they pertain to Trusses and other SBCs. Our goal is to help assure
that all Trusses and SBCs will be designed using a consistent interpretation and application of the code.
Note that local code variations may not be specifically addressed in the calculations or the commentary.
This document may be freely distributed. One goal is to achieve a greater level of consensus on how to load
Trusses and other Structural Building Components with the largest audience possible.
Comments may be made and updated versions will be available at the following website:
http://www.sbcindustry.com/loads.php
How to Use this Guide

NOTE: the cells have been sized for best viewing at 100% or higher, but may also be viewed at 75%. If a setting
lower than 75% is used, some of the content may appear truncated.
Beta Version 2.02

5/13/2016 Copyright © 2005, 2006, 2008, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2016 SBCA. All Rights Reserved. 1
Start
We suggest to begin:
1. Review the table of contents for an overview of what this guide contains.
Table of contents (replicates tab structure)
2. Then go to the appropriate spreadsheet to determine the loads for the truss application under
consideration.
Roof Truss Loads
Floor Truss Loads
Dead Loads
3. Use the appropriate spreadsheet to define the loads for EACH Truss or SBC type that will be used for the
roofs and/or the floors of the building begin designed.
a. As you use the spreadsheet to define the loads on each truss, follow the hyperlinks distributed
throughout the document to access futher information.
b. You may also navigate through the tabs at the bottom of the screen to find the information you need
or go back to the Table of Contents.
Commentary
Appendices
c. Go to the update history page to see what has changed since the previous version.
Update History
4. Printing is allowed. The Print Input buttons on the three load worksheets bring up the Excel print preview
page for each defined printout. You can preview, close, and return to the input page, or print. It is
recommended that you print to a printer or electronic format to preserve a copy of your work as you
complete the loading requirements for each Truss or SBC.
A Print setup worksheet has been added to allow each user to enter custimized header information.
Print Setup
5. If you have projects that use some of the same loading conditions consistently, you may wish to save and
rename copies of this spreadsheet with a set of default inputs. In this beta version there is no method
included to save or export inputs other than by printing.
6. Due to the size of the spreadsheet, we suggest that if saving a copy of loading information for each Truss
or SBC of a specific project is required, that the appropriate pages for each Truss or SBC be printed,
using a portable printing format like Adobe Acrobat (PDF), rather than saving multiple copies of the entire
spreadsheet with the included commentary.
7. The roof and floor load calculation spreadsheet printouts include a place for the appropriate person to sign
off on the agreed upon loads for each Truss or SBC type for the building project under consideration.
a. The Roof, Floor and Dead Load sheets print on letter-size paper in portrait orientation.
b. the Commentary sections and Appendices have been formatted to print on letter-size paper in
portrait orientation. However, no print range has been defined. One must use the Excel commands
to define the range one would like to print.
Questions or comments, email: SBCA Load Guide Comments
Disclaimer:
This document is intended to be used in conjunction with governing building codes, competent
engineering, and adequate supervision of construction.
No reference made in this publication to any specific method, product, process or service constitutes or
implies an endorsement, recommendation, or warranty thereof by SBCA or TPI. SBCA and TPI do not
assume any liability for errors or omissions or for plans prepared or engineering based upon its use.
Neither SBCA or TPI make any representation or warranty of any kind, whether express or implied,
concerning the accuracy, completeness, suitability, or utility of any information, apparatus, product, or
process discussed in this publication, and assumes no liability therefore. This information should not
be used without first securing competent advice with respect to its suitability for any general or specific
application. Anyone utilizing this information assumes all liability arising from such use, including but
not limited to infringement of any patent or patents.
Beta Version 2.02

Table of Contents
Table of Contents (TOC) Section

General Information
Introduction C1-Introduction
Acknowledgements C1.12-Acknowledgements
Abbreviations C1.1-Abbreviations
Definitions C1.2-Definitions
Responsibilites C1.3-Responsibilities
Building Codes & Standards C1.4-Building Codes
Information Required in the Construction Documents C1.5-Documents
The Truss Design Drawing as a Span Chart C1.6-TDD
How the Truss Industry Practices Engineering C1.7-Engineering
Truss Placement Diagram C1.8-TPD
Truss System Design Checklist (Deferred Submittals) C1.9-Checklist
Engineered versus Prescriptive Design C1.10-Prescriptive
Design of Portions C1.11-Portions
Calculators
Roof Live Loads Roof Loads
Roof Dead Loads Dead Loads
Floor Live Loads Floor Loads
Floor Dead Loads Dead Loads
Discussion (each section has its own TOC)

Load Cases & Load Combinations C2-Load Cases
Dead & Soil Loads C3-Dead Loads
Live Loads (Roof & Floor) C4-Live Loads
Flood Loads C5-Flood Loads
Wind Loads C6-Wind Loads
Snow Loads C7-Snow Loads
Rain Loads C8-Rain Loads
Seismic Loads C9-Seismic Loads
Appendices (each section has its own TOC)

Design Considerations A1-Design Considerations
Lateral Loads A2-Lateral Loads
Serviceablity Considerations A3-Serviceability
Other Code Issues A4-Other Code Issues
Code & Standards References A-5 Code References
Update History Update History
Printout:
Setup Printout Setup
Beta Version 2.0

5/13/2016 Copyright © 2005, 2006, 2008, 2012, 2013, 2014 SBCA. All Rights Reserved. 1
Print Setup
Enter your company information in the three lines below.
♦ EXAMPLE COMPANY ♦
Anywhere, USA
2014 Edition (v2.0)
The following will appear at the bottom of the last page of either roof or floor printout.
SBCA and TPI make no representation or warranty of any kind, whether express or implied, concerning the accuracy,
completeness, suitability, or utility of any information or calculation provided in TLG, and assume no liability therefore.
The display below indicates how your header will look on the roof and floor printouts. The header information as
displayed will be repeated on each page. You cannot override the format or insert a graphic logo.
SBCA Load Guide Floor Loads

♦ EXAMPLE COMPANY ♦
Anywhere, USA
2014 Edition (v2.0)
ROOF OR FLOOR PRINTOUT INFORMATION
SBCA and TPI make no representation or warranty of any kind, whether express or implied, concerning the accuracy,
completeness, suitability, or utility of any information or calculation provided in TLG, and assume no liability therefore.
Beta Version 2.0

5/13/2016 Copyright © 2005, 2006, 2008, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2016 SBCA. All Rights Reserved.
Roof Loads
Input parameters are coded as follows: C = building code, E = requires engineering decision, F = requires field evaluation for an engineering decision.
Describe Roof Area or similar trusses:

DETAILED LIVE & ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN LOAD INFORMATION:
TC Uniform Roof Live Load (Lr): Calculated Results:
C Lr = 30 PSF Default Roof Live Load Yes Y/N FL HVHZ Roof Live Load N/A R1 Tributary Reduction Factor
E At = 628 SF Tributary area in ft2 N/A R2 Slope Reduction Factor
E R= 4 IN Rise per ft Yes Y/N IRC Roof Live Load reduction 12.00 L r = 20R 1 R 2 , where 12  L r 20
TC Uniform Snow Load (S): Calculated Results:

C pg = 18 PSF Ground Snow IRC 0.7pg 0.00 pf = 0.7CeCtIpg
F B Terrain Category No Low-slope Minimum Value
F Sheltered Exposure No Rain-on-Snow Surcharge
Ce = 1.20 Exposure Factor Sample Design Snow Loads No Low-slope + Rain-on-Snow
C II Building Category 0.00 ps=Cs(pf)
Is = 1.00 Importance Factor 12.60 Design Snow Load
E Unheated Thermal Condition
Ct = FALSE Thermal Factor W= 80
E Slippery Roofing Type
E Monoslope Roof Type Roof Type should be 'Flat' 12
E W= 80 FT Eave to ridge Check 2308 max 0.25
E R= 0.25 IN Rise per ft Check Ponding
Cs = FALSE Slope Factor
(Details of design considerations must be provided by the Building Designer) Examples:
E Yes Y/N Consider Unbalanced Snow Unbalanced Snow on Gable/Hip Roof
E No Y/N Consider Drifting Snow Step Drifts Parapets
E No Y/N Consider Sliding Snow Sliding Snow Leeward/Windward Drifting
E No Y/N Consider Partial Loading Partial Loading Unbalanced Snow on Curved Roofs
E No Y/N Consider Ice Dam Loading Ice Dam Drifting in Valleys
TC Uniform Rain Load (R): (Rain Load consideration is not generally required on roofs with a slope greater than 1/4 inch per foot (1.19 degrees).
E ds = IN Depth to inlet of secondary drainage
E dh = IN Additional depth above inlet of secondary drainage 0 psf
BC Uniform Live Load (L): Reduction

(The higher value will be used for design) Area Use Factor (Documentation is required, if reduction factor is less than 1.)
E PSF 0.0
E 0 PSF None 0.0 Consider as concurrent?
Beta Version 2.0

5/13/2016 Copyright © 2005, 2006, 2008, 2012, 2013, 2014 SBCA. All Rights Reserved.
Roof Loads
Wind Design Parameters (W): ( All required for IBC ) Velocity Pressure: C&C MWFRS
(To assist in providing wind design parameters.) 29.88 26.61 psf
IBC -09/ASCE 7-05 Wind design Method IRC IBC 2308
C Vasd = 140 MPH Wind Velocity <110 <=100 Mimimum
F B Exposure Category B B-D Required
C No Hurricane Zone No No
C II Building Category II Any
C Iw = 1.00 Importance Factor 1.00 Any
E h= 20 FT Mean Roof Height <60 3 stories
E B= 30 FT Structure Width n/a n/a
E L= 60 FT Structure Length n/a n/a
Kz = 0.70 C&C Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient 0.85 0.85
Kz = 0.62 MWFRS Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient 0.85 0.85
E Kzt = 1.00 Topographic Factor 1.00 1.00
Kd = 0.85 Directionality Factor 0.85 0.85
E Enclosed Enclosure Category Enclosed Enclosed
E End C&C Interior or End Zone varies varies
E 1.60 Load Duration Factor
Special Loading Considerations:

(Must be detailed on construction documents): Describe:
E Y/N Consider Pattern Loading
E Y/N Include Mechanical Loads
E Y/N Consider Impact Loads
E LB Special Concentrated Loads
E LB Concentrated load (over 2.5 square foot area)
E PLF Drag Strut Load - Wind
E PLF Drag Strut Load - Seismic
E Y/N Sprinkler Hanger Check (Sprinkler system load is included with Dead Load)
E Y/N Consider Camber
E Y/N Consider Ponding Loads
E Y/N Consider Environment
Deflection Considerations (Bottom Chord):

C Ceiling construction
L/xx
SPECIFIED DESIGN LOADS: (Rounded to an integer)

User specified Design Values: By Calculation: Roof Live Snow Rain
E TCLL = PSF Snow Controlling Load TCLL 12.00 13.00 0.00
E TCDL = PSF TCDL 0.00 (Dead Loads) C3-Dead
E BCLL = PSF Controlling Load BCLL 0.00
E BCDL = PSF BCDL 0.00 (Dead Loads) C3-Dead
Design Per: IRC 2015
Beta Version 2.0

Floor Loads
Describe Floor Area or similar trusses:

DETAILED LIVE LOAD DESIGN INFORMATION:
C4-Live TC Uniform Floor Truss Live Load (L):
Area Use
C Default L = 40 PSF Living/Private Room (40 psf) (If two values are entered, larger of two will control.)
E 43 PSF Describe other or multiple loads:
BC Uniform Floor Truss Live Load (L):

E 4 PSF If not Zero, describe load:
C4-Live Special Loading (Must be detailed on construction documents):

E Yes Y/N Consider Moveable Partition Loads PSF (Prior to IBC-06/ASCE 7-05, partition load = 20 psf. Now = 15 psf)
E Yes Y/N Consider Pattern Loading
E 20 PLF Drag Strut Load - Wind fff
E 5 PLF Drag Strut Load - Seismic ggg
E Yes Y/N Concentrated Load Check TC LB (over 2.5 foot square area)
E Yes Y/N Concentrated Load Check BC LB (over 2.5 foot square area)
E Yes Y/N Sprinkler Hanger Check (Sprinkler system load is included with Dead Load)
E 500 PSF Concentrated Live Load
E Yes Y/N Include Mechanical Loads
E Yes Y/N Consider Impact Loads
C5-Flood E Yes Y/N Consider Environment
A3-Serviceability Deflection Considerations:

E Std Commercial Floor type
E L/480 LL L/xxx
E Yes Y/N Consider Differential Deflection
Print Inputs
Other Design Information:

E 18 IN Floor Truss Depth
E 24 IN On Center Spacing
C1.3-Design Resp. TOTAL DESIGN LOADS: By Calculation: (Rounded to an integer)
User specified Design Values: Floor

E TCLL = 40 PSF Floor Live Load Controlling Load TCLL 43
E TCDL = 12 PSF TCDL 0 (Dead Loads) C3-Dead
E BCLL = 2 PSF Controlling Load BCLL 4
E BCDL = 7 PSF BCDL 0 (Dead Loads) C3-Dead
C1.4-Codes C Design Per: IRC 2015
Beta Version 2.0

Dead Loads
= User Input = Dropdown list
= Calculated Use TAB key to move through input fields.
Comment (hover mouse pointer over red triangle)
Calculated dead load totals are listed at the bottom of each section.
Calculated values transfer to the roof and floor load worksheets.
Standard dead load values are included in the table. When the product being used is
not listed, enter the description and value at 'other.'
Some imputs REQUIRE both a unit value in addition to a selection.
C = building code, E = requires engineering decision, C/E = either or both
Detailed Dead Loads for Assemblies:

Description Unit PSF
Roof: C/E Roofing & Reroofing 0.00
TC: Felt 0.00
C/E Sheathing 0.00
C/E Insulation (in inches) 0.00
E ½ Truss (not a spec) 0.00
E Over-framing or purlins 0.00
E Sprinkler System 0.00
E Other (enter PSF)
SUBTOTAL TC = 0.00
E Slope (inches) Correction Factor for Slope 1.00
TOTAL Roof Truss TC = TCDL Corrected for Slope PSF 0.00
BC: E ½ Truss (not a spec) 0.00
E Mechanical 0.00
C/ECeiling (layers) 0.00
E Other (enter PSF)
SUBTOTAL BC = DL on horizontal projection 0.00
E Slope (inches) Correction Factor for Sloped Ceiling 1.00
TOTAL Roof Truss BC = BCDL Corrected for Slope PSF 0.00
Floor: Floor Finish Covering 0.00

TC: E Floor Fill 0.00
C/E Subfloor 0.00
C/E Underlayment 0.00
E ½ Truss (not a spec) 0.00
E Insulation (in inches) 0.00
E Non-bearing Partition Load 0.00
E Other (enter PSF)
TOTAL Floor Truss TC = PSF 0.00
BC: E ½ Truss (not a spec) 0.00
E Mechanical 0.00
C/E Ceiling (layers) 0.00
E Other (enter PSF)
Beta Version 2.0
Dead Loads
TOTAL Floor Truss BC = PSF 0.00
Walls (result in PLF values): PLF

C/E Exterior (height in feet) 0.00
E Window/Door 0.00
E Other (enter PLF)
TOTAL Exterior Wall = PLF 0.00
E Interior (height in feet) 0.00

E Other (enter PLF)
TOTAL Interior Wall PLF = PLF 0.00
Beta Version 2.0

C1-Introduction

C1 - INTRODUCTION
C1.1 Abbreviations
C1.2 Definitions
C1.3 Responsibilities
C1.3.1 Requirements of the Owner.
C1.3.1.1 Long Span Truss Requirements
C1.3.2 Requirements of the Building Designer.
C1.3.3 Requirements for the Permanent Member Restraint/Bracing of Truss Systems.
C1.3.4 Requirements of the Contractor.
C1.3.5 Requirements of the Truss Designer.
C1.3.5.1 Information on Truss Design Drawings
C1.3.6 Requirements of the Truss Manufacturer.
C1.3.7 Contracts
C1.4 Building Codes & Standards
C1.5 Information Required in the Construction Documents
C1.6 The Truss Design Drawing as a Span Chart
C1.7 How the Truss Industry Practices Engineering
C1.8 Truss Placement Diagram
C1.9 Truss System Design Checklist (without or with Deferred Submittals)
C1.10 Prescriptive versus Engineered Design
C1.11 Design of Portions
C1.12 Acknowledgements
C1.1 Abbreviations:
General:
AHJ = Authority Having Jurisdiction
ANSI/TPI 1 = National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses, 2007 or 2014
ASCE 7 = Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, 2005 or 2010
CFS-BCSI = Cold-Formed Steel Building Component Safety Information, 2008 & updated 2011
BCSI = Building Component Safety Information, published 2006, updated 2007, 2008 & 2013
IBC = International Building Code®, 2009 or 2012 or 2015
IRC = International Residential Code®, 2009 or 2012 or 2015
NDS® = National Design Specification® for Wood Construction (AF&PA), 2012 or 2015
PLF = pounds per linear foot
PSF = pounds per square foot
SBCA = Structural Building Components Association (formerly WTCA)
SBC = Structural Building Component
SDPWS = Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic (ANSI AF&PA), 2008 or 2015
TPI = Truss Plate Institute
Truss = Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss
WFCM = Wood Frame Construction Manual (AF&PA), 2012 or 2015
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Load (as used in ASCE 7 & IBC):

E = Seismic Load
F = Flood Load
D = Dead Load
L = Live Load (floor or attic)
Lr = Roof Live Load
N = Notational load (introduced in ASCE 7-10 to evaluate conformance with minimum structural integrity criteria)
R = Rain
S = Snow Load
W = Wind load
Truss:
BC = Bottom Chord
BCDL = Bottom Chord Dead Load
BCLL = Bottom Chord Live Load
TC = Top Chord
TCDL = Top Chord Dead Load
TCLL = Top Chord Live Load
TDD = Truss Design Drawing
TPD = Truss Placement Diagram
TOC
C1.2 Definitions
Definitions are from ANSI/TPI 1-2014, the Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook, 3rd edition, and from the glossary
of the 2015 edition of BCSI - as indicated in the column to the right of the entries. Information in [ ] is provided as additional
commentary. Links within this chapter are included at the left along with links outside this chapter.
Anchorage: Connection between the roof or floor framing members (e.g., trusses, bracing, etc.) and the
building structure, which is required to transfer the forces from these members into the Building.
ANSI/TPI 1, American National Standard, National Design Standard For Metal Plate Connected Wood
Truss Construction (TPI 1): Publication of the Truss Plate Institute (TPI) developed under the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI) consensus process. National Design Standard for Metal Plate
Connected Wood Truss Construction covers design responsibilities, quality criteria for trusses, metal
connector plate manufacturing, performance evaluation of metal connector plated connections, materials
and general design considerations, member design procedures, and metal connector plate joint design.
B-Series Summary Sheets: A comprehensive set of Building Safety and Bracing documents created by
SBCA and TPI to educate Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss (MPCWT) users of the inherent dangers
associated with the handling, installing and Bracing of these products, and to train on how to install
MPCWTs safely.
Bearing: Structural support, usually a beam or wall, that is designed by the building designer to carry the
truss reaction loads to the foundation.
Blocking: A solid member place between structural members, usually at bearings, to provide lateral
support.
Bottom Chord: The horizontal or pitched member that defines the lower edge of a Truss, usually carrying
combined tension and bending stresses.
TOC Bottom Chord Bearing: Bearing condition of a truss that is supported on its bottom chord.
Bottom Chord Plane: The two-dimensional area formed by the top or bottom edge of adjacent similar
bottom chords allowing for the connection of a diaphragm, or bracing members in a linear fashion
(corresponds with ceiling plane).
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Bottom Chord Temporary Lateral Restraint (BCTLR): Structural members installed at right angles to the
Bottom Chord of a Truss during construction to reduce the laterally unsupported length of the Bottom
Chord.
Brace, Bracing: Providing stability against unintended movement or motion. See Diagonal Bracing and
Structural Sheathing.
Bridging: Cross bridging placed between structural members, usually at the bearings, to provide lateral
support.
Building Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.
Building Component Safety Information (BCSI): The jointly produced SBCA/TPI Guide to Good Practice
for Handling, Installing, Restraining and Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses. BCSI fulfills the
policies of the two associations to promote handling, installing and Bracing guidelines for Metal Plate
Connected Wood Trusses (MPCWT) that are simple, safe, proven methods consistent with good framing
construction practices in the field. [The first edition of BCSI was published in 2001 and was referenced in
the IRC®. An updated edition was published in 2006 and was updated in 2007, 2008, 2011, 2013 and 2015.
The 2013 edition is referenced in the IRC 2015. BCSI may be edited, changed, revised or withdrawn at any
time. Purchasers and users of this guide are advised to visit the Products section of www.sbcindustry.com
to confirm that the edition they are using is the most current available. A cold-formed steel version has also
been made available. The 2008 edition of CFS-BCSI is referenced in the IRC 2015.
Information about BCSI is available online:
TOC http://sbcindustry.com/content/1/building-component-safety-information-bcsi
Building Designer: Owner of the Building or the Person that contracts with the Owner for the design of the
Building Structural System and/or who is responsible for the preparation of the Construction Documents.
When mandated by the Legal Requirements, the Building Designer shall be a Registered Design
Professional.
Building Official: Officer or other designated authority charged with the administration and enforcement of
the Building Code, or a duly authorized representative.
Building Permit: Certificate of permission issued by a Jurisdiction to an Owner to construct, enlarge, or
alter a Building.
Building Structural System: The Building Structural System, referred to as the Framing Structural System
in earlier editions of the Standard, is the combination of Structural Elements that support the Building’s self
weight, applicable occupancy live loads, and environmental loads (e.g., snow, wind, rain, seismic, etc.).
These elements may include beams, columns, structural members, and prefabricated structural
components, including metal-plate-connected wood Trusses
Built-Up Beam - Single component composed of two or more Wood Members fastened together to serve
as a bending member with greater load carrying capability as well as lower deflection than by the sum of the
capacities of the individual Wood embers (e.g., garage door, stairwell and fireplace headers).
Butt Cut - Vertical cut at outside edge of a truss bottom chord to ensure uniform nominal span and tight
joints, typically 1/4 in.
Camber: Upward curvature built into a truss bottom chord to compensate for deflection due to loading
conditions.
Cantilever: Extension of both chords of a Truss beyond its end support for a distance that is included in the
defined span, exclusive of Overhang.
Ceiling Diaphragm: The horizontal or sloped structural system defined by the ceiling plane acting to
transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements.
Center Bearing Truss: Truss with structural support at center of truss span as well as at heel joints.
Chase Opening: Rectangular opening in a floor or sloping flat truss designed for the purpose of running
utilities through it, such as heating and air conditioning ducts.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Clear Span: (Clear Opening) Indicates the inside or interior frame-to-frame dimensions. Not to be confused
with span.
Clinched Nail: A nail selected to be longer than the member(s) it is driven through and which is bent back
the dimension of its excess length.
Concentrated Load: Loading applied at a specific point, such as a load-bearing wall running perpendicular
to a truss, or a roof-mounted A/C unit hanging from a truss.
Connectors and Connections: Fasteners that join two or more members together, including: nails, metal
TOC
plates or truss plates, truss and joist hangers, screws, and bolts.
Construction Documents: Written, graphic and pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing
the design (including the Framing Structural System), location and physical characteristics of the elements
of a Building necessary to obtain a Building Permit and construct a Building.
Construction Loading: The loads from workers and building materials on an unfinished structure, for
example, when builders stack bundles of panel sheathing or gypsum board on trusses during the
construction process.
Continuous Lateral Restraint (CLR): A line of structural members (typically lumber or metal) installed at
right angles to a chord or web member of a truss to reduce the laterally unsupported length of the truss
member. The CLR must be properly braced to prevent the simultaneous lateral deformation and/or buckling
of the series of truss members to which it is attached due to laterally imposed loads on, and/or the
accumulation of buckling forces within, the truss members, respectively. See Lateral Restraint.
Contract: Legally recognized agreement between two parties.

Contractor: Owner of a Building, or the Person who Contracts with the Owner, who constructs the Building
in accordance with the Construction Documents and the Truss Submittal Package. The term “Contractor”
shall include those subcontractors who have a direct Contract with the Contractor to construct all or a
portion of the construction.
Conventional Fall Protection System: Under 29 CFR 1926.500(b), conventional fall protection systems
include: "guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system." See Personal Fall Arrest
System.
TOC Conventional Framing: Framing with conventional joists, rafters and wall studs.
Conventional Light-frame Wood Construction: A type of construction whose primary structural elements
are formed by a system of repetitive wood-framing members. This includes wood Truss construction.
Cover/Truss Index Sheet: Sheet that is signed and sealed, where required by the Legal Requirements, by
the Truss Design Engineer, and depending on the Legal Requirements shall be permitted to contain the
following information: (1) Identification of the Building, including Building name and address, lot, block,
subdivision, and city or county; (2) Identification of Construction Documents by drawing number(s) with
revision date; (3) specified Building Code; (4) computer program used; (5) roof dead and live loads; (6) floor
dead and live loads; (7) wind load criteria from a specifically defined code (e.g., ASCE 7) and any other
design loads (such as ponding, mechanical loads, etc.); (8) name, address and license number of
Registered Design Professional for the Building, if known; (9) a listing of the individual identification
numbers and dates of each Truss Design Drawing referenced by the Cover/Truss Index Sheet; and (10)
name, address, date of drawing and license number of Truss Design Engineer.
Creep: Time-dependent deformation of a structural member under constant load.

Cricket: Drainage-diverting roof framing. Generally found on the high sloped end of a chimney.
Cross Bracing: A type of diagonal bracing in which the bracing members are crossed to form an “X”.
Cross bracing is installed in the web member plane of trusses to transfer lateral loads out of the truss
system and up into the roof and down into the ceiling diaphragms. Also referred to as “sway bracing” or “X
bracing”. See Diagonal Bracing.
Cross Bridging: Wood or metal members that are placed between trusses or joists in an angled position,
TOC
usually at the bearings, intended to spread the load and stabilize the members.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Cutting Sheets (Cut Lists): Diagram of lumber lengths and angles of cut for truss web members and
chords.
Dead Load: Any permanent load such as the weight of the truss itself, purlins, sheathing, roofing and
ceiling, acting vertically on the truss or truss members.
Deflection: Amount a member sags or displaces under the influence of forces.
Deformed Shank Nails: Ring, or screw shaped configuration of a nail shank.
Design Loads: Dead and live loads for which a truss is designed to support.
Deferred Submittal: Those portions of the design that are not completed at the time of the application for
the Building Permit and that are to be submitted to the Building Official within a specified period in
accordance with the Legal Requirements.
Diagonal Bracing: Structural member installed at an angle to a Truss chord or web member and intended
to temporarily and/or permanently stabilize Truss member(s) and/or Truss(es) (See BCSI-B1, BCSI-B2,
BCSI-B3, BCSI-B7, and BCSI-B10).
Diaphragm: Horizontal or sloped system defined by the celing, floor or roof plane acting to transmit lateral
forces to the vertical lateral force resisting elements (e.g., walls).
Dimension Lumber - Type of lumber from nominal 2 in. through 4 in. thick and 2 in. or wider.
DSB-89: Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood
Trusses. A publication of the TPI developed for use by architects and engineers to provide guidance for
designing structural bracing.
Duration Of Load: Total length of time during which a Load acts on a member. In wood, a design
consideration for modifying allowable stresses, based on the accumulated Loadings anticipated during the
life of a structure.
Engineer or Engineer of Record (EOR) Any Licensed Design Professional practicing engineering who
TOC designs all or a part of the Building Structural System and/or who produces all or a part of the Structural
Design Documents.
Exterior Ground Brace: see Ground Brace.
Fall Protection Plan: A written plan prepared for the prevention of injuries associated with falls. A Fall
Protection Plan must be developed and evaluated on a site-by-site basis.
Floating Connection: A connection between trusses or Structural Elements and non-load bearing interior
walls that allows for seasonal movement. Wood blocking or specially designed slotted metal clips can be
used to hold the truss in alignment and allow for this movement.
Framing Structural System: Completed combination of Structural Elements, Trusses, connections and
other systems, which serve to support the Building’s self-weight and the specified loads.
Gable Portion of the end wall above the eave line of a double sloped roof.
Gable End Frame: A component manufactured to complete the end wall of a building. The bottom chord of
the gable end frame is continuously supported by the end bearing wall. Verticals between the top and
bottom chords are typically spaced at 24” on center. The verticals function as load carrying members and as
attachment members for sheathing or other end wall coverings. The gable end frame must be incorporated
into the end shear wall by the Building Designer.
Gambrel: Roof having two slopes on each side of the peak, the lower slope usually steeper than the upper
one.
Girder Truss Truss designed to carry heavy loads from other structural members framing into it. Usually a
multiple-ply truss.
Ground Bracing: Used to provide stability for the first truss or group of trusses installed. It is composed of
vertical and diagonal members providing support for the installed trusses from the earth, floor, foundation or
TOC
slab. Ground bracing should be located in line with the top chord lateral bracing. Proper ground bracing also
requires lateral and strut bracing to ensure stability and support.
Ground Bracing Components: See also Ground Bracing. Backup Ground Stake. Driven Ground Stake.
End Diagonal Brace. Ground Brace Diagonal. Ground Lateral Restraint. Ground Brace Vertical. Horizontal
Tie Member. Strut.
Heel: Point on the truss where the top and bottom chords intersect.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Heel Cut: See Butt Cut

Hip Corner: Either truss or conventional framing, that along with the end jacks, forms the hip ridge and roof
areas between the end wall and hip girder.
Hip Girder: Truss designed to carry end jacks and hip corners or common framing.
Hip Roof: Roof system in which the slope of the roof at the end walls of the building is perpendicular to the
slope of the roof along the sides of the building.
Hip Set: Series of trusses of the same span and overhang that decrease in height to form the end slope of
a hip roof system. Also called a step-down truss system.
Hip Truss: Trusses used in a hip set roof system. Each Hip Truss has the same span and Overhangs as
the adjacent standard trusses but decreases in height with the top and bottom chords of its center portion
parallel to each other and horizontal. Also referred to as a step-down truss.
Infeasible: Under 29 CFR 1926.500(b), "infeasible means that it is impossible to perform the construction
work using a conventional fall protections system (i.e., guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall
arrest system) or that it is technologically impossible to use any one of these systems to provide fall
protection."
I-Reinforcement: Two pieces of stress-graded lumber attached to a web as reinforcement against buckling
instability. The wide face of each reinforcing member is attached to the narrow faces of the web, forming an
I shape.
Impact Load: Load resulting from moving machinery, elevators, craneways, vehicles or other similar forces
TOC
and kinetic loads.
Interior Bearing Supports that are interior to two exterior supports.
International Code Council® (ICC): Group that oversees the International Building Code® (IBC) and the
International Residential Code® (IRC).
Jurisdiction: Governmental unit that is responsible for adopting and enforcing the Building Code.
Kicker: Web at panel point above a cantilever bearing.
Knee Brace: Brace positioned between a column and truss panel points when trusses are supported by
columns lacking transverse bracing.
L-Reinforcement: A piece of stress-graded lumber attached to a web as reinforcement against buckling
instability. The wide face of the reinforcing member is attached to the narrow face of the web forming an L
shape.
Ladder Panel: (ladder Framing) Prefabricated panel fastened to the roof eave to create a sloped overhang.
Lateral Bending: Bending out of the plane of the truss.

Lateral Restraint: Also known as continuous lateral brace or CLB. A structural member installed at right
angles to a chord or Web member of a Truss to reduce the laterally unsupported length of the Truss
member (See BCSI-B1, BCSI-B2, BCSI-B3, BCSI-B7, and BCSI-B10).
Legal Requirements: Any applicable provisions of all statutes, laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes,
or orders of the governing Jurisdiction.
Let Tails Run: When a piece of lumber making up the top chord is not cut off to a specified overhang
length, but retains the length of the lumber used for the purpose of meeting specific overhang requirements
in the field.
Level Return: Lumber filler placed horizontally from the end of an overhang to the outside wall to form a
TOC
soffit.
Lift: The act of mechanically or manually hoisting.
Live Load: Loads produced by the use and occupancy of the Building, which do not include construction or
environmental Loads such as Wind Load, snow Load, rain Load, earthquake Load, flood Load or dead
Load.
Load: Forces or other actions that arise on structural systems from the weight of all permanent
construction, occupants and their possessions, environmental effects, differential settlement and restrained
dimensional changes.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Load-Bearing Wall: Wall specifically designed to transfer loads from above to the framing or foundation
below.
Long Span Trusses: Trusses with a clear span of 60' or greater.
Machine-Stress Rated Lumber (MSR): Type of machine-graded lumber designated by the design bending
stress, Fb, and modulus of elasticity, MOE or E, values. For example, an MSR grade of 1650f-1.5E
designates the bending stress of 1650 psi and an MOE of 1.5 million psi. Other design properties are listed
in the National Design Specification® (NDS®).
Mean Roof Height: The elevation of the roof mid-way between the eave and the ridge.
Metal Connector Plate: See Truss Plate.
Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss (MPCWT): Engineered, pre-fabricated structural component,
assembled from wood members and metal connector plates, and designed to carry superimposed dead
and live loads. The Truss members from a rigid, planar, structural component and are usually assembled
so that the members form triangles.
Model Building Code Building codes developed by national organizations for adoption by state and local
building officials. Also called model code.
TOC Mono Truss: Truss that has a single top chord, and a slope greater than 1.5/12.
Multi-Ply Truss: A truss designed to be installed as an assembly of two or more individual trusses fastened
together to act as one. Ply-to-ply connections of multiply trusses are specified on the Truss Design Drawing.
Nail-On Plate: Light-gauge cold-formed steel metal connector plates with pre-punched holes or, if cut to
size, without holes but having identifying marks through which nails are driven by hand or power means into
the lumber. They are typically used in repairs.
National Design Specification® (NDS®) For Wood Construction: Publication of the American Wood
Council (AWC), this Standard is referenced by model building codes for structural design of wood buildings.
Also includes a supplement of lumber sizes, grades, species and allowable stresses.
Nominal Size: As applied to products such as lumber, traditionally the approximate rough-sawn
commercial size by which it is known and sold in the market. Actual rough-sawn sizes may vary from the
nominal. Reference to standards or grade rules is required to determine nominal/actual finished size
relationships, but dry dimension lumber usually is intended to be a half inch smaller than nominal
dimensions up to 6 in. and ¾ in. smaller than nominal dimensions beyond 6 in.
Outrigger: Wood member nailed to a truss to form a rake overhang beyond the wall line.
Overall Truss Depth: Vertical distance between bearing and the uppermost point of the peak.
Overhang: Extension of the top chord of a truss past the bottom chord to form the eave/soffit framing of the
roof.
Owner: Person having a legal or equitable interest in the property upon which a Building is to be
constructed, and: (1) either prepares, or retains the Building Designer or Registered Design Professional to
prepare the Construction Documents; and (2) either constructs, or retains the Contractor to construct the
Building.
Panel: Chord segment defined by two adjacent panel points.
Panel Length: Distance between the centerlines of two consecutive panel points along the Top or Bottom
Chord.
Panel Point: Location on a truss where the web members and top or bottom chords intersect and are
connected by metal connector plates.
TOC Parallel Chord Truss (PCT): Truss with top and bottom chords with equal slopes.
Peak Point on the truss where the sloped chords meet.
Penny: Designation for common nail length, abbreviated by “d”; for example 10d indicates a 10 penny nail
length. Typical designations and corresponding lengths are 8d (2.5 in.), 10d (3 in.), and 16d (3.5 in.).
Permanent Building Stability Bracing (PBSB): Lateral force resisting system for the building that resists
forces from gravity, wind, seismic, and/or other loads.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Permanent Individual Truss Member Restraint: Restraint that is used to prevent local buckling of an
individual Truss chord or Web member due to the axial forces in the individual Truss member (See BCSI-
B2 and BCSI-B3).
Person: Individual or organization that may exist in accordance with the Legal Requirements. (The term
“Person” as used in this Chapter 2 may either appear as “Person” or “person.”)
Personal Fall Arrest System: An individual worker’s fall protection system, composed of a safety belt or
full body harness, and lanyard, lifeline, and any other connecting equipment that is used to secure the
worker to an individual anchor or to a horizontal lifeline system; designed to stop a worker’s fall before the
worker hits the surface below.
Piggyback Truss: Truss made and shipped to the jobsite in two pieces consisting of a supporting truss
with a triangular supported (i.e., cap) Truss. The supporting truss and cap truss are attached to one another
at the jobsite. Piggyback trusses are used when shipping or manufacturing limitations are affected by
overall truss height.
Pitch: Incline of the roof described as inches of rise or vertical change over inches of run or horizontal
dimension (e.g., 5/12 is 5 in. of rise over 12 in. of run).
TOC Plumb Cut: Top chord end cut to provide for vertical (plumb) installation of fascia.
Ply: One truss of a multiple-truss (ply) girder.
Profile Drawing: Sketches of truss profiles used by a mechanical engineer to determine where mechanical
ducts, piping, etc., are located.
Proprietary Metal Restraint/Bracing Products: Metal products used as diagonal bracing, lateral restraint,
bridging and web reinforcement, which are available from a number of manufacturers as alternatives to
wood products.
Purlins: Structural horizontal members attached perpendicular to the truss top chord used to provide lateral
restraint to the top chord and to support and transfer the roof loads to the Trusses.
Qualified Person: Under 29 CFR 1926.503(a) (2), a qualified person is one who should have knowledge,
and be able to provide training to others, in the following areas: "the nature of fall hazards in the work area,;
the correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting the fall protection systems
to be used; the use and operation of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, safety net systems,
warning line systems, safety monitoring systems, controlled access zones, and other protection to be used;
the role of each employee in the safety monitoring system when this system is used; the limitation on the
use of mechanical equipment during the performance of roofing work on low-sloped roofs; the correct
procedures for the handling and storage of equipment and materials and the erection of overhead
protection; and, the role of employees in fall protection plans."
TOC Rake: Edge of a roof with the intersection of the gable.

Reaction: Total load transmitted by a framing member to its bearing.
Registered Design Professional (RDP): Architect or engineer, who is licensed to practice their respective
design profession as defined by the Legal Requirements of the Jurisdiction in which the Building is to be
constructed.
Repair Detail: A written, graphic or pictorial depiction of the required fix to an altered or damaged
component or part.
Ribbon: Framing member installed on the edge of the exterior perimeter, usually tying the ends of floor
trusses together.
Ridge Line made by the intersection of two roof planes.
Rigid Ceiling: See ceiling diaphragm.
Rim Joist: Full-depth framing member installed on the edge of the exterior perimeter, used to provide
lateral support and to tie the ends of floor trusses together. Also referred to as a band board.
Rise Total vertical distance from low end to the high end of a sloping member. Also used to indicate the
degree of slope where the rise (change in height) is given per foot of run, as in: 4 in 12 or 4/12 or 4:12 (all
meaning 4 inches of rise for each foot of run).
Scab: Member fastened to another member for reinforcement.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Scab-Reinforcement: A piece of stress-graded lumber attached to a web as reinforcement against

buckling instability. The wide face of the reinforcing member is attached to the wide face of the web.
Scarf-Cut: The length of the cut of a board along the cut.

Scissors Truss: Dual pitch, triangular truss with dual pitched bottom chords.
Scupper: Opening in a roof or parapet usually faced with metal flashing to drain water from the roof at a
TOC
given point.
Sealed Drawings: Drawings prepared, checked and/or approved by and having the seal of a registered
professional engineer or architect.
Seismic Load: Assumed Load acting in any direction on the Building and its Structural Elements due to the
dynamic action of earthquakes.
Setback: Distance from the outside edge of the wall exclusive of veneer to the face of a girder truss.
Set-up: Manufacturing term for the equipment configuration used to make Trusses of a specific design.
Short Member Temporary Lateral Restraint: Short pieces of 2x4 or larger members fastened at right
angles to the truss chords during installation of the trusses for the purpose of reducing the laterally
unsupported length of the truss member. Multiple sets of Diagonal bracing must be installed simultaneously
with each set of short member temporary lateral restraint (see Option B of BCSI-B2).
Slope: See Pitch.

Soffit: Level return or underside of an overhang or truss cantilever end.
Span (Nominal Span): Horizontal distance between outside edges of exterior bearings.
Splice: Location at which two Chord members are joined together end-to-end to form a single member. It
may occur at a panel point or between panel points.
Split Truss: Truss used where an opening for a fireplace or other purpose intersects the Truss span in a
run of otherwise similar Trusses. A split Truss can be defined also as a stub Truss or as a monopitch Truss.
Spreader Bar: A specifically designed lifting device that enables the lifting cables to hang straight or toe-in
to their points of connection so as not to induce buckling forces in the truss being lifted.
Square Cut: End of top chord perpendicular to the slope of the member. Cut made at 90º to the length of
TOC
the member.
Stacked Web Reinforcement: Reinforcement member plated to the narrow face of a web in the truss plant
to avoid the need for field-installed reinforcement or lateral restraint and bracing.
Step Down Truss: Truss used in a hip set roof system. Each step down truss has the same span and
overhang as the adjacent standard trusses, but decreases in height with the top and bottom chords of its
centered portion parallel to each other and horizontal. See also Hip Set.
Stiffback: The spreader bar when it is brought down along side, and attached directly to the truss being
lifted to provide sufficient rigidity to adequately resist out-of-plane bending of the truss. See Spreader Bar.
Stress-graded Lumber: Lumber of any thickness and width that is graded for its mechanical properties.
Strongbacking: Nominal 2x6 or greater Stress-Graded Lumber attached perpendicular to floor trusses,
often through the chase opening, and placed vertically against a vertical web,or vertical block attached to
the side of the truss.
Structural Building Components: Specialized structural building products designed, engineered and
manufactured under controlled conditions for a specific application. They are incorporated into the overall
building structural system by the Building Designer. Examples are roof trusses, floor trusses, floor panels,
wall panels, I-joists, beams, headers, lintels, structural sheathing, columns, etc.
Structural Composite Lumber (SCL): Composite of wood veneer sheets, wafers, or wood strand
elements, joined with an adhesive with wood fibers primarily oriented along the length of the member.
These materials are intended for structural use. Examples include LVL, PSL and LSL.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Structural Element: Single structural member (other than a Truss) that is specified in the Construction
Documents.
Structural Sheathing: The structural covering used directly over the roof, floor or wall framing members
that transfers perpendicular Loads to the framing members. Structural Sheathing commonly used with
Trusses includes plywood, oriented strand board (OSB), and certain types of metal decking. Properly sized
and installed, Structural Sheathing provides both Lateral Restraint and stability to the Truss members.
TOC Stub Truss: Truss that is shortened in length but maintains the original profile.
Studded Gable: Gable end frame built as a wall and resembling a stud wall built in the shape of a triangle.
Chords are usually on the flat.
Submittal Documents: Construction Documents, special inspection and structural observation programs,
data, guides, reports, and manufacturer’s installation instructions submitted for approval with each permit
application or available at the jobsite at the time of inspection.
Symmetrical Truss: Truss with the same configuration of members, occurring on each side of truss
centerline.
T-Reinforcement: A piece of stress-graded lumber attached to a web as reinforcement against buckling
instability. The wide face of the reinforcing member is attached to the narrow face of the web forming a T
shape.
Temporary Installation Restraint/Bracing: Lateral Restraint and Diagonal Bracing installed during
construction for the purposes of holding Trusses in their proper location, plumb and in plane, until
Permanent Individual Truss Member Restraint, Diagonal Bracing and Permanent Building Stability Bracing
are completely installed (See BCSI-B1, BCSI-B2, BCSI-B3, BCSI-B7, and BCSI-B10).
Temporary Lateral Restraint: Lateral Restraint that is attached to truss members during installation of the
trusses and is intended to be temporary. See Lateral Restraint.
Toe-nail: Nail driven at an angle to the member.
Top Chord: Horizontal or inclined member that establishes the upper edge of the Truss. A Top Chord shall
be permitted to consist of shorter spliced segments.
Top Chord Bearing: Bearing condition of a truss that bears on its top chord extension.
Top Chord Plane: The two-dimensional area formed by the top or bottom edge of adjacent similar top
chords allowing for the connection of a diaphragm, or bracing members in a linear fashion.
Top Chord Temporary Lateral Restraint (TCTLR): Structural members installed at right angles to the top
chord of a truss during construction to reduce the laterally unsupported length of the top chord.
Top Plate: Framing consisting of two members on the flat that form the top of exterior stud bearing walls of
platform frame construction. A single member on the flat in non-bearing wall construction.
Tributary area When loads are evenly distributed over a surface, typically portions of the load are assigned
to the various structural elements supporting that surface by subdividing the total area into tributary areas
corresponding to each member. In the case of 24 inch on center spaced structural members 30 feet long,
each structural member will carry 1 foot of tributary area along either side of its length for a total of 2 feet
times the structrual member's length of 30 feet for a tributary area of 60 square feet.
TOC Triangulation: The act of forming rigid triangles with objects adequately fastened together.
Truss: Individual metal plate connected wood component manufactured for the construction of the Building.
Truss Design Drawing (TDD): Written, graphic and pictorial depiction of an individual truss that includes
information required in ANSI/TPI 1.
Truss Design Engineer: Person who is licensed to practice engineering as defined by the Legal
Requirements of the Jurisdiction in which the Building is to be constructed and who supervises the
preparation of the Truss Design Drawings.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Truss Designer: Person responsible for the preparation of the Truss Design Drawings.
Truss Heel Height: The vertical depth of the truss at the outside face of bearing.
Truss Manufacturer: Person engaged in the fabrication of Trusses.
Truss Orientation: Truss position or alignment within a structure relative to bearing walls.
Truss Placement Diagram (TPD): Illustration identifying the assumed location of each Truss.
Truss Plate: Individual Metal Connector Plate manufactured from ASTM A446, A591, A792 or A167
structural quality steel protected with zinc or zinc-aluminum alloy coatings or their stainless steel equivalent.
The Truss Plate has integral teeth and is manufactured in various sizes (i.e., lengths and widths) and
thicknesses or gages and is designed to laterally transmit loads when embedded in wood members.
Truss Profile: A side view representation or outline of a truss.

Truss Spaces: The distance or void between two adjacent trusses in a row of trusses. Typically
dimensional/measured center to center.
Truss Spacing: Distance or void between two adjacent Trusses in a row of Trusses. Typically
dimensional/measured center to center.
TOC Truss Span: The horizontal distance between the outside edges of the exterior bearings.
Truss Submittal Package: Package consisting of each individual Truss Design Drawing, and, as
applicable, the Truss Placement Diagram, the Cover/Truss Index Sheet, Lateral Restraint and Diagonal
Bracing details designed in accordance with generally accepted engineering practice, applicable BCSI-
defined Lateral Restraint and Diagonal Bracing details, and any other structural details germane to the
Trusses.
Truss System: Assemblage of Trusses and Girder Trusses, together with all Bracing, Connections, and
other Structural Elements and all spacing and location criteria, that, in combination, function to support the
dead, Live and Wind Loads applicable to the roof of a structure with respect to a Truss System for the roof,
and the floor of a structure with respect to a Truss System for the floor. A Truss System does not include
walls, foundations, or any other structural support systems.
U-Reinforcement: Two pieces of Stress-Graded Lumber attached to a Web as reinforcement against

buckling instability. The wide face of each reinforcing member is attached to the narrow faces of the Web,
forming a U shape.
Valley: Depression in a roof where two roof slopes meet.
Valley Set: Set of triangular components used to frame the shape of dormers and to complete the roof
framing where trusses intersect at perpendicular corners.
Web Member Plane: The two-dimensional area formed by the top or bottom edge of adjacent similar web
members allowing for the connection of lateral restraint and bracing members.
Web Reinforcement: Piece of structural material attached to a web as reinforcement against buckling
instability. Types of web reinforcement include T, L, I, U, Scab, Stacked Web and proprietary metal
reinforcement.
Webs: Members that join the top and bottom chords to form the triangular patterns typical of trusses. These
members typically carry axial forces.
Wedge: Triangular piece of lumber that has one side equal to the standard 2" dimension lumber widths,
and is inserted between the top and bottom chords, usually to allow the truss to cantilever. Its use is
determined through engineering analysis.
Wind Load: Load created by the wind as determined for design purposes, usually described in pounds per
square foot of the area being affected.
Wind Speed: Design wind speed for the structure. The value is determined by the Building Designer, with
the minimum determined by the building code in effect in the code jurisdiction where the structure is built.
Note: as of ASCE 7-10 and IBC-12 the wind speed values have been changed from applied strength design
values,Vasd, to instead reflect ultimate values, Vult.
Worker Lift: A machine intended to mechanically hoist a worker.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
To order a copy of WTCA "Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook" goto the following link:
http://support.sbcindustry.com/pubs/catalog.php?Fieldname=CategoryID&ID=81
TOC
C1.3 Responsibilities:
Design loads are determined either from the prescriptive requirements of building codes or determined by
Building Designers using accepted engineering practices and/or standard resources, like IBC/IRC and
ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures .
Most contracted scope of work statements regarding Truss design are based upon either of these two
models:
1) The Truss Designer or Engineer designs individual Trusses:
Within the scope of work of a Truss Designer or Engineer, one of the most important clarifications is
that the design of a Truss or any SBC is single element design specific. Each individual Truss or SBC
is designed, manufactured and supplied to meet the load and resistance specifications of the Building
Structural System (the combination of SBCs, Trusses, connections and the interconnections and
interrelationships to form a system, which serve to support the Building’s self weight, the applicable
live load, and environmental loads).
The responsibility of designing the Building Structural System lies with the Building Designer. The
Building Designer may be the Owner, or an individual or organization that contracts with the Owner for
the design of the Building Structural System and/or who produces the Structural Design Documents.
The Building Designer may be an Architect or an Engineer. The Structural Design Documents are to
include all the information required for developing the design of the Trusses and SBCs for the
structure. These design requirements are to be provided to the Truss Manufacturer to facilitate the
design and manufacture of the Trusses and SBCs.
2) The Truss System Engineer designs a Truss System:
The Truss System Engineer is typically the Building Designer, but there may be cases where the
Building Designer would like to delegate the Truss System Design to an engineer with greater Truss
System Design expertise.
The scope of work for Truss System Design needs to be explicitly defined by the Building Designer
and can include the design for all of the trusses, girders, bracing, connections, and other structural
elements interconnected to the Truss System to provide support for the applicable loads.
To make this process as efficient as possible, the Structural Design Documents must clearly define
the flow of loads through the structure, so that the permanent bracing, diaphragms and shear walls
will function as expected. This flow of loads analysis should be addressed within the Building
Structural System, which is the responsibility of the Building Designer.
The metal plate connected wood truss industry has set forth and published a guideline of the responsibilities
associated with the use of metal plate connected wood trusses (“Trusses”) in construction. These
responsibilities are detailed in Chapter 2 of ANSI/TPI 1. This chapter defines the usual duties and
responsibilities of the Truss Manufacturer and Truss Designer for the benefit of the Owner, Building
Designer and Contractor. Anyone involved in the specification or use of Trusses should become familiar
with this document.
TPI 1-07 Chapter 2 was extensively revised to describe the design responsibilities for two sets of
circumstances:
2.3. where the legal requiements mandate a registered design professional
2.4 where the legal requiements do not mandate a registered design professional
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
The IBC provides extensive guidance on the design and construction process and the associated
responsibilities including the procedures for regular submittal of construction documents and deferred
submittal of construction documents. A compilation of the code requirements can be found here.
ANSI/TPI 1 2007 ANSI/TPI 1 2014

Commentary & Appendices Commentary & Appendices §2.1
§2.1 GENERAL PURPOSE: GENERAL PURPOSE:
The 2007 edition of the Standard used the language The 2007 edition of the Standard used the language
from Appendix A of ANSI/TPI 1-2002 and language in from Appendix A of ANSI/TPI 1-2002 and language in
the International Building Code (IBC) and/or
the International Building Code (IBC) and/or
International Residential Code (IRC) as its basis.
Chapter 2 now contains two distinct sections: one for International Residential Code (IRC) as its basis.
Buildings when a Registered Design Professional Chapter 2 of the 2007 edition contained two distinct
(RDP) as the Building Designer is required and one sections: one for Buildings when a Registered Design
when a RDP as the Building Designer is not required. Professional (RDP) as the Building Designer is required
Responsibilities under these two conditions are and one when a RDP as the Building Designer is not
different and it was important to clarify them in the required. Responsibilities under these two conditions
standard. As a result of having these two sections, the are different and it was important to clarify them in the
term Truss Design Engineer (one licensed to practice standard. As a result of having these two sections, the
engineering) is now used to define the one responsible
term Truss Design Engineer (one licensed to practice
for the design of the Trusses when a RDP is required
and the term Truss Designer is used to define the one
engineering) was used to define the one responsible for
responsible for the design of the Trusses when a RDP the design of the Trusses when a RDP is required and
is not required. the term Truss Designer was used to define the one
responsible for the design of the Trusses when a RDP
is not required.
Having the two separate but similar sections in the

2007 edition of the Standard (Section 2.3 for when a
Design Professional is required and Section 2.4 for
when a Design Professional is not required) created
some confusion and possible mis-use of the 2007
edition likely due to the redundant language in the two
sections. In an attempt to further clarify the Standard
and to remove redundant language, the 2014 edition of
the Standard combined Sections 2.3 and 2.4. In doing
so, the terms “Registered Design Professional for the
Building” and “Truss Design Engineer” were removed
and replaced with the more generic terms “Building
Designer” and “Truss Designer” respectively. Depending
on the job and the statutes of the jurisdiction in which
the project is to be constructed, these individuals (or
entities) may or may not be required to be Registered
Design Professionals. The Standard now
accommodates this by prefacing the Design
Responsibilities section with a provision that says,
“Where the Legal Requirements mandate a Registered
Design Professional for buildings, the Building Designer
and the Truss Designer shall be Registered Design
Professionals.”
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
"2.3 RESPONSIBILITIES WHERE THE LEGAL 2.3 RESPONSIBILITIES

REQUIREMENTS MANDATE A REGISTERED Where the Legal Requirements mandate a Registered
DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR BUILDINGS" Design Professional for buildings, the Building Designer
differences from section 2.4 shown in BLUE and the Truss Designer shall be Registered Design
"2.4 RESPONSIBILITIES WHERE THE LEGAL Professionals.
REQUIREMENTS DO NOT MANDATE A
REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL FOR
BUILDINGS" differances from section 2.3 shown in
RED
TOC
C1.3.1 Requirements of the Owner.

2.3.1 & 2.4.1 Requirements of the Owner. 2.3.1 Requirements of the Owner.
2.3.1.1 & 2.4.1.1 Building Permit. 2.3.1.1 Building Permit.
Where required by Legal Requirements, including the Where required by Legal Requirements, including the
Building Code, the Owner shall obtain a Building Building Code, the Owner shall obtain a Building Permit. If
Permit. special inspections or structural observations related to
If special inspections or structural observations related Trusses are required as part of the Construction Documents
to Trusses are required as part of the Construction and/or permitting process, these requirements shall be
Documents and/or permitting process, these communicated in writing to the Contractor or Truss
requirements shall be communicated in writing to the Manufacturer as appropriate.
Contractor or Truss Manufacturer as appropriate.
2.3.1.2 Registered Design Professional Designation. 2.3.1.2 Registered Design Professional Designation. The
The Owner shall engage and designate on the Building Owner shall engage and designate on the Building Permit
Permit application the Registered Design Professional application the Registered Design Professional for the
for the Building. Building, if the Building Designer is required to be a
2.4.1.2 Engagement with the Building Designer. Registered Design Professional.
The Owner shall engage a Building Designer to prepare
the Construction Documents.
In the absence of an independent Building Designer,
the Owner shall assume the role of Building Designer.
2.3.1.3 Engagement with the Registered Design 2.3.1.3 Engagement with the Building Designer.
Professional. The Owner shall engage a Building Designer to prepare the
The Owner shall engage a Registered Design Construction Documents and review the Truss Submittal
Professional to prepare the Construction Documents Package. The Truss Manufacturer and Truss Designer shall be
and review the Truss Submittal Package. notified in writing by either the Owner or Contractor if the
The Truss Manufacturer shall be notified in writing by Building Designer is changed or is unable to continue to
either the Owner or Contractor if the Registered Design perform their duties. In the absence of an independent
Professional for the Building is changed or is unable to Building Designer, the Owner shall assume the role of
continue to perform their duties. Building Designer.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2.4.1.2 Engagement with the Building

Designer.
The Owner shall engage a Building Designer to
prepare the Construction Documents.
In the absence of an independent Building
Designer, the Owner shall assume the role of
Building Designer.
2.3.1.4 & 2.4.1.3 Engagement with the Contractor. 2.3.1.4 Engagement with the Contractor.
The Owner shall engage a Contractor to store, handle The Owner shall engage a Contractor to store, handle and
and install the Trusses for the Building, in compliance install the Trusses for the Building, in compliance with any
with any and all Legal Requirements. and all Legal Requirements.
2.3.1.5 & 2.4.1.4 Review and Coordinate Submittal 2.3.1.5 Review and Coordinate Submittal Packages.
Packages. The Owner or Owner’s representative shall be responsible for
The Owner or Owner’s representative shall be ensuring that the requirement of Section 2.3.4.2 is
responsible for ensuring that the requirement of Section accomplished.
2.3.4.2 (2.4.4.2) is accomplished.
C1.3.1.1 Long Span Truss Requirements - Requirements of the Owner.
2.3.1.6 & 2.4.1.5 Long Span Truss Requirements. 2.3.1.6 Long Span Truss Requirements.
2.3.1.6.1 & 2.4.1.5.1 Restraint/Bracing Design. 2.3.1.6.1 Restraint/Bracing Design.

In all cases where a Truss clear span is 60 ft. (18 m) or In all cases where a Truss clear span is 60 ft. (18 m) or
greater, the Owner shall contract with any Registered greater, the Owner shall contract with any Registered
Design Professional for the design of the Temporary Design Professional for the design of the Temporary
Installation Restraint/Bracing and the Permanent Installation Restraint/Bracing and the Permanent
Individual Truss Member Restraint and Diagonal Individual Truss Member Restraint and Diagonal
Bracing. Bracing.
2.3.1.6.2 & 2.4.1.5.2 Special Inspection. 2.3.1.6.2 Special Inspection.

In all cases where a Truss clear span is 60 ft. (18 m) or In all cases where a Truss clear span is 60 ft. (18 m) or
greater, the Owner shall contract with any Registered greater, the Owner shall contract with a Special
Design Professional to provide special inspections to Inspector to perform special inspections. Special
assure that the Temporary Installation Inspections shall assure that the Trusses, including the
Restraint/Bracing and the Permanent Individual Truss Temporary Installation Restraint/Bracing and the
Member Restraint and Diagonal Bracing are installed Permanent Individual Truss Member Restraint and
properly. Diagonal Bracing are installed in accordance with the
approved Construction Documents and the approved
Truss Submittal Package.
2.3.1.7 & 2.4.1.6 Responsibility Exemptions. 2.3.1.7 Responsibility Exemptions.

The Owner is responsible for items listed in Section The Owner is responsible for items listed in Section
2.3.1 (2.4.1), and is not responsible for the 2.3.1, and is not responsible for the requirements of
requirements of other parties specified outside of other parties specified outside of Section 2.3.1.
Section 2.3.1 (2.4.1).
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
C1.3.2 Requirements of the Building Designer.

2.3.2 Requirements of the Registered Design 2.3.2 Requirements of the Building Designer.
Professional.
2.4.2 Requirements of the Building Designer.
2.3.2.1 & 2.4.2.1 Construction Documents. 2.3.2.1 Construction Documents.

The Construction Documents shall be prepared by the The Construction Documents shall be prepared by the
Registered Design Professional for the Building Building Designer and shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate
(Building Designer) and shall be of sufficient clarity to the location, nature and extent of the work proposed, and
indicate the location, nature and extent of the work show in detail that such documents conform to the Legal
proposed, and show in detail that such documents Requirements, including the Building Code.
conform to the Legal Requirements, including the
Building Code.
2.3.2.2 & 2.4.2.2 Deferred Submittals. 2.3.2.2 Deferred Submittals.

The Registered Design Professional for the Building The Building Designer shall list the Deferred Submittals on
(Building Designer) shall list the Deferred Submittals the Construction Documents. The Building Designer shall
on the Construction Documents. The Registered Design review Deferred Submittals in accordance with Section
Professional (Building Designer) shall review Deferred 2.3.2.3.
Submittals in accordance with Section 2.3.2.3 (2.4.2.3).
2.3.2.3 & 2.4.2.3 Review Submittal Packages. 2.3.2.3 Review Submittal Packages.
The Registered Design Professional for the Building The Building Designer shall review the Truss Submittal
(Building Designer) shall review the Truss Submittal Package for compatibility with the Building design. All such
Package for compatibility with the Building design. All submittals shall include a notation indicating that they have
such submittals shall include a notation indicating that been reviewed and whether or not they have been found to be
they have been reviewed and whether or not they have in general conformance with the design of the Building.
been found to be in general conformance with the
design of the Building.
2.3.2.4 & 2.4.2.4 Required Information in the 2.3.2.4 Required Information in the Construction
Construction Documents. Documents.
The Registered Design Professional for the Building The Building Designer, through the Construction Documents,
(Building Designer), through the Construction shall provide information sufficiently accurate and reliable to
Documents, shall provide information sufficiently be used for facilitating the supply of the Structural Elements
accurate and reliable to be used for facilitating the and other information for developing the design of the
supply of the Structural Elements and other information Trusses for the Building, and shall provide the following:
for developing the design of the Trusses for the
Building, and shall provide the following:
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
(a) All Truss and Structural Element orientations and (a) All Truss and Structural Element orientations
locations. and locations.
(b) Information to fully determine all Truss profiles. (b) Information to fully determine all Truss profiles.
(c) All Structural Element and Truss support locations (c) All Structural Element and Truss support locations
and bearing conditions (including the allowable bearing and bearing conditions (including the allowable
stress). bearing stress).
(d) The location, direction, and magnitude of all dead, (d) The location, direction, and magnitude of all dead,
live, and lateral loads applicable to each Truss live, and lateral loads applicable to each Truss
including, but not limited to, loads attributable to: roof, including, but not limited to, loads attributable to: roof,
floor, partition, mechanical, fire sprinkler, attic storage, floor, partition, mechanical, fire sprinkler, attic storage,
rain and ponding, wind, snow (including snow drift and rain and ponding, wind, snow (including snow drift and
unbalanced snow), seismic; and any other loads on the unbalanced snow), seismic; and any other loads on the
Truss; Truss;
(e) All anchorage designs required to resist uplift, (e) All anchorage designs and connections to the
gravity, and lateral loads. Structural Elements and the Permanent Building
(f) Truss-to-Structural Element connections, but not Stability Bracing required to resist uplift, gravity, and
Truss-to-Truss connections. lateral loads.
(g) Permanent Building Stability Bracing; including (f) Truss-to-Structural Element connections, but not
Truss anchorage connections to the Permanent Building Truss-to-Truss connections.
Stability Bracing. (g) Criteria related to serviceability issues including:
(h) Criteria related to serviceability issues including: (1) Allowable vertical, horizontal or other required
(1) Allowable vertical, horizontal or other required deflection criteria.
deflection criteria. (2) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep
(2) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep deflection criteria for roofs subject to ponding loads.
deflection criteria for flat roofs subject to ponding (3) Any Truss camber requirements.
loads. (4) Any differential deflection criteria from Truss-to-
(3) Any Truss camber requirements. Truss or Truss-to-adjacent Structural Element.
(4) Any differential deflection criteria from Truss-to- (5) Any deflection and vibration criteria for floor Trusses
Truss or Truss-to-adjacent Structural Element. including:
(5) Any deflection and vibration criteria for floor (i) Any strongback bridging requirements.
Trusses including: (ii) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep deflection
(a) Any strongback bridging requirements. criteria for floor Trusses supporting stone or ceramic tile
(b) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep finishes.
deflection criteria for floor Trusses supporting stone or (6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive chemicals and gases
ceramic tile finishes. expected to result in:
(6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive chemicals and (i) Wood moisture content exceeding 19 percent, (ii)
gases expected to result in: Sustained temperatures exceeding 150
(a) Wood moisture content exceeding 19 percent, degrees F, and/or
(b) Sustained temperatures exceeding 150 degrees F, (iii) Corrosion potential from wood preservatives or other
and/or sources that can be detrimental to Trusses.
(c) Corrosion potential from wood preservatives or
other sources that may be detrimental to Trusses.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction

The Registered Design Professional for the Building The Building Designer is responsible for items listed in
(Building Designer) is responsible for items listed in Section 2.3.2, and is not responsible for the requirements of
Section 2.3.2 (2.4.2), and is not responsible for the other parties specified outside of Section 2.3.2.
requirements of other parties specified outside of
Section 2.3.2 (2.4.2).
TOC
C1.3.3 Requirements for the Permanent Member Restraint/Bracing of Truss Systems.

2.3.3 & 2.4.3 Requirements for the Permanent 2.3.3 Requirements for the Permanent Member
Member Restraint/Bracing of Truss Systems.
Restraint/Bracing of Truss Systems.
2.3.3.1 & 2.4.3.1 Method of Restraint. 2.3.3.1 Method of Restraint.
The method of Permanent Individual Truss Member The method of Permanent Individual Truss Member
Restraint/Bracing and the method of anchoring or Restraint/Bracing and the method of anchoring or
restraining to prevent lateral movement of all Truss restraining to prevent lateral movement of all Truss
members acting together as a system shall be members acting together as a system shall be
accomplished by: accomplished by:
2.3.3.1.1 & 2.4.3.1.1 Standard Industry Details. 2.3.3.1.1 Standard Industry Details.
Standard industry Lateral Restraint and Diagonal Standard industry Lateral Restraint and Diagonal
Bracing details in accordance with BCSI-B3: Bracing details in accordance with BCSI-B3: Permanent
Permanent Restraint/Bracing of Chords & Web Restraint/Bracing of Chords & Web Members and/or
Members and/or BCSI-B7: Temporary & Permanent BCSI-B7: Temporary & Permanent Restraint/Bracing for
Restraint/Bracing for Parallel Chord Trusses of the Parallel Chord Trusses of the Building Component
Building Component Safety Information (BCSI). Safety Information (BCSI).
2.3.3.1.2 & 2.4.3.1.2 Substitution with 2.3.3.1.2 Substitution with Reinforcement.

Reinforcement. Permanent Individual Truss Member Restraint shall be
Permanent Individual Truss Member Restraint shall be permitted to be replaced with reinforcement designed to
permitted to be replaced with reinforcement designed to prevent buckling (e.g., buckling reinforcement by T-
prevent buckling (e.g., buckling reinforcement by T- reinforcement or L-reinforcement, proprietary
reinforcement or L-reinforcement, proprietary reinforcement, etc.).
reinforcement, etc.).
2.3.3.1.3 & 2.4.3.1.3 Project Specific Design. 2.3.3.1.3 Project Specific Design.
A project specific Truss member permanent Lateral A project specific Truss member permanent Lateral
Restraint/bracing design for the roof or floor Framing Restraint/bracing design for the roof or floor Framing
Structural System shall be permitted to be specified by Structural System shall be permitted to be specified by
any Registered Design Professional. the Building Designer or any Registered Design
Professional.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2.3.3.2 & 2.4.3.2 Method Specified by any

Registered Design Professional (Building designer).
The method of Permanent Individual Truss Member
Restraint and Diagonal Bracing for the Truss Top
Chord, Bottom Chord, and Web members shall be
permitted to be specified by any Registered Design
Professional (Building Designer).
2.3.3.3 & 2.4.3.3 Absence of Truss 2.3.3.2 Absence of Truss Restraint/Bracing Method
Restraint/Bracing Method or Details. or Details.
If a specific Truss member permanent bracing If a specific Truss member permanent bracing design
design for the roof or floor Framing Structural for the roof or floor Framing Structural System is not
System is not provided by the Owner or any provided by the Owner, Building Designer or any
Registered Design Professional (Building Registered Design Professional, the method of
Designer), the method of Permanent Individual Permanent Individual Truss Member Restraint and
Truss Member Restraint and Diagonal Bracing for Diagonal Bracing for the Truss Top Chord, Bottom
the Truss Top Chord, Bottom Chord, and Web Chord, and Web members shall be in accordance with
members shall be in accordance with BCSI-B3 or BCSI-B3 or BCSI-B7.
BCSI-B7.
2.3.3.4 & 2.4.3.4 Trusses Spanning 60 Feet (18 2.3.3.3 Trusses Spanning 60 Feet (18 m) or Greater.
m) or Greater. For Trusses with clear spans 60 ft. (18 m) or greater,
For Trusses with clear spans 60 ft. (18 m) or see Section 2.3.1.6.
greater, see Section 2.3.1.6 (2.4.1.5).
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
C1.3.4 Requirements of the Contractor.

2.3.4 & 2.4.4 Requirements of the Contractor. 2.3.4 Requirements of the Contractor.
2.3.4.1 & 2.4.4.1 Information Provided to the 2.3.4.1 Information Provided to the Truss
Truss Manufacturer. Manufacturer.
The Contractor shall provide to the Truss The Contractor shall provide to the Truss Manufacture a
Manufacturer a copy of all Construction copy of all Construction Documents pertinent to the
Documents pertinent to the Framing Structural Building Structural System and the design of the
System and the design of the Trusses (i.e., Trusses (i.e., framing plans, specifications, details,
framing plans, specifications, details, structural structural notes), and the name of the Building Designer
notes), and the name of the Registered Design if not noted on the Construction Documents. Amended
Professional for the Building (Building Designer) if Construction Documents upon approval through the
not noted on the Construction ocuments. plan review/permitting process shall be immediately
Amended Construction Documents upon approval communicated to the Truss Manufacturer.
through the plan review/permitting process shall
be immediately communicated to the Truss
Manufacturer.
2.3.4.2 & 2.4.4.2 Information Provided to the 2.3.4.2 Information Provided to the Building
Registered Design Professional. Designer.
The Contractor, after reviewing and/or approving The Contractor, after reviewing and/or approving the
the Truss Submittal Package, shall forward the Truss Submittal Package, shall forward the Truss
Truss Submittal Package to the Registered Submittal Package to the Building Designer for review.
Design Professional for the Building (Building
Designer) for review.
2.3.4.3 & 2.4.4.3 Truss Submittal Package 2.3.4.3 Truss Submittal Package Review.
Review. The Contractor shall not proceed with the Truss
The Contractor shall not proceed with the Truss installation until the Truss Submittal Package has been
installation until the Truss Submittal Package has reviewed by the Building Designer.
been reviewed by the Registered Design
Professional for the Building (Building Designer).
2.3.4.4 & 2.4.4.4 Means and Methods. 2.3.4.4 Means and Methods.
The Contractor is responsible for the construction The Contractor is responsible for the construction
means, methods, techniques, sequences, means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures,
procedures, programs, and safety in connection programs, and safety in connection with the receipt,
with the receipt, storage, handling, installation, storage, handling, installation, restraining, and bracing
restraining, and bracing of the Trusses. of the Trusses.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2.3.4.5 & 2.4.4.5 Truss Installation. 2.3.4.5 Truss Installation.

The Contractor shall ensure that the Building The Contractor shall ensure that the Building support
support conditions are of sufficient strength and conditions are of sufficient strength and stability to
stability to accommodate the loads applied during accommodate the loads applied during the Truss
the Truss installation process. Truss installation installation process. Truss installation shall comply with
shall comply with installation tolerances shown in installation tolerances shown in BCSI-B1. Temporary
BCSI-B1. Temporary Installation Restraint/Bracing Installation Restraint/Bracing for the Truss system and
for the Truss system and the permanent Truss the permanent Truss system Lateral Restraint and
system Lateral Restraint and Diagonal Bracing for Diagonal Bracing for the completed Building and any
the completed Building and any other construction other construction work related directly or indirectly to
work related directly or indirectly to the Trusses the Trusses shall be installed by the Contractor in
shall be installed by the Contractor in accordance accordance with:
with: (a) The Construction Documents, and/or
(a) The Construction Documents, and/or (b) The Truss Submittal Package.
(b) The Truss Submittal Package. For Trusses clear spanning 60 ft. (18 m) or greater, see
For Trusses clear spanning 60 ft. (18 m) or Section 2.3.1.6.
greater, see Section 2.3.1.6 (2.4.1.5).
2.3.4.6 & 2.4.4.6 Pre-Installation Check. 2.3.4.6 Pre-Installation Check.

The Contractor shall examine the Trusses The Contractor shall examine the Trusses delivered to
delivered to the job site for: the job site for: (a)
(a) Dislodged or missing connectors, Dislodged or missing connectors,
(b) Cracked, dislodged or broken members, or (b) Cracked, dislodged or broken members, or
(c) Any other damage that may impair the (c) Any other damage that can impair the structural
structural integrity of the Truss. integrity of the Truss.
2.3.4.7 & 2.4.4.7 Post-Installation Check. 2.3.4.7 Post-Installation Check.

The Contractor shall examine the Trusses after The Contractor shall examine the Trusses after they are
they are erected and installed for: erected and installed for:
(a) Dislodged or missing connectors, (a) Dislodged or missing connectors,
(b) Cracked, dislodged or broken members, or (b) Cracked, dislodged or broken members, or
(c) Any other damage that may impair the (c) Any other damage that can impair the structural
structural integrity of the Truss. integrity of the Truss.
2.3.4.8 & 2.4.4.8 Truss Damage Discovery. 2.3.4.8 Truss Damage Discovery.
In the event that damage to a Truss is discovered In the event that damage to a Truss is discovered the
the Contractor shall: Contractor shall:
(a) Ensure that the Truss not be erected, or (a) Ensure that the Truss not be erected, or
(b) That any area within the Building supported by (b) That any area within the Building supported by any
any such Truss already erected shall be such Truss already erected shall be appropriately
appropriately shored or supported to prevent shored or supported to prevent further damage from
further damage from occurring and shall remain occurring and shall remain clear and free of any load
clear and free of any load imposed by people, imposed by people, plumbing, electrical, mechanical,
plumbing, electrical, mechanical, bridging, bracing, bridging, bracing, etc. until field repairs have been
etc. until field repairs have been properly properly completed per Section 2.3.4.9.
completed per Section 2.3.4.9 (2.4.4.9).
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2.3.4.9 & 2.4.4.9 Truss Damage 2.3.4.9 Truss Damage Responsibilities.

Responsibilities. In the event of damage, the Contractor shall:
In the event of damage, the Contractor shall: (a) Contact the Truss Manufacturer and Building
(a) Contact the Truss Manufacturer and Designer to determine an adequate field repair, and
Registered Design Professional for the Building to (b) Construct the field repair in accordance with the
determine an adequate field repair, and written instructions and details provided by the Truss
(b) Construct the field repair in accordance with Manufacturer, Building Designer, and/or any Registered
the written instructions and details provided by any Design Professional.
Registered Design Professional.

The Contractor is responsible for items listed in The Contractor is responsible for items listed in Section
Section 2.3.4 (2.4.4), and is not responsible for the 2.3.4, and is not responsible for the requirements of
requirements of other parties specified outside of other parties specified outside of Section 2.3.4.
Section 2.3.4 (2.4.4).
TOC
C1.3.5 Requirements of the Truss Designer.

2.3.5 & 2.4.5 Requirements of the Truss Design 2.3.5 Requirements of the Truss Designer.
Engineer.
2.3.5.1 Preparation of Truss Design Drawings. 2.3.5.1 Preparation of Truss Design Drawings.
The Truss Design Engineer shall supervise the The Truss Designer is respondible for the preparation of
preparation of the Truss Design Drawings based the Truss Design Drawings based on the Truss design
on the Truss design criteria and requirements set criteria and requirements set forth in the Construction
forth in the Construction Documents or as Documents or as otherwise set forth in writing by the
otherwise set forth in writing by the Registered Building Designer as supplied to the Truss Designer by
Design Professional for the Building as supplied to the Contractor through the Truss Manufacturer.
the Truss Design Engineer by the Contractor
through the Truss Manufacturer.
2.4.5.1 Preparation of Truss Design Drawings.
The Truss Designer is responsible for the
preparation of the Truss Design Drawings based
on the Truss design criteria and requirements set
forth in the Construction Documents or as
otherwise set forth in writing by the Building
Designer as supplied to the Truss Designer by the
Truss Manufacturer.
2.3.5.2 & 2.4.5.2 Single Truss Component 2.3.5.2 Single Truss Component Design.
Design. The Truss Designer shall be responsible for the design,
The Truss Design Engineer shall be responsible in accordance with this Standard, of each singular Truss
for the single Truss component design depicted depicted on each Truss Design Drawing.
on the Truss Design Drawing.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2.3.5.3 Truss Design Drawing Seal and 2.3.5.3 Truss Design Drawing Seal and Signature.
Signature. Where the Legal Requirements mandate a Registered
Each individual Truss Design Drawing shall bear Design Professional for buildings, each individual Truss
the seal and signature of the Truss Design Design Drawing shall bear the seal and signature of the
Engineer. Truss Designer.
Exception: When a Cover/Truss Index Sheet is Exception: When a Cover/Truss Index Sheet is used, it
used, it is the only document required to be signed is the only document required to be signed and sealed
and sealed by the Truss Design Engineer. by the Truss Designer.
2.3.5.4 & 2.4.5.3 Truss Placement Diagram. 2.3.5.4 Truss Placement Diagram.
When the Truss Placement Diagram serves only When the Truss Placement Diagram serves only as a
as a guide for Truss installation, it does not require guide for Truss installation, it does not require the seal
the seal of the Truss Design Engineer. of the Truss Designer.
C1.3.5.1 Information on Truss Design Drawings - Requirements of the Truss Designer

2.3.5.5 & 2.4.5.4 Information on Truss Design 2.3.5.5 Information on Truss Design Drawings.
Drawings. Truss Design Drawings shall include, at a minimum, the
Truss Design Drawings shall include, at a information specified below:
minimum, the information specified below: (a) Building Code used for design, unless specified on
(a) Building Code used for design, unless Cover/Truss Index Sheet.
specified on Cover/Truss Index Sheet. (b) Slope or depth, span and spacing.
(b) Slope or depth, span and spacing. (c) Location of all joints and support locations.
(c) Location of all joints and support locations. (d) Number of plies if greater than one.
(d) Number of plies if greater than one. (e) Required bearing widths.
(e) Required bearing widths. (f) Design loads as applicable, including:
(f) Design loads as applicable, including: (1) Top Chord live load (for roof Trusses, this shall be
(1) Top Chord live load (for roof Trusses, this shall the controlling case of live, snow or rain load);
be the controlling case of live load or snow load); (2) Top Chord dead load;
(2) Top Chord dead load; (3) Bottom Chord live load;
(3) Bottom Chord live load; (4) Bottom Chord dead load;
(4) Bottom Chord dead load; (5) Additional loads and locations;
(5) Additional loads and locations; (6) Environmental load design criteria (wind speed,
(6) Environmental load design criteria (wind snow, rain, seismic, and all applicable factors as
speed, snow, seismic, and all applicable factors as required to calculate the Truss loads); and
required to calculate the Truss loads); and (7) Other lateral loads, including drag strut loads.
(7) Other lateral loads, including drag strut loads.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
(g) Adjustments to Wood Member and Metal (g) Adjustments to Wood Member and Metal Connector
Connector Plate design values for conditions of Plate design values for conditions of use.
use. (h) Maximum reaction force and direction, including
(h) Maximum reaction force and direction, maximum uplift reaction forces where applicable.
including maximum uplift reaction forces where (i) Metal Connector Plate type, manufacturer, size, and
applicable. thickness or gauge, and the dimensioned location of
(i) Metal Connector Plate type, manufacturer, size, each Metal Connector Plate except where symmetrically
and thickness or gauge, and the dimensioned located relative to the joint interface.
location of each Metal Connector Plate except (j) Size, species and grade for each Wood Member.
where symmetrically located relative to the joint
interface.
(j) Size, species and grade for each Wood
Member.
(k) Truss-to-Truss connection and Truss field (k) Truss-to-Truss connection and Truss field assembly
assembly requirements. requirements.
(l) Calculated span to deflection ratio and/or (l) Calculated span to deflection ratio and/or maximum
maximum vertical and horizontal deflection for live vertical and horizontal deflection for live load and for live
and total load and KCR as applicable. plus dead load and KCR as applicable per Section 7.6.
(m) Maximum axial tension and compression (m) Maximum axial tension and compression forces in
forces in the Truss members. the Truss members.
(n) Fabrication tolerance per Section 6.4.10. (n) Fabrication tolerance per Section 6.4.10.
(o) Required Permanent Individual Truss Member (o) Required Permanent Individual Truss Member
Restraint location and the method of Restraint location.
Restraint/Bracing to be used per Section 2.3.3 (p) Truss Designer
(2.4.3).

The Truss Design Engineer is responsible for The Truss Designer is responsible for items listed in
items listed in Section 2.3.5 (2.4.5), and is not Section 2.3.5, and is not responsible for the
responsible for the requirements of other parties requirements of other parties specified outside of
specified outside of Section 2.3.5 (2.4.5). Section 2.3.5.
TOC
C1.3.6 Requirements of the Truss Manufacturer.

2.3.6 & 2.4.6 Requirements of the Truss 2.3.6 Requirements of the Truss Manufacturer.
Manufacturer.
2.3.6.1 & 2.4.6.1 Truss Design Criteria and 2.3.6.1 Truss Design Criteria and Requirements.
Requirements. The Truss Manufacturer shall obtain the Truss design
The Truss Manufacturer shall obtain the Truss criteria and requirements from the Construction
design criteria and requirements from the Documents.
Construction Documents.
2.3.6.2 & 2.4.6.2 Communication to Truss 2.3.6.2 Communication to Truss Designer. The Truss
Design Engineer. Manufacturer shall communicate the Truss design
The Truss Manufacturer shall communicate the criteria and requirements to the Truss Designer.
Truss design criteria and requirements to the
Truss Design Engineer.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2.3.6.3 & 2.4.6.3 Alternate Truss Designs. 2.3.6.3 Alternate Truss Designs.
If an alternative or partial set of Truss design(s) is If an alternative or partial set of Truss design(s) is
proposed by either the Truss Manufacturer or the proposed by either the Truss Manufacturer or the Truss
Truss Design Engineer, such alternative set of Designer, such alternative set of design(s) shall be sent
design(s) shall be sent to and reviewed by the to and reviewed by the Building Designer for the
Registered Design Professional for the Building Building prior to manufacturing. Where the Legal
(Building Designer) prior to manufacturing. These Requirements mandate a Registered Design
alternative set of design(s) do not require the seal Professional for buildings, these alternative set of
of the Truss Design Engineer until accepted by the design(s) do not require the seal of the Truss Designer
Registered Design Professional for the Building, until accepted by the Building Designer, whereupon
whereupon these alternative Truss Design these alternative Truss Design Drawings shall be sealed
Drawings shall be sealed by the Truss Design by the Truss Designer.
Engineer.
2.3.6.4 Truss Placement Diagram. 2.3.6.4 Truss Placement Diagram.

Where required by the Construction Documents or Where required by the Construction Documents or
Contract, the Truss Manufacturer shall prepare Contract, the Truss Manufacturer shall prepare the
the Truss Placement Diagram that identifies the Truss Placement Diagram that identifies the assumed
assumed location for each individually designated location for each individually designated Truss and
Truss and references the corresponding Truss references the corresponding Truss Design Drawing.
Design Drawing. The Truss Placement Diagram The Truss Placement Diagram shall be permitted to
shall be permitted to include identifying marks for include identifying marks for other products including
other products including Structural Elements, so Structural Elements, so that they can be more easily
that they may be more easily identified by the identified by the Contractor during field erection. When
Contractor during field erection. When the Truss the Truss Placement Diagram serves only as a guide for
Placement Diagram serves only as a guide for Truss installation and requires no engineering input, it
Truss installation and requires no engineering does not require the seal of any Registered Design
input, it does not require the seal of any Truss Professional including in cases where the Legal
Design Engineer or Registered Design Requirements mandate a Registered Design
Professional. Professional for buildings.
2.3.6.5 & 2.4.6.5 Required Documents. 2.3.6.5 Required Documents.

The Truss Manufacturer shall supply to the The Truss Manufacturer shall supply to the Contractor
Contractor the Truss Submittal Package, including the Truss Submittal Package, including the Truss
the Truss Design Drawings sealed by a Truss Design Drawings, a Truss Placement Diagram, if
Design Engineer, a Truss Placement Diagram, if required by the Construction Documents or Contract,
required by the Construction Documents or and the required Permanent Individual Truss Member
Contract, and the required Permanent Individual Restraint location and the method to be used per
Truss Member Restraint and the method to be Section 2.3.3.
used per Section 2.3.3 (2.4.3).
2.3.6.6 & 2.4.6.6 Special Application 2.3.6.6 Special Application Conditions.

Conditions. The Truss Manufacturer shall be allowed to provide
The Truss Manufacturer shall be allowed to detail drawings to the Contractor to document special
provide detail drawings to the Contractor to application conditions.
document special application conditions.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2.3.6.7 & 2.4.6.7 Truss Submittal Packages. 2.3.6.7 Truss Submittal Packages.
Where required by the Construction Documents or Where required by the Construction Documents or
Contract, Legal Requirements or the Building Contract, Legal Requirements or the Building Official,
Official, the Truss Manufacturer shall provide the the Truss Manufacturer shall provide the appropriate
appropriate Truss Submittal Package to one or Truss Submittal Package to one or more of the
more of the following: Building Official; Registered following: Building Official; Building Designer and/or
Design Professional for the Building (Building Contractor for review and/or approval per Section
Designer) and/or Contractor for review and/or 2.3.4.2.
approval per Section 2.3.4.2 (2.4.4.2).
2.3.6.8 & 2.4.6.8 Reliance on Construction 2.3.6.8 Reliance on Construction Documents.

Documents. The Truss Manufacturer shall be permitted to rely on the
The Truss Manufacturer shall be permitted to rely accuracy and completeness of information furnished in
on the accuracy and completeness of information the Construction Documents or otherwise furnished in
furnished in the Construction Documents or writing by the Building Designer and/or Contractor.
otherwise furnished in writing by the Registered
Design Professional for the Building (Building
Designer) and/or Contractor.
2.3.6.9 & 2.4.6.9 Fabrication Tolerance. 2.3.6.9 Fabrication Tolerance.
The Truss Manufacturer shall determine the value The Truss Manufacturer shall determine the value for
for the fabrication tolerance to be used in the the fabrication tolerance to be used in the design of the
design of the Trusses (see Section 6.4.10). Trusses (see Section 6.4.10).
2.3.6.10 & 2.4.6.10 Manufacturer Quality 2.3.6.10 Manufacturer Quality Criteria.

Criteria. The Truss Manufacturer shall manufacture the Trusses
The Truss Manufacturer shall manufacture the in accordance with the final Truss Design Drawings,
Trusses in accordance with the final Truss Design using the quality criteria required by this Standard
Drawings, using the quality criteria required by this unless more stringent quality criteria is provided by the
Standard unless more stringent quality criteria is Owner in writing or through the Construction
provided by the Owner in writing or through the Documents.
Construction Documents.
2.3.6.11 In-Plant Truss Inspections. 2.3.6.11 In-Plant Truss Inspections.

Truss inspections, as required by the Jurisdiction, Truss inspections, as required by the Jurisdiction, shall
shall be performed at the manufacturer’s facility be performed at the manufacturer’s facility using the
using the manufacturer’s In-Plant Quality manufacturer’s In-Plant Quality Assurance Program
Assurance Program (see Section 3.2) monitored monitored by an inspection agency approved by the
by an inspection agency approved by the Jurisdiction, and shall satisfy any Quality Control/quality
Jurisdiction, and shall satisfy any Quality assurance requirements for the Trusses, and shall
Control/quality assurance requirements for the satisfy any designated in-plant special inspection
Trusses, and shall satisfy any designated in-plant requirements for the Trusses.
special inspection requirements for the Trusses.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction

The Truss Manufacturer is responsible for items The Truss Manufacturer is responsible for items listed in
listed in Section 2.3.6 (2.4.6), and is not Section 2.3.6, and is not responsible for the
responsible for the requirements of other parties requirements of other parties specified outside of
specified outside of Section 2.3.6 (2.4.6). Section 2.3.6.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
C1.3.7 Contracts
2.5 CONTRACTS 2.4 CONTRACTS
2.5.1 Defer to Construction Documents. 2.4.1 Defer to Construction Documents.
This Chapter of the Standard is not intended to This Chapter of the Standard is not intended to take
take precedence over the Construction precedence over the Construction Documents, where a
Documents, where a Contract between parties Contract between parties incorporates by reference the
incorporates by reference the Construction Construction Documents, and therefore the
Documents, and therefore the Construction Construction Documents shall apply as between the
Documents shall apply as between the parties to parties to the Contract.
the Contract.
2.5.2 Defer to Contract. 2.4.2 Defer to Contract.

This Chapter of the Standard is not intended to This Chapter of the Standard is not intended to take
take precedence over a Contract as a Contract precedence over a Contract as a Contract shall be
shall be permitted to contain provisions that take permitted to contain provisions that take precedence
precedence over the Standard and/or the over the Standard and/or the Construction Documents.
Construction Documents. A party shall not exclude A party shall not exclude in a Contract a responsibility
in a Contract a responsibility established by this established by this Standard or the Construction
Standard or the Construction Documents unless Documents unless that responsibility is assigned to a
that responsibility is assigned to a qualified party qualified party and that party agrees to that assignment.
and that party agrees to that assignment. Any changes made to the Construction Documents by
Any changes made to the Construction Contract shall be submitted, reviewed and approved by
Documents by Contract shall be submitted, the Building Official.
reviewed and approved by the Building Official.
2.5.3 Incorporation into Contract. 2.4.3 Incorporation into Contract.

A Contract shall be permitted to incorporate this A Contract shall be permitted to incorporate this Chapter
Chapter of the Standard to establish the of the Standard to establish the Responsibilities of the
Responsibilities of the parties to such Contract. parties to such Contract.
Unless specifically agreed upon in the contract scope of work, the Truss Manufacturer and the Truss Designer
are not responsible for the adequacy of the Building Structural System nor are they responsible for evaluating
the effect of the Trusses on the Building’s Structural System. The responsibility of the Truss Designer and
Truss Manufacturer is to design, manufacture and supply each Truss element in accordance with the loading
requirements, the Truss Design Standard (ANSI/TPI 1), and all Legal Requirements. The IBC and IRC require
that the Truss Design Drawings indicate the design parameters used in the Truss design. The Truss Design
Drawing graphically depicts an individual Truss and details the design parameters used in the Truss design and
as such, it meets the requirements of the building code.
For more information regarding Truss design and Truss Manufacturing see sections 6.0 Loading, 8.0 Truss
Design Principles, and 12.0 Manufacturing in the Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook, 3rd
Edition, as well as ANSI/TPI 1 National Design Standard For Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss
Construction 2007 & 2014 editions.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
C1.4 Building Codes and Standards:

There is a move in the building code industry toward having fewer building codes to understand and
conform to, with the goal of assuring more accurate, higher quality and safer built construction. The effort to
achieve greater uniformity in the code environment is and always will be a work-in-progress. A unified code
in all jurisdictions would be valuable to the SBC industry for consistency of applying loads to structures;
however, the quickening and varying pace of change in the building code and referenced standards
development cycles makes it more difficult to get and keep all the documents and requirements
synchronized.
The scope of this document uses as its basis the International Building Code and the International
Residential Code (2009, 2012 and 2015 versions of both) and ASCE 7-2005, & 2010, Minimum Design
Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. It is not intended to address loading considerations related to all
local variations of the model codes or unique local building codes. It should, however, provide a solid
rational basis for the loads that should be applied to Trusses and SBCs in order to design a very safe
structural resistance framework.
Versions of Standards:
Building codes do not include, within the body of the document, every possible requirement, since that
would make them too unwieldy to easily use. They instead reference other codes and standards. This,
however, creates issues with the relationships among the various versions of the referenced documents.
Here are a few examples:
IBC 2009 references:
ASCE 7-2005 which in turn references NDS-2005.
TPI 1-2007 which in turn references ASCE 7-05 and NDS-05
NDS-2005 which in turn references ASCE 7-2002 and TPI 1-2002

It is not possible (or necessary) for each referenced standard to be in synch with the building code or all the
other referenced standards. The primary concern is that a structure is designed and built to provide safe
performance. Codes and standards improve incrementally and provide refinements to the standard.
Generally, should a significant safety issue arise, this will be dealt with, with urgency, published broadly and
the code/standard related to this issue will then be updated in the next development cycle.
The standards referenced in codes are dependent on the timing of a code’s completion. A building code is a
snapshot in time and can reference only the editions of standards which are available to review. All of the
editions of the referenced standards listed above provide what the IBC/IRC intends, as stated in the IBC-
09/12/15 and similarly in the IRC-09/12/15 R101.3:
101.3 Intent. The purpose of this code is to establish the minimum requirements to provide a reasonable level of
safety, public health and general welfare through structural strength, means of egress facilities, stability,
sanitation, adequate light and ventilation, energy conservation, and safety to life and property from fire and other
hazards attributed to the built environment and to provide a reasonable level of safety to fire fighters and
emergency responders during emergency operations.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Our industry believes that it is always best to use the latest standard/code requirements when designing a
structure, as they generally will provide the best possible design for the built environment. However,
designing a structure to an older version of a code or standard will still provide a sufficient degree of safety
by definition. Ultimately, the code and standards that are used on a given project are up to the authority
having jurisdiction (AHJ) to decide.
TOC
C1.5 Information Required in Construction Documents
Building Codes and AHJ's typically require specific loading information to be included as part of the
construction documents.
The IBC requirements regarding Construction Documents are included below:
IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015
SECTION 107 SECTION 107 SECTION 107
SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS
107.1 General. Submittal documents 107.1 General. Submittal documents 107.1 General. Submittal documents consisting
consisting of construction documents, consisting of construction documents, of construction documents, statement of special
statement of special inspections, statement of special inspections, inspections, geotechnical report and other data
geotechnical report and other data shall geotechnical report and other data shall shall be submitted in two or more sets with
be submitted in two or more sets be submitted in two or more sets with each permit application. The construction
with each permit application. The each permit application. The documents shall be prepared by a registered
construction documents shall be construction documents shall be design professional where required by the
prepared by a registered design prepared by a registered design statutes of the jurisdiction in which the
professional where required by the professional where required by the project is to be constructed. Where special
statutes of the jurisdiction in which the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the conditions exist, the building official is
project is to be constructed. Where project is to be constructed. Where authorized to require additional construction
special conditions exist, the building special conditions exist, the building documents to be prepared by a registered
official is authorized to require official is authorized to require design professional. ...
additional construction documents to be additional construction documents to be Exception: The building official is authorized
prepared by a registered design prepared by a registered design to waive the submission of construction
professional. professional. documents and other data not required to be
Exception: The building official is Exception: The building official is prepared by a registered design professional if
authorized to waive the submission of authorized to waive the submission of it is found that the nature of the work applied
construction documents and other data construction documents and other data for is such that review of construction
not required to be prepared by a not required to be prepared by a documents is not necessary to obtain
registered design professional if it is registered design professional if it is compliance with this code.
found that the nature of the work applied found that the nature of the work applied
for is such that review of construction for is such that review of construction
documents is not necessary to obtain documents is not necessary to obtain
compliance with this code. compliance with this code.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
107.2 Construction documents. 107.2 Construction documents. 107.2 Construction documents. Construction
Construction documents shall be in Construction documents shall be in documents shall be in accordance with Sections
accordance with Sections 107.2.1 accordance with Sections 107.2.1 107.2.1 through 107.2.6.
through 107.2.5. through 107.2.5. 107.2.1 Information on construction
107.2.1 Information on construction 107.2.1 Information on construction documents. Construction documents shall be
documents. Construction documents documents. Construction documents dimensioned and drawn upon suitable material.
shall be dimensioned and drawn upon shall be dimensioned and drawn upon Electronic media documents are permitted to be
suitable material. Electronic media suitable material. Electronic media submitted where approved by the building
documents are permitted to be submitted documents are permitted to be submitted official. Construction documents shall be of
when approved by the building official. when approved by the building official. sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature
Construction documents shall be of Construction documents shall be of and extent of the work proposed and show in
sufficient clarity to indicate the location, sufficient clarity to indicate the location, detail that it will conform to the provisions of
nature and extent of the work proposed nature and extent of the work proposed this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules
and show in detail that it will conform to and show in detail that it will conform to and regulations, as determined by the building
the provisions of this code and relevant the provisions of this code and relevant official.
laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations,
as determined by the building official. as determined by the building official.
107.3 Examination of documents. The 107.3 Examination of documents. The 107.3 Examination of documents. The
building official shall examine or cause building official shall examine or cause building official shall examine or cause to be
to be examined the accompanying to be examined the accompanying examined the accompanying submittal
submittal documents and shall ascertain submittal documents and shall ascertain documents and shall ascertain by such
by such examinations whether the by such examinations whether the examinations whether the construction
construction indicated and described is construction indicated and described is indicated and described is in accordance with
in accordance with the requirements of in accordance with the requirements of the requirements of this code and other
this code and other pertinent laws or this code and other pertinent laws or pertinent laws or ordinances.
ordinances. ordinances.
107.3.1 Approval of construction 107.3.1 Approval of construction 107.3.1 Approval of construction documents.
documents. When the building official documents. When the building official When the building official issues a permit, the
issues a permit, the construction issues a permit, the construction construction documents shall be approved, in
documents shall be approved, in writing documents shall be approved, in writing writing or by stamp, as “Reviewed for Code
or by stamp, as “Reviewed for Code or by stamp, as “Reviewed for Code Compliance.” One set of construction
Compliance.” One set of construction Compliance.” One set of construction documents so reviewed shall be retained by the
documents so reviewed shall be retained documents so reviewed shall be retained build-ing official. The other set shall be
by the building official. The other set by the building official. The other set returned to the applicant, shall be kept at the
shall be returned to the applicant, shall shall be returned to the applicant, shall site of work and shall be open to inspection by
be kept at the site of work and shall be be kept at the site of work and shall be the building official or a duly authorized
open to inspection by the building open to inspection by the building representative.
official or a duly authorized official
representative. or a duly authorized representative.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
107.3.3 Phased approval. The building 107.3.3 Phased approval. The building 107.3.3 Phased approval. The building official
official is authorized to issue a permit official is authorized to issue a permit is authorized to issue a permit for the
for the construction of foundations or for the construction of foundations or construction of foundations or any other part of
any other part of a building or structure any other part of a building or structure a building or structure before the construction
before the construction documents for before the construction documents for documents for the whole building or structure
the whole building or structure have the whole building or structure have have been submitted, provided that adequate
been submitted, provided that adequate been submitted, provided that adequate information and detailed statements have been
information and detailed statements have information and detailed statements have filed complying with pertinent requirements of
been filed complying with pertinent been filed complying with pertinent this code. The holder of such permit for the
requirements of this code. The holder of requirements of this code. The holder of foundation or other parts of a building or
such permit for the foundation or other such permit for the foundation or other structure shall proceed at the holder’s own risk
parts of a building or structure shall parts of a building or structure shall with the building operation and without
proceed at the holder’s own risk with the proceed at the holder’s own risk with the assurance that a permit for the entire structure
building operation and without building operation and without will be granted.
assurance that a permit for the entire assurance that a permit for the entire
structure will be granted. structure will be granted.
107.3.4 Design professional in 107.3.4 Design professional in 107.3.4 Design professional in responsible
responsible charge. responsible charge. charge. Where it is required that documents be
107.3.4.1 General. When it is required 107.3.4.1 General. When it is required prepared by a registered design professional,
that documents be prepared by a that documents be prepared by a the building official shall be authorized to
registered design professional, the registered design professional, the require the owner or the owner’s authorized
building official shall be authorized to building official shall be authorized to agent to engage and designate on the building
require the owner to engage and require the owner to engage and permit application a registered design
designate on the building permit designate on the building permit professional who shall act as the registered
application a registered design application a registered design design professional in responsible charge. If the
professional who shall act as the professional who shall act as the circumstances require, the owner or the owner’s
registered design professional in registered design professional in authorized agent shall designate a substitute
responsible charge. If the circumstances responsible charge. If the circumstances registered design professional in responsible
require, the owner shall designate a require, the owner shall designate a charge who shall perform the duties required of
substitute registered design professional substitute registered design professional the original registered design professional in
in responsible charge who shall perform in responsible charge who shall perform responsible charge. The building official shall
the duties required of the original the duties required of the original be notified in writing by the owner or the
registered design professional in registered design professional in owner’s authorized agent if the registered
responsible charge. responsible charge. design professional in responsible charge is
changed or is unable to continue to perform the
duties. The registered design professional in
responsible charge shall be responsible for
reviewing and coordinating submittal
documents prepared by others, including
phased and deferred submittal items, for
compatibility with the design of the building.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
The building official shall be notified in The building official shall be notified in 107.3.4.1 Deferred submittals. Deferral of any
writing by the owner if the registered writing by the owner if the registered submittal items shall have the prior approval of
design professional in responsible design professional in responsible the building official. The registered design
charge is changed or is unable to charge is changed or is unable to professional in responsible charge shall list the
continue to perform the duties. continue to perform the duties. deferred submittals on the construction
The registered design professional in The registered design professional in documents for review by the building official.
responsible charge shall be responsible responsible charge shall be responsible Documents for deferred submittal items shall be
for reviewing and coordinating submittal for reviewing and coordinating submittal submitted to the registered design professional
documents prepared by others, including documents prepared by others, including in responsible charge who shall review them
phased and deferred submittal items, for phased and deferred submittal items, for and forward them to the building official with a
compatibility with the design of the compatibility with the design of the notation indicating that the deferred submittal
building. building. documents have been reviewed and found to be
in general conformance to the design of the
building. The deferred submittal items shall not
be installed until the deferred submittal
documents have been approved by the building
official.
SECTION 1603 CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1603 CONSTRUCTION SECTION 1603 CONSTRUCTION

DOCUMENTS DOCUMENTS DOCUMENTS
1603.1 General. Construction 1603.1 General. Construction 1603.1 General. Construction documents shall
documents shall show the size, section documents shall show the size, section show the size, section and relative locations of
and relative locations of structural and relative locations of structural structural members with floor levels, column
members with floor levels, column members with floor levels, column centers and offsets dimensioned. The design
centers and offsets dimensioned. The centers and offsets dimensioned. The loads and other information pertinent to the
design loads and other information design loads and other information structural design required by Sections 1603.1.1
pertinent to the structural design pertinent to the structural design through 1603.1.8 shall be indicated on the
required by Sections 1603.1.1 through required by Sections 1603.1.1 through construction documents.
1603.1.9 shall be indicated on the 1603.1.9 shall be indicated on the
construction documents. construction documents.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Exception: Construction documents for Exception: Construction documents for Exception: Construction documents for
buildings constructed in accordance with buildings constructed in accordance with buildings constructed in accordance with the
the conventional light-frame the conventional light-frame conventional light-frame construction
construction provisions of Section 2308 construction provisions of Section 2308 provisions of Section 2308 shall indicate the
shall indicate the following structural shall indicate the following structural following structural design information:
design information: design information: 1. Floor and roof live loads.
1. Floor and roof live loads. 1. Floor and roof live loads. 2. Ground snow load, Pg.
2. Ground snow load, Pg. 2. Ground snow load, Pg. 3. Ultimate design wind speed, Vult, (3-second
3. Basic wind speed (3-second gust), 3. Ultimate design wind speed, Vult, (3 gust), miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) and
miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) and wind second gust) , miles per hour (mph) nominal design wind speed, Vasd, as
exposure. (km/hr) and nominal design wind speed, determined in accordance with Section
4. Seismic design category and site Vasd, as determined in accordance with 1609.3.1 and wind exposure.
class. Section 1609.3.1 and wind exposure. 4. Seismic design category and site class.
5. Flood design data, if located in flood 4. Seismic design category and site 5. Flood design data, if located in flood hazard
hazard areas established in Section class. areas established in Section 1612.3.
1612.3. 5. Flood design data, if located in flood 6. Design load-bearing values of soils.
6. Design load-bearing values of soils. hazard areas established in Section
1612.3.
6. Design load-bearing values of soils.
The IRC 2009, 2012 & 2015 contain similar requirements regarding Construction documents. The requirements
of Section R106 are basically the same as in Section 106 in the IBC. Note: the language was revised in 2009.
IRC 2009 & 2012 IRC 2015

SECTION R106 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION R106 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
R106.1 Submittal documents. Submittal documents consisting of R106.1 Submittal documents. Submittal documents
construction documents, and other data shall be submitted in two or consisting of construction documents, and other data shall be
more sets with each application for a permit. The construction submitted in two or more sets with each application for a
documents shall be prepared by a registered design professional permit. The
where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project construction documents shall be prepared by a registered
is to be constructed. Where special conditions exist, the building design professional where required by the statutes of the
official is authorized to require additional construction documents to jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed. Where
be prepared by a registered design professional. special conditions exist, the building official is authorized to
Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the require additional construction documents to be prepared by
submission of construction documents and other data not required to a registered design professional.
be prepared by a registered design professional if it is found that the Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the
nature of the work applied for is such that reviewing of construction submission of construction documents and other data not
documents is not necessary to obtain compliance with this code. required to be prepared by a registered design professional if
it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such that
reviewing of construction documents is not necessary to
obtain compliance with this code.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
R106.1.1 Information on construction documents. Construction R106.1.1 Information on construction documents.

documents shall be drawn upon suitable material. Electronic media Construction documents shall be drawn upon suitable
documents are permitted to be submitted when approved by the material. Electronic media documents are permitted to be
building official. Construction documents shall be of sufficient submitted when approved by the building official.
clarity to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work Construction documents shall be of sufficient clarity to
proposed and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of indicate the location, nature and extent of the work proposed
this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, as and show in detail that it will conform to the provisions of
determined by the building official. Where required by the building this code and relevant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations,
official, all braced wall lines, shall be identified on the construction as determined by the building official. Where required by the
documents and all pertinent information including, but not limited building official, all braced wall lines, shall be identified on
to, bracing methods, location and length of braced wall panels, the construction documents and all pertinent information
foundation requirements of braced wall panels at top and bottom including, but not limited to, bracing methods, location and
shall be provided. length of braced wall panels, foundation requirements of
braced wall panels at top and bottom shall be provided.
R106.3 Examination of documents. The building official shall R106.3 Examination of documents. The building official
examine or cause to be examined construction documents for code shall examine or cause to be examined construction
compliance. documents for code compliance.
R106.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the building R106.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the
official issues a permit, the construction documents shall be building official issues a permit, the construction documents
approved in writing or by a stamp which states shall be approved in writing or by a stamp which states
“REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.” One set of “REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE.” One set of
construction documents so reviewed shall be retained by the construction documents so reviewed shall be retained by the
building official. The other set shall be returned to the applicant, building official. The other set shall be returned to the
shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to inspection by applicant, shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open
the building official or his or her authorized representative. to inspection by the building official or his or her authorized
representative.
R106.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require changes R106.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require
in the construction documents, construction or designated changes in the construction documents, construction or
occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit has been designated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit
heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized, has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully authorized,
and the construction of which has been pursued in good faith within and the construction of which has been pursued in
180 days after the effective date of this code and has not been good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this code
abandoned. and has not been abandoned.
R106.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is authorized to R106.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is
issue a permit for the construction of foundations or any other part authorized to issue a permit for the construction of
of a building or structure before the construction documents for the foundations or any other part of a building or structure before
whole building or structure have been submitted, provided that the construction
adequate information and detailed statements have been filed documents for the whole building or structure have
complying with pertinent requirements of this code. The holder of been submitted, provided that adequate information and
such permit for the foundation or other parts of a building or detailed statements have been filed complying with pertinent
structure shall proceed at the holder’s own risk with the building requirements of this code. The holder of such permit for the
operation and without assurance that a permit for the entire structure foundation or other parts of a building or structure shall
will be granted. proceed at the holder’s own risk with the building operation
and without assurance that a permit for the entire structure
will be granted.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
R106.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be installed R106.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be
in accordance with the approved construction documents, and any installed in accordance with the approved construction
changes made during construction that are not in compliance with documents, and any changes made during construction that
the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for are not in compliance with the approved construction
approval as an amended set of construction documents. documents shall be resubmitted for approval as an amended
set of construction documents.
R106.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of approved R106.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of
construction documents shall be retained by the building official for approved construction documents shall be retained by the
a period of not less than 180 days from date of completion of the building official for a period of not less than 180 days from
permitted work, or as required by state or local laws. date of completion of the permitted work, or as required by
state or local laws.
The IRC contains few references to what loading information should be included in the construction documents,
but does require that some loading information be provided by way of Table R301.2(1) , similar through the IRC-
09/12/15, where ground snow load, wind speed and seismic design category are required. Although often
missed, footnote d also requires determination of a site specific wind exposure category.
R301.2 Climatic and geographic design criteria. Buildings shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this code as
limited by the provisions of this section. Additional criteria shall be established by the local jurisdiction and set forth in Table
R301.2(1).
ANSI/TPI 1 2007 ANSI/TPI 1 2014

ANSI/TPI 1 2007 clearly indicate what information is ANSI/TPI 1 2014 clearly indicates what
required for a Truss Manufacturer to design Trusses for information is required for a Truss Manufacturer to
a structure. Providing this information is the design Trusses for a structure. Providing this
responsibility of the Registered Design Professional information is the responsibility of the Building
(2.3), if one is mandated, or by the owner or owner's Designer. The following sections are from
representative (2.4), if a Registered Design Professional ANSI/TPI 1-2014 and reflect not only the
is not mandated. The following sections are from consensus of the Truss design and manufacturing
ANSI/TPI 1-2007 (see also 2.4.2.1 & 2.4.2.4) and reflect community but were developed with input from the
not only the consensus of the Truss design and engineering community at large.
manufacturing community but were developed with input
from the engineering community at large.
2.3.2.1 Construction Documents.The Construction 2.3.2.1 Construction Documents. The Construction

Documents shall be prepared by the Registered Design Documents shall be prepared by the Building Designer and
Professional for the Building and shall be of sufficient clarity shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature
to indicate the location, nature and extent of the work and extent of the work proposed, and show in detail that such
proposed, and show in detail that such documents conform to documents conform to the Legal Requirements, including the
the Legal Requirements, including the Building Code. Building Code.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2.3.2.4 Required Information in the Construction 2.3.2.4 Required Information in the Construction
Documents. The Registered Design Professional for the Documents. The Building Designer, through the
Building, through the Construction Documents, shall provide Construction Documents, shall provide information
information sufficiently accurate and reliable to be used for sufficiently accurate and reliable to be used for
facilitating the supply of the Structural Elements and other facilitating the supply of the Structural Elements and
information for developing the design of the Trusses for the other information for developing the design of the
Building, and shall provide the following: Trusses for the Building, and shall provide the
following:
(a) All Truss and Structural Element orientations and (a) All Truss and Structural Element orientations and
locations. locations.
(b) Information to fully determine all Truss profiles. (b) Information to fully determine all Truss profiles. (c)
(c) All Structural Element and Truss support locations All Structural Element and Truss support locations and
and bearing conditions (including the allowable bearing bearing conditions (including the allowable bearing
stress). stress). (d) The
(d) The location, direction, and magnitude of all dead, location, direction, and magnitude of all dead, live, and
live, and lateral loads applicable to each Truss lateral loads applicable to each Truss including, but not
including, but not limited to, loads attributable to: roof, limited to, loads attributable to: roof, floor, partition,
floor, partition, mechanical, fire sprinkler, attic storage, mechanical, fire sprinkler, attic storage, rain and
rain and ponding, wind, snow (including snow drift and ponding, wind, snow (including snow drift and
unbalanced snow), seismic; and any other loads on the unbalanced snow), seismic; and any other loads on the
Truss; Truss; (e) All anchorage
(e) All anchorage designs required to resist uplift, designs and connections to the Structural Elements and
gravity, and lateral loads. the Permanent Building Stability Bracing required to
(f) Truss-to-Structural Element connections, but not resist uplift, gravity, and lateral loads.
Truss-to-Truss connections. (f) Truss-to-Structural Element connections, but not
(g) Permanent Building Stability Bracing; including Truss-to-Truss connections.
Truss anchorage connections to the Permanent Building
Stability Bracing.
(h) Criteria related to serviceability issues including: (g) Criteria related to serviceability issues including:
(1) Allowable vertical, horizontal or other required (1) Allowable vertical, horizontal or other required
deflection criteria. deflection criteria.
(2) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep (2) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep
deflection criteria for flat roofs subject to ponding deflection criteria for roofs subject to ponding loads.
loads. (3) Any Truss camber requirements.
(3) Any Truss camber requirements. (4) Any differential deflection criteria from Truss-to-
(4) Any differential deflection criteria from Truss-to- Truss or Truss-to-adjacent Structural Element.
Truss or Truss-to-adjacent Structural Element. (5) Any deflection and vibration criteria for floor
Trusses including:
(i) Any strongback bridging requirements.
(ii) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep
deflection criteria for floor Trusses supporting stone or
ceramic tile finishes.
(5) Any deflection and vibration criteria for floor (5) Any deflection and vibration criteria for
Trusses including: floor Trusses including:
(a) Any strongback bridging requirements. (i) Any strongback bridging requirements.
(b) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep (ii) Any dead load, live load, and in-service
deflection criteria for floor Trusses supporting stone or creep deflection criteria for floor Trusses
ceramic tile finishes. supporting stone or ceramic tile finishes.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
(6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive chemicals and (6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive chemicals and
gases expected to result in: gases expected to result in: (i) Wood moisture content
(a) Wood moisture content exceeding 19 percent, exceeding 19 percent, (ii)
(b) Sustained temperatures exceeding 150 degrees F, Sustained temperatures exceeding 150
and/or degrees F, and/or
(c) Corrosion potential from wood preservatives or (iii) Corrosion potential from wood preservatives
other sources that may be detrimental to Trusses. or other sources that can be detrimental
to Trusses.
TOC
C1.6 Truss Design Drawing as a Span Chart:
Building codes, and especially residential codes like the IRC, are prescriptive in nature. They refer to very
specific requirements for structural products and include span charts for wood joists, steel joists, and rafters
based upon specific dead load, live load and deflection criteria. Although I-joists, trusses, structural
composite lumber (SCL) (i.e. laminated veneer lumber) and structural glued laminated timbers are
referenced, span charts are not included, since spans vary by manufacturer and design specification. The
manufacturer's span charts are accepted for use as an alternative material or method under the following
code provisions
IRC & IBC 2009 & 2012 IRC & IBC 2015
R104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods R104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods
of construction and equipment. of construction and equipment. The provisions of this
The provisions of this code are not intended to prevent code are not intended to prevent the installation of any
the installation of any material or to prohibit any design material or to prohibit any design or method of
or method of construction not specifically prescribed by construction not specifically prescribed by this code,
this code, provided that any such alternative has been provided that any such alternative has been approved.
approved. An alternative material, design or method of An alternative material, design or method of
construction shall be approved where the building construction shall be approved where the building
official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory
and complies with the intent of the provisions of this and complies with the intent of the provisions of this
code, and that the material, method or work offered is, code, and that the material, method or work offered is,
for the purpose intended, at least the equivalent of that for the purpose intended, not less than the equivalent of
prescribed in this code. Compliance with the specific that prescribed in this code. Compliance with the
performance-based provisions of the International specific performance-based provisions of the
Codes in lieu of specific requirements of this code shall International Codes shall be an alternative to the
also be permitted as an alternate. specific requirements of this code. Where the
alternative material, design or method of construction is
not approved, the building official shall respond in
writing, stating the reasons why the alternative was not
approved.
Generally, I-joists, SCL and glulam products reference a code accepted research or evaluation report, now
available from: ICC Evaluation Service (www.icc-es.org). Published application and installation details are
available from the manufacturer as well.
Although some Truss Manufacturers and Truss plate suppliers offer “generic” span tables , these tables do
not address the full range of truss loading and span possibilities. The IRC addresses this by clearly defining
the standard by which trusses are to be designed, ANSI/TPI 1, and by requiring that the design criteria that
the truss design utilizes be included on the Truss Design Drawing. The intention of this code required detail
is to provide trusses for light-frame construction demonstrating code compliance in the same manner as a
span chart that is included in the code.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
In the IRC truss design is included under both floor and roof framing but the requirements are basically the
same in both sections of the IRC in all editions:
R502.11.1 or R802.10.2 Design. Wood trusses shall be designed in accordance with approved engineering
practice. The design and manufacture of metal plate connected wood trusses shall comply with ANSI/TPI 1.The
truss design drawings shall be prepared by a registered professional where required by the statutes of the
jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed in accordance with Section R106.1.
The truss design requirements in the IRC-09/12/15 are included in a similar fashion in the IBC-09/12/15 in
Section 23 which addresses wood design issues in Section 2303.4. (See A-4.1 for a comparison and
discussion). The following are the IBC-15 requirements:
2303.4 Trusses. Wood trusses shall comply with Sections 2303.4.1 through 2303.4.7.
2303.4.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be designed in accordance with the provisions of this code and accepted
engineering practice. Members are permitted to be joined by nails, glue, bolts, timber connectors, metal
connector plates or other approved framing devices.
2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings. The written, graphic and pictorial depiction of each individual truss shall be
provided to the building official for approval prior to installation. Truss design drawings shall also be provided
with the shipment of trusses delivered to the job site. Truss design drawings shall include, at a minimum, the
information specified below:
1. Slope or depth, span and spacing;
2. Location of all joints and support locations;
3. Number of plies if greater than one;
4. Required bearing widths;
5. Design loads as applicable, including;
5.1. Top chord live load;
5.2. Top chord dead load;
5.3. Bottom chord live load;
5.4. Bottom chord dead load;
5.5. Additional loads and locations; and
5.6. Environmental design criteria and loads (wind, rain, snow, seismic, etc.).
6. Other lateral loads, including drag strut loads;
7. Adjustments to wood member and metal connector plate design value for conditions of use;
8. Maximum reaction force and direction, including maximum uplift reaction forces where applicable;
9. Metal-connector-plate type, size and thickness or gage, and the dimensioned location of each metal connector
plate except where symmetrically located relative to the joint interface;
10. Size, species and grade for each wood member;
11. Truss-to-truss connections and truss field assembly requirements;
12. Calculated span-to-deflection ratio and maximum vertical and horizontal deflection for live and total load as
applicable;
13. Maximum axial tension and compression forces in the truss members; and
14. Required permanent individual truss member restraint location and the method and details of
restraint/bracing to be used in accordance with Section 2303.4.1.2.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
The IRC-09/12/15 and IBC-09/12/15 define submittal documents, a portion of which are called variously —
Truss Shop Drawings or Truss Design Drawings, using the same language to define what the documents
are and who is responsible for providing them.
IBC & IRC 2012 IBC 2015
106.1 & R106.1 Submittal documents. Construction 107.1 General. Submittal documents consisting of
documents, special inspection and structural construction documents, statement of special
observation programs, and other data shall be submitted inspections, geotechnical report and other data shall be
in one or more sets with each application for a permit. submitted in two or more sets with each permit
The construction documents shall be prepared by a application. The construction documents shall be
registered design professional where required by the prepared by a registered design professional where
statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the
constructed. Where special conditions exist, the project is to be constructed. Where special conditions
building official is authorized to require additional exist, the building official is authorized to require
construction documents to be prepared by a registered additional construction documents to be prepared by a
design professional. registered design professional. Exception: The
building official is authorized to waive the submission
of construction documents and other data not required
to be prepared by a registered design professional if it
is found that the nature of the work applied for is such
that review of construction documents is not necessary
to obtain compliance with this code.
IRC 2015
R106.1 Submittal documents. Submittal documents
consisting of construction documents, and other data
shall be submitted in two or more sets with each
application for a permit. The construction documents
shall be prepared by a registered design professional
where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in
which the project is to be constructed. Where special
conditions exist, the building official is authorized to
require additional construction documents to be
prepared by a registered design professional.
Exception: The building official is authorized to waive
the submission of construction documents and other
data not required to be prepared by a registered design
professional
if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is
such that reviewing of construction documents is not
necessary to obtain compliance with this code.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Note that the IRC does not require that the Construction Documents or Truss Design Drawings be prepared
by a registered professional. This is only required where the local statues require it or where special
conditions exist. In the majority of the states in the US, the professional architecture or engineering law
exempts certain structures from the requirement of having to have a registered design professional design
the structure. This is generally true for the majority of residential structures built in the United States.
The following is an example from the State of Wisconsin Statutes regarding Architects, Landscape
Architects, Professional Engineers, Designers and Land Surveyors:
443.15 Exempt buildings. (1) Nothing in this chapter prevents any person from advertising and performing
services, including consultation, investigation, evaluation, in connection with and making plans and
specifications for, or supervising the erection, enlargement or alterations of any of the following buildings:
(a) Dwellings for single families, and outbuildings in connection with single–family dwellings, including,
but not limited to, barns and private garages.
(b) Apartment buildings used exclusively as the residence of not more than 2 families.
(c) Buildings used exclusively for agricultural purposes.
(d) Temporary buildings or sheds used exclusively for construction purposes, not exceeding 2 stories in
height, and not used for living quarters.
As noted above in sections R104.11 and 104.11, neither the IRC nor IBC exclude design using engineering
principles or product designs not specifically included in the code. The opposite is actually mandated by the
code where it says, "An alternative material, design or method of construction shall be approved where the
building official finds that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the intent of the provisions
of this code,. . ."
As an example of combining the prescriptive requirements in the code with an engineered structural
element design, an evaluation was made of the North Carolina prescriptive residential code requirements
that follow closely the IRC requirements. This analysis determined that truss bearing reactions up to 3,000
pounds were deemed to comply with the NC prescriptive code requirements and that reactions up to 15,000
pounds could be easily addressed with design load charts that were found in the NC code. This allowed
trusses with reactions up to 15,000 pounds to be applied to prescriptive wall framing and a prescriptively
derived foundation system.
TOC
C1.7 How the Truss Industry Practices Engineering:
As noted above, state and local jurisdiction laws allow, for specific types of structures, for a Truss Design
Drawing to be prepared by a Truss Manufacturer without the need for professional engineering involvement.
In these cases, the truss design drawing is viewed as being a replacement for the roof or floor span tables
that exist in the building code or the span tables supplied by proprietary I-joist, steel joist, etc.
manufacturers.
Where a seal of a professional engineer licensed in the applicable jurisdiction is required on a Truss Design
Drawing, a Truss Manufacturer can provide the sealed Truss Design Drawing in either of two ways – by
employing a Truss Engineer registered in the jurisdictions they ship into or by contract with a company that
provides professional Truss Design Engineering services.
1. When the Truss Manufacturer has a registered engineer in their employ, the truss design work is
undertaken by Truss Technicians that work directly for the Truss Design Engineer. All Truss Design
Drawings are then reviewed, revised, approved and sealed by the Truss Design Engineer.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
2. Where the contract is with a company that provides professional Truss Design Engineering services,
such as are provided by the truss plate and truss design software supplier companies, a very specific
process is followed. All of the specific design parameters, that have been provided by the building’s
Building Designer, are communicated (via phone, US mail, email, links to software, etc.) through the
typical construction process communication channels, to the Truss Designer Engineer. The
information transmitted may include preliminary designs generated by a component manufacturer's
truss technician. The Truss Design Engineer then inputs the design parameters, analyzes and
undertakes the truss design. The Truss Design Engineer has complete control of the lumber values,
plate properties and other design settings. Once the design, revision and approval process is
completed the Truss Design Engineer will seal each Truss Design Drawing for the project, work
which has been prepared under his direct supervision or control.
It is important to have an understanding of key terminology as found in the typical state professional
engineering regulations. Here are some of the definitions that you will find outlined in engineering laws.
[Editor’s note: The definitions below are taken directly or paraphrased from the Florida Professional Engineering law
and Florida Board of Professional Engineer’s rules and regulations. The concepts are generally the same in other
state laws and rules that we have reviewed.]
Engineer includes the terms professional engineer and licensed engineer and is defined as someone
who is licensed to engage in the practice of engineering.
Engineering includes the term professional engineering, which means any service or creative work,
the adequate performance of which requires engineering education, training and experience in the
application of special knowledge of the mathematical, physical and engineering sciences.
Someone who practices any branch of engineering; who, by verbal claim, sign, advertisement,
letterhead, or card, or in any other way, represents him/herself to be an engineer shall be
construed to practice engineering within the meaning and intent of the law.
License means the licensing of engineers or certification of businesses to practice engineering in this
state.
No licensee shall affix or permit to be affixed their seal, name or digital signature to any plan,
specification, drawing, final bid document or other document that depicts work which they are
not licensed to perform or which is beyond their professional expertise.
No licensee shall affix or permit to be affixed their seal, name or digital signature to any final
drawings, specifications, plans, reports or documents that were not prepared by them or under
their responsible supervision, direction, or control. Violation of this rule is often known as “plan
stamping.”
Responsible charge means that degree of control an engineer is required to maintain over
engineering decisions made personally or by others over which the engineer exercises supervisory
direction and control authority.
The following is a test to evaluate whether an engineer is in responsible charge: An engineer
who signs and seals engineering documents must be capable of answering questions relevant
to the engineering decisions made during the engineer’s work on the project, in sufficient detail
as to leave little doubt as to the engineer’s proficiency for the work performed.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Engineering design means the process of devising a system, component or process to meet desired
needs. It is a decision-making process (often iterative), in which the basic sciences, mathematics and
engineering sciences are applied to convert resources optimally to meet a stated objective.
When an engineer is asked to sign and/or seal any document or work on any project, a
determination shall carefully be made regarding:
1) if the engineer has the expertise to undertake the work requested;
2) if the engineer needs to limit the scope of work to those matters which the engineer can
properly sign and/or seal; or
3) if the engineer should decline to undertake the work.
Engineers who sign and/or seal certifications or undertake projects that: (a) relate to matters that
are beyond the engineer’s technical competence; or (b) involve matters that are beyond the
engineer’s scope of services actually provided; or (c) relate to matters that were not prepared
under engineer’s responsible supervision, direction, or control; would be subject to disciplinary
proceedings.
TOC
C1.8 Description of a Truss Placement Diagram:
A Truss Placement Diagram (TPD) is defined as an "illustration identifying the assumed location of each
truss."
A Truss Placement Diagram, when required or requested, is intended to indicate the Truss Manufacturer's
assumed location for each Truss that has been designed. This document is prepared by a Truss
Manufacturer for the primary purpose of assisting their customers, the framers who install the Trusses, and
code officials in correctly locating and placing the individual Truss elements within a particular structure. It is
not intended to replace or modify the structural framing plan that has been created by the Building Designer,
unless the Builder Designer reviews and approves the use of the Truss Placement Diagram.
Truss Placement Diagrams are not always provided. Whether or not they are provided depends on whether
the contract between the Truss Manufacturer and the customer requires it. At times, Truss Placement
Diagrams are provided merely as a courtesy to assist the customer though the installation process or for
marketing purposes.
What is contained in Truss Placement Diagrams often differs by Truss Manufacturer and geographic
region. The Truss Placement Diagram contains no structural information and requires no engineering
knowledge and calculations, and is not intended to replace the structural framing plan or any part of the
Building Designer’s Structural Design Documents. Therefore, the Truss Placement Diagram does not
require a professional engineer’s seal to be placed on it.
Structural Design Documents and Structural Framing Plans:

The “integral design document” pertaining to the layout of any structural framing component, including
trusses, is the structural framing plan which may or may not be prepared by an engineer or architect. If
there is no licensed professional involved, it may be prepared by either the owner or the contractor.
Alternatively, it may also be something that is verbally transmitted in the form of design parameters for the
Trusses and SBCs from the customer (i.e., either the owner or contractor) to the Truss Manufacturer.
A well-prepared set of Structural Design Documents will include the structural specifications and information
pertaining to loading, spacing, orientation, bearing details, bracing, etc. that has been coordinated with
other structural elements and systems in the building. Such information is reviewed by the Truss
Manufacturer and is then conveyed by the Truss Manufacturer to the Truss Designer who in turn designs
the trusses. The Truss Designer designs each individual truss and assumes responsibility for the integrity
of each truss design created.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Structural Design Documents and/or structural framing plans at times may be absent or not well thought
out. They may also change during the bidding and submittal stage of a project for a variety of reasons. The
Truss Manufacturer and Truss Designer cannot be held responsible for Truss Designs rendered incorrect
due to project changes of which they have not been informed.
When there is not a professional engineer of record for the structure, which is often the case for residential
construction and some commercial conventional light-frame construction, the structure below the trusses is
most frequently designed by using the prescriptive requirements of the building code. The owner, builder
and/or framing contractor, whoever is undertaking responsibility for the construction, by definition assumes
the responsibility of the Building Designer for the structure.
TOC
C1.9 Truss System Design Checklist (without or with Deferred Submittals):
The definitions used in the following checklist are critical to an understanding of the responsibilities involved
in the construction process as defined by the IBC . All the technical terms used are included in the
definitions provided included above. Also, an expanded version of this checklist is available from SBCA.
Structural Building Components Association (SBCA)

6300 Enterprise Lane
Madison, WI 53719
608/274-4849 • 608/274-3329 (fax)
Email: sbca@sbcindustry.com
Local engineering statutes and building code requirements should be reviewed and compliance with these
and the IBC verified.
The practice of approving construction documents with deferred submittals for specific structural
components is common in many code jurisdictions. In the case of residential construction, often the Truss
Design Drawings are not required until the Trusses are delivered to the job site and are used primarily for
installation and inspection purposes. In many cases, the Truss Manufacturer has NOT been selected at the
time of plan submittal and the building is designed using roof and/or floor truss design assumptions, with
Truss design designated by others.
The deferred submittal process requires a thorough review of the truss submittal package by the Building
Designer who verifies in some manner, often with a shop drawing approval stamp that states, that all the
trusses and their placement comply with the provisions of the approved Construction Documents. In
projects where there is no professional Building Designer involved, the Owner or Contractor is responsible
for verifying the compliance of the deferred truss submittal package with the approved Construction
Documents.
And the Building Designer, or where a Building Designer is not required, the Contractor or Owner, is
responsible for the design and installation of the permanent bracing for the Building Structural System.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
NOTE: the following checklist is based on the IBC-2015 & ANSI/TPI-1 2014 (adopted by reference in
the IBC). 1
TOC
Scope of Work Description Scope of Work Description
"x" Responsible Party
No Deferred Truss Submittals Deferred Truss Submittals
 See IBC 107.1 for the requirements for See IBC 107.1 for the requirements for
submittal documents. The construction submittal documents. The construction
documents shall be prepared by a documents shall be prepared by a
registered design professional where registered design professional where Registered Design
required by the statutes of the jurisdiction required by the statutes of the jurisdiction Professional (Building
Designer)
in which the project is to be constructed. in which the project is to be constructed.
 See IBC 107.2.1 for the requirement for See IBC 107.2.1 for the requirement for
information on construction documents. information on construction documents.
Construction documents shall be of Construction documents shall be of Registered Design
sufficient clarity to indicate the location, sufficient clarity to indicate the location, Professional (Building
nature and extent of the work proposed. nature and extent of the work proposed. Designer)
 See IBC 107.3.4 for requirements for See IBC 107.3.4 for requirements for
the design professional in responsible the design professional in responsible
charge. The registered design professional charge. The registered design professional
in responsible charge shall be responsible in responsible charge shall be responsible
for reviewing and coordinating submittal for reviewing and coordinating submittal Registered Design
documents prepared by others, including documents prepared by others, including Professional (Building
phased and deferred submittal items, for phased and deferred submittal items, for Designer)
compatibility with the design of the compatibility with the design of the
building. building.
 See IBC 107.3.4.1 for deferred submittal See IBC 107.3.4.1 for deferred submittal
requirements. Documents for deferred requirements. Documents for deferred
submittal items shall be submitted to the submittal items shall be submitted to the
registered design professional in registered design professional in
responsible charge who shall review them responsible charge who shall review them
and forward them to the building official and forward them to the building official Registered Design
with a notation indicating that the deferred with a notation indicating that the deferred Professional (Building
submittal documents have been reviewed submittal documents have been reviewed Designer)
and been found to be in general and been found to be in general
conformance to the design of the building. conformance to the design of the building.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
 TPI-1 2.3.2.4 Required Information in TPI-1 2.3.2.4 Required Information in

the Construction Documents. the Construction Documents.
The Building Designer, through the The Building Designer, through the
Construction Documents, shall provide Construction Documents, shall provide
information sufficiently accurate and information sufficiently accurate and
reliable to be used for facilitating the reliable to be used for facilitating the Registered Design
supply of the Structural Elements and other supply of the Structural Elements and other Professional (Building
information for developing the design of information for developing the design of Designer)
the Trusses for the Building, and shall the Trusses for the Building, and shall
provide the following:1 provide the following:1
 (a) All Truss and Structural Element (a) All Truss and Structural Element Registered Design
orientations and locations. orientations and locations. Professional (Building
Designer)
 (b) Information to fully determine all Truss (b) Information to fully determine all Truss Registered Design
profiles. profiles. Professional (Building
Designer)
 (c) All Structural Element and Truss (c) All Structural Element and Truss
Registered Design
support locations and bearing conditions support locations and bearing conditions
Professional (Building
(including the allowable bearing stress). (including the allowable bearing stress).
Designer)
 (d) The location, direction, and magnitude (d) The location, direction, and magnitude
of all dead, live, and lateral loads of all dead, live, and lateral loads
applicable to each Truss including, but not applicable to each Truss including, but not
limited to, loads attributable to: roof, floor, limited to, loads attributable to: roof, floor,
Registered Design
partition, mechanical, fire sprinkler, attic partition, mechanical, fire sprinkler, attic
storage, rain and ponding, wind, snow storage, rain and ponding, wind, snow
Designer)
(including snow drift and unbalanced (including snow drift and unbalanced
snow), seismic; and any other loads on the snow), seismic; and any other loads on the
Truss; Truss;
 (e) All anchorage designs and connections (e) All anchorage designs and connections
to the Structural Elements and the to the Structural Elements and the
Registered Design
Permanent Building Stability Bracing Permanent Building Stability Bracing
required to resist uplift, gravity, and lateral required to resist uplift, gravity, and lateral
Designer)
loads. loads.
 (f) Truss-to-Structural Element (f) Truss-to-Structural Element Registered Design

connections, but not Truss-to-Truss connections, but not Truss-to-Truss Professional (Building
connections. connections. Designer)
 (g) Criteria related to serviceability issues (g) Criteria related to serviceability issues Registered Design
including: including: Professional (Building
Designer)
 (1) Allowable vertical, horizontal or (1) Allowable vertical, horizontal or Registered Design
other required deflection criteria. other required deflection criteria. Professional (Building
Designer)
 (2) Any dead load, live load, and in- (2) Any dead load, live load, and in-
Registered Design
service creep deflection criteria for service creep deflection criteria for
roofs subject to ponding loads. roofs subject to ponding loads.
Designer)
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
 (3) Any Truss camber requirements. (3) Any Truss camber requirements. Registered Design
Designer)
 (4) Any differential deflection (4) Any differential deflection
criteria from Truss-to-Truss or Truss- criteria from Truss-to-Truss or Truss- Registered Design
to-adjacent Structural Element. to-adjacent Structural Element. Professional (Building
Designer)
 (5) Any deflection and vibration (5) Any deflection and vibration
criteria for floor Trusses including: criteria for floor Trusses including:
(i) Any strongback bridging (i) Any strongback bridging
requirements. requirements.
Registered Design
(ii) Any dead load, live load, and in- (ii) Any dead load, live load, and in-
service creep deflection criteria for service creep deflection criteria for
Designer)
floor Trusses supporting stone or floor Trusses supporting stone or
ceramic tile finishes. ceramic tile finishes.
 (6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive (6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive

chemicals and gases expected to chemicals and gases expected to
result in: result in:
(i) Wood moisture content (i) Wood moisture content
exceeding 19 percent, exceeding 19 percent,
Registered Design
(ii) Sustained temperatures (ii) Sustained temperatures
exceeding 150 degrees F, and/or exceeding 150 degrees F, and/or
Designer)
(iii) Corrosion potential from wood (iii) Corrosion potential from wood
preservatives or other sources that preservatives or other sources that
can be detrimental to Trusses. can be detrimental to Trusses.
 The Building Designer shall be responsible The Building Designer shall be responsible
for the adequacy of the design of the for the adequacy of the design of the Registered Design
Building Structural System and the flow of Building Structural System and the flow of Professional (Building
loads through it. loads through it. Designer)
 A Truss Manufacturer and Truss Designer The building is designed without the truss-
are selected and the Building Designer engineering package, since the truss design
Truss Designer/Truss
delegates the design of specific structural process can be considered a deferred
Manufacturer
building components to the Truss submittal.
Designer.
 The Truss Designer provides the Building
Designer with project Truss Design
Drawings and Truss Placement Diagrams
Manufacturer
as requested by the Building Designer.
 2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings. These

shall include, at a minimum:
Manufacturer
 1. Slope or depth, span and spacing.
Manufacturer
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
 2. Location of all joints and support

locations;
Manufacturer
 3. Number of plies if greater than
one;
Manufacturer
 4. Required bearing widths (i.e. top
plate width).
Manufacturer
 5. Design loads as applicable,
including;
5.3. Bottom chord live load; Truss Designer/Truss
5.4. Bottom chord dead load; Manufacturer
5.5. Additional loads and locations;
and
5.6. Environmental design criteria
and loads
 6. Other lateral loads, including drag
strut loads;
Manufacturer
 7. Adjustments to wood member and
metal connector plate design value Truss Designer/Truss
for conditions of use; Manufacturer
 8. Maximum reaction force and

direction, including maximum uplift
Manufacturer
reaction forces where applicable;
 9. Metal-connector-plate type, size
and thickness or gage, and the
dimensioned location of each metal
connector plate except where
Manufacturer
symmetrically located relative to the
joint interface;
 10. Size, species and grade for each

wood member;
Manufacturer
 11. Truss-to-truss connections and
truss field assembly requirements;
Manufacturer
 12. Calculated span-to-deflection
ratio and maximum vertical and
horizontal deflection for live and
Manufacturer
total load as applicable;
 13. Maximum axial tension and

compression forces in the truss Truss Designer/Truss
members; Manufacturer
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
 14. Required permanent individual

truss member restraint location…
Manufacturer
 The Truss Submittal package (“shop The Building Structural System is
drawing package”) is reviewed by the designed by the Building Designer using
Building Designer who verifies, with a roof and floor loading assumptions.
Registered Design
shop drawing approval stamp that states
that all the trusses and their placement
Designer)
comply with the provisions of the
approved Construction Documents.
 The Building Structural System is

Registered Design
designed by the Building Designer using
the actual roof and floor loads that are
Designer)
imposed by the trusses.
 The Construction Documents are provided The Construction Documents are provided
Registered Design
to the Building Official for plan review to the Building Official for plan review
and approval. and approval, without the deferred items
Designer)
(trusses, etc).
 The contractor begins construction. The contractor begins construction under
the phased approval and deferred submittal
Contractor
sections of the building code. (see IBC
107.3.4.1)
 The contractor is responsible for the The owner or contractor contracts with a
construction means, methods, techniques, truss manufacturer to provide truss designs
sequences, procedures, programs and and trusses per the Building Designer’s Contractor
safety.1 Construction Documents.
 The Building Designer is responsible for

the design of the permanent bracing for the Registered Design
Building Structural System.1
Designer)
 2303.4.6 ... the design, manufacture and A Truss Manufacturer and Truss Designer
quality assurance of metal-plate-connected are selected and the Building Designer
wood trusses shall be in accordance with delegates the design of specific structural
Manufacturer
TPI 1. building components to the Truss
Designer.
 The Contractor is responsible for the
materials and installation of the permanent
Contractor
bracing for the Building Structural System.
 The Truss Designer provides the

Contractor with project Truss Design
Manufacturer
Drawings.
 2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings. These
shall include, at a minimum: Manufacturer
 1. Slope or depth, span and spacing;
Manufacturer
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
 2. Location of all joints and support Truss Designer/Truss

locations; Manufacturer
 3. Number of plies if greater than
one;
Manufacturer
 4. Required bearing widths (i.e. top Truss Designer/Truss
plate width). Manufacturer
 5. Design loads as applicable,
including;
5.3. Bottom chord live load; Truss Designer/Truss
5.4. Bottom chord dead load; Manufacturer
5.5. Additional loads and locations;
and
5.6. Environmental design criteria
and loads
 6. Other lateral loads, including drag
strut loads;
Manufacturer
 7. Adjustments to wood member and
metal connector plate design value Truss Designer/Truss
for conditions of use; Manufacturer
 8. Maximum reaction force and

direction, including maximum uplift Truss Designer/Truss
reaction forces where applicable; Manufacturer
 9. Metal-connector-plate type, size

and thickness or gage, and the
dimensioned location of each metal
connector plate except where
Manufacturer
symmetrically located relative to the
joint interface;
 10. Size, species and grade for each

wood member;
Manufacturer
 11. Truss-to-truss connections and
truss field assembly requirements;
Manufacturer
 13. Maximum axial tension and
compression forces in the truss Truss Designer/Truss
members; Manufacturer
 14. Required permanent individual

truss member restraint location …
Manufacturer
 Truss design drawings shall be provided
with the shipment of trusses delivered to
Manufacturer
the jobsite.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
 The truss submittal package will be

submitted to the Building Designer.
Manufacturer
 The Truss Submittal package (“shop
drawing package”) is reviewed by the
Building Designer who verifies, with a
Registered Design
shop drawing approval stamp that states,
that all the trusses and their placement
Designer)
comply with the provisions of the
approved Construction Documents.
 The Building Designer is responsible for

the design of the permanent bracing for the Registered Design
Building Structural System.1
Designer)
 2303.4.6 ... the design, manufacture and

quality assurance of metal-plate-connected
wood trusses shall be in accordance with
Manufacturer
TPI 1.
 The contractor is responsible for the

construction means, methods, techniques,
sequences, procedures, programs and Contractor
safety.1
 Installation inspections shall be performed Installation inspections shall be performed
verifying that the application of all trusses verifying that the application of all trusses
are in accordance with the approved are in accordance with the approved Contractor, Building
Structural Design Documents and the Structural Design Documents and the Official and/or Special
building code. building code. Inspector
1
ANSI/TPI 1-2014 Chapter 2, adopted by reference in IBC 2015. (See IBC 2303.4.6, 2306.1, Chapter 35)
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
C1.10 Prescriptive versus Engineered Design

The IRC is considered a prescriptive code. The design of a structure, regardless of material, within the
scope of the IRC is done primarily based upon tables and does not require engineering. The IBC -09, -12, -
15 also includes prescriptive wood design provisions in Section 2308.
The IRC limits its building scope in section R101.2 .
IRC-09 IRC-12 IRC-15
R101.2 Scope. The provisions of the R101.2 Scope. The provisions of the R101.2 Scope. The provisions of the
International Residential International Residential International Residential Code for One- and
Code for One- and Two-family Code for One- and Two-family Two-family Dwellings shall apply to the
Dwellings shall apply to the Dwellings shall apply to the construction, alteration, movement,
construction, alteration, movement, construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment,
enlargement, replacement, repair, enlargement, replacement, repair, use and occupancy, location, removal and
equipment, use and occupancy, location, equipment, use and occupancy, location, demolition of detached one- and two-family
removal and demolition of detached one- removal and demolition of detached one- dwellings and townhouses not more than three
and two-family dwellings and and two-family dwellings and stories above grade plane in height with a
townhouses not more than three stories townhouses not more than three stories separate means of egress and their accessory
above grade plane in height with a above grade plane in height with a structures not more than three stories above
separate means of egress and their separate means of egress and their grade plane in height.
accessory structures. accessory structures.
Exception: Live/work units complying Exception: Live/work units complying Exceptions:

with the requirements with the requirements of Section 419 of 1. Live/work units located in townhouses and
of Section 419 of the International the International Building Code shall be complying with the requirements of Section
Building Code shall be permitted to be permitted to be built as one- and two- 419 of the International Building Code shall be
built as one- and two-family dwellings family dwellings or townhouses. Fire permitted to be constructed in accordance with
or townhouses. Fire suppression suppression required by Section the International Residential Code for One- and
required by Section 419.5 of the 419.5 of the International Building Code Two-Family Dwellings. Fire suppression
International Building Code when when constructed under the International required by Section 419.5 of the International
constructed under the International Residential Code for One- and Two- Building Code where constructed under the
Residential Code for One- and Two- family Dwellings shall conform to International Residential Code for One and
family Dwellings shall conform to Section P2904. Two-family Dwellings shall conform to Section
Section 903.3.1.3 of the International Owner-occupied lodging houses with P2904.
Building Code. five or fewer guestrooms shall be 2. Owner-occupied lodging houses with five or
permitted to be constructed in fewer guestrooms shall be permitted to be
accordance with the International constructed in accordance with the
Residential Code for One- and Two- International Residential Code for One- and
family Dwellings when equipped with a Two-family Dwellings where equipped with a
fire sprinkler system in accordance with fire sprinkler system in accordance with Section
Section P2904. P2904.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
The following is a brief summary of the prescriptive design limitations of the IRC (09/12/15):
Issue IRC-09 IRC-12 IRC-15
1. Wind speed: less than 100 mph in hurricane less than 110 mph and not where R301.2.1.1 Wind
(R301.2.1.1.1) prone regions, and 110 mph design is required in accordance limitations and wind
elsewhere. with Figure R301.2(4)B design required. The
wind provisions of this
code shall not apply to the
design of buildings where
wind design is required in
accordance with Figure
R301.2(4)B.
2. Ground snow: 70 psf or less

(R301.2.3)
3. Seismic: buildings constructed in Seismic Townhouses in Seismic Design R301.2.2 Seismic
(R301.2.2) Design Categories C,D0, D1 Categorys C, D0, D1 and D2. provisions. The seismic
andD2, except that detached one- Detached one- and two-family provisions of this code
and two-family dwellings located dwellings in Seismic Design shall apply as follows:
in Seismic Design Category C are Categorys D0, D1 and D2. 1. Townhouses in Seismic
exempt from the seismic Design Categories C, D0,
requirements of this code. D1 and D2.
2. Detached one- and two-
family dwellings in
Seismic Design
Categories, D0, D1 and
D2.
4. Shape and size:

4.1 Roof pitch: per Table R301.6, flat to greater than 12/12.
4.2 Building height: Three stories (R101.2) plus story height requirements (R301.3) (about 34 feet to top plate line)
4.3 Building width: 36 feet per header Table R502.5(1) 36 feet per header
wood framing Table R602.7(1)
4.3 Building width 40 feet
CFS (R804.1.1)
4.4 Building length: no stated building length
wood framing
4.5 Building length 60 feet
CFS (R804.1.1)
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
5. Foundation 5. Foundation construction (R401.2) requires sufficient R401.2 Requirements.

construction design to carry the loads as described in R301. Foundation construction
However, foundation design requirements are not shall be capable of
typically related to gravity or uplift loads. accommodating all
loads in accordance
with Section R301 and
of transmitting the
resulting loads to the
supporting soil. Fill soils
that support footings
and foundations shall
be designed, installed
and tested in
accordance with
accepted engineering
practice. Gravel fill used
as footings for wood
and precast concrete
foundations shall
comply with Section
R403.
The footing design (Table R403.1) is based upon soil capacity, number of stories and type of
construction (light frame, light frame with brick veneer, or masonry).
Foundation anchorage (R403.1.6) begins with a minimum spacing for 1/2" anchor bolts at 6 feet
on center spacing, adjusted as required for seismic considerations.
Foundation walls are to be designed per Section R404. The primary design criteria is the
maximum wall height relative to maximum unbalanced backfill height along with soil
classification.
TOC
IBC-09/12/15 Sections 2304/2308 (Wood Light Frame Construction) is more restrictive than the IRC in
some regards. The following is a brief summary of these requirements (IBC-09/12/15 Section 2308.2):
1. Three stories above grade plane depending on seismic design category IBC 2308.2.1
2. Bearing wall floor to floor height not to exceed 10 feet (2012: not to exceed 11' 7") IBC 2308.2.2
3. Loads are not to exceed: IBC 2308.2.3

• Average dead load for roofs and exterior walls, floors and partitions – 15 psf
• Live loads – 40 psf
• Ground snow – 50 psf
4. Wind speed 2308.2.4 Ultimate wind speed. Vult shall not exceed 130 miles per hour (57 m/s) (3-
second gust).
Exceptions:
1. Vult shall not exceed 140 mph (61.6 m/s) (3-second gust) for buildings in Exposure Category B
that are not located in a hurricane-prone region.
2. Where Vult exceeds 130 mph (3-second gust), the provisions of either AWC WFCM or ICC 600
are permitted to be used.
5. Roof trusses and rafters – 40 feet between points of vertical support IBC 2308.2.5
6. Seismic Design 2308.2.6 Risk category limitation. The use of the provisions for conventional light-
frame construction in this section shall not be permitted for Risk Category IV buildings assigned to
Seismic Design Category B, C, D or E.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
7. Limited in irregular structures in Seismic Design Category D or E

The IBC gives no specific limitations to the types of buildings. The truss and rafter span restriction
does not limit structure size, only member span between points of support. In other words, a building
could have a 120-foot long truss which has bearing points every 40 feet and still fall within the IBC
prescriptive code. The restriction is based upon the limitations of the prescriptive header tables which
only go to a 36 foot wide span.
TOC
The limitations typically relate to structures as a whole. These limitations of the IRC or IBC 2308 are
confined to their respective prescriptive requirements. IRC R301.1.3 allows for the engineered design of a
portion of the structure or structural element that exceeds the stated limitations. The portion of the structure
or structural element that exceeds the stated limitations must be designed considering a complete load path
capable of transferring all loads from their point of origin through the load-resisting elements to the
foundation (R301.1). All or portions of a structure may be designed to the non-prescriptive sections of the
IBC.
The structural building components industry operates in a number of different modes in its relationships with
its customers regarding structural component design:
1. Building Designer/Builder/Owner submits a full set of construction documents and loading criteria to
component manufacturer.
2. The component manufacturer receives a wall, roof or floor layout along with minimum loading
criteria.
3. The component manufacturer builds stock components or receives an order for individual
components where there are no construction documents and the code minimum required loading
criteria are applied.
In many cases, the component manufacturer, designer or truss engineer does not have access to building’s
complete structural framing information. They must rely on the accurate representation by the Building
Designer/Builder/Owner that all load path considerations have been addressed and that the code
requirements and loads to be applied to components are clearly defined.
For trusses, the IBC and IRC building codes in concert with ANSI/TPI 1-02, -07 or -14, Chapter 2, provide
guidelines regarding the various building construction design and framing responsibilities. Familiarity with
prescriptive requirements of the code defines quite clearly when the load paths become complex enough
that a more detailed look at the flow of loads to the foundation is needed. Armed with good design
information and communication enables each member of the construction team to effectively and efficiently
build the structure.
TOC
C1.11 Design of Portions
When following a prescriptive code, engineered design is typically allowed to design portions that exceed
the code requirements.
In the case of the IRC-09/12/15, the design of portions (structural elements) is addressed as follows:
R301.1.3 Engineered design. When a building of otherwise conventional construction contains structural
elements exceeding the limits of Section R301 or otherwise not conforming to this code, these elements shall be
designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice. The extent of such design need only demonstrate
compliance of nonconventional elements with other applicable provisions and shall be compatible with the
performance of the conventional framed system. Engineered design in accordance with the International
Building Code is permitted for all buildings and structures, and parts thereof, included in the scope of this code.
Although described in the IRC in terms of structural elements, only the portions of a structure that are
outside the provisions of the IRC require engineered design, not the entire structure. And the design is to
follow accepted engineering practice.
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
Example 1: a single family dwelling includes a section that exceeds the header table limit of a 36 foot
wide building. That portion of the structure should require engineered design. The engineered design
should consider the entire load path, not just the header and jack studs.
Example 2: a single family dwelling includes a section that exceeds the building height limitations.
The entire portion that exceeds the limitations would require engineering, all the way down to the
footings.
The IBC 09/12/15 prescriptive wood design requirements clarify that the exception applies to portions of a
structure, not simply structural elements:
2308.1.1 Portions exceeding limitations of conventional light-frame construction. When portions of a
building of otherwise conventional light-frame construction exceed the limits of Section 2308.2, those portions
and the supporting load path shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice and the
provisions of this code. For the purposes of this ection, the term “portions” shall mean parts of buildings
containing volume and area such as a room or a series of rooms. The extent of such design need only
demonstrate compliance of the nonconventional light-framed elements with other applicable provisions of this
code and shall be compatible with the performance of the conventional light-framed system.
2308.8 Design of elements. Combining of engineered elements or systems and conventionally specified
elements or systems shall be permitted subject to the limits of Sections 2308.8.1 and 2308.8.2.
2308.8.1 Elements exceeding limitations of conventional construction. Where a building of otherwise

conventional construction contains structural elements exceeding the limits of Section 2308.2, these
elements and the supporting load path shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice
and the provisions of this code.
2308.8.2 Structural elements or systems not described herein. Where a building of otherwise
conventional construction contains structural elements or systems not described in Section 2308, these
elements or systems shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice and the
provisions of this code. The extent of such design need only demonstrate compliance of the
nonconventional elements with other applicable provisions of this code and shall be compatible with the
performance of the conventionally framed system.
As in the case of the IRC, when a structural element or portion of a structure exceeds the design
assumptions of the prescriptive code, the element or portion should be evaluated to see if the structure
supporting the element or portion is adequate to support the load and transfer the load through the
expected load path.
Example 1: A building designer uses the prescriptive code to design a structure, but determines that
sliding snow should be considered for a specific portion of the structure. Even though the ground
snow load limitation may not have been exceeded, the load on the portion of the structure carring the
sliding snow in addition to the uniform snow load exceeds conventional design, which only considers
the effects of uniform or unbalanced snow. Not only should wall and header design be reviewed, the
load path must be followed all the way to the footing.
Example 2: A structure includes a bearing wall that exceeds the prescriptive wall height limitations.
Not only must the tall wall be engineered, but the impact of the loads from the tall wall on the lateral
force resisting system should be evaluated. And, again, the effect of the loads from the tall wall should
be considered into the roof diaphragm and down to the footing.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
C1.12 Acknowledgements:
Structural Building Components Association (SBCA). SBCA was established as the Component
Manufacturers Council of the Truss Plate Institute (TPI) in 1962. It was reorganized in 1983 as the Wood
Truss Council of America. (WTCA). It has become “The Voice of the Wood Truss Industry”. It is the only
national trade association that represents structural wood component manufacturers. The name was
changed from WTCA in 2006 to WTCA- Representing the Structural building Components Industry, to
better reflect WTCA's wider role. The name was changed in 2008 to Structural Building Components
Association.
SBCA is an information conduit staying abreast of leading-edge issues and disseminating this information
through educational seminars and our industry publications. SBCA provides services that promote the
common interests of those engaged in manufacturing trusses and related components to ensure growth,
continuity and increased professionalism in our industry, which will strengthen the component
manufacturing industry. SBCA supports research, development and testing of trusses to place the industry
on a sound engineering basis and improve the quality and efficiency of our products, for the purpose of
obtaining greater product acceptance. SBCA’s goal is to promote the safe, economic, and structurally sound
use of trusses and related components.
For more information on educational programs, on-line training, publications, technical resources, etc.,
please visit www.sbcindustry.com or contact SBCA.
Structural Building Components Association
6300 Enterprise Lane
Madison, WI 53719
608/274-4849 • 608/274-3329 (fax)
Email: sbca@sbcindustry.com
The Truss Plate Institute (TPI) was organized in 1960 and represents the truss plate manufacturers. Its
purpose is to maintain the truss industry on a sound engineering basis. To accomplish its purpose, the
Truss Plate Institute establishes methods of design and construction for wood trusses in accordance with
the American National Standards Institute's accredited consensus procedures for coordination and
development of American National Standards.
TPI's Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) aids in establishing standards for the industry, publish related
technical information and work with staff to solve industry problems. Highly respected TAC members
(P.E.'s) are leaders in the truss industry, specializing in plate and truss design engineering.
For more information on TPI’s programs and services, please visit www.tpinst.org or contact TPI.
Truss Plate Institute (TPI)
218 N. Lee Street, Suite 312
Alexandria, VA 22314
(703) 683-1010
mcassidy@tpinst.org
ASCE Standard Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, ASCE/SEI 7
Quotations from ASCE 7 used with permission of the publisher, American Society of Engineers (ASCE).
1801 Alexander Bell Drive
Reston, Virginia 20191
www.pubs.asce.org
ASCE Standard Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
Copyright © 2003/2013 by the American Society of Civil Engineers.
All Rights Reserved.
Library of Congress Catalog Card No: 2002038610
ISBN 0-7844-0624-3
ISBN 978-0-7844-7785-4 (PDF)
Beta Version 2.02

C1-Introduction
International Code Council (ICC) - The International Code Council (ICC) was established in 1994 as a
nonprofit organization dedicated to developing a single set of comprehensive and coordinated national
model construction codes. The founders of the ICC are Building Officials and Code Administrators
International, Inc. (BOCA), International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), and Southern Building
Code Congress International, Inc. (SBCCI). Since the early part of the last century, these nonprofit
organizations developed the three separate sets of model codes used throughout the United States.
Although regional code development has been effective and responsive to our country’s needs, the time
came for a single set of codes. The nation’s three model code groups responded by creating the
International Code Council and by developing codes without regional limitations the International Codes.
The ICC has developed and made available the following International Codes:
International Building Code®
International Energy Conservation Code®
ICC Electrical Code®
International Existing Building Code®
International Fire Code®
International Fuel Gas Code®
International Mechanical Code®
ICC Performance Code™
International Plumbing Code®
International Private Sewage Disposal Code®
International Property Maintenance Code®
International Residential Code®
International Urban-Wildland Interface Code™
International Zoning Code®
2003 -2012 I-Codes may be viewed online at the following location:
http://publicecodes.cyberregs.com/icod/
ICC Headquarters
5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600 Falls
Church, VA 22041-3401
1-888-422-7233; (703) 379-1546 (fax)
www.iccsafe.org
Contributors:
The thoughts, ideas and hard work of many have gone into the development of this Guide. Special thanks
to the subcommittee team who worked on the details of this projecting including:
Clyde Bartlett, Bluegrass Truss, David Bishop, E.I.T., Alpine Engineered Products (ITW Building
Components), David Brakeman, P.E., S.E. Alpine Engineered Products (ITW Building Components), Steve
Cabler, P.E., MiTek Industries Inc, Bob Dayhoff, Shelter Systems Limited, Joe Heinsman, P.E. Stock
Building Supply Inc, Dan Holland, Clearspan Components, Steve Kennedy, E.I., Lumber Specialties,
Michael Magid, P.E., Robbins Engineering (MiTek Industries Inc.), Gary Obudzinski, P.E., Truswal Systems
(ITW Building Components), Voung Phan, P.E., Robbins Engineering (MiTek Industries Inc.), Donald Scott,
P.E., Truswal Systems (ITW Building Components), and David Wert, P.E., MiTek Industries Inc., as well as
SBCA staff. Also thanks to those serving on SBCA's Engineering and Technology Committee and TPI's
Technical Advisory Committee for their guidance.
Questions or comments, email: SBCA Load Guide Comments

TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
C2 - Combinations of Loads and Load Cases
C2.1 Introduction
C2.2 Combinations of Loads
C2.2.1 General Discussion
C2.2.2 Roof Truss Example
C2.3 Load Cases
C2.4 Typical Roof Truss Load Cases
C2.5 Typical Floor Truss Load Cases
C2.6 Load Duration Factors
C2.8 Reference Material (2009 code cycle)
C2.1 Introduction:
Load Abbreviations:
D = Dead
L = Live (floor)
Lr = Live Roof
S = Snow
W = Wind
E = Earthquake
The loads listed above are those most typically considered in roof or floor design and will be the focus of
this document. ASCE 7 includes consideration of additional loads (fluids, flood, lateral earth pressure,
notional and the like), and, when appropriate, these loads should be taken into account by the engineer of
record.
At this time most wood design, including metal plate conntected wood truss design, uses Allowable Stress
Design (ASD) provisions not strength design (LRFD). The discussion in this Guide is limited to ASD
provisions.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
C2.2 Combinations of Loads
C2.2.1 General Discussion
Per ASCE 7, Section 2.4 Combining Nominal Loads Using Allowable Stress, the listed load
combinations are to be considered (here from ASCE 7-10):
1. D
2. D + L
3. D + (Lr or S or R)
4. D + 0.75L + 0.75(Lr or S or R)
5. D + (0.6W or 0.7E)
6a. D+ 0.75L + 0.75(0.6W) + 0.75(Lr or S or R)
6b. D + 0.75L + 0.75(0.7E) + 0.75S
7. 0.6D + 0.6W
8. 0.6D + 0.7E
However, not all of the listed load cases are typically controlling in the case of roof and floor design. When
specific load combinations are not specified to the truss manufacturer, the required stress shall be
computed based on the applicable load combinations as follows:
Roof Trusses:
[Dead + Roof Live or Snow or Rain] (if snow, use unbalanced)
[Dead + 0.75 Live + 0.75 (Roof Live or Snow or Rain)] (if snow, use balanced)
[0.6 Dead + Wind]
[0.6 Dead + 0.7 Earthquake] when earthquake loads are specified
Floor Trusses:
[Dead + Live]
[0.6 Dead + 0.7 Earthquake] when earthquake loads are specified
When combining factors for variable loads are included in load combinations, they account for the extreme
unlikelihood of variable loads simultaneously being at their maximum values. This reduction by the 0.75
load combining factor is allowed in addition to the increase in allowable stress when duration of load is
considered, if load duration increases are allowed by the material properties.
ASCE 7-05 adds a note to clarify the consideration of ASD load combinations that when snow load is
considered with dead load, unbalanced snow loads would be considered. However, when snow load is
considered in combination with another variable load, the uniform load as applicable would be
considered.
ASCE 7-10 revised the load combinations removing fluid, lateral earth pressure and self-straining
loads. These are now addressed in the exceptions. The basic load combinations in number 5, 6a and
7 did change with the addition of the load factor for wind of 0.6.
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
The following table illustrates the use of load combinations, excluding wind, rain and seismic. The loads are
divided by the appropriate Load Duration Factor to 'normalize' the loads for comparison purposes only. This
'normalizing' is only appropriately used when all the loads are acting in the same direction.
ASD Standard Load Cases considered (ASCE 7-10, Section 2.4.1)
1. D
2. D + L
3. D + (Lr or S)
4. D + 0.75L + 0.75(Lr or S)
TOC D= 20 L= 40 Lr= 20 S= 30 These imputs effect all cases listed below.
Load Duration Load/Duration

Formula D L Lr S
Factor Factor Factor
1 20 0 0 0 1 0.90 22.22 Not typically considered
2 20 40 0 0 1 1.00 60.00 Floor Truss
3 20 0 20 0 1 1.25 32.00 Roof Truss
3 20 0 0 30 1 1.15 43.48 Roof Truss
4 20 40 0 0 0.75 1.00 50.00 Floor Truss
4 20 0 20 0 0.75 1.25 28.00 Roof Truss
4 20 0 20 0 0.75 1.25 28.00 Roof Truss
4 20 40 20 0 0.75 1.25 52.00 Attic Truss
4 20 40 0 30 0.75 1.15 63.04 Attic Truss
Notional Load Cases

ASEC 7-10, 1.4.1.2 adds a new load classification, notional loads, which are applicable to structures in Seismic Design
Category (SDC) A (all other SDC's are deemed to comply if designed to ASCE 7-10 seismic provisions).
NOTE: Structures designed to the IRC have their own requirements.
Also, per the scoping language of IBC-15 Section 1613.1, the following are exempt from design to ASCE 7 for
earthquake loads Exception:
1. detached one- and two-family dwellings
2. wood-frame buildings conforming to the provisions of 2308
3. agricultural storage structures intended only for incidental human occupancy
In ASCE 7-10 the basic structural integrity provisions (Section 1.4), have been enlarged with requirements which
formerly appeared as requirements for Seismic Design Category A structures (11.7), have been moved to the General
Chapter and clarified as being related to “structural integrity” rather than seismic requirements. These sections moved
to Section 1.4 regarding consideration of additional load cases for Integrity Loads, aka notional loads (N ), which are
defined as follows (1.2.2):
N - Lateral notional load used to evaluate conformance with minimum structural integrity criteria.
The load cases called 'notional' in ASCE 7-10 have two fundamental requirements, a minimum strength for
a structural system to resist lateral forces and a minimum strength for connections of structural members.
Connection loads (except for truss-to-truss connections) have not been considered in roof and floor truss
load cases, since they have been considered outside the scope of design responsibilities (ANSI/TPI 1-2014,
Chapter 2).
2.3.2.4 Required Information in the Construction Documents.

The Building Designer, through the Construction Documents, shall provide information sufficiently accurate and
reliable to be used for facilitating the supply of the Structural Elements and other information for developing the
design of the Trusses for the Building, and shall provide the following:
(e) All anchorage designs and connections to the Structural Elements and the Permanent Building Stability
Bracing required to resist uplift, gravity, and lateral loads.
(f) Truss-to-Structural Element connections, but not Truss-to-Truss connections.
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
Commentary from ASCE 7-10
C11.7 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A
The 2002 edition of the standard included a new provision of minimum lateral force for Seismic Design Category A structures. The
minimum load is a structural integrity issue related to the load path. It is intended to specify design forces in excess of wind loads
in heavy low-rise construction. The design calculation in Section 1.4.3 of the standard is simple and easily done to ascertain if the
seismic load or the wind load governs. This provision requires a minimum lateral force of 1% of the total gravity load assigned to a
story to ensure general structural integrity.
Seismic Design Category A is assigned when the MCE ground motions are below those normally associated with hazardous
damage. Damaging earthquakes are not unknown or impossible in such regions, however, and ground motions close to such events
may be large enough to produce serious damage. Providing a minimum level of resistance reduces both the radius over which the
ground motion exceeds structural capacities and resulting damage in such rare events. There are reasons beyond seismic risk for
minimum levels of structural integrity.
The requirements for SDC A in Section 1.4 are all minimum strengths for structural elements stated as forces at the level
appropriate for direct use in the strength design load combinations of Section 2.3. The two fundamental requirements are a
minimum strength for a structural system to resist lateral forces (Section 1.4.3) and a minimum strength for connections of
structural members (Section 1.4.4).
For many buildings, the wind force will control the strength of the lateral-force-resisting system, but for low-rise buildings of heavy
construction with large plan aspect ratios, the minimum lateral force specified in Section 1.4.3 may control. Note that the
requirement is for strength and not for toughness, energy dissipation capacity, or some measure of ductility. The force level is not
tied to any postulated seismic ground motion. The boundary between SDCs A and B is based on a spectral response acceleration of
25% of gravity (MCE level) for short-period structures; clearly the 1% acceleration level (Eq. 1.4-1) is far smaller. For ground
motions below the A/B boundary, the spectral displacements generally are on the order of a few inches or less depending on period.
Experience has shown that even a minimal strength is beneficial in providing resistance to small ground motions, and it is an easy
provision to implement in design. The low probability of motions greater than the MCE is a factor in taking the simple approach
without requiring details that would produce a ductile response. Another factor is that larger design forces are specified in Section
1.4.4 for connections between main elements of the lateral force load path.
The minimum connection force is specified in three ways: a general minimum horizontal capacity for all connections; a special
minimum for horizontal restraint of in line beams and trusses, which also includes the live load on the member; and a special
minimum for horizontal restraint of concrete and masonry walls perpendicular to their plane (Section 1.4.5). The 5% coefficient
used for the first two is a simple and convenient value that provides some margin over the minimum strength of the system as a
whole.
TOC ANSI/TPI 1-2014 includes the following regarding information to be included on a TDD:
2.3.5.5 Information on Truss Design Drawings.
Truss Design Drawings shall include, at a minimum, the information specified below:
(h) Maximum reaction force and direction, including maximum uplift reaction forces where applicable.
(k) Truss-to-Truss connection and Truss field assembly requirements.
The consideration of loads for connections of trusses to other structural components of a building are
outside the scope of work for a truss designer. However, the consideration of loads for truss-to-truss
connections are specifically in the scope of a truss designer and may require consideration of the notional
load cases when applicable. Not all of the considerations (1.4.2 - 1.4.5) may be applicable to truss-to-truss
connections.
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
IBC-15 references ASCE 7-10 Section 1.4 in one location - 1604.8 Anchorage (see below). ASCE 7-10
Section 1.4 is also referenced in IBC-15, 1613.3.5.1 and as footnotes under tables 1613.3.3(1) & (2)
Notional load cases listed for ASD in ASEC 7-10, 1.4.1.2:

a. D + 0.7N
b. D + 0.75(0.7N) + 0.75L + 0.75(Lr or S or R)
c. 0.6D + 0.7N
The load duration applicable to notional loads is 10 minutes (1.6), the same as for earthquake or wind
loads.
ASCE 7-10 1.4 GENERAL STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
All structures shall be provided with a continuous load path in accordance with the requirements of
Section 1.4.2 and shall have a complete lateral force-resisting system with adequate strength to resist the
forces indicated in Section 1.4.3. All members of the structural system shall be connected to their
supporting members in accordance with Section 1.4.4. Sturctural walls shall be anchored to diaphragms
and supports in accordance with Section 1.4.5. The effects on the structure and its components due to the
forces stipulated in this section shall be taken as the notional load, N, and combined with the effects of
other loads in accordance with the load combinations of Section 2.3 or Section 2.4. Where material
resistance is dependent on load duration, notional loads are permitted to be taken as having a duration of
10 minutes. Structures designed in conformance with the requirements of this Standard for Seismic Design
Categories B, C, D, E, or F shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of Sections 1.4.2, 1.4.3,
1.4.4, and 1.4.5.
NOTE: Some of the notional loads (N ) in the notional cases below may not be acting in the same
direction as the gravity loads. However, at this time, they are considered as if they were and are
'normalized' with the load duration factor for comparison purposes.
TOC Load path connections (ASCE 7-10 1.4.2)
If considering the Notional load cases for lateral load path connections (1.4.2), the resultant lateral forces
might look like the table below: where N=5%D.
ASCE 7-10 1.4.2 Load Path Connections.
All parts of the structure between separation joints shall be interconnected to form a continuous path to
the lateral force-resisting system, and the connections shall be capable of transmitting the lateral forces
induced by the parts being connected. Any smaller portion of the structure shall be tied to the remainder
of the structure with elements having design strength to resist a force of not less than 5% percent of the
portion’s weight.

Formula D L Lr S N
a. 20 0 0 0 1.00 1 1.60 13.13
b. 20 40 0 0 1.00 0.75 1.60 31.58 Floor Truss
b. 20 0 20 0 1.00 0.75 1.60 22.20 Roof Truss
b. 20 0 0 30 1.00 0.75 1.60 26.89 Roof Truss
b. 20 40 20 0 1.00 0.75 1.60 40.95 Attic Truss
b. 20 40 0 30 1.00 0.75 1.60 45.64 Attic Truss
c. 20 0 0 0 1.00 1 1.60 12.94
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
Lateral Forces (ASCE 7-10 1.4.3)
If considering Notional load cases for lateral forces in two orthogonal directions (1.4.3), the specific
information that is required regarding the force at each level of a structure is not typically available to the
truss designer, so this situation is not considered here. The evaluation would, however, be similar to that
above, with a different value for N if provided by the building designer.
ASCE 7-10 1.4.3 Lateral Forces.
Each structure shall be analyzed for the effects of static lateral forces applied independently in each of two
orthogonal directions. In each direction, the static lateral forces at all levels simultaneously. For purposes
of analysis, the force at each level shall be determined using Eq. 1.4-1 as follows:
Fx = 0.01 Wx (1.4-1)
where:
Fx = the design lateral force applied at story x, and
Wx = the portion of the total dead load of the structure, D, located or assigned to Level x.
Structures explicitly designed considering stability, including second-order effects, shall be deemed to
comply with the requirements of this section.
TOC Connections to Supports (ASCE 7-10 1.4.4)

If considering the Notional load cases for horizontal forces parallel to the member for connections to
supports (1.4.4), the resultant lateral forces might look like this: where N =5%D + L
ASCE 7-10 1.4.4 Connection to Supports.
A positive connection for resisting a horizontal force acting parallel to the member shall be provided for
each beam, girder, or truss either directly to its supporting elements or to slabs designed to act as
diaphragms. Where the connection is through a diaphragm, then the member’s supporting element must
shall also be connected to the diaphragm. The connection shall have the strength to resist a force of 5
percent of the unfactored dead plus live load reaction imposed by the supported member on the supporting
member.

Formula D L Lr S N
a. 20 0 0 0 1.0 1 1.60 13.13
b. 20 40 0 0 41.0 0.75 1.60 44.70 Floor Truss
b. 20 0 20 0 1.0 0.75 1.60 22.20 Roof Truss
b. 20 0 20 0 1.0 0.75 1.60 22.20 Roof Truss
b. 20 40 20 0 41.0 0.75 1.60 54.08 Attic Truss
b. 20 40 0 30 41.0 0.75 1.60 58.77 Attic Truss
c. 20 0 0 0 1.0 1 1.60 7.94
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
TOC ASCE 7-10, Section 1.4.5 is referenced in IBC-15, Section 1604.8.2
1604.8 Anchorage.
Buildings and other structures, and portions thereof, shall be provided with anchorage in accordance with
Sections 1604.8.1 through 1604.8.3, as applicable.
1604.8.1 General.
Anchorage of the roof to walls and columns, and of walls and columns to foundations, shall be provided to resist
the uplift and sliding forces that result from the application of the prescribed loads.
1604.8.2 Structural walls.
Walls that provide vertical load-bearing resistance or lateral shear resistance for a portion of the structure shall
be anchored to the roof and to all floors and members that provide lateral support for the wall or that are
supported by the wall. The connections shall be capable of resisting the horizontal forces specified in Section
1.4.5 of ASCE 7 for walls of structures assigned to Seismic Design Category A and to Section 12.11 of ASCE 7
for walls of structures assigned to all other seismic design categories. Required anchors in masonry walls of
hollow units or cavity walls shall be embedded in a reinforced grouted structural element of the wall. See
Sections 1609 for wind design requirements and 1613 for earthquake design requirements.
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
TOC Anchorage of Structual Walls (ASCE 7-10 1.4.5)
If considering the Notional load cases for anchorage of structural walls (1.4.5), the resultant strength level
horizontal lateral forces perpendicular to the plane of the wall might look like this: where N =0.2 x weight of
wall tributary to connection but not less than 5 psf.
A typical wood framed exterior wall with gypsum on interior & siding on exterior weighs 12 psf (ASCE 7-10,
Table C3.1). Considering a 10' high wall (half to floor/half to roof). If structural members are spaced at 24"
o.c., (0.2 x ((12x5)x2)) = 24 psf.
ASCE 7-10 1.4.5 Anchorage of Structural Walls

Walls that provide vertical load bearing or lateral shear resistance for a portion of the structure shall be anchored
to the roof and all floors and members that provide lateral support for the wall or that are supported by the wall.
The anchorage shall provide a direct connection between the walls and the roof or floor construction. The
connections shall be capable of resisting a strength level horizontal force perpendicular to the plane of the wall
equal to 0.2 times the weight of the wall tributary to the connection, but not less than 5 psf (0.24 kN/m2).
Duration Load/Duration
Formula D L Lr S N Load Factor
Factor Factor
a. 20 0 0 0 24.0 1 1.60 27.50
b. 20 40 0 0 24.0 0.75 1.60 39.13 Floor Truss
b. 20 0 20 0 24.0 0.75 1.60 29.75 Roof Truss
b. 20 0 20 0 24.0 0.75 1.60 29.75 Roof Truss
b. 20 40 20 0 24.0 0.75 1.60 48.50 Attic Truss
b. 20 40 0 30 24.0 0.75 1.60 53.19 Attic Truss
c. 20 0 0 0 24.0 1 1.60 18.00
TOC
C2.2.2 Roof Truss Example
Enter appropriate uniform load values in PSF and select matching designations.
Wind = -30 PSF (typically a negative number when considering for uplift)
LIVE
TCLL = 42 PSF Uniform

UniformSnow
Snow Unbalanced Snow 54.60
BCLL = 20 PSF Storage
Storage Y BCLL is considered concurrent with TCLL, except
Total LL = 62 PSF (not including Wind) when BCLL = Non-storage (Construction Load).
TCDL = 10 PSF
DEAD
BCDL = 10 PSF
Total DL = 20 PSF 0.6D = 12 Load
Load
Duration Normalize
Factor Load
Controlling Load Combination:
Dead + Uniform Snow 75 1.15 64.87 PSF Controlling
Dead + Storage 40 1.00 40.00 PSF
Dead + 0.75(Uniform Snow) + 0.75(Storage) 67 1.15 57.83 PSF
Uplift Consideration:
Dead + Wind (ASCE 7-05) -10 1.60 -6.25 PSF Uplift
0.6(Dead) + Wind (ASCE 7-05) -18 1.60 -11.25 PSF Uplift
Dead + 0.6(Wind) (ASCE 7-10) 2 1.60 1.25 PSF
0.6(Dead) + 0.6(Wind) (ASCE 7-10) -6 1.60 -3.75 PSF Uplift
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
C2.3 Load Cases
Load cases are the evaluation of all the applicable sets of loads determined to act on a structural member.
Using the given design loads, these loads are evaluated using the appropriate combinations and combining
factors as they effect each member (web or chord) within the truss. The number of load cases considered
on any given truss is determined by the number and types of loads that must be considered.
Truss design considers all the load cases and combinations and load duration factors appropriate for each
individual truss and member in a truss based upon a given set of load conditions. This allows for great
efficiency in use of materials at the same time all design criteria are addressed. The Truss Design Drawing
reflects the load case that controls design for each member as well as the load duration factor.
When both uniform and concentrated live loads are given in ASCE 7-10, Table 4-1 or IBC-15 Table 1607.1,
the concentrated load case is considered as a separate load case from the uniform load case. These two
load considerations are to be evaluated separately, not in combination, to determine which produces the
greater effect. The details of these load values is included at the end of this section. The subject of uniform
and concentrated loads is covered in more detail in the commentary on live loads.
Notional loads are not typically considered in wood truss design load cases, since all the forces that a
connection might have to resist are not known, unless specifically indicated in the construction documents.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
C2.4 Typical Roof Truss Load Cases
The following examples illustrate some of the more typical Roof Truss gravity load cases considered (note
that truss design software may represent loads in PSF or PLF):
Simple span pitched roof truss where roof live load controls top chord loading and bottom chord live
A
load is non-concurrent - 2 gravity load cases are considered:
Multi-span pitched roof truss where roof live load controls top chord loading and bottom chord live load
B
is non-concurrent - 4 gravity load cases are considered:
Simple span pitched roof truss where snow load controls top chord loading and bottom chord live load
C
is non-concurrent - 4 gravity load cases are considered:
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
Simple span pitched roof truss where roof live load controls top chord loading and bottom chord live
D
load is storage - 3 gravity load cases are considered:
Simple span pitched roof attic frame where roof live load controls top chord loading and bottom chord
E
live load is living - 3 gravity load cases are considered:
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
The following examples illustrate some typical Roof Truss wind evaluations:
TOC
C2.5 Typical Floor Truss Load Cases
The following examples illustrate some of the more typical Floor Truss gravity load cases considered:
Simple span floor truss where uniform live load controls top chord loading and bottom chord live load
A
is 0 - Three gravity load cases are considered:
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
Cantilevered floor truss where uniform live load controls top chord loading and bottom chord live load
B is 0 - Five gravity load cases are considered:
Multi-span floor truss where uniform live load controls top chord loading and bottom chord live load is
C
0 - Five gravity load cases are considered:
Multi-span floor truss where uniform live load controls top chord loading and bottom chord live load is
D 0 - additional cases for 2000 lb concentrated load evaluation:
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
C2.6 Load Duration Factors:
Wood has demonstrated the property to carry greater loads for short durations than long. Tabulated lumber
design values are listed for normal (10 year) load duration. The following load duration factors (CD) are
allowed to be used to adjust the tabulated lumber design values per Table 2.3.2 in the National Design
Specification® for Wood Construction (NDS ®) either NDS-05 or -12:
Load Duration Factor Typical Design Load
Permanent 0.90 Dead Load
Ten years 1.00 Occupancy Live Load
Two months 1.15 Snow Load
Seven Days 1.25 Construction Load
Ten Minutes 1.60 Wind/Earthquake Load*
Impact 2.00 Impact Load
*1.33 (one day) in some jurisdictions and NDS prior to 1987.
As stated above, load duration factors are applied to material design values when allowed. The application
of load duration increase factors is a separate and different evaluation from load combining reduction
factors.
IBC Section 1605.3 describes load combinations for ASD.
IBC Section 1605.3.1.1 explicitly permits using load duration and load combinations per chapter 23
Wood.
The load duration for the shortest duration of load in a combination of loads is applied to the lumber design
values for that combination.
Load Combination Shortest Load Duration Factor
1 2 3
[Dead + Roof Live] 0.90 1.25 Roof Live = construction load 1.25
[Dead + Snow] 0.90 1.15 Snow load 1.15
[Dead + Live + Roof Live] 0.90 1.00 1.25 Roof Live = construction load 1.25
[Dead + Wind] 0.90 1.60 Wind load 1.60
[Dead + Live] 0.90 1.00 Live load 1.00
Lumber design values, not loads, are adjusted by the Load Duration Factor (CD). NDS® -05/12/15 permits
the following lumber design values to be adjusted by the Load Duration Factor (CD):
Fb Bending
Ft Tension Parallel to Grain
Fv Shear Parallel to Grain
Fc Compression Parallel to Grain
For example, given a load duration based upon the selection below and the following tabular lumber design
values, the adjusted lumber design values are as follows:
CD = 1 Occupancy Live Load
Design Value Factor Adjusted value
Fb 875 1 875
Ft 425 1 425
Fv 170 1 170
Fc 600 1 600
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
IBC 2009 ASCE 7-05
1.4 GENERAL STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
Buildings and other structures shall be designed to sustain
local damage with the structural system as a whole remaining
stable and not being damaged to an extent disproportionate to
the original local damage. This shall be achieved through an
arrangement of the structural elements that provides stability
to the entire structural system by transferring loads from any
locally damaged region to adjacent regions capable of
resisting those loads without collapse. This shall be
accomplished by providing sufficient continuity, redundancy,
or energy-dissipating capacity (ductility), or a combination in
the members of the structure.ereof, in the members of the
structure.
SECTION 2.4
1605.3 Load combinations using allowable stress design. COMBINING NOMINAL LOADS USING
1605.3.1 Basic load combinations. Where allowable stress ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN
design (working stress design), as permitted by this code, is 2.4.1 Basic Combinations. Loads listed herein shall be
used, structures and portions thereof shall resist the most considered to act in the following combinations; whichever
critical effects resulting from the following combinations of produces the most unfavorable effect in the building,
loads: foundation, or structural member being considered. Effects of
one or more loads not acting shall be considered.
D+F (Equation 16-8) 1. D+ F

D+H+F+ L + T (Equation 16-9) 2. D + H + F + L + T
D+H+F+ (L r or S or R) (Equation 16-10) 3. D + H + F + (L r or S or R)
D + H + F + 0.75(L + T) + 0.75 (L r or S or R) 4. D + H + F + 0.75(L + T ) + 0.75(L r or S or R)
D+H+F+ (Wor 0.7E) (Equation 16-12) 5. D + H + F + (W or 0.7E)
D + H + F + 0.75(W or 0.7E) + 0.75L + 0.75 (L r or S or R) 6. D + H + F + 0.75(W or 0.7E) + 0.75L + 0.75(L r or S or
0.6D+W+H (Equation 16-14) 7. 0.6D + W + H
0.6D+ 0.7E+H (Equation 16-15) 8. 0.6D + 0.7E + H
Exceptions: EXCEPTION: In combinations (4) and (6), the companion
1. Crane hook loads need not be combined with roof live load load S shall be taken as either the flat roof snow load (pf) or
or with more than three-fourths of the snow load or one-half of the sloped roof snow load (p s).
the wind load. (As explained in the Commentary)
2. Flat roof snow loads of 30 psf (1.44 kN/m 2) or less and roof The exception has been added to permit the companion load S
live loads of 30 psf or less need not be combined with seismic appearing in combinations (4) and (6) to be the balanced
loads. Where flat roof snow loads exceed 30 psf (1.44 kN/m 2), snow load defined in Sections 7.3 for flat roofs and 7.4 for
20 percent shall be combined with seismic loads. sloped roofs. Drifting and unbalanced snow loads, as
principal loads, are covered by combination (3).
The most unfavorable effects from both wind and earthquake

loads shall be considered, where appropriate, but they need
not be assumed to act simultaneously. Refer to Section 12.4
for the specific definition of the earthquake load effect E.2
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
1605.3.1.1 Stress increases. Increases in allowable stresses Increases in allowable stress shall not be used with the loads
specified in the appropriate material chapter or the referenced or load combinations given in this standard unless it can be
standards shall not be used with the load combinations of demonstrated that such an increase is justified by structural
Section 1605.3.1, except that a duration of load increase shall behavior caused by rate or duration of load.
be permitted in accordance with Chapter 23.
1605.3.1.2 Flood loads. Where flood loads Fa are to be

considered in design, the load combinations of Section 2.4.2
of ASCE 7 shall be used.
TOC
C2.9 Reference Material (2012 & 2015 code cycle)
Note: Load path requirements for structures in Seismic Design Category A have been moved from section
11.7 to Section 1.4. They have also been modified.
Note: the ASCE 7-10 requirements below have been corrected per the errata.
ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10

1.4 GENERAL STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY 1.4 GENERAL STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
Buildings and other structures shall be designed to sustain All structures shall be provided with a continuous load path in
local damage with the structural system as a whole remaining accordance with the requirements of Section 1.4.2 and shall
stable and not being damaged to an extent disproportionate to have a complete lateral force-resisting system with adequate
the original local damage. This shall be achieved through an strength to resist the forces indicated in Section 1.4.3. All
arrangement of the structural elements that provides stability members of the structural system shall be connected to their
to the entire structural system by transferring loads from any supporting members in accordance with Section 1.4.4.
locally damaged region to adjacent regions capable of Structural walls shall be anchored to diaphragms and supports
resisting those loads without in accordance with Section 1.4.5. The effects on the structure
collapse. This shall be accomplished by providing sufficient and its components due to the forces stipulated in this section
continuity, redundancy, or energy-dissipating capacity shall be taken as the notional load, N, and combined with the
(ductility), or a combination thereof, in the members of the effects of other loads in accordance with the load
structure. combinations of Section 1.4.1. Where material resistance
depends on load duration, notional loads are permitted to be
taken as having a duration of 10 minutes. Structures designed
in conformance with the requirements of this standard for
Seismic Design Categories B, C, D, E, or F shall be deemed
to comply with the requirements of Sections 1.4.2, 1.4.3,
1.4.4 and 1.4.5.
1.4.1 Load Combinations of Integrity Loads

The notional loads, N , specified in Sections 1.4.2 through
1.4.5 shall be combined with other loads in accordance with
Section 1.4.1.1 for strength design and 1.4.1.2 for allowable
stress design.
1.4.1.1 Strength Design Notional Load Combinations
a. 1.2D + 1.0N + L +0.2S
b. 0.9D + 1.0N
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
1.4.1.2 Allowable Stress Design Notional Load
Combinations
a. D + 0.7N
b. D + 0.75(0.7N) + 0.75L + 0.75(L r or S or R)
c. 0.6D + 0.7N
11.7 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC 11.7 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC
DESIGN CATEGORY A DESIGN CATEGORY A
11.7.1 Applicability of Seismic Requirements for Seismic Buildings and other structures assigned to Seismic Design
Design Category A Structures. Structures assigned to Category A need only comply with the requirements of
Seismic Design Category A need only comply with the Section 1.4. Nonstructural components in SDC A are exempt
requirements of Section 11.7. The effects on the structure and from seismic design requirements. I n addition, tanks assigned
its components due to the forces prescribed in this section to Risk Category IV shall satisfy the freeboard requirement in
shall be taken as E and combined with the effects of other Section 15.7.6.1.2.
loads in accordance with the load combinations of Section 2.3
or 2.4. For structures with damping systems, see Section
18.2.1.
11.7.3 Load Path Connections. 1.4.2 Load Path Connections.

All parts of the structure between separation joints shall be All parts of the structure between separation joints shall be
interconnected to form a continuous path to the lateral force- interconnected to form a continuous path to the lateral force-
resisting system, and the connections shall be capable of resisting system, and the connections shall be capable of
transmitting the lateral forces induced by the parts being transmitting the lateral forces induced by the parts being
connected. Any smaller portion of the structure shall be tied to connected. Any smaller portion of the structure shall be tied
the remainder of the structure with elements having design to the remainder of the structure with elements having design
strength of not less than 5 percent of the portion’s weight. This strength to resist a force of not less than 5% percent of the
connection force does not apply to the overall design of the portion’s weight.
lateral force-resisting system. Connection design forces need
not exceed the maximum forces that the structural system can
deliver to the connection.
11.7.2 Lateral Forces. 1.4.3 Lateral Forces.

Each structure shall be analyzed for the effects of static lateral Each structure shall be analyzed for the effects of static lateral
forces applied independently in each of two orthogonal forces applied independently in each of two orthogonal
directions. In each direction, the static lateral forces at all directions. In each direction, the static lateral forces at all
levels shall be applied simultaneously. For purposes of levels simultaneously. For purposes of analysis, the force at
analysis, the force at each level shall be determined using Eq. each level shall be determined using Eq. 1.4-1 as follows:
11.7-1 as follows: Fx = 0.01 Wx (1.4-1)
Fx = 0.01wx (11.7-1) where
where Fx = the design lateral force applied at story x, and
Fx = the design lateral force applied at story x, and Wx = the portion of the total dead load of the structure, D,
wx = the portion of the total dead load of the structure, D, located or assigned to Level x.
located or assigned to Level x
Structures explicitly designed considering stability, including
second-order effects, shall be deemed to comply with the
requirements of this section.
requirements of this section
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
11.7.4 Connection to Supports. A positive connection for 1.4.4 Connection to Supports.
resisting a horizontal force acting parallel to the member shall A positive connection for resisting a horizontal force acting
be provided for each beam, girder, or truss either directly to parallel to the member shall be provided for each beam,
its supporting elements, or to slabs designed to act as girder, or truss either directly to its supporting elements or
diaphragms. Where the connection is through a diaphragm, to slabs designed to act as diaphragms. Where the connection
then the member’s supporting element must also be connected is through a diaphragm, then the member’s supporting
to the diaphragm. The connection shall have a minimum element must shall also be connected to the diaphragm. The
design strength of 5 percent of the dead plus live load reaction. connection shall have the strength to resist a force of 5
percent of the unfactored dead plus live load reaction imposed
by the supported member on the supporting member.
11.7.5 Anchorage of Concrete or Masonry Walls. Concrete 1.4.5 Anchorage of Structural Walls
and masonry walls shall be anchored to the roof and all floors Walls that provide vertical load bearing or lateral shear
and members that provide lateral support for the wall or that resistance for a portion of the structure shall be anchored to
are supported by the wall. The anchorage shall provide a the roof and all floors and members that provide lateral
direct connection between the walls and the roof or floor support for the wall or that are supported by the wall. The
construction. The connections shall be capable of resisting the anchorage shall provide a direct connection between the walls
horizontal forces specified in Section 11.7.3, but not less than and the roof or floor construction. The connections shall be
a minimum strength level horizontal force of 280 lb/ linear ft capable of resisting a strength level horizontal force
(4.09 kN/m) of wall substituted for E in the load combinations perpendicular to the plane of the wall equal to 0.2 times the
of Section 2.3 or 2.4. weight of the wall tributary to the connection, but not less
than 5 psf (0.24 kN/m2).
1.4.6 Extraordinary Loads and Events

When considered, design for resistance to extraordinary loads
and events shall be in accordance with the procedures of
Section 2.5.
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
ASCE 7-05 Commentary
C11.7 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY A.
The 2002 edition of this standard included a new provision of minimum lateral force for Seismic Design Category
A structures. The minimum load is a structural integrity issue related to the load path. It is intended to specify
design forces in excess of wind loads in heavy low-rise construction. The design calculation is simple and easily
done to ascertain if it governs or the wind load governs. This provision requires a minimum lateral force of 1
percent of the total gravity load assigned to a story to assure general structural integrity.
ASCE 7-10 Commentary (unchanged from 7-05)

C1.4 GENERAL STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
Through accident, misuse, or sabotage, properly designed structures may be subject to conditions that could
lead to either general or local collapse. Except for specially designed protective systems, it is usually impractical
for a structure to be designed to resist general collapse caused by gross misuse of a large part
of the system or severe abnormal loads acting directly on a large portion of it. However, precautions can be taken
in the design of structures to limit the effects of local collapse, and to prevent or minimize progressive collapse.
Progressive collapse is defined as the spread of an initial local failure from element to element
resulting, eventually, in the collapse of an entire structure or a disproportionately large part of it.
Some authors have defined resistance to progressive collapse to be the ability of a structure to accommodate,
with only local failure, the notional removal of any single structural member. Aside from the possibility of further
damage that uncontrolled debris from the failed member may cause, it appears prudent to consider whether the
abnormal event will fail only a single member.
Because accidents, misuse, and sabotage are normally unforeseeable events, they cannot be defined
precisely. Likewise, general structural integrity is a quality that cannot be stated in simple terms. It is the purpose
of Section 1.4 and the commentary to direct attention to the problem of local collapse, present guidelines for
handling it that will aid the design engineer, and promote consistency of treatment in all types of structures and in
all construction materials. ASCE does not intend, at this time, for this standard to establish specific events to be
considered during design, or for this standard to provide specific design criteria to minimize the risk of progressive
collapse.
...
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
Note: Combinations listed as ASCE 7-10 5 & 6a & 7 and the equivalent combinations in the IBC add a 0.6 load
factor for wind (Importance factor for wind now = 1.0).
IBC 2012 & 2015 ASCE 7-10

1605.3 Load combinations using allowable stress design. 2.4 COMBINING NOMINAL LOADS USING
1605.3.1 Basic load combinations. Where allowable stress ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN
design (working stress design), as permitted by this code, is 2.4.1 Basic Combinations. Loads listed herein shall be
used, structures and portions thereof shall resist the most considered to act in the following combinations; whichever
critical effects resulting from the following combinations of produces the most unfavorable effect in the building,
loads: foundation, or structural member being considered. Effects of
one or more loads not acting shall be considered.
D+F (Equation 16- 1. D

D+H+F+ L (Equation 16-9) 2. D + L
D+H+F+ (L r or S or R) (Equation 16-10) 3. D + (L r or S or R)
D + H + F + 0.75(L ) + 0.75 (L r or S or R) 4. D + 0.75L + 0.75(L r or S or R)
(Equation 16-
11)
D+H+F+ ( 0.6 W or 0.7E) (Equation 16-12) 5. D + ( 0.6 W or 0.7E)
D + H + F + 0.75( 0.6 W) + 0.75L + 0.75 (L r or S or R)
6a. D+ 0.75L + 0.75( 0.6 W) + 0.75(L r or S or R)
(Equation 16-
D + H + F + 0.75(0.7E) + 0.75L + 0.75 (L r or S or R)
6b. D + 0.75L + 0.75(0.7E) + 0.75S
(Equation 16-
0.6D +. 06 W +H (Equation 16- 7. 0.6D + 0.6 W
0.6(D+F) + 0.7E +H (Equation 16-16) 8. 0.6D + 0.7E
Exceptions: EXCEPTION:
1. Crane hook loads need not be combined with roof live load 1. In combinations 4 and 6, the companion load S shall be
or with more than three-fourths of the snow load or one-half of taken as either the flat roof snow load (pf) or the sloped roof
the wind load. snow load (ps).
2. Flat roof snow loads of 30 psf (1.44 kN/m2) or less and roof
live loads of 30 psf or less need not be combined with seismic
loads. Where flat roof snow loads exceed 30 psf (1.44
kN/m2), 20 percent shall be combined with seismic loads.
4. In equation 16-15, the wind load, W, is permittted to be 2. For nonbuilding structures, in which the wind load is
reduced in accordance with Exception 2 of Section 2.4.1 of determined from force coefficients, Cf, identified in Figures
ASCE 7. 29.51, 29.52 and 29.53, and the projected area contributing
wind force to a foundation element exceeds 1000 square feet,
on either a vertical or a horizontal plane, it shall be permitted
to replace W with 0.9W in combination 7 for design of the
foundation, excluding anchorage of the structure to the
foundation.
5. In Equation 16-6, 0.6D is permitted to be increased to 0.9D 3. It shall be permitted to replace 0.6D with 0.9D in
for the design of special reinforced masonry shear walls combination 8 for the design of Special Reinforced Masonry
complying with Chapter 21. Shear Walls, where the walls satisfy the requirement of
Section 14.4.2.
Where fluid loads F are present they shall be included in
combinations 1 through 6 and 8 with the same factor as used
for dead load D.
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
3. Where the effect of H resists the primary variable load Where soil loads H are present, they shall be included as
effect, a load factor of 0.6 shall be included with H where H is follows:
permanent and H shall be set to zero for all other conditions. 1. where the effect of H adds to the primary variable load
effect, include H with load factor 1.0;
2. where the effect of H resists the primary variable load
effect, include H with a load factor of 0.6 where the load is
permanent, or a load factor of 0 for all other conditions.
The most unfavorable effects from both wind and earthquake

loads shall be considered, where appropriate, but they need
not be assumed to act simultaneously. Refer to Section 1.4
and 12.4 for the specific definition of the earthquake load
effect E.2
1605.3.1.1 Stress increases. Increases in allowable stresses Increases in allowable stress shall not be used with the loads
specified in the appropriate material chapter or the referenced or load combinations given in this standard unless it can be
standards shall not be used with the load combinations of demonstrated that such an increase is justified by structural
Section 1605.3.1, except that a duration of load increase shall behavior caused by rate or duration of load.
be permitted in accordance with Chapter 23.
1605.3.1.2 Other Loads. 2.4.2 Load Combinations Including Flood Load. When a
Where flood loads, F a, are to be considered in design, the load structure is located in a flood zone, the following load
combinations of Section 2.4.2 of ASCE 7 shall be used. combinations shall be considered in addition to the basic
combinations in Section 2.4.1:
1. In V-Zones or Coastal A-Zones (Section 5.3.1), 1.5F a shall
be added to other loads in combinations 5, 6, and 7, and E
shall be set equal to zero in 5 and 6.
2. In non-coastal A-Zones, 0.75Fa shall be added to
combinations 5, 6, and 7, and E shall be set equal to zero in 5
and 6.
Where an ice-sensitive structure is subjected to loads 2.4.3 Load Combinations Including Atmospheric Ice
due to atmospheric icing, the load combinations of Loads. When a structure is subjected to atmospheric ice and
Section 2.4.2 of ASCE 7 shall be considered. wind-on-ice loads, the following load combinations shall be
considered:
1. 0.7D i shall be added to combination 2.
2. (Lr or S or R) in combination 3 shall be replaced by 0.7D i
+ 0.7Wi + S.
3. 0.6W in combination 7 shall be replaced by 0.7D i +
0.7Wi.
Beta Version 2.02

C2-Load Cases
Where self-straining loads, T, are considered in design, 2.4.4 Load Combinations Including Self-Straining
their structural effects in combination with other loads Loads: Where applicable, the structural effects of load T
shall be determined in accordance with Section 2.4.2 of shall be considered in combination with other loads. Where
ASCE 7. the maximum effect of load T is unlikely to occur
simultaneously with the maximum effects of other variable
loads, it shall be permitted to reduce the magnitude of T
considered in combination with these other loads. The
fraction of T considered in combination with other loads shall
not be less than 0.75.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C3-Dead Soil Loads
C3 - DEAD & SOIL LOADS
C3.1 Introduction
C3.2 Adjustment for Slope
C3.3 Weights of Materials
C3.4 Dead Load Issues
C3.4.1 Uplift
C3.4.2 Non-bearing partitions
C3.4.3 Mechanical Loads
C3.4.4 Sprinkler Loads
C3.4.5 Creep
C3.5 Reference Material (2009 Code Cycle)
C3.8 Soil Loads
TOC
C3.1 Introduction:
Dead loads are simply the weight of all permanent items that a roof or floor truss is to carry, including the
weight of the truss itself. The weight of a Truss may be estimated based upon values given in the table
below or upon weights determined based upon preliminary or final truss designs. One should be careful to
differentiate when actual and estimated dead loads are being evaluated.
It is typical to assign one-half of the truss weight to each of the top chord and bottom chord dead load
totals.
Dead Loads are given on the Truss Design Drawing as Top Chord Dead Load (TCDL) and Bottom Chord
Dead Load (BCDL).
Typical minimum roof truss dead load values for residential construction include:
Roof Truss TC = 7 psf (or 10 psf)
Roof Truss BC = 5 psf (or 10 psf)
TC Example (starting from outermost layer):
Shingles: 2.2 psf with reroofing: 4.4 psf
15 # Felt: 0.15 psf 0.15 psf
Sheathing: 1.43 psf 1.43 psf
1/2 truss: 1.1 psf 1.1 psf
Total TC DL = 4.88 psf 7.08 psf
In areas of the country where tile roofs are common, not only does the increase in weight for the tiles
increase the TC DL, but the trusses designed to carry the increased DL might also weigh more.
Beta Version 2.02

C3-Dead Soil Loads
Typical minimum floor truss dead load values for residential construction include:
Floor Truss TC = 10 psf
Floor Truss BC = 5 psf
The weight of overframing, valley trusses and dormers, must be considered as part of the design loads, as
well as mechanical equipment and the like. The following is the definition of Dead Loads from the IBC-15,
Chapter 2.
DEAD LOAD. The weight of materials of construction incorporated into the building, including but not limited
to walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, built-in partitions, finishes, cladding and other similarly incorporated
architectural and structural items, and the weight of fixed service equipment, such as cranes, plumbing stacks
and risers, electrical feeders, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems and automatic sprinkler systems.
A dead load value communicated on the construction documents is assumed to include the truss weight. It
is also assumed that weights have been adjusted for slope, since the building designer should be using this
adjusted value when determining the loads on the structure. If this is the case, the value entered into the
truss design software will have to be entered so that it does not receive additional adjustment.
However, if the dead load values are calculated from design information included with the construction
documents, one would have to consider the truss weight in addition to the other design dead loads. This
input value would have to be adjusted appropriately for slope, if this feature is not offered in the software.
If it appears that a dead load value given on the construction documents is understated or overstated, the
Truss Designer should confirm with the Building Designer or Owner the correct value to use. A roof truss
TCDL value of 7 psf is typical, so a quick evaluation would compare this to the design specifications. For
consistency's sake, it is important that the dead load value that appears in the 'load box' printed on the
Truss Design Drawing should reflect the factored value used in design.
TOC ANSI/TPI 1-2014 provides the following guidance:

6.2.2.2 Effect of Pitch. Dead loads specified on a projected horizontal area basis shall have taken into account
the effect of the pitch.
§6.2.2.2 Effect of Pitch. Applying loads on a projected horizontal area basis is common practice and has long
been considered reasonable, given that specified dead loads are often nominal and/or conservative. However, the
issue of applying dead loads to horizontal projected areas versus sloped areas becomes critical for steep slopes,
where the actual dead loads can exceed the amount determined by applying the specified dead loads per unit
area to a horizontal surface and not to the larger sloped surface. With steeper pitches being more common than
in the past, the requirement for the effect of pitch to be taken into account is necessary to ensure that the actual
dead load does not exceed the specified dead load. This also is intended to prevent the application of dead loads
based on minimum material densities on the horizontal projected area without adjusting for pitch.
The same guidance is included in ANSI/TPI 1-2007 and the commentary:

6.2.2.3 Effect of Pitch. Dead loads specified on a projected horizontal area basis shall have taken into
account the effect of the pitch.
When bottom chords are sloped, as in the case of scissors and vaulted parallel chord trusses, one might
want to consider if the dead load should also be adjusted for slope.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C3-Dead Soil Loads
C3.2 Adjustment for Slope:
Slope Factors for Common Roof slopes:
Hip slope*
Degrees
Factor
Factor
Rafter
slope
Rise *same pitch both sides
1 /12 4.76 1.003 1.417
2 /12 9.46 1.014 1.424
3 /12 14.04 1.031 1.436
4 /12 18.43 1.054 1.453
5 /12 22.62 1.083 1.474
6 /12 26.57 1.118 1.500
7 /12 30.26 1.158 1.530
8 /12 33.69 1.202 1.563
9 /12 36.87 1.250 1.601
10 /12 39.81 1.302 1.641
11 /12 42.51 1.357 1.685
12 /12 45.00 1.414 1.732
13 /12 47.29 1.474 1.781
14 /12 49.40 1.537 1.833
The Slope Factor (SF) for any slope can be determined

by either of the following methods:
Rise SF
P 2  144
SF  4 1.054
12
1 Angle SF
SF  18.43 1.054
Cosine θ A
The horizontal roof projection can be calculated by multiplying the span (A) times the slope factor.
Slope Projection
A (ft) Factor (ft)
20 x 1.118 = 22.36
TOC
C3.3 Weights of Materials:
ASCE 7, IBC and IRC (all editions) state that the actual weights of materials are to be used in load
calculations. If actual weights are not available, estimated weights should be approved by the authority
having jurisdiction. There are many general sources for dead load weights. ASCE 7 includes a chart of
typical weights of standard construction materials in the Commentary, Table C3-1. Accurate weights of
materials should also be available from the manufacturers of specific products.
Note there is an errata replacing Table C3-1 in the printed edition of ASCE 7-10.
There are, however, limitations to using standard dead load references. ASCE 7, Table C3-1, includes a
listing for asphalt shingles of 2 psf (200 lb per square). Although this is a common shingle weight, asphalt
shingle weights can range from about 160 lb per square to over 400 lb per square. And if reroofing is
considered, doubling of the shingle weight can be significant. Roofs designed for shingle applications
cannot sustain, for long, the dead loads imparted by roofing tile, which can range from 12-23 psf, plus
mortar if required.
Beta Version 2.02

C3-Dead Soil Loads
A similar issue can affect floor construction. The dead load and deflection criteria are based upon the
design loads of the specified materials. The weight of carpet & pad, wood flooring, or vinyl are all between
1.0 to 2.0 psf, making the total floor dead load about 11 psf while the live load would be 40 psf. The weight
of brittle flooring products can be 15 psf or more plus a mortar bed if used. This issue is addressed in
greater detail in Section A1 Design Considerations.
A dead load calculation worksheet is included with this Load Guide. It includes a selection of commonly
used materials and their weights. In addition, it also includes a table of common truss weights that may be
used in dead load calculations. These weights are reasonable guidelines for common trusses with pitches
of 6/12 or less and floor trusses with dimension as given. Commonly used truss design software calculates
the actual self weight of trusses and should be used whenever possible. Some truss design software
provides an option for the user to include Truss self weights in the dead load calculations automatically.
Other truss design software relies on the user to include the self weight of the truss in the dead loads input
into the software.
TOC
C3.4 Dead Load Issues:
C3.4.1 Uplift
When uplift loads are evaluated, the effects of gravity loads are allowed to be considered as a counteracting
load. However, as discussed in the Load Combinations section, if the actual weights of materials were not
used in the determination of the dead load, the nominal design dead load is reduced by multiplying the total
dead load by 0.6 in some load cases. Or more conservatively, and as required by both the IRC and IBC
1605.3, the dead load is reduced by this factor regardless of whether it is based upon estimated or actual
loads.
When the uplift effects of wind exceed the gravity force of the dead load, the roof member will have to be
tied to the supporting structure to resist the expected uplift force.
C3.4.2 Non-bearing partitions

IBC-06/09/12 1607.5 and ASCE 7-05, 4.2.2 and ASCE 7-10, 4.3.2, include Partition Loads with live loads.
The issue of concern is for buildings where partitions may be subject to change. However, the Commentary
to the IBC states that the weights of all partitions are to be considered as dead loads. Two different partition
considerations are being discussed: where partitions are subject to change and where partitions are
typically not subject to change.
IBC-15 1607.5 Partition loads. In office buildings and in other buildings where partition locations are
subject to change, provisions for partition weight shall be made, whether or not partitions are shown on the
construction documents, unless the specified live load is 80 psf (3.83 kN/m2) or greater. The partition load
shall be not less than a uniformly distributed live load of 15 psf (0.72 kN/m2).
ANSI/TPI 1-2014 allows the weight of typical non-bearing 'permanent' interior walls to be omitted from the
calculation of loads on floor trusses, when certain conditions are met:
6.2.2.1 Non-Bearing Partitions.
The weight of non-bearing partitions shall be permitted to be ignored for Truss design purposes given the
following conditions:
(a) Trusses are spaced less than or equal to 24 in. (610 mm) on center;
(b) All Top Chord panel lengths of supporting Trusses are less than or equal to 30 in. (760 mm) when the
lumber is oriented in the flat direction;
(c) Design live load of supporting Trusses results from a residential occupancy and is not less than 40 psf (1920
Pa); and
(d) Partition weight is less than or equal to 60 pounds per linear foot (875 N/m).
6.2.2.1.1 Non-Bearing Partition Weight Not Permitted to be Ignored.
If the conditions listed above do not exist, the Building Designer shall specify in the structural design documents
the non-bearing partition loads that need to be applied to the Trusses.
Beta Version 2.02
C3-Dead Soil Loads
The same guidance is provided in ANSI/TPI 1-2007:
6.2.2.1 Non-Bearing Partitions.The weight of non-bearing partitions shall be permitted to be ignored for Truss
design purposes given the following conditions:
(1) Trusses are spaced less than or equal to 24 in. (610 mm) on centers;
(2) All Top Chord panel lengths of supporting Trusses are less than or equal to 30 in. (760 mm) when the
lumber is oriented in the flat direction;
(3) Design live load of supporting Trusses results from a residential occupancy and is not less than 40 psf
(1920 Pa); and
(4) Partition weight is less than or equal to 60 pounds per linear foot (875 N/m).
6.2.2.1.1 Non-Bearing Partition Weight Not Permitted to be Ignored. If the conditions listed above do not
exist, the Building Designer shall specify in the structural design documents the non-bearing partition loads that
need to be applied to the Trusses.
A typical interior wall framed with 2x4's with 1/2 inch gypsum either side weighs about 6 psf or about 50 plf
(per HUD, Residential Structural Design Guide, Table 3.2) or 8 psf or about 64 plf using the values from
ASCE 7, Table C3-1).
An example of equivalent uniform partition loads is included in Referenced Standard RS 9-1 to the NYC
Building Code as follows (weight to be added to the floor dead and live loads):
Partition Weight in PLF Equivalent Uniform Load in PSF
50 or less 0
51 to 100 6
101 to 200 12
201 to 350 20
Greater than 350 20 *
* plus a concentrated live load of the weight in excess of 350 PLF
TOC
C3.4.3 Mechanical Loads
In addition to uniform dead loads, the weight, weight distribution, exact location, and method of attachment
of fixed service equipment must be provided to the Component Manufacturer. One must be aware that
many pieces of equipment are eccentrically weighted. For example a 1500 lb HVAC unit may have more
than one-half the weight concentrated toward one end. If detailed load distribution and installation
information is not available, a simple solution is to double the weight of the unit for design purposes. This
should not only take care of any eccentric load and should also address the increases for the impact of
machinery and moving load requirements which are discussed under live loads.
ASEC 7-05/10 include the following guidance (here, from ASCE 7-10):
3.1.3 Weight of Fixed Service Equipment. In determining dead loads for purposes of design, the weight of
fixed service equipment, such as plumbing stacks and risers, electrical feeders, and heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning systems shall be included.
The IBC-09/12/15 does not include any specific guidance under dead loads in Section 1606 regarding
mechanical loads, but does include 'fixed service equipment, such as cranes, plumbing stacks and risers,
electrical feeders, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems and automatic sprinkler systerms' in its
definition of Dead Loads in IBC-09 Section 1602 and IBC-12/15 Chapter 2 under DEAD LOAD.
In areas of the country where attic mechanicals are common, not only does the value for the
mechanicals need to be accounted for either as uniform or point loads, but if mechanicals are to be
hung from the TC, the possible reduction in cross section of the truss chord impacted by the hanger
might also be needed to be taken into account.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C3-Dead Soil Loads
C3.4.4 Sprinkler Loads
The Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook, 3rd Edition, Section 17.6, includes guidance regarding
installation loads for sprinkler systems with Trusses per NFPA 13. This information has been included in
Appendix A1 Design Considerations.
TOC
C3.4.5 Creep
Creep is time dependant deformation. As the ratio of dead load to live load increases, a greater percentage
of the load is in place for the life of the structure. ANSI/TPI 1-2007/2014 Section 7.6 address the situation
when the dead load to live load ratio might become an issue, like when brittle floor finishes are used. This
issue is discussed at greater length in Appendix A3 Serviceability considerations.
TOC
C3.5 Reference Material (2009 Code Cycle):
ASCE 7-05 IBC 2009 IRC 2009
SECTION 3.1 DEFINITION 1602 DEFINITIONS Chapter 2 Definitions
Dead loads consist of the weight of all DEAD LOADS. The weight of DEAD LOADS. The weight of all
materials of construction incorporated into materials of construction materials of construction
the building including but not limited to incorporated into the building, incorporated into the building,
walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, including but not limited to walls, including but not limited to walls,
built-in partitions, finishes, cladding and floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways,
other similarly incorporated architectural built-in partitions, finishes, cladding built-in partitions, finishes, cladding,
and structural items, and fixed service and other similarly incorporated and other similarly incorporated
equipment including the weight of cranes. architectural and structural items, architectural and structural items,
and the weight of fixed service and fixed service equipment.
equipment, such as cranes, plumbing
stacks and risers, electrical feeders,
heating, ventilating and air-
conditioning systems and fire
sprinkler systems.
1606.1 General. Dead loads are

those loads defined in Section
1602.1. Dead loads shall be
considered permanent loads.
3.1.2 Weights of Materials and 1606.2 Design dead load. For

Constructions. In determining dead loads purposes of design, the actual
for purposes of design, the actual weights weights of materials of construction
of materials and constructions shall be and fixed service equipment shall be
used provided that in the absence of used. In the absence of definite
definite information, values approved by information, values used shall be
the authority having jurisdiction shall be subject to the approval of the
used. building official.
Beta Version 2.02

C3-Dead Soil Loads
3.1.3 Weight of Fixed Service
Equipment. In determining dead loads for
purposes of design, the weight of fixed
service equipment, such as plumbing
stacks and risers, electrical feeders, and
heating, ventilating, and air conditioning
systems shall be included.
TOC
(no changes were made in ASCE 7-10, so requirements are essentially the same as 2009)
ASCE 7-10 IBC 2012 IRC 2012
SECTION 3.1.1 DEFINITION Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 2 Definitions
sprinkler systems.

those loads defined in Section
1602.1. Dead loads shall be

Beta Version 2.02

C3-Dead Soil Loads
TOC

(no changes were made in ASCE 7-10, so requirements are essentially the same as 2009)
ASCE 7-10 IBC 2015 IRC 2015
SECTION 3.1.1 DEFINITION Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 2 Definitions
sprinkler systems.

those loads defined in Chapter 2 of
this code. Dead loads shall be

Beta Version 2.02

C3-Dead Soil Loads
TOC
C3.8 Soil Loads

Soil Loads are usually not applied to Wood Trusses. If trusses were to support soil loads, the Building
Designer would need to provide the loads to the Truss Designer.
IBC-2015 1607.12.3.1 Vegetative and landscaped roofs. The weight of all landscaping materials shall be
considered as dead load and shall be computed on the basis of saturation of the soil as determined in accordance
with ASTM E 2397. The uniform design live load in unoccupied landscaped areas on roofs shall be 20 psf (0.958
kN/m2). The uniform design live load for occupied landscaped areas on roofs shall be determined in accordance with
Table 1607.1.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4 - LIVE LOADS
C4.1 Introduction to Minimum Uniform & Concentrated Live Loads
C4.1.2 Deflection:
C4.2 Floor Live Loads:
C4.2.1 Floor Live Loads (L) Definition s and General Requirements
C4.2.2 Floor Live Loads (L) in ASCE 7
C4.2.3 Floor Live Loads (L) in the IBC
C4.2.4 Floor Live Loads (L) in the IRC
C4.2.5 Floor Live Load Reduction:
C4.2.6 Concentrated Floor Loads
C4.2.7 Application of Live Loads on Floor Trusses:
C4.3 Roof Live Loads
C4.3.1 Roof Live Load (Lr) Definitions and General Requirements
C4.3.2 Roof Live Load (Lr) in ASCE 7
C4.3.3 Roof Live Load (Lr) in IBC
C4.3.4 Roof Live Load (Lr) in IRC
C4.3.5 Roof Live Load Reduction:
C4.3.6 Concentrated Roof Loads
C4.3.6.1 All roof surfaces subject to maintenance workers
C4.3.6.2 Roof Trusses with exposed bottom chords
C4.3.6.3 Scuttles, skylight ribs, and accessible ceilings
C4.3.7 Application of Live Loads on Roof Trusses:
C4.3.8 State Specific Roof Live Load Provisons
C4.4 Construction or Maintenance Loads:
C4.5 Partition Loads:
C4.6 Partial Loading:
C4.7 Impact Loads:
C4.8 Reference Material (IRC):
TOC
C4.1 Introduction:
The determination of live loads is typically more complicated than dead loads. In general, when the term
'live load' (L) is used, it refers to floor live loads, however, there are times when the term is used for all live
loads. When live loads related to roofs are being discussed, the term typically used is 'roof live load' (Lr).
Floor live loads and roof live loads will be considered separately.
NOTE:
Attic floor load requirements are covered with Floor Live Loads as per the source documents,
except for some additional discussion when considered for a member (roof truss) that carries
both Floor Live Loads and Roof Live Loads.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.1.2 Deflection:
In addition to the consideration of loads, deflection limits based upon live load as well as total load are to
be considered ( TPI 1-07/14 Table 7.6-1) (IBC-09/12/15 1604.3) (IRC-09/12/15 R301.7). In most cases in
truss design, live load will control deflection. Since consideration of deflection involves both live and dead
load and in situations where long term deformation is a concern this is covered in greater detail in the
Appendix on Serviceability Considerations.
C4.2 Floor Live Loads:

C4.2.1 Floor Live Loads (L) Definition s and General Requirements
ASCE 7-02 ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10
4.1 DEFINITIONS 4.1 DEFINITIONS 4.1 DEFINITIONS
Live loads are those loads produced LIVE LOAD: A load produced by LIVE LOAD: A load produced by
by the use and occupancy of the the use and occupancy of the the use and occupancy of the
building or other structure and do building or other structure that does building or other structure that
not include construction or not include construction or does not include construction or
environmental loads such as wind environmental loads, such as wind environmental loads, such as wind
load, snow load, rain load, load, snow load, rain load, load, snow load, rain load,
earthquake load, flood load, or dead earthquake load, flood load, or dead earthquake load, flood load, or
load. load. dead load.
2.2 Symbols and Notation 2.2 Symbols and Notation 2.2 Symbols
L = live load L = live load L = live load
IBC-09 IBC-12 IBC-15

1602 Definitions and Notations 1602 Definitions and Notations & 1602 Definitions and Notations &
Chapter 2 Chapter 2
LIVE LOADS. Those loads LIVE LOAD. A load produced by LIVE LOAD. A load produced by
produced by the use and occupancy the use and occupancy of the the use and occupancy of the
of the building or other structure and building or other structure that does building or other structure that
do not include construction or not include construction or does not include construction or
environmental loads such as wind environmental loads such as wind environmental loads such as wind
load, snow load, rain load, load, snow load, rain load, load, snow load, rain load,
earthquake load, flood load or dead earthquake load, flood load or dead earthquake load, flood load or dead
load. load. load.
1602.1
L = Live load, except roof live L = Roof live load greater than 20 L = Roof live load greater than
load, including any permitted psf (0.96 kN/m2) and floor 20 psf (0.96 kN/m2) and
live load reduction. live load. floor live load.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
1603 Construction Documents 1603 Construction Documents 1603 Construction Documents
1603.1.1 Floor live load. The 1603.1.1 Floor live load. The 1603.1.1 Floor live load. The
uniformly distributed, concentrated uniformly distributed, concentrated uniformly distributed, concentrated
and impact floor live load used in and impact floor live load used in and impact floor live load used in
the design shall be indicated for the design shall be indicated for the design shall be indicated for
floor areas. Use of live load floor areas. Use of live load floor areas. Use of live load
reduction in accordance with Section reduction in accordance with Section reduction in accordance with
1607.10 shall be indicated for each 1607.10 shall be indicated for each Section 1607.10 shall be indicated
type of live load used in the design. type of live load used in the design. for each type of live load used in
the design.
TOC 1607 Live Loads 1607 Live Loads 1607 Live Loads
1607.1 General. Live loads are 1607.1 General. Live loads are 1607.1 General. Live loads are
those loads defined in Section those loads defined in Section those loads defined in Chapter 2 of
1602.1. 1602.1. this code.
1607.2 Loads not specified. For 1607.2 Loads not specified. For 1607.2 Loads not specified. For
occupancies or uses not designated occupancies or uses not designated occupancies or uses not designated
in Table 1607.1, the live load shall in Table 1607.1, the live load shall in Table 1607.1, the live load shall
be determined in accordance with a be determined in accordance with a be determined in accordance with a
method approved by the building method approved by the building method approved by the building
official. official. official.
1607.3 Uniform live loads. The live 1607.3 Uniform live loads. The live 1607.3 Uniform live loads. The
loads used in the design of buildings loads used in the design of buildings live loads used in the design of
and other structures shall be the and other structures shall be the buildings and other structures shall
maximum loads expected by the maximum loads expected by the be the maximum loads expected by
intended use or occupancy but shall intended use or occupancy but shall the intended use or occupancy but
in no case be less than the minimum in no case be less than the minimum shall in no case be less than the
uniformly distributed unit loads uniformly distributed unit loads minimum uniformly distributed
required by Table 1607.1. given in Table 1607.1. unit loads given in Table 1607.1.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
1607.4 Concentrated loads. Floors 1607.4 Concentrated loads. Floors 1607.4 Concentrated loads.
and other similar surfaces shall be and other similar surfaces shall be Floors and other similar surfaces
designed to support the uniformly designed to support the uniformly shall be designed to support the
distributed live loads prescribed in distributed live loads prescribed in uniformly distributed live loads
Section 1607.3 or the concentrated Section 1607.3 or the concentrated prescribed in Section 1607.3 or the
load, in pounds (kilonewtons), given load, in pounds (kilonewtons), given concentrated live loads, given in
in Table 1607.1, whichever in Table 1607.1, whichever Table 1607.1, whichever produces
produces the greater load effects. produces the greater load effects. the greater load effects. Unless
Unless otherwise specified, the Unless otherwise specified, the otherwise specified, the indicated
indicated concentration shall be indicated concentration shall be concentration shall be assumed to
assumed to be uniformly distributed assumed to be uniformly distributed be uniformly distributed over an
over an area 2.5 feet by 2.5 feet over an area 2.5 feet by 2.5 feet (762 area of 21/2 feet by 21/2 feet (762
[6.25 square feet (0.58 m2)] and mm by 762 mm) and shall be located mm by 762 mm) and shall be
shall be located so as to produce the so as to produce the maximum load located so as to produce the
maximum load effects in the effects in the structural members. maximum load effects in the
structural members. structural members.
1607.5 Partition loads. In office 1607.5 Partition loads. In office 1607.5 Partition loads. In office
buildings and in other buildings buildings and in other buildings buildings and in other
where partition locations are subject where partition locations are subject buildings where partition locations
to change, provisions for partition to change, provisions for partition are subject to change, provisions
weight shall be made, whether or not weight shall be made, whether or not for partition weight shall be made,
partitions are shown on the partitions are shown on the whether or not partitions
construction documents, unless the construction documents, unless the are shown on the construction
specified live load exceeds 80 psf specified live load exceeds 80 psf documents, unless the
(3.83 kN/m2). The partition load (3.83 kN/m2). The partition load specified live load is 80 psf (3.83
shall not be less than a uniformly shall not be less than a uniformly kN/m2) or greater. The partition
distributed live load of 15 psf (0.74 distributed live load of 15 psf (0.74 load shall be not less than a
kN/m2). kN/m2). uniformly distributed live
load of 15 psf (0.72 kN/m2).
In both ASCE 7-05/10 Table 4-1 and the IBC-09/12/15 Table 1607.1 live loads are categorized by their
occupancy or use as in the example below). Applicable loads may be specified as either or both uniform
and concentrated in the IBC and ASCE 7. These two types of loads are not considered as simultaneous,
but seperately. The type of load producing the greater effect is the controlling load (IBC 1607.4 and ASCE
7 Section 4.4).
TOC Occupancy or Use Uniform psf Conc. lbs
In the case of the IRC-09/12/15, Live loads are sepecified in Table R301.5 by Use, but only uniform loads
are given.
Use Live Load
Live load (floor) provisions have had only modest revisions in ASCE 7 versions between 1993 and 2010,
mostly regarding organization of the Occupancy or Use categories and to the footnotes. We will discuss
some of the more sigificant changes.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
R301.5 Live load. The minimum R301.5 Live load. The minimum R301.5 Live load. The minimum
uniformly distributed live load shall uniformly distributed live load shall uniformly distributed live load
be as provided in Table R301.5. be as provided in Table R301.5. shall be as provided in Table
R301.5.
C4.2.2 Floor Live Loads (L) in ASCE 7

ASCE 7-05 made only minor changes to provisions regarding floor live loads except for some
reorganization. ASCE 7-10 made some organizational changes, referred elevator loading to ASME A17.1
and added loading for heliports. ASCE 7-10 also added footnotes regarding uninhabitable attic loading in
residential occupancies in Table 4-1:
Uninhabitable attics without storage
l Uninhabitable attics without storage are those where the maximum clear height between the joists and
rafters is less than 42 inches, or where there are not two or more adjacent trusses with web
configurations capable of accommodating an assumed rectangle 42 inches in height by 24 inches in
width, or greater, within the plane of the trusses. This live load need not be assumed to act concurrently
with any other live load requirements.
Uninhabitable attics with storage
m Uninhabitable attics with storage are those where the maximum clear height between the joists and
rafters is 42 inches or greater, or where there are two or more adjacent trusses with web configurations
capable of accommodating an assumed rectangle 42 inches in height by 24 inches in width, or greater,
within the plane of the trusses. At the trusses, the live load need only be applied to those portions of the
bottom chords where both of the following conditions are met:
i. The attic area is accessible from an opening not less than 20 inches in width by 30 inches in
length that is located where the clear height in the attic is a minimum of 30 inches; and
ii. The slopes of the joists or truss bottom chords are no greater than two units vertical in 12 units
horizontal.
The remaining portions of the joists or truss bottom chords shall be designed for a uniformly distributed
nonconcurrent live load of not less than 10 lb./ft2.
NOTE: The January 11, 2011 Errata to ASCE 7 2010 has the word 'concurrent' instead of
'nonconcurrent' which is in the printed versions for footnote 'm'. This is an error and may be
ignored.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.2.3 Floor Live Loads (L) in the IBC
Table 1607.1 in IBC-09, -12, -15 has had modest changes. In IBC-09 Balconies are now to have the same
loading as the occupancy and the line item for Decks was removed and Vehical Barriers were added. The
footnotes regarding loading for uninhabitable attics are slightly different than in ASCE 7-10:
IBC-06 & -09 IBC-12 IBC-15

Uninhabitable attics without storage Uninhabitable attics without Uninhabitable attics without
storage storage
i. Attics without storage are those where Uninhabitable attics without storage i. Uninhabitable attics without storage
the maximum clear height between the are those where the maximum clear are those where the maximum clear
joist and rafter is less than 42 inches, or height between the joists and rafters height between the joists and rafters
where there are not two or more adjacent is less than 42 inches, or where
is less than 42 inches, or where there
trusses with the same web configuration there are not two or more adjacent
are not two or more adjacent trusses
capable of containing a rectangle 42 trusses with web configurations
capable of accommodating an with web configurations capable of
inches high by 2 feet wide, or greater,
assumed rectangle 42 inches in accommodating an assumed
located within the plane
of the truss. For attics without storage, height by 24 inches in width, or rectangle 42 inches in height by 24
this live load need not be assumed to act greater, within the plane of the inches in width, or greater, within the
concurrently with any other live load trusses. This live load need not be plane of the trusses. This live load
requirements. assumed to act concurrently with need not be assumed to act
any other live load requirements. concurrently with any other live load
requirements.
Uninhabitable attics with storage Uninhabitable attics with storage Uninhabitable attics with storage
j. For attics with limited storage and j. Uninhabitable attics with storage j. Uninhabitable attics with storage
constructed with trusses, this live load are those where the maximum clear are those where the maximum clear
need only be applied to those portions of height between the joists and rafters height between the joists and rafters
the bottom chord where there are two or is 42 inches or greater, or where
is 42 inches or greater, or where
more adjacent trusses with the same web there are two or more adjacent
there are two or more adjacent
configuration capable of containing a trusses with web configurations
capable of accommodating an trusses with web configurations
rectangle 42 inches high by 2 feet wide
assumed rectangle 42 inches in capable of accommodating an
or greater, located
within the plane of the truss. The height by 24 inches in width, or assumed rectangle 42 inches in
rectangle shall fit between the top of the greater, within the plane of the height by 24 inches in width, or
bottom chord and the bottom of any trusses. The live load need only be greater, within the plane of the
other truss member, provided that each applied to those portions of the joists trusses. The live load need only be
of the following criteria is met: or truss bottom chords where both of applied to those portions of the joists
the following conditions are met: or truss bottom chords where both of
the following conditions are met:
i. The attic area is accessible by a i. The attic area is accessible from i. The attic area is accessible from
pull-down stairway or framed an opening not less than 20 inches an opening not less than 20 inches in
opening in accordance with Section in width by 30 inches in length that is width by 30 inches in length that is
1209.2, and located where the clear height in the
located where the clear height in the
attic is a minimum of 30 inches; and
attic is a minimum of 30 inches; and
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
ii. The truss shall have a bottom ii. The slopes of the joists or truss ii. The slopes of the joists or truss bottom
chord pitch less than 2:12. bottom chords are no greater than two chords are no greater than two units
iii.Bottom chords of trusses shall units vertical in 12 units horizontal. vertical in 12 units horizontal. The
be designed for the greater of actual The remaining portions of the joists or
remaining portions of the joists or truss
imposed dead load or 10 psf, truss bottom chords shall be designed
uniformly distributed over the entire bottom chords shall be designed for a
for a uniformly distributed concurrent
span. live load of not less than 10 lb./ft2.
uniformly distributed concurrent live load
of not less than 10 pounds per square
foot.
TOC
C4.2.4 Floor Live Loads (L) in the IRC
IRC TABLE R301.5 foornotes
Attics without storage Uninhabitable attics Uninhabitable attics
b. Attics without storage are those b. Uninhabitable attics without b. Uninhabitable attics without
where the maximum clear height storage are those where the storage are those where the clear
between joist and rafter is less than tnaximum clear height between height between joists and rafters is
42 inches, or where there are not joists and raftcrs is less than 42
not more than 42 inches, or where
two or more adjacent trusses with inches, or where there arc not two or
there are not two or more adjacent
the same web configuration capable more adjacent trusses with web web
of containing a rectangle 42 inches configurations capable of trusses with web configurations
high by 2 feet wide, or greater, accommodating an assumed capable of accommodating an
located within the plane of the truss. rectangle 42 inchcs high by 24 assumed rectangle 42 inches in
For attics without storage, this live inches in width, or greatcr, within the height by 24 inches in width, or
load need not be assumed to act plane of thc trusses. This live load greater, within the plane of the
concurrently with any other live load need not be assumed to act trusses. This live load need not be
requirements. concurrently with any other live load assumed to act concurrently with any
requirements. other live load requirements.
Attics with limited storage Uninhabitable attics with Uninhabitable attics with limited
limited storage storage
g. For attics with limited storage and g. Uninhabitable attics with limited g. Uninhabitable attics with limited
constructed with trusses, this live storage are those where the storage are those where the clear
load need be applied only to those maximum clear height between height between joists and rafters is
portions of the bottom chord where joists and rafters is 42 inches or
not greater than 42 inches, or where
there are two or more adjacent grcater, or where there are two or
there are two or more adjacent
trusses with the same web more adjacent trusses with web
configuration capable of containing a configurations capable of trusses with web configurations
rectangle 42 inches high or greater accomodating an assumed capable of accommodating an
by 2 feet wide or greater, located rectangle 42 inches in height by 24 assumed rectangle 42 inches in
within the plane of the truss. The inches in width, or greater, within the height by 24 inches in width, or
rectangle shall fit between the top of plane of the trusses. The live load greater, within the plane of the
the bottom chord and the bottom of need only be applied to those trusses. The live load need only be
any other truss member, provided portions of the joists or truss bottom applied to those portions of the joists
that each of the following criteria is chords where all of the following or truss bottom chords where all of
met. conditions are met:
the following conditions are met:
1. The attic area is accessible by a I. The attic area is accessible from 1. The attic area is accessible from
pull-down stairway or framed in an opening not less than 20 inches an opening not less than 20 inches in
accordance with Section R807.1. in width by 30 inches in length that is width by 30 inches in length that is
attic is a minimum of 30 inchcs.
attic is not less than 30 inches.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
2. The truss has a bottom chord 2. The slopes of tlle joists or truss 2. The slopes of the joists or truss
pitch less than 2:12. bottom chords are no greater than 2 bottom chords are not greater than 2
inches vertical to 12 units horizontal. inches vertical to 12 units horizontal.
3. Required insulation depth is less 3. Required insulation depth is less 3. Required insulation depth is less
than the bottom chord member than the joist or truss bottom chord than the joist or truss bottom chord
depth. member depth. member depth.
The bottom chords of trusses The remaining portions of the joists
The remaining portions of the joists or
meeting the above criteria for limited or truss bottom chords shall be
truss bottom chords shall be
storage shall be designed for the designecl for a uniformly distributed
greater of the actual imposed dead concurrent live load of not less than designed for a uniformly distributed
load or 10 psf, uniformly distributed 10 lb/ft2.
concurrent live load of not less than
over the entire span. 10 pounds per square foot.
h. Attic spaces served by a fixed

stair shall be designed to support
the minimum live load specified for
sleeping rooms.
The following was accepted as a rationale for the initial code changes in the 2006 IBC/IRC codes.
The 42-inch clearance as a threshold height for requiring the 20 psf live load has been established in
the BOCA National Building Code since at least the 1962 code. The dimension is time-tested and
there is no evidence of ceiling failures under this criterion.
The 10 psf load in attics without storage is for the purpose of allowing occasional access to the
space for maintenance. Nonconcurrency with other live loads is appropriate for this circumstance,
since it is rare for all maximum live loads to occur at once and there is sufficient conservatism in the
design of trusses to accommodate a rare circumstance. In addition, to require the access load to be
concurrent would also imply that the design of walls and foundations should take into consideration
the additional live load, which they do not.
In attic areas that have sufficient clearance for significant storage, it is reasonable to assume that it
is the higher clearance areas that will be used for storage as well as access for maintenance, and
not the low –clearance areas that are obstructed by truss webs. It is excessive to require the 10 psf
live load in those areas when there are adjacent easily accessible areas which are designed for 20
psf. However, a minimum dead load of 10 psf in the low clearance areas has been added by this
modification, in response to concerns raised by opponents that the previous BOCA criteria contained
a minimum dead load assignment. The same minimum dead load has been added here so that the
criteria are now nearly identical to what had been required in the BOCA code.
Illustrations of the application of above proposals:

The graphic represents the spatial
requirement for application of 20 psf
“Storage Load” in trusses. As noted
above this clearance would need to
exist over two or more adjacent
trusses for the loading requirement to
be applied. The load is only applied
where the spatial requirement is met.
The remaining sections of the truss
chord have no live load applied.
Applicable dead loads would be
applied to the full length of the truss.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
This figure represents the attic
loading provision with joist and
rafter construction. In the joist
and rafter, as well as the truss
application, the 20 psf storage
TOC loading is applied only where the
spatial requirement is met and no
additional live loads need be
applied where the spatial
requirement is not met.
For more information on this see SBCA Tech Notes "Live Load Considerations for Truss Bottom
Chords". Located at the following link:
http://support.sbcindustry.com/images/technotes/T-MI_BCLL06.pdf
BC Construction Load Concurrency

The Uniform Building Code 1997, section 1607.3.4 "Special loads" and Table 16-B requires a 10 psf live
load to be applied to the entire bottom chord, but non-concurrent with other live loads (see footnote 4,
Table 16-B). This load is considered to be an access load for inspection, service, etc. An archival search
of the Uniform Building Code shows that the 10 psf non-concurrent “construction or access” bottom chord
live load-case has existed since at least 1973.
Also the load as described in ASCE 7-02, Table 4-1 is specifically not an occupancy load (since the space
is described as an uninhabitable attic) and is not a storage load (since it is specifically defined as without
storage). The logical interpretation is that the load being considered is a construction load.
ANSI/TPI 1-2002 includes the following:

6.2.2.2 Attic live loads, other than floor live loads, that are applied to the entire length of the bottom chord
shall not be required to be applied concurrently with other live loads.
ANSI/TPI 1-2007 includes the following:

6.2.2.2 Attic Live Loads. Attic live loads, other than floor live loads, shall comply with the governing
Building Code.
ANSI/TPI 1-2014 §CHAPTER 6 16) Provisions for attic live loads have been removed
from the Standard since the application of these loads for design are now adequately addressed in
the model building codes. (Previous section 6.2.2.2 deleted.)
TOC
C4.2.5 Floor Live Load Reduction:
The floor live load reduction allowed by the IBC-09/12/15 (1607.10.1) and ASCE 7-05/10 (4.7.2) requires a
tributary area times the appropriate live load element factor which is greater than 400 ft2. This is
considerably larger than supported by the individual members typically used in light frame construction.
The expectation is that the prescribed floor live load will not occur simultaneously throughout the structure.
This floor load reduction may, however, be applicable to column, beam, girder or header loading design in
light frame construction. There are limiting factors based upon the number of floors supported.
ASCE 7-10, Section 4.7.2, does not allow live loads in excess of 100 PSF to be reduced unless they are
applied to members supporting two or more floors, in which case they may be reduced by 20%.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
The recommendation given in HUD - 2000, Structural Design Loads for One- and Two-Family Dwellings,
(3.4 Live Loads), has the minimum tributary area threshold at 200 ft2.
4.4.1. Tributary floor area. A structural floor member which supports a tributary floor area of greater
than two hundred (200) square feet on a given story is permitted to be designed using a reduced
uniform live load for each qualifying story in accordance with the following formula:
 10.6 
L  Lo 0.25    0.75 for At > 200 ft2
 At 
Where: At is the tributary Note: this method of load reduction is not referenced in ASCE 7, IBC or
area of floor surface in the IRC. Its use requires the acceptance of the AHJ. If a registered
square feet supported by design professional is involved in the design of the structure, the use of
the structural member and this method must be acceptable to the registered design professional
Lo is the floor live load from and must be taken into account in in the design of the entire structure.
Table 4.1.
ASCE 7-10 has added the following to Floor Live Load Reduction for one- and two-family dwellings in it's
TOC
first printing. In the third printing this has been removed.
4.7.2 Reduction in Uniform Live Loads
Exception: For structural members in one- and two-family dwellings supporting more than one floor load, the
following floor live load reduction shall be permitted as an alternative to Eq. 4.7-1:
L  0.7 x( Lo1  L02  ...

L o1, L o2, . . . are the unreduced floor live loads applicable to each of multiple supported story levels regardless
of tributary area. The reduced floor live load effect, L , shall not be less than that produced by the effect of the
largest unreduced floor live load on a given story level acting alone.
The ASCE 7-10 Commentary does not address this exception. However, it is important to note that
the reduction applies to "structural members supporting more than one floor." It does not allow one to
reduce the floor live load for the floor structural members themselves.
The following example allows one to see the impact of this reduction:
L01 L02 L03
L= 0.7 40 + 30 + 30 = 70 psf
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.2.6 Concentrated Floor Loads
ASCE 7-05/10 Table 4-1 & IBC-09/12/15 Table 1607.1 include concentrated load considerations for the
floors of specific occupancy or use categories, like access floor systems in offices, catwalks, hospitals,
libraries, manufacturing, and offices. The concentrated load varies between 1000 to 3000 lb.
This load is also sometimes referred to as the 'safe' load (referring to the object 'safe').
It is important that the building designer, owner or whoever requests floor truss design drawings
clearly communicate to the truss manufacturer what the concentrated load requirements are (if any) ,
especially if the truss manufacturer is given a list of truss lengths rather than a full set of construction
documents.
The IRC has no similar requirement. Buildings within the scope of the IRC typically do not require
TOC consideration of concentrated floor loads unless specified by the building designer based on special
circumstances and included in the construction documents.
1607.4 Concentrated loads. Floors 1607.4 Concentrated loads. Floors 1607.4 Concentrated live loads.
and other similar surfaces shall be and other similar surfaces shall be Floors and other similar surfaces
designed to support the uniformly designed to support the uniformly shall be designed to support the
distributed live loads prescribed in distributed live loads prescribed in uniformly distributed live loads
Section 1607.3 or the concentrated Section 1607.3 or the concentrated prescribed in Section 1607.3 or the
load, in pounds (kilonewtons), given load, in pounds (kilonewtons), given concentrated live loads, given in
in Table 1607.1, whichever in Table 1607.1, whichever Table 1607.1, whichever produces
produces the greater load effects. produces the greater load effects. the greater load effects. Unless
Unless otherwise specified, the Unless otherwise specified, the otherwise specified, the indicated
indicated concentration shall be indicated concentration shall be concentration shall be assumed to
assumed to be uniformly distributed assumed to be uniformly distributed be uniformly distributed over an
over an area 2.5 feet by 2.5 feet over an area 2.5 feet by 2.5 feet (762 area of 2-1/2 feet by 2-1/2 feet
[6.25 square feet (0.58 m2)] and mm by 762 mm) and shall be located (762 mm by 762 mm) and shall be
shall be located so as to produce the so as to produce the maximum load located so as to produce the
maximum load effects in the effects in the structural members. maximum load effects in the
structural members. structural members.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
ASCE 7-05/10
4.4 CONCENTRATED LOADS
Floors, roofs, and other similar surfaces shall be designed to
support safely the uniformly distributed live loads prescribed
in Section 4.3 or the concentrated load, in pounds or
kilonewtons (kN), given in Table 4-1, whichever produces the
greater load effects. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated
concentration shall be assumed to be uniformly distributed
over an area 2.5 ft (762 mm) by 2.5 ft (762 mm) and shall be
located so as to produce the maximum load effects in the
members.
The application of the specified concentrated load over a 2.5 ft square area will have varying impacts on
structural members based on their on-center spacing. At spacings of less than 30 inches, when structural
members are repetitive, the concentrated load will be spread across multiple members, so the actual load
on each individual member is less than the full load.
Concentrated Load 2000 lb Applied over area: 6.25 sf = 320 psf
On Center Spacing: Full Load Actual Load carried by each repetitive member
12 inches 320 plf
TOC 16 inches 429 plf
19 inches 512 plf
800 plf
24 inches 640 plf
36 inches 800 plf
48 inches 800 plf
C4.2.7 Application of Live Loads on Floor Trusses

The following is the basic process for determining the effect of live loads on a floor truss:
1. The appropriate uniform load for the structural member is determined:
a. in the case of a floor truss top chord – the live load based upon use or occupancy
b. In the case of a floor truss bottom chord – the live load is generally zero
2. Where appropriate, live load reductions are applied to determine the uniform design live load.
3. The structural member is checked to verify it can support this uniform design load.
4. If a concentrated load check is required, the appropriate concentrated load for the structural
member is located to produce the maximum effect in the structural member (over an area 2.5 feet
square). This is compared to the effect of the uniform load and the worst case controls design.
5. Where applicable, the structural member is checked to verify that it can support any specified
partial loading.
6. Any special loads or load cases are considered, if specified.
7. The consideration of loads also takes into account the allowable deflection limits.
TOC
C4.3 Roof Live Loads
more significant changes were made in ASCE 7-05 & -10 to roof live loads. Also, ASCE 7 Table 4-1 has
undergone significant revisions in the -05 & -10 editions.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.3.1 Roof Live Load (L r) Definitions and General Requirements
SECTION 4.1 DEFINITION 4.1 DEFINITIONS 4.1 DEFINITIONS
Live loads on a roof are those ROOF LIVE LOAD: A load on a ROOF LIVE LOAD: A load on a
produced (1) during maintenance by roof produced (1) during roof produced (1) during
workers, equipment, and materials, maintenance by workers, equipment, maintenance by workers,
and (2) during the life of the and materials and (2) during the life equipment, and materials and (2)
structure by movable objects such as of the structure by movable objects, during the life of the structure by
planters and by people. such as planters or other similar movable objects, such as planters
small decorative appurtenances that or other similar small decorative
are not occupancy related. appurtenances that are not
occupancy related.
2.2 Symbols and Notation 2.2 Symbols and Notation 2.2 Symbols
TOC Lr = live load Lr = live load Lr = live load

1602 Definitions Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 2 Definitions
LIVE LOADS (ROOF). Those LIVE LOADS (ROOF). A load LIVE LOADS (ROOF). A load
loads produced (1) during produced: produced:
maintenance by workers, equipment 1. during maintenance by workers, 1. during maintenance by workers,
and materials; and (2) during the life equipment and materials; equipment and materials;
of the structure by movable objects 2. during the life of the structure by 2. during the life of the structure by
such as planters and by people. movable objects such as planters or movable objects such as planters or
other similar small decorative other similar small decorative
appurtances that are not occupancy appurtances that are not occupancy
related; or related; or
3. By the use and occupancy of the 3. By the use and occupancy of the
roof such as for roof gardens or roof such as for roof gardens or
assembly areas. assembly areas.
1602 Definitions and Notations 1602 Definitions and Notations 1602 Definitions and Notations
Lr = Roof live load including any Lr = Roof live load of 20 psf (0.96 L r = Roof live load of 20 psf
permitted live load kN/m2) or less. (0.96 kN/m2) or less.
reduction.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.3.2 Roof Live Load (Lr) in ASCE 7
ASCE 7-05, Table 4-1, now includes roof live loads. The same information is included in IBC Table
1607.1, but in a slightly different order. Most of the items in the updated roof section have simply been
moved from the text into the table. However, a few items are new or have been changed (note items in
bold font).
Roofs
Ordinary flat, pitched, and curved roofs 20h
Roofs used for promenade purposes 60
Roofs used for roof gardens or assembly purposes 100
Roofs used for other special purposes i i
Awnings and canopies

Fabric construction supported by a lightweight rigid skeleton structure 5 (nonreduceable)
All other construction 20
Primary roof members, exposed to a work floor
Single panel point of lower chord of roof trusses or any point along
primary structural members supporting roofs over manufacturing, 2000
storage warehouses, and repair garages
All other occupancies 300
All roof surfaces subject to maintenance workers 300
i
Roofs used for other special purposes shall be designed for appropriate loads as approved by the authority having
jurisdiction.
h
Where uniform roof live loads are reduced to less than 20 lb/ft2 (0.96 kN/m2) in accordance with Section 4.9.1
and are applied to the design of structural members arranged so as to create continuity, the reduced roof live load
shall be applied to adjacent spans or to alternate spans, whichever produces the greatest unfavorable effect.
New or changed items:

1. Values for awnings and canopies have been added.
2. The concentrated load value for "all other occupancies' where primary roof members are exposed to
a work floor has been raised from 200 lb to 300 lb.
3. A new evaluation for roof surfaces subject to maintenance workers has been added to the
concentrated load column. No explanation or commentary on this new load consideration has been
provided. Our interpretation of the application of this construction load is that it is to be considered as
an alternate load consideration to the consideration of the applicable uniform roof live load, not
concurrent with the uniform load applied as described in ASCE 7, Section 4.3 and IBC 1607.4. And it
is our understanding that this load would only be applied to the roof surface, as specified, not to the
bottom chord of a truss. Loading for truss bottom chords or ceiling joists are addressed elsewhere in
the table.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
ASCE 7-10 Table 4-1 has been revised from -05. Only the variations are included below and not all footnote references are
included:
Occupancy or Use Uniform psf Conc. lbs
Balconies and decks 1.5 times the live
load for the area
served. Not
required to exceed
100 psf (4.79
kN/m2)
Bowling alleys, poolrooms, and similar rrecreational areas 75
Catwalks for maintenance access 40
Dance halls and ballrooms 100
Decks (patio and roof) same as area served, or for the type of occupancy
accommodated
Fixed ladders see Section 4.5
Gymnasiums - main floor and balconies 100
Handrails, guardrails and grab bars see Section 4.5
e,f,g
Helipads 60d,e
Recreational Uses
Bowling alleys, poolrooms, and similar uses 75
Dance halls and ballrooms 100
Gymnasiums 100
Reviewing stands, grandstands and bleachers 100
Stadiums and arenas with fixed seats (fastened to the floor) 60
Roofs
Ordinary flat, pitched, and curved roofs 20n
Roofs used for assembly purposes other occupancies same as occupancy
served
Roofs used for other special purposes o o

Fabric construction supported by a skeleton structure 5 (nonreduceable)
Screen enclosure support frame 5 (nonreduceable) 200
C4.3.3 Roof Live Load (Lr) in IBC

IBC Live Loads & Table 1607.1 - typically follows the edition of ASCE 7 referenced in Chapter 35 (IBC-09
reference ASCE 7-05. IBC-12 -15 references ASCE 7-10). However, IBC-09 Table 1607.1 both include a
few variations from ASCE 7-05 Table 4-1 and IBC-12, -15 Table 1607.1 does include a few variations from
ASCE 7-10.
Where there are differences between the IBC and ASCE 7 loading requirements and a design
professional specified loading per ASCE 7, the local building official would have to approve them (see IBC
104.11 Alternative materials, design and methods of construction and equipment). Since ASCE 7 is a
references standard, approval should not be denied.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
The commentary of ASCE 7-05 on Section 4.3 (ASCE 7-10, Section C4.4) provides greater clarity
regarding the application of the loads on "primary roof members:"
The provision in Table 4-1 regarding concentrated loads supported by roof trusses or other primary roof
members is intended to provide for a common situation for which specific requirements are generally lacking.
Primary roof members are main structural members such as roof trusses, girders, and frames, which are
exposed to a work floor below, where the failure of such a primary member resulting from their use as
TOC attachment points for lifting or hoisting loads could lead to the collapse of the roof. Single roof purlins or
rafters (where there are multiple such members placed side by side at some reasonably small center-to-center
spacing, and where the failure of a single such member would not lead to the collapse of the roof), are not
considered to be primary roof members.
In the case of structures designed according to the IBC-09/12/15, the top chord controlling live load is
determined as follows:
1607.12 Roof loads. The structural supports of roofs and marquees shall be designed to resist wind and, where
applicable, snow and earthquake loads, in addition to the dead load of construction and the appropriate live
loads as prescribed in this section, or as set forth in Table 1607.1. The live loads acting on a sloping surface
shall be assumed to act vertically on the horizontal projection of that surface.
1608.1 General. Design snow loads shall be determined in accordance with Section 7 of ASCE 7, but the
design roof load shall not be less than that determined by Section 1607.
TOC
C4.3.4 Roof Live Load (Lr) in IRC
In the case of structures designed according to the IRC-09/12/15, the top chord controlling live load is
determined as follows:
R301.6 Roof load. Roof shall be designed for the live load indicated in Table R301.6 or the snow load
indicated in Table R301.2(1), whichever is greater.
The IRC roof live load reduction for slope allows a
reduction beginning with a rise of 4 inches per foot while
the IBC and ASCE 7 require a rise of greater than 4
inches per foot for the reduction.
The application of bottom chord live loading on exposed residential trusses or ceiling/rafter construction
(garage or storage building) is not specifically addressed in the IRC. There is no requirement that exposed
structural members are to be designed to different loading than non-exposed, nor is this accounted for in
prescriptive ceiling joist span charts.
Multiple Story Load Reduction:
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
Based upon HUD, Structural Design Loads for One- and Two-Family Dwellings, 4.4.2, which had
TOC suggested the following consideration of residential live load reductions.
4.4.2. Multiple stories. When floor,
roof, and attic live loads from multiple
story levels are applied to a structural
member, the live loads may be
factored as follows:
L = L1 + 0.7(L2 + L3 + …)
Where: L1 is the live load from Table
4.1 producing the maximum individual
load effect, and L2, L3, and so forth are
live loads from other sources or stories
in accordance with Table 4.1. The live
load reductions shall be applied as
shown in Figure 4.4.
TOC
C4.3.5 Roof Live Load Reduction:
If the roof live load (Lr) is the controlling load, the load reduction consideration is based upon both tributary
area and pitch. Again, the minimum allowable tributary area of 200 ft2 is larger than would occur in all but
some widely spaced roof truss configurations or to girder trusses. The roof live load reduction based upon
pitch does apply, and is typically used in truss design. The calculated values of ASCE 7-05/10 Section 4
and IBC-09/12/15 Section 16 result in values similar to those given in IRC-09/12/15 Table R301.6. As
noted above, the IRC reduction allows a reduction for a rise of 4 inches per foot while the IBC and ASCE 7
require a rise of greater than 4 inches per foot for the reduction.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
The roof live load reduction formula is located at IBC-09/12 Section 1607.11.2.1 IBC - 15 Section
1607.12.2.1 and ASCE 7-05, Section 4.9 (ASCE 7-10, Section 4.8). Both ASCE 7-05/10 and IBC-09/12/15
reference the roof live load (Lo) from Table 4-1 or 1607.
Lr = LoR1R2 where 12 ≤ Lr ≤ 20 (4.8-1)
where
Lr = reduced roof live load per ft2 (m2) of horizontal projection supported by the member
Lo = unreduced design roof live load per ft2 (m2) of horizontal projection supported by the member (see Table
4-1)
The reduction factors R1 and R2 shall be determined as follows:
R1 = 1 for AT ≤ 200 ft2
R1 = 1.2 - 0.001At for 200 ft2 < AT < 600 ft2
R1 = 0.6 for AT ≥ 600 ft2
where AT = tributary area in ft2 (m2) supported by the member and
R2 = 1 for F ≤ 4
R2 = 1.2 ‑ 0.05F for 4 < F < 12
R2 = 0.6 for F ≥ 12
where, for a pitched roof, F = number of inches of rise per foot (in SI: F = 0.12 × slope, with slope expressed in
percentage points) and, for an arch or dome, F = rise-to-span ratio multiplied by 32.
Since light frame construction seldom deals with tributary areas that qualify for the ASCE 7-05/10 live load
reduction factors, the additional consideration of the concentrated loads is generally omitted in the
development of prescriptive span tables. Designs based upon conservative uniform loads are considered
adequate to address the possible occurrence of the applicable concentrated loads which are most often
short-term maintenance related loads. Also the concentrated load consideration seldom is the controlling
load case. Similar logic is provided in the Commentary to ASCE 7-05, Section 4.6 (ASCE 7-10, Section
4.7) regarding consideration of pattern or partial loading:
For roofs, all probable load patterns should be considered for uniform roof live loads that are reduced to less
than 20 lb/ft2 (0.96 kN/m2) using ASCE 7-05, Section 4.9.1 (7-10 Section 4.8.1). Per the commentary on
Section 4.6/4.7, where the full value of the roof live load (Lr) is used without reduction, it is considered that
there is a low probability that the live load created by maintenance workers, equipment, and material could
occur in a patterned arrangement.
C4.3.6 Concentrated Roof Load:
There are several requirements that relate to concentrated loads on roof or ceiling planes.
C4.3.6.1 All roof surfaces subject to maintenance workers
The requirement to consider a concentrated load to account for maintenance workers was added to Table
4-1 in ASCE 7-05 and is also included in ASCE 7-10. It is not specifically discussed in the commentary,
however, the commentary to C4.9.1 in ASCE 7-02 (and previous editions), discussed the presence of
workers and materials during repair operations as justification for a minimum uniform load. The 300 lb
requirement is consistent with the concentrated load stipulated for fixed ladders, catwalks and stairs, all of
which may be present on, or utilized for access to, roofs (previously 200 lb). The following is from the
Commentary to ASCE 7-10, Section 4.8.2 [note reference should be to Eq. 4.8-1]:
C4.8.2 Flat, Pitched, and Curved Roofs

The values specified in Eq. 4-2 that act vertically upon the projected area have been selected as minimum roof
live loads, even in localities where little or no snowfall occurs. This is because it is considered necessary to
provide for occasional loading due to the presence of workers and materials during repair operations.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
TOC C4.3.6.2 Roof Trusses with exposed bottom chords
ASCE 7-05 includes general remarks about uniformly distributed live loads at Section 4.3 (ASCE 7-10,
Section 4.4) regarding the evaluation of concentrated loads as a separate comparison to the evaluation of
the specified uniform load, here from ASCE 7-10:
4.4 Concentrated Loads Floors, roofs, and other similar surfaces shall be designed to support safely the
uniformly distributed live loads prescribed in 4.3 or the concentrated load, in pounds or kilonewtons (kN),
given in Table 4-1, whichever produces the greater load effects. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated
concentration shall be assumed to be uniformly distributed over an area 2.5 feet (762 mm) square [6.25 ft2
(0.58 m2)] and shall be located so as to produce the maximum load effects in the structural members.
The specifics regarding roof loading for roof trusses with exposed bottom chords are incorporated in
ASCE 7-05/10 Table 4-1 and IBC-09/12/15 Table 1607.1.(item 26) The requirements are the same in both:
The requirement for this concentrated load evaluation is very specific:

a. primary roof members
b. exposed to a work floor
c. either over manufacturing, storage warehouses, and repair garages (2000 lb)
d. or on all other primary roof members (300 lb)
The commentary to Section 4.4 in ASCE 7 includes the following, especially the sentence that is in bold.
C4.4 CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS

The provision in Table 4- 1 regarding concentrated loads supported by roof trusses or other primary roof
members is intended to provide for a common situation for which specific requirements are generally lacking.
Primary roof members are main structural members such as roof trusses, girders, and frames, which are
exposed to a work floor below, where the failure of such a primary member resulting from their use as
attachment points for lifting or hoisting loads could lead to the collapse of the roof. Single roof purlins or
rafters (where there are multiple such members placed side by side at some reasonably small center-to-
center spacing, and where the failure of a single such member would not lead to the collapse of the roof)
are not considered to be primary roof members.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
The Florida Building Code 2004 through 2010 includes the consideration of a bottom chord concentrated
load, but omitt the word 'exposed' which is in both the ASCE 7 Table 4-1 and IBC requirements. This
TOC changed the situations where this concentrated load was to be considered. No rationale is provide for this
additional requirement for both commercial and residential occupancies.
SECTION R4403.4 HIGH-VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONES-MINIMUM LOADS
R4403.4.1 Live loads. Minimum uniformly distributed live loads shall not be less than as set forth in and
Table 4-1 of ASCE 7 with Commentary, except as otherwise noted in this code.
R4403.4.2 Concentrated loads. Minimum concentrated loads shall not be less than as set forth in Table 4-1
of ASCE 7 with commentary, except as otherwise noted.
R4403.4.3 Concentrated loads on trusses. Any single panel point of the lower chord of roof trusses or any
point of other primary structural members supporting roofs shall be capable of safely carrying a suspended,
concentrated load of not less than 200 pounds (896 N) in addition to dead load.
The 2014 Florida Residential code is following the IRC and no requirement for a "general" concentrated load on the
bottom chord of the truss is required. See Tables R301.5 & R301.6
Section R4403 now refers you to Chapter 16 of the Florida Building Code, Building.
The standard Florida provisions from the Florida Building Code 2010 and earlier, include the following
including the scoping details of ASCE 7 but still omitting the word 'exposed':
1615.6 Concentrated loads. Minimum concentrated loads shall not be less than as set forth in Table 4-1 of
ASCE 7 with commentary, except as otherwise noted.
1615.6.1 Concentrated loads on trusses. Any single panel point of the lower chord of roof trusses or any
point of other primary structural members supporting roofs over manufacturing, commercial storage and
warehousing, and commercial garage floors shall be capable of safely carrying a suspended, concentrated load
of not less than 2,000 pounds (8896 N) in addition to dead load. For all other occupancies, a minimum load of
200 pounds (890 N) shall be used.
The 2014 Florida Building code is following the IBC and ASCE 7 and included the word 'exposed' "Primary roof
members, exposed to a work floor." in Table 1607.1
When it is appropriate that this concentrated load at panel points is considered, a load case is evaluated
for each panel point and the appropriate concentrated load is considered with dead load, not concurrently
with other live loads.
C4.3.6.3 Scuttles, skylight ribs, and accessible ceilings

Both ASCE 7-02/05/10 Table 4-1 and IBC-09/12/15 Table 1607.1 include a reference to a 200 pound
concentrated load for this description. No corresponding uniform load is listed. There are occasions when
this is interpreted to apply to structural roof members rather than to the specifically mentioned items.
The intent of this line item is to apply the specified load to the specified items, not to the structural
members that carry them. For example, a scuttle is to be designed for this load, not the roof surface that
has a scuttle in it. The same is the case for what is described as an 'accessible ceiling.' The reference is
to the ceiling structure itself to account for items that may be hung from the ceiling grid work. This is made
clear from the footnote to ASCE 7-02/05/10 Table C4-1 at the item listed as 'Ceiling, accessible furred.'
f
Accessible ceilings normally are not designed to support persons. The value in this table is intended to
account for occasional light storage or suspension of items. If it may be necessary to support the weight of
maintenance personnel, this shall be provided for.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.3.7 Application of Live Loads on Roof Trusses:
Live loads on floors are those produced by the use and occupancy of a structure. Live loads on roofs are
those that are produced during maintenance and/or by movable objects that might be placed on a roof or
where there is access by people for those loads. Loads that are specifically not included as live loads are
construction and environmental loads. However, snow loads are included with the top chord live load on
Truss Design Drawings per TPI 1-07/14, IBC-09, -12, -15 and IRC-09/12/15 R502.11.4 & R802.10.1, since
either one or the other will control.
IBC-15 2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings
5.1 Top chord live load;
5.3 Bottom chord live load;
IRC-09/12/15 R502.11.4 & R802.10.1 Truss design drawings
4.3. Bottom chord live load.
The IBC-09 modified section 2303.4.1.1 to remove the snow load from the top chord live load provision
and instead lists snow loads seperately, as part of the environmental loads, which are also required to be
considered. Further, rain loads have been added to the environmental load list.However, the technical
requirements have not changed. The requirements remained the same in IBC-12, -15.
5. Design loads as applicable, including;

5.5. Additional loads and locations
5.6. Environmental design criteria and loads (wind, rain, snow, seismic, etc.)
The following is the basic process for determining the live loads on a roof truss:
1 The appropriate uniform load for the structural member is determined:
a. in the case of a roof truss top chord – either roof live or snow will typically control
b. in the case of a roof truss bottom chord – either construction, storage or floor live loads, as
specified, will control .
2 Where appropriate, roof live or snow load reductions are applied to determine the uniform design live
load for either top or bottom chord.
3 The structural member is checked to verify it can support the specified uniform design load.
4
If a concentrated load check is required, the appropriate concentrated load for the structural member
is located to produce the maximum effect in the structural member (over an area 2.5 feet square).
This is compared to the effect of the controlling uniform load and the worst case will control design.
5 Where applicable, the structural member is checked to verify that it can support the specified partial
loading in the case the roof live load controls or unbalanced snow load if snow controls.
6 Any special loads or load cases are considered, if specified.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.3.8 State Specific Roof Live Load Provisons
One of the few known variations from the standard 20 psf uniform roof live load consideration is in the area
defined as the High Velocity Hurricane Zone (HVHZ) which is comprised of Broward and Dade counties in
Florida. In the HVHZ, the design roof live load is 30 psf. Additional HVHZ requirements apply as well. The
following loading requirements are from the 2010 FBC-Residential.
R4409.6.17.2.1.3 Roof trusses shall be designed for a minimum live load of 30 psf (1436 Pa), a minimum dead
load of 15 psf (718 Pa) on the top chord, and a minimum dead load of 10 psf (479 Pa) on the bottom chord;
and wind loads per Section R4409 of this code. Where the roof design is such that water is not directed to the
interior of the roof and there are no parapets or other roof edge drainage obstructions, roof trusses with slopes
of 1-1/2:12 or greater may be designed for a live load of 20 psf (958 Pa) and a minimum total load of 45 psf
(2155 Pa). Adjustment of the allowable design stress for load duration shall be in accordance with National
Design Specification for Wood Construction except that load duration factor for wind loads shall not exceed
1.33.
From the 2014 Florida Building Code:
TOC
C4.4 Construction or Maintenance Loads:
Construction or maintenance loads are applicable to both floor live and roof live loads.
Construction or maintenance loads on roof members are addressed by ASCE 7-05/10 Table 4-1 for both
the roof surface and the ceiling plane with a minimum uniform load. The same loads are considered
regardless of material - truss, rafter/ceiling joist, engineered wood product, steel or wood, or concrete.
Although identified separately, the loads on both planes are typically distributed throughout a truss. In the
case of rafter/ceiling joist construction, each individual roof or ceiling member is to be evaluated to carry
the appropriate load.
Construction loads on the roof surface have traditionally been addressed with the minimum required
uniform roof live load of 20 psf (factored as allowed for slope and tributary area). ASCE 7-05/10 Table 4-1
add a concentrated load check of 300 lb over a 6.25 square foot area (2.5x2.5) for "All roof surfaces
subject to maintenance workers," but offers no further guidance or commentary regarding its rationale or
application.
Roofs
Ordinary flat, pitched, and curved roofs 20h
Roofs used for other special purposes i i

Fabric construction supported by a lightweight rigid skeleton structure 5 (nonreduceable)
All other construction 20
Primary roof members, exposed to a work floor
Single panel point of lower chord of roof trusses or any point along 2000
All other occupancies 300
All roof surfaces subject to maintenance workers 300
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
This concentrated load evaluation is a separate load case and is non-concurrent with the uniform load
TOC (minimum or snow) consideration. The load (uniform or concentrated) that produces the greatest effect
controls design per ASCE 7-10 Section 4.4.
4.4 CONCENTRATED LIVE LOADS
Floors, roofs, and other similar surfaces shall be designed to support safely the uniformly distributed live loads
prescribed in Section 4.3 or the concentrated load, in pounds or kilonewtons (kN), given in Table 4-1,
whichever produces the greater load effects. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated concentration shall be
assumed to be uniformly distributed over an area 2.5 ft (762 mm) by 2.5 ft (762 mm) and shall be located so as
to produce the maximum load effects in the members.
The Truss Industry considers the Construction loads at the ceiling plane (top side of member) are
addressed by the uniform attic live load given in ASCE 7-05/10 of 10 psf. There is no corresponding code
required concentrated load evaluation on this surface.
link to TPI/SBCA Building Component Safety Information (BCSI) Section B-4 Construction Loading
http://support.sbcindustry.com/pubs/B4ConstLoad-D
SBCA has created a Tech Note on Construction Loading
http://support.sbcindustry.com/common/kb/technotes.php?PHPSESSID=rad25fncgb0g1a5o66h01f6ar5&s_KB_Categ
oryID=&s_Keyword=construction+loading
Introduction:
Construction loads are those loads imposed on the unfinished building as a result of the construction
process. Typical construction loads include the weight of the workers, equipment, and building materials,
to name a few. In view of the life span of a building, construction loads are very short-term in nature lasting
only minutes or as long as a few days or weeks. This Technical Note focuses attention on construction
loads produced by stacks of building materials such as bundles of drywall or plywood.
TOC Issue:
Building materials such as drywall, structural sheathing, shingles, etc., are often stacked on the floors
and/or roof of the unfinished structure to provide easier access for the workers installing these materials. It
is common practice to consolidate these materials into a relatively small area to minimize interference with
surrounding construction activities. This consolidation can concentrate a considerable amount of weight
from these stacked materials into a very localized area, which then can overload the structural members in
that area. This overloading can easily result in long-term serviceability problems with the structural
members that have been overloaded, which reflects itself in excessive deflection, “softness” and/or
“bounciness”, but can also cause more severe structural damage and potentially lead to failure. Care must
be taken during the construction process to ensure that the weight and location of stacks of building
materials do not adversely affect either the structural integrity or serviceability of the building or its
structural components.
Recommended Actions:
Job site safety must always be a priority throughout the construction process. Proper handling and storage
of building materials allows the construction site to run in an efficient manner and minimizes the risk of
injury or property damage. Remember these four main points in regard to the proper handling and
stacking of construction materials:
1) The structure must be properly restrained and braced before the loads are applied;
2) The amount of load must be controlled;
3) The duration that the loads are applied must be considered and controlled; and
4) The placement of the loads must be managed.
Consideration and implementation of these four items will make the job site safer and reduce the potential
for personal injury or property damage. For more information on this very important topic please see BCSI
or CFSBCSI Section B4 and/or the BCSI and CFSBCSI B4 Summary Sheet.
Beta Version 2.02
C4-Live Loads
Discussion:
There are four main factors that must be considered when looking at the effects of stacking building
materials on a structure that is being constructed. These include:
1) Stability of the structure
2) Magnitude of the load
3) Duration of the load
4) Placement of the load
Stability of the Structure:
First, the structure must be stabilized to prevent buckling of the structural members and the building.
Lateral restraint and diagonal bracing must be installed before setting bundles of building materials onto
the building. BCSI, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining & Bracing of Metal Plate
Connected Wood Trusses and CFSBCSI, Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Installing, Restraining &
Bracing of Cold-Formed Steel Trusses provide minimum industry guidelines and recommendations for
properly restraining and bracing truss systems. The building designer may also provide this information as
part of the construction documents. Building material loads should only be placed on fully restrained and
braced structural members.
TOC Magnitude of the Load:
The magnitude of the building material loads being applied to the trusses must also be considered.
Trusses are typically designed to support a combination of uniformly distributed loads that account for the
weight of the building materials used in the floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly, occupants and their
possessions and environmental effects (e.g., snow). The weights from construction materials that have
been stacked within a concentrated area can easily exceed the design limits for the trusses in that area.
Table B4-1 of BCSI and Table CFSB4-1 of CFSBCSI provide the maximum recommended stack heights
of various construction materials for trusses that have been designed to support a design live load of 40
pounds per square foot (PSF). These stack heights should never be exceeded without specific approval
from the building designer, truss designer or truss manufacturer. Trusses that have been over-stressed
due to excessive construction loading will usually show excessive sagging (deflection). At least a portion of
this deflection will remain even after the load has been removed. In more severe cases, broken webs
and/or chord members, plates starting to peel away from webs and chords, or web members that have
pulled out of the plated joints may result. Property damage, personal injury and/or death are possible if
overloading causes the building, or a portion thereof to fail and collapse.
Duration of the Load:

The length of time that the load is applied to the trusses is also of concern. The stack heights provided in
Table B4-1 of BCSI and Table CFSB4-1 of CFSBCSI assume that the building materials are stacked for a
relatively short time period (i.e., usually a week or less (see Table B8-2 of BCSI). Loads from stacks of
construction materials stored for excessive periods of time can cause permanent deformation of the truss
and/or structural damage to the structural integrity of the system. Care needs to be taken to limit the length
of time trusses are exposed to construction loading. Proper staging of materials on the job site can avoid
many problems and allow the project to run more efficiently. If materials must be received and stored for
longer periods of time, they should be stored on the ground with proper protection from the weather and
not on the floor or roof systems.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
Placement of the Load:
Finally, the placement of construction loads is an important consideration. Areas susceptible to be
overloaded are areas of convenience (i.e., balconies, areas next to stairwells and open areas). Scrap piles
of roofing materials, for instance, should never be allowed to accumulate in a concentrated area of the
roof, as this can easily cause an overloaded condition in this area. Stacks of sheathing materials should
always be stacked flat and, where possible, should be stacked with the long dimension of the sheathing
oriented perpendicular to the trusses. This allows the load to be distributed over a larger number of trusses
thereby decreasing the magnitude of load on each individual truss. Always place stacks of sheathing
materials on supports spaced no more than 24 in. apart and placed as near as possible over the trusses
supporting the load. The supports allow air to flow under the materials, thereby preventing damage to the
materials or the structure due to moisture accumulation. Placement of the supports over the trusses helps
transfer the stack load directly to the trusses and prevents potential overloading and damage of the floor
and/or roof deck. The supports also provide room for material jacks to get under the stack in case they
need to be moved.
Do not lean materials against walls or stack in such a manner as to overload a single truss or small group
of trusses. Care should also be taken to stack materials as close to bearing supports as possible, not in
the center of truss spans, allowing the loads to transfer efficiently through the structural support of the
building and into ground. Likewise, concentrated loads should never be placed in cantilevered areas of
trusses or near truss-to-girder connections as this can cause system stability problems.
TOC
C4.5 Partition Loads:
In buildings where partitions might be erected at a later date or might be rearranged, ASCE 7-05/10 states
that provisions must be made regardless of whether partitions are shown on the plans, unless the
specified live load exceeds 80 psf.
IBC-09/12/15 ASCE 7-05/10
1607.5 Partition loads. In office buildings and in other (4.2.2) 4.3.2 Provision for Partitions
buildings where partition locations are subject to In office buildings or other buildings where partitions
change, provisions for partition weight shall be made, will be erected or rearranged, provision for partition
whether or not partitions are shown on the construction weight shall be made, whether or not partitions are
documents, unless the specified live load exceeds 80 shown on the plans. Partition load shall not be less
psf (3.83 kN/m2). The partition load shall not be less than 15 psf (0.72 kN/m2).
than a uniformly distributed live load of 15 psf (0.74 EXCEPTION: A partition live load is not required
kN/m2). where the minimum specified live load exceeds 80 psf
(3.83 M/m2).
ASCE 7-05/10 also has added commentary regarding partition loads:

ASCE 7-10 C4.3.2 Provision for Partitions. The 2005 version of the standard provides the minimum
partition load for the first time, although the requirement for the load has been included for many years.
Historically a value of 20 psf has been required by building codes. This load, however, has sometimes been
treated as a dead load.
Assuming that a normal partition would be a stud wall with ½-in. gypsum board on each side (8 psf per Table
C3-1), 10 ft high, a wall load on the floor would be 80 lb/ft. If the partitions are spaced throughout the floor
area creating rooms on a grid 10 ft on center, which would be an extremely dense spacing over a whole bay,
the average distributed load would be 16 psf. A design value of 15 psf is judged to be reasonable in that the
partitions are not likely to be spaced this closely over large areas. Designers should consider a larger design
load
The consideration of non-load bearing walls in typical residential construction as a component of dead load
is covered in the commentary on dead loads.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.6 Partial Loading:
ASCE 7 requires the consideration of the effects of partial loading:
4.6 PARTIAL LOADING 4.6 PARTIAL LOADING 4.3.3 Partial Loading
The full intensity of the The full intensity of the The full intensity of the
appropriately reduced live load appropriately reduced live load appropriately reduced live load
applied only to a portion of a applied only to a portion of a applied only to a portion of a
structure or member shall be structure or member shall be structure or member shall be
accounted for if it produces a more accounted for if it produces a more accounted for if it produces a more
unfavorable effect than the same unfavorable effect than the same unfavorable effect than the same
intensity applied over the full intensity applied over the full intensity applied over the full
structure or member. structure or member. Roof live loads structure or member. Roof live
are to be distributed as specified in loads are to be distributed as
Table 4-1. specified in Table 4-1.
C4.6 PARTIAL LOADING C4.6 PARTIAL LOADING C4.3.3 PARTIAL LOADING

It is intended that the full intensity of It is intended that the full intensity of It is intended that the full intensity
the appropriately reduced live load the appropriately reduced live load of the appropriately reduced live
over portions of the structure or over portions of the structure or load over portions of the structure
member be considered, as well as a member be considered, as well as a or member be considered, as well
live load of the same intensity over live load of the same intensity over as a live load of the same intensity
the full length of the structure or the full length of the structure or over the full length of the structure
member. member. or member.
Partial-length loads on a simple Partial-length loads on a simple Partial-length loads on a simple
beam or truss will produce higher beam or truss will produce beam or truss will produce
shear on a portion of the span than a higher shear on a portion of the span higher shear on a portion of the
full-length load. “Checkerboard” than a full-length load. span than a full-length load.
loadings on multistoried, multipanel “Checkerboard” loadings on “Checkerboard” loadings on
bents will produce higher positive multistoried, multipanel bents will multistoried, multipanel bents will
moments than full loads, while loads produce higher positive moments produce higher positive moments
on either side of a support will than full loads, while loads on either than full loads, while loads on
produce greater negative moments. side of a support will produce either side of a support will
Loads on the half span of arches and greater negative moments. Loads on produce greater negative moments.
domes or on the two central quarters the half span of arches and domes or Loads on the half span of arches
can be critical. on the two central quarters can be and domes or on the two central
critical. quarters can be critical.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
For roofs, all probable load patterns For roofs, all probable load patterns For roofs, all probable load
should be considered. Cantilevers should be considered uniform for patterns should be considered
cannot rely on a possible live load roof live loads that are reduced to uniform for roof live loads that are
on the anchor span for equilibrium. less than 20 lb/ft2 (0.96 kN/m2) reduced to less than 20 lb/ft2 (0.96
using Section 4.9.1. Where the full kN/m2) using Section 4.9.1. Where
value of the roof live load (Lr) is the full value of the roof live load
used without reduction, it is (Lr) is used without reduction, it is
considered that there is a low considered that there is a low
probability that the live load created probability that the live load
by maintenance workers, equipment, created by maintenance workers,
and material could occur in a equipment, and material could
patterned arrangement. Where a occur in a patterned arrangement.
uniform roof live load is caused by Where a uniform roof live load is
an occupancy, partial or pattern caused by an occupancy, partial or
loading should be considered pattern loading should be
regardless of the magnitude of the considered regardless of the
uniform load. Cantilevers must not magnitude of the uniform load.
rely on a possible live load on the Cantilevers must not rely on a
anchor span for equilibrium. possible live load on the anchor
span for equilibrium.
The consideration of partial loading for live loads is especially a concern in structural members when there
are multiple spans (bearings) or when there are cantilevers.
When snow load controls the design, the unbalanced load cases address partial loading for most sloped
roof configurations.
TOC
C4.7 Impact Loads:
ASCE 7 requires the consideration of loads due to vibration and impact.
ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10
4.7 Impact Loads 4.6 IMPACT LOADS
The live loads specified in Sections 4.2.1 and 4.4.2 4.6.1 General. The live loads specified in Sections
shall be assumed to include adequate allowance for 4.3 through 4.5 shall be assumed to include adequate
ordinary impact conditions. Provision shall be made in allowance for ordinary impact conditions. Provision
the structural design for uses and loads that involve shall be made in the structural design for uses and
unusual vibration and impact forces. loads that involve unusual vibration and impact
forces.
4.7.1 Elevators. All elevator loads shall be increased 4.6.2 Elevators. All elements subject to dynamic
by 100 percent for impact and the structural supports loads from elevators shall be designed for impact
shall be designed within the limits of deflection loads and deflection limits prescribed by ASME
prescribed by ANSI A17.2 and ANSI/ASME A17.1. A17.1.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
4.7.2 Machinery. For the purpose of design, the weight 4.6.3 Machinery. For the purpose of design, the
of machinery and moving loads shall be increased as weight of machinery and moving loads shall be
follows to allow for impact: (1) elevator machinery, increased as follows to allow for impact: (1) light
100 percent; (2) light machinery, shaft- or motor- machinery, shaft or motor driven, 20 percent; and (2)
driven, 20 percent; (3) reciprocating machinery or reciprocating machinery or power driven units, 50
power-driven units, 50 percent; and (4) hangers for percent. All percentages shall be increased where
floors or balconies, 33 percent. All percentages shall be specified by the manufacturer.
increased where specified by the manufacturer.
These factors apply to moving loads that involve unusual vibration and impact forces. They would not
generally be applied to what would otherwise be considered a dead load in the sense of fixed service
equipment. However, there are times these live load factors are applied as in cases where fixed service
equipment (otherwise a dead load) includes moving parts that may cause vibration or may be unequally
loaded.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
C4.8 Reference Material (IRC):
2009
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
2012 2015
TOC
C4.9 Reference Material (2009 code cycle):
ASCE 7-05 IBC 2009
SECTION 4.1 DEFINITIONS SECTION 1602 DEFINITIONS
LIVE LOAD: A load produced by the use and occupancy of LIVE LOADS. Those loads produced by the use and
the building or other structure that does not include occupancy of the building or other structure and do
construction or environmental loads, such as wind load, snow not include construction or environmental loads such
load, rain load, earthquake load, flood load, or dead load. as wind load, snow load, rain load, earthquake load,
flood load or dead load.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
ROOF LIVE LOAD: A load on a roof produced (1) during LIVE LOADS (ROOF). Those loads produced (1)
maintenance by workers, equipment, and materials and (2) during maintenance by workers, equipment and
during the life of the structure by movable objects, such as materials; and (2) during the life of the structure by
planters or other similar small decorative appurtenances that movable objects such as planters and by people.
are not occupancy related.
1603.1.1 Floor live load. The uniformly distributed,
concentrated and impact floor live load used in the
design shall be indicated for floor areas. Use of live
load reduction in accordance with Section 1607.9
shall be indicated for each type of live load used in the
design.
1603.1.2 Roof live load. The roof live load used in

the design shall be indicated for roof areas (Section
1607.11).
1607.11 Roof loads. The structural supports of roofs

and marquees shall be designed to resist wind and,
where applicable, snow and earthquake loads, in
addition to the dead load of construction and the
ppropriate live loads as prescribed in this section, or
as set forth in Table 1607.1. The live loads acting on a
sloping surface shall be assumed to act vertically on
the horizontal projection of that surface.
4.2 UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LOADS

4.2.1 Required Live Loads. The live loads used in the design 1607.3 Uniform live loads. The live loads used in the
of buildings and other structures shall be the maximum loads design of buildings and other structures shall be the
expected by the intended use or occupancy, but shall in no maximum loads expected by the intended use or
case be less than the minimum uniformly distributed unit occupancy but shall in no case be less than the
loads required by Table 4-1. minimum uniformly distributed unit loads
required by Table 1607.1.
4.2.2 Provision for Partitions. In office buildings or other 1607.5 Partition loads. In office buildings and in
buildings where partitions will be erected or rearranged, other buildings where partition locations are subject to
provision for partition weight shall be made, whether or not change, provisions for partition weight shall be made,
partitions are shown on the plans. Partition load shall not be whether or not partitions are shown on the
less than 15 psf. construction documents, unless the specified live load
EXCEPTION: A partition live load is not required where the exceeds 80 psf (3.83 kN/m2). The partition load shall
minimum specified live load exceeds 80 psf (3.83 kN/m2). not be less than a uniformly distributed live load of 15
psf (0.74 kN/m2).
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
4.3 CONCENTRATED LOADS
Floors, roofs, and other similar surfaces shall be designed to 1607.4 Concentrated loads. Floors and other similar
support safely the uniformly distributed live loads prescribed surfaces shall be designed to support the uniformly
in Section 4.2 or the concentrated load, in pounds or distributed live loads prescribed in Section 1607.3 or
kilonewtons (kN), given in Table 4-1, whichever produces the the concentrated load, in pounds (kilonewtons), given
greater load effects. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated in Table 1607.1, whichever produces the greater load
concentration shall be assumed to be uniformly distributed effects. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated
over an area 2.5 ft (762 mm) square [6.25 ft 2 (0.58 m2)] and concentration shall be assumed to be uniformly
shall be located so as to produce the maximum load effects in distributed over an area 21/2 feet by 21/2 feet [61/4
the structural members. square feet (0.58 m2)] and shall be located so as to
produce the maximum load effects in the structural
members.
4.6 PARTIAL LOADING

The full intensity of the appropriately reduced live load
applied only to a portion of a structure or member shall be
accounted for if it produces a more unfavorable effect than
the same intensity applied over the full structure or member.
Roof live loads are to be distributed as specified in Table 4-1.
4.7 IMPACT LOADS

The live loads specified in Sections 4.2.1 and 4.4.2 shall be 1607.8 Impact loads. The live loads specified in
assumed to include adequate allowance for ordinary impact Section 1607.3 include allowance for impact
conditions. Provision shall be made in the structural design conditions. Provisions shall be made in the structural
for uses and loads that involve unusual vibration and impact design for uses and loads that involve unusual
forces. vibration and impact forces.
4.7.1 Elevators. All elevator loads shall be increased by 100 1607.8.1 Elevators. Elevator loads shall be increased
percent for impact and the structural supports shall be by 100 percent for impact and the structural supports
designed within the limits of deflection prescribed by ANSI shall be designed within the limits of deflection
A17.2 and ANSI/ASME A17.1. prescribed by ASME A17.1.
4.7.2 Machinery. For the purpose of design, the weight of 1607.8.2 Machinery. For the purpose of design, the
machinery andmoving loads shall be increased as follows to weight of machinery and moving loads shall be
allow for impact: (1) elevator machinery, 100 percent; (2) increased as follows to allow for impact: (1) elevator
light machinery, shaft- or motor-driven, 20 percent; (3) machinery, 100 percent; (2) light machinery, shaft- or
reciprocating machinery or power-driven units, 50 percent; motor-driven, 20 percent; (3) reciprocating machinery
and (4) hangers for floors or balconies, 33 percent. All or power-driven units, 50 percent; (4) hangers for
percentages shall be increased where specified by the floors or balconies, 33 percent. Percentages
manufacturer. shall be increased where specified by the
manufacturer.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
1607.11.1 Distribution of roof loads. Where uniform
roof live loads are reduced to less than 20 psf (0.96
kN/m2) in accordance with Section 1607.11.2.1 and
are involved in the
design of structural members arranged so as to create
continuity, the minimum applied loads shall be the full
dead loads on all spans in combination with the roof
live loads on adjacent spans or on alternate spans,
whichever produces the greatest effect. See Section
1607.11.2 for minimum roof live loads and Section
7.5 of ASCE 7 for partial snow loading.
4.9 REDUCTION IN ROOF LIVE LOADS

The minimum uniformly distributed roof live loads, Lo in 1607.11.2 Reduction in roof live loads. The
Table 4-1, are permitted to be reduced according to the minimum uniformly distributed roof live loads, Lo, in
following provisions. Table 1607.1 are permitted to be reduced according to
the following provisions.
4.9.1 Flat, Pitched, and Curved Roofs. Ordinary flat, 1607.11.2.1 Flat, pitched and curved roofs.
pitched, and curved roofs are permitted to be designed for a Ordinary flat, pitched and curved roofs, and awnings
reduced roof live load, as specified in Eq. 4-2 or other and canopies other than of fabric construction
controlling combinations of loads, as discussed in Chapter 2, supported by lightweight rigid skeleton structures, are
whichever produces the greater load. In structures such as permitted to be
greenhouses, where special scaffolding is used as a work designed for a reduced roof live load as specified in
surface for workmen and materials during maintenance and the following equations or other controlling
repair operations, a lower roof load than specified in Eq. 4-2 combinations of loads in Section 1605, whichever
shall not be used unless approved by the authority having produces the greater
jurisdiction. On such structures, the minimum roof live load load. In structures such as greenhouses, where special
shall be 12 psf (0.58 kN/m2). scaffolding is used as a work surface for workers and
materials during maintenance and repair operations, a
lower roof load than specified in the following
equations shall not be used unless approved by the
building official. Such structures shall be designed for
a minimum roof
live load of 12 psf (0.58 kN/m2).
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
4.9.2 Special Purpose Roofs. Roofs that have an occupancy 1607.11.2.2 Special-purpose roofs. Roofs used for
function, such as roof gardens, assembly purposes, or other promenade purposes, roof gardens, assembly urposes
special purposes are permitted to have their uniformly or other special purposes shall be designed for a
distributed live load reduced in accordance with the minimum live load as required in Table 1607.1. Such
requirements of Section 4.8. roof live loads are permitted to be reduced in
accordance with 1607.9.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
TABLE 4-1 TABLE 1607.1
TOC
ASCE 7-10 IBC 2012
LIVE LOAD: A load produced by the use and occupancy of LIVE LOAD. A load produced by the use and
the building or other structure that does not include occupancy of the building or other structure that does
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
ROOF LIVE LOAD: A load on a roof produced (1) during LIVE LOAD, ROOF. A load on a roof produced: 1.
maintenance by workers, equipment, and materials and (2) During maintenance by workers, equipment and
during the life of the structure by movable objects, such as materials;2. During the life of the structure by
planters or other similar small decorative appurtenances that movable objects such as planters or other similar
are not occupancy related. small decorative appurtenances that are not occupancy
related; or 3. By the use and occupancy of the roof
such as for roof gardens or assembly areas.

design.

1607.12).

appropriate live loads as prescribed in this section, or
1607.12.2 General. The minimum uniformly

distributed live loads of roofs and marquees, Lo, in
Table 1607.1 are permitted to be reduced in
accordance with Section 1607.12.2.1.

loads required by Table 4-1. minimum uniformly distributed live loads given in
Table 1607.1.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
EXCEPTION: A partition live load is not required where the exceeds 80 psf (3.83 kN/m2). The partition load shall
minimum specified live load exceeds 80 psf (3.83 kN/m2). not be less than a uniformly distributed live load of 15
psf (0.72 kN/m2).
TOC 4.3 CONCENTRATED LOADS

Floors, roofs, and other similar surfaces shall be designed to 1607.4 Concentrated live loads. Floors and other
support safely the uniformly distributed live loads prescribed similar surfaces shall be designed to support the
in Section 4.2 or the concentrated load, in pounds or uniformly distributed live loads prescribed in Section
kilonewtons (kN), given in Table 4-1, whichever produces the 1607.3 or the concentrated live loads, in pounds
greater load effects. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated (kiloNewtons), given in Table 1607.1, whichever
concentration shall be assumed to be uniformly distributed produces the greater load effects. Unless otherwise
over an area 2.5 ft (762 mm) square [6.25 ft 2 (0.58 m2)] and specified, the indicated concentration shall be
shall be located so as to produce the maximum load effects in assumed to be uniformly distributed over an area of 2 -
the structural members. 1/2 feet by 2 - 1/2 feet (762 mm by 762 mm) and shall
be located so as to produce the maximum load effects
in the structural members.
4.6 PARTIAL LOADING

The full intensity of the appropriately reduced
live load applied only to a portion of a structure
or member shall be accounted for if it produces
a more unfavorable load effect than the same
intensity applied over the full structure or member.
Roof live loads shall be distributed as specified in
Table 4- 1.
4.7 IMPACT LOADS
assumed to include adequate allowance for ordinary impact Sections 1607.3 through 1607.8 shall be assumed to
conditions. Provision shall be made in the structural design include adequate allowance for ordinary impact
for uses and loads that involve unusual vibration and impact conditions. Provisions shall be made in the structural
forces. design for uses and loads that involve unusual
vibration and impact forces.
4.6.2 Elevators 1607.9.1 Elevators. Members, elements and

All elements subject to dynamic loads from components subject to dynamic loads from elevators
elevators shall be designed for impact loads and shall be designed for impact loads and deflection
deflection limits prescribed by ASME A17.1. limits prescribed by ASME A17.1.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
4.6.3 Machinery 1607.9.2 Machinery. For the purpose of design, the
For the purpose of design, the weight of machinery and weight of machinery and moving loads shall be
moving loads shall be increased as follows to allow for increased as follows to allow for impact: (1) light
impact: (1) light machinery, shaft- or motor-driven, 20 machinery, shaft- or motor-driven, 20 percent; and (2)
percent; and (2) reciprocating machinery or power-driven reciprocating machinery or power-driven units, 50
units, 50 percent. All percentages shall be increased where percent. Percentages shall be increased where
specified by the manufacturer. specified by the manufacturer.
1607.12.1 Distribution of roof loads. Where

uniform roof live loads are reduced to less than 20 psf
(0.96 kN/m2) in accordance with Section 1607.12.2.1
and are applied to the design of structural members
arranged so as to create continuity, the reduced roof
live load shall be applied to adjacent spans or to
alternate spans, whichever produces the most
unfavorable load effect. See Section 1607.12.2 for
reductions in minimum roof live loads and Section 7.5
of ASCE 7 for partial snow loading.
TOC 4.8 REDUCTION IN ROOF LIVE LOADS

4.8.1 General 1607.12.2 General. The minimum uniformly
The minimum uniformly distributed roof live loads, Lo distributed live loads of roofs and marquees, Lo, in
in Table 4-1, are permitted to be reduced in accordance with Table 1607.1 are permitted to be reduced according
the requirements of Sections 4.8.2 and 4.8.3. with Section 1607.12.2.1.
4.8.2 Flat, Pitched, and Curved Roofs. Ordinary flat, 1607.12.2.1 Ordinary roofs, awnings and canopies.
controlling combinations of loads, as discussed in Chapter 2, supported by a skeleton structure, are permitted to be
whichever produces the greater load. In structures such as designed for a reduced uniformly distributed roof live
greenhouses, where special scaffolding is used as a work load, Lr, as specified in the following equations or
surface for workmen and materials during maintenance and other controlling combinations of loads as specified in
repair operations, a lower roof load than specified in Eq. 4-2 Section 1605, whichever produces the greater load
shall not be used unless approved by the authority having effect.
jurisdiction. On such structures, the minimum roof live load
shall be 12 psf (0.58 kN/m2). In structures such as greenhouses, where special
scaffolding is used as a work surface for workers and
a minimum roof live load of 12 psf (0.58 kN/m2).
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
4.9.2 Special Purpose Roofs. Roofs that have an occupancy 1607.12.3 Occupiable roofs.
function, such as roof gardens, assembly purposes, or other Areas of roofs that are occupiable, such as roof
special purposes are permitted to have their uniformly gardens, or for assembly or other similar purposes,
distributed live load reduced in accordance with the and marquees are permitted to have their uniformly
requirements of Section 4.8. distributed live loads reduced in accordance with
Section 1607.10.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
TOC TABLE 4-1 TABLE 1607.1
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
TOC

ASCE 7-10 IBC 2015
LIVE LOAD: A load produced by the use and occupancy of LIVE LOAD. A load produced by the use and
the building or other structure that does not include occupancy of the building or other structure that does
ROOF LIVE LOAD: A load on a roof produced (1) during LIVE LOAD, ROOF. A load on a roof produced: 1.
maintenance by workers, equipment, and materials and (2) During maintenance by workers, equipment and
during the life of the structure by movable objects, such as materials;2. During the life of the structure by
planters or other similar small decorative appurtenances that movable objects such as planters or other similar
are not occupancy related. small decorative appurtenances that are not occupancy
related; or 3. By the use and occupancy of the roof
such as for roof gardens or assembly areas.

design.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
1607.12).

appropriate live loads as prescribed in this section, or
1607.12.2 General. The minimum uniformly

distributed live loads of roofs and marquees, Lo, in
Table 1607.1 are permitted to be reduced in
accordance with Section 1607.12.2.1.

loads required by Table 4-1. minimum uniformly distributed live loads given in
Table 1607.1.
EXCEPTION: A partition live load is not required where the is 80 psf (3.83 kN/m2) or greater. The partition load
minimum specified live load exceeds 80 psf (3.83 kN/m2). shall be not less than a uniformly distributed live load
of 15 psf (0.72 kN/m2).
TOC 4.3 CONCENTRATED LOADS

Floors, roofs, and other similar surfaces shall be designed to 1607.4 Concentrated live loads. Floors and other
support safely the uniformly distributed live loads prescribed similar surfaces shall be designed to support the
in Section 4.2 or the concentrated load, in pounds or uniformly distributed live loads prescribed in Section
kilonewtons (kN), given in Table 4-1, whichever produces the 1607.3 or the concentrated live loads, in pounds
greater load effects. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated (kiloNewtons), given in Table 1607.1, whichever
concentration shall be assumed to be uniformly distributed produces the greater load effects. Unless otherwise
over an area 2.5 ft (762 mm) square [6.25 ft 2 (0.58 m2)] and specified, the indicated concentration shall be
shall be located so as to produce the maximum load effects in assumed to be uniformly distributed over an area of
the structural members. 21/2 feet by 21/2 feet (762 mm by 762 mm) and shall
be located so as to produce the maximum load effects
in the structural members.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
4.6 PARTIAL LOADING
The full intensity of the appropriately reduced
live load applied only to a portion of a structure
or member shall be accounted for if it produces
a more unfavorable load effect than the same
intensity applied over the full structure or member.
Roof live loads shall be distributed as specified in
Table 4- 1.
4.7 IMPACT LOADS
assumed to include adequate allowance for ordinary impact Sections 1607.3 through 1607.8 shall be assumed to
conditions. Provision shall be made in the structural design include adequate allowance for ordinary impact
for uses and loads that involve unusual vibration and impact conditions. Provisions shall be made in the structural
forces. design for uses and loads that involve unusual
vibration and impact forces.
4.6.2 Elevators 1607.9.1 Elevators. Members, elements and

All elements subject to dynamic loads from components subject to dynamic loads from elevators
elevators shall be designed for impact loads and shall be designed for impact loads and deflection
deflection limits prescribed by ASME A17.1. limits prescribed by ASME A17.1.
4.6.3 Machinery 1607.9.2 Machinery. For the purpose of design, the

For the purpose of design, the weight of machinery and weight of machinery and moving loads shall be
moving loads shall be increased as follows to allow for increased as follows to allow for impact: (1) light
impact: (1) light machinery, shaft- or motor-driven, 20 machinery, shaft- or motor-driven, 20 percent; and (2)
percent; and (2) reciprocating machinery or power-driven reciprocating machinery or power-driven units, 50
units, 50 percent. All percentages shall be increased where percent. Percentages shall be increased where
specified by the manufacturer. specified by the manufacturer.
1607.12.1 Distribution of roof loads. Where

uniform roof live loads are reduced to less than 20 psf
(0.96 kN/m2) in accordance with Section 1607.12.2.1
and are applied to the design of structural members
arranged so as to create continuity, the reduced roof
live load shall be applied to adjacent spans or to
alternate spans, whichever produces the most
unfavorable load effect. See Section 1607.12.2 for
reductions in minimum roof live loads and Section 7.5
of ASCE 7 for partial snow loading.
TOC 4.8 REDUCTION IN ROOF LIVE LOADS

4.8.1 General 1607.12.2 General. The minimum uniformly
The minimum uniformly distributed roof live loads, Lo distributed live loads of roofs and marquees, Lo, in
in Table 4-1, are permitted to be reduced in accordance with Table 1607.1 are permitted to be reduced according
the requirements of Sections 4.8.2 and 4.8.3. with Section 1607.12.2.1.
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
4.8.2 Flat, Pitched, and Curved Roofs. Ordinary flat, 1607.12.2.1 Ordinary roofs, awnings and canopies.
controlling combinations of loads, as discussed in Chapter 2, supported by a skeleton structure, are permitted to be
whichever produces the greater load. In structures such as designed for a reduced uniformly distributed roof live
greenhouses, where special scaffolding is used as a work load, Lr, as specified in the following equations or
surface for workmen and materials during maintenance and other controlling combinations of loads as specified in
repair operations, a lower roof load than specified in Eq. 4-2 Section 1605, whichever produces the greater load
shall not be used unless approved by the authority having effect.
jurisdiction. On such structures, the minimum roof live load
shall be 12 psf (0.58 kN/m2). In structures such as greenhouses, where special
scaffolding is used as a work surface for workers and
a minimum roof live load of 12 psf (0.58 kN/m2).
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
4.9.2 Special Purpose Roofs. Roofs that have an occupancy 1607.12.3 Occupiable roofs.
function, such as roof gardens, assembly purposes, or other Areas of roofs that are occupiable, such as vegetative
special purposes are permitted to have their uniformly roofs, roof gardens or for assembly or other similar
distributed live load reduced in accordance with the purposes, and marquees are permitted to have their
requirements of Section 4.8. uniformly distributed live loads reduced in accordance
with Section 1607.10.
TOC TABLE 4-1 TABLE 1607.1
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C4-Live Loads
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C5-Flood

C5 - FLOOD LOADS
C5.1 Introduction to Flood Loads
C5.1.1 Materials
C5.2 Flood Loads and Structural Building Component Design
C5.3 Flood Resources:
TOC
C5.1 Introduction:
Design for flood loads is the responsibility of the building designer. The prescriptive requirements of the
IRC, however, do include some guidance.
R301.2.4 Floodplain construction. R301.2.4 Floodplain construction. R301.2.4 Floodplain construction.
Buildings and structures constructed Buildings and structures constructed Buildings and structures constructed in
in whole or in part in flood hazard in whole or in part in flood hazard whole or in part in flood hazard areas
areas (including A or V Zones) as areas (including A or V Zones) as (including A or V Zones) as established in
established in Table R301.2(1) shall established in Table R301.2(1) shall Table R301.2(1), and substantial
be designed and constructed in be designed and constructed in improvement and restoration of substantial
accordance with Section R322. accordance with Section R322. damage of buildings and structures in
Exception: Buildings and structures Buildings and structures located in flood hazard areas, shall be designed and
located in whole or in part in whole or in part in identified constructed in accordance with Section
identified floodways shall be floodways shall be designed and R322. Buildings and structures that are
designed and constructed in constructed in accordance with located in more than one flood hazard area
accordance with ASCE 24. ASCE 24 shall comply with the provisions
associated with the most restrictive flood
hazard area. Buildings and structures
located in whole or in part in identified
floodways shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with ASCE 24.
R301.2.4.1 Alternative provisions. R301.2.4.1 Alternative provisions. R301.2.4.1 Alternative provisions. As an

As an alternative to As an alternative to the requirements alternative to the requirements in Section
the requirements in Section R322.3 in Section R322.3 for buildings and R322, ASCE 24 is permitted subject to the
for buildings and structures located in whole or in part limitations of this code and the limitations
structures located in whole or in part in coastal high hazard areas (V therein.
in coastal high hazard Zones) and coastal A Zones, if
areas (V Zones), ASCE 24 is delineated, ASCE 24 is permitted
permitted subject to the subject to the limitations of this code
limitations of this code and the and the limitations therein.
limitations therein.
Beta Version 2.02

C5-Flood
SECTION R322 SECTION R322 FLOOD- SECTION R322

FLOOD-RESISTANT RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION FLOOD-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION R322.1 General. Buildings and R322.1 General. Buildings and structures
R322.1 General. Buildings and structures constructed in whole or in constructed in whole or in part in flood hazard
areas, including A or V Zones and Coastal A
structures constructed in whole or in part in flood hazard areas (including
Zones, as established in Table R301.2(1), and
part in flood hazard areas (including A or V Zones) as established in
substantial improvement and restoration of
A or V Zones) as established in Table R301.2(1) shall be designed substantial damage of buildings and structures
Table R301.2(1) shall be designed and constructed in accordance with in flood hazard areas, shall be designed and
and constructed in accordance with the provisions contained in this constructed in accordance with the provisions
the provisions contained in this section. Buildings and structures contained in this section. Buildings and
section. located in whole or in part in structures that are located in more than one
Exception: Buildings and structures identified floodways shall be flood hazard area shall comply with the
located in whole or in part in designed and constructed in provisions associated with the most restrictive
identified floodways shall be accordance with ASCE 24. flood hazard area. Buildings and structures
designed and constructed in located in whole or in part in identified
floodways shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with ASCE 24.
accordance with ASCE 24.
R322.1.1 Alternative provisions. R322.1.1 Alternative provisions. R322.1.1 Alternative provisions. As an

As an alternative to the requirements As an alternative to the requirements alternative to the requirements in Section
in Section R322.3 for buildings and in Section R322.3 for buildings and R322, ASCE 24 is permitted subject to the
structures located in whole or in part structures located in whole or in part limitations of this code and the limitations
in coastal high-hazard areas (V in coastal high-hazard areas (V therein.
Zones), ASCE 24 is permitted Zones), and coastal A Zones, if
subject to the limitations of this code delineated, ASCE 24 is permitted
and the limitations therein. subject to the limitations of this code
and the limitations therein.
R322.1.2 Structural systems. All R322.1.2 Structural systems. All R322.1.2 Structural systems. Structural
structural systems of all structural systems of all buildings systems of buildings and structures shall
buildings and structures shall be and structures shall be designed, be designed, connected and anchored to
designed, connected and connected and anchored to resist resist flotation, collapse or permanent
anchored to resist flotation, collapse flotation, collapse or permanent lateral movement due to structural loads
or permanent lateral lateral and stresses from flooding equal to the
movement due to structural loads movement due to structural loads design flood elevation.
and stresses from flooding equal to and stresses from flooding equal to
the design flood elevation. the design flood elevation.
R322.1.3 Flood-resistant R322.1.3 Flood-resistant R322.1.3 Flood-resistant construction.

construction. All buildings and construction. All buildings and Buildings and structures erected in areas
structures erected in areas prone to structures erected in areas prone to prone to flooding shall be constructed by
flooding shall be constructed by flooding shall be constructed by methods and practices that minimize flood
methods and practices that minimize methods and practices that minimize damage.
flood damage. flood damage.
Beta Version 2.02

C5-Flood
R322.1.8 Flood-resistant R322.1.8 Flood-resistant R322.1.8 Flood-resistant materials.

materials. Building materials materials. Building materials used Building materials and installation
used below the elevation required in below the elevation required in methods used for flooring and interior and
Section R322.2 (flood hazard areas Section R322.2 (flood hazard areas exterior walls and wall coverings below
including A Zones) or R322.3 including A Zones) or R322.3 the elevation required in Section R322.2 or
(coastal high-hazard areas including (coastal high-hazard areas including R322.3 shall be flood damage- resistant
V Zones) shall comply with the V Zones) shall comply with the materials that conform to the provisions of
following: following: FEMA TB-2.
1. All wood, including floor 1. All wood, including floor Link to FEMA TB-2
sheathing, shall be pressure- sheathing, shall be pressure- https://www.fema.gov/media-
preservative-treated in accordance preservative-treated in accordance library/assets/documents/2655
with AWPA U1 for the species, with AWPA U1 for the species,
product, preservative and end use or product, preservative and end use or
be the decay-resistant heartwood of be the decay-resistant heartwood of
redwood, black locust or cedars. redwood, black locust or cedars.
Preservatives shall be listed in Preservatives shall be listed in
Section 4 of AWPA U1. Section 4 of AWPA U1.
2. Materials and installation 2. Materials and installation

methods used for flooring methods used for flooring and
and interior and exterior walls and interior and exterior walls and wall
wall coverings coverings
shall conform to the provisions of shall conform to the provisions of
FEMA/FIA-TB-2. FEMA/FIA-TB-2.
R322.2 Flood hazard areas R322.2 Flood hazard areas R322.2 Flood hazard areas (including A
(including A Zones). All areas that (including A Zones). All areas that Zones). Areas that have been determined
have been determined to be prone to have been determined to be prone to to be prone to flooding and that are not
flooding but not subject to high flooding but not subject to high subject to high-velocity wave action shall
velocity wave action shall be velocity wave action shall be be designated as flood hazard areas. Flood
designated as flood hazard areas. designated as flood hazard areas. hazard areas that have been delineated as
Flood hazard areas that have been Flood hazard areas that have been subject to wave heights between 11/2 feet
delineated as subject to wave heights delineated as subject to wave heights (457 mm) and 3 feet (914 mm) or
between 1-1/2 feet (457 mm) and 3 between 1-1/2 feet (457 mm) and 3 otherwise designated by the jurisdiction
feet (914 mm) shall be designated as feet (914 mm) shall be designated as shall be designated as Coastal A Zones and
Coastal A Zones. All building and Coastal A Zones. All building and are subject to the requirements of Section
structures constructed in whole or in structures constructed in whole or in R322.3. Buildings and structures
part in flood hazard areas shall be part in flood hazard areas shall be constructed in whole or in part in flood
designed and constructed in designed and constructed in hazard areas shall be designed and
accordance with Sections R322.2.1 accordance with Sections R322.2.1 constructed in accordance with Sections
through R322.2.3. through R322.2.3. R322.2.1 through R322.2.3.
Beta Version 2.02

C5-Flood
R322.3 Coastal high-hazard areas R322.3 Coastal high-hazard areas R322.3 Coastal high-hazard areas (including
(including V Zones). (including V Zones). V Zones and Coastal A Zones, where
Areas that have been determined to Areas that have been determined to designated). Areas that have been determined
be subject to wave heights in excess be subject to wave heights in excess to be subject to wave heights in excess of 3 feet
(914 mm) or subject to high-velocity wave
of 3 feet (914 mm) or subject to high- of 3 feet (914 mm) or subject to high-
action or wave-induced erosion shall be
velocity wave action or wave- velocity wave action or wave-
designated as coastal high-hazard areas. Flood
induced erosion shall be designated induced erosion shall be designated hazard areas that have been designated as
as coastal high-hazard areas. as coastal high-hazard areas. subject to wave heights between 11/2 feet (457
Buildings and structures constructed Buildings and structures constructed mm) and 3 feet (914 mm) or otherwise
in whole or in part in coastal high- in whole or in part in coastal high- designated by the jurisdiction shall be
hazard areas shall be designed and hazard areas shall be designed and designated as Coastal A Zones. Buildings and
constructed in accordance with constructed in accordance with structures constructed in whole or in part in
Sections R322.3.1 through Sections R322.3.1 through coastal high-hazard areas and coastal A Zones,
R322.3.6. R322.3.6. where designated, shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with Sections
R322.3.1 through R322.3.7.
R322.3.6 Construction documents. R322.3.6 Construction documents. R322.3.6 Construction documents. The
The construction documents shall The construction documents shall construction documents shall include
include documentation that is include documentation that is documentation that is prepared and sealed
prepared and sealed by a registered prepared and sealed by a registered by a registered design professional that the
design professional that the design design professional that the design design and methods of construction to be
and methods of construction to be and methods of construction to be used meet the applicable criteria of this
used meet the applicable criteria of used meet the applicable criteria of section.
this section. this section.
TOC
IBC includes flood design loads in Section 1612 and includes Appendix G on Flood Resistant Construction.

1612.4 Design and construction. 1612.4 Design and construction. 1612.4 Design and construction. The
The design and construction of The design and construction of design and construction of buildings and
buildings and structures located in buildings and structures located in structures located in flood hazard areas,
flood hazard areas, including flood flood hazard areas, including flood including coastal high hazard areas and
hazard areas subject to high velocity hazard areas subject to high velocity coastal A zones, shall be in accordance
wave action, shall be in accordance wave action, shall be in accordance with Chapter 5 of ASCE 7 and ASCE 24.
with Chapter 5 of ASCE 7 and with with Chapter 5 of ASCE 7 and with
ASCE 24. ASCE 24.
TOC
ASCE 7 includes the following general flood loading instructions:
ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10
5.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS 5.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
5.3.1 Design Loads. Structural systems of 5.3.1 Design Loads. Structural systems of buildings or other
buildings or other structures shall be designed, structures shall be designed, constructed, connected, and anchored
constructed, connected, and anchored to resist to resist flotation, collapse, and permanent lateral displacement due
flotation, collapse, and permanent lateral to action of flood loads associated with the design flood (see Section
displacement due to action of flood loads 5.3.3) and other loads in accordance with the load combinations of
associated with the design flood (see Section Chapter 2.
5.3.3) and other loads in accordance with the
load combinations of Chapter 2.
Beta Version 2.02

C5-Flood
The limitations of the prescriptive requirements in IBC Section 2308 do not address flood loads.
C5.1.1 Materials
ASCE 24-14 Chapter 5 (not in ASCE 7-10) includes the following regarding material requirements:
5.1 GENERAL
New construction and substantial improvements in flood hazard areas shall be constructed with flood damage-
resistant materials below the elevations specified in Table 5-1. Flood damage-resistant materials shall have
sufficient strength, rigidity, and durability to adequately resist all flood-related and other loads unless designed
to break away or as permitted elsewhere in this standard.
Exposed structural and nonstructural construction materials, including connections, shall be capable of resisting
damage, deterioration, corrosion, or decay because of precipitation, wind-driven water, salt spray, or other
corrosive agents known to be present.
Structural and nonstructural construction materials, including connectors and fasteners, below the elevations
specified in Table 5-1 shall be capable of resisting damage, deterioration, corrosion, or decay because of direct
and prolonged contact with floodwaters associated with design flood conditions.
5.2 SPECIFIC MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS FOR FLOOD HAZARD AREAS

5.2.1 Metal Connectors and Fasteners Metal plates, connectors, screws, bolts, nails, and other fasteners
exposed to direct contact by floodwater, precipitation, or wind-driven water shall be stainless steel or equivalent
corrosion resistant material, or hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M Standard
Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products (ASTM 2012d), ASTM
A153/A153M Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware (ASTM 2009),
ASTM A653/A653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-
Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process (ASTM 2011a), or ASTM A924/A924M Standard Specification
for General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process (ASTM 2010a).
5.2.5 Wood
5.2.5.1 Preservative Treatment Where preservative treated wood is required elsewhere in this standard,
preservative treatment shall be in accordance with AWPA U1, Use Category System: User Specification for
Treated Wood (AWPA 2014) for the species, product, and end use or, alternatively, wood members shall be
heartwood of naturally decay resistant species.
5.2.5.2 Members and Connections The design and construction of wood members and connections shall
comply with National Design Specification for Wood Construction (AWC 2012).
Beta Version 2.02

C5-Flood
TOC
C5.2 Flood Loads and Structural Building Component Design:
A supplier of structural building components (SBCs) needs to be informed when their products are going to
be utilized in structures in flood prone zones.
Special design load considerations, if necessary, must be provided along with material requirements.
Typically, any SBC can be utilized as long as it can be maufactured of a material meeting the naturally
decay resistant requirements or is appropriately pressure treated. Fasteners, connectors (including truss
plates) need to meet the requirements for metal plates and fasteners. Appropriate material reductions
should be applied as applicable:
Reductions due to the effect of pressure treatment chemicals or incising, if required.

Lumber wet service factor.
TOC
C5.3 Flood Resources:
National Flood Insurance Program
http://www.floodsmart.gov/floodsmart/
FEMA - The National Flood Insurance Program
https://www.fema.gov/national-flood-insurance-program
FEMA - Flood General Information
http://www.ready.gov/floods
FEMA - Floodplain Management
https://www.fema.gov/floodplain-management
FEMA - Flood Mapping
https://www.fema.gov/national-flood-insurance-program/flood-map-information
https://www.fema.gov/national-flood-insurance-program-flood-hazard-mapping
https://msc.fema.gov/portal
FEMA - Flood Resistant Materials
https://www.fema.gov/flood-resistant-material
Flood Resistance of the Building Envelope
http://www.wbdg.org/resources/env_flood.php
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
C6 - WIND LOADS
C6.1 Introduction
C6.2 Wind Terminology & Symbols
C6.3 Effects of Wind on Structures over their lifetime
C6.3.1 Effects of Wind on Trusses During Construction
C6.4 Wind Speed Maps
C6.5 Exposure and Exposure Categories
C6.6 Enclosure Category
C6.7 Design Parameters
C6.7.1 Prescriptive Design Parameters (IRC & IBC Section 2308)
C6.7.2 Design Parameters (IBC)
C6.8 Design Methodology
C6.8.1 General Design Issues
C6.8.2 ASCE 7-05 Procedures
C6.8.4 ASCE 7-5 & &-10 Comparison
C6.9 Design Considerations
C6.9.1 Uplift
C6.9.2 Load Combinations
C6.9.3 Gable End Frames
C6.10.3 Florida Specific Wind Issues
TOC
C6.1 Introduction:
The general wind design philosophy did not change much between ASCE 7-95 and -05. Wind design has,
however, been modified in ASCE 7-10 and has been moved from Chapter 6 to Chapters 26-31. TLG will
continue to include the discussion of Wind provisions in tab C6.
Wind Speed Nomenclature:
For purposes of this discussion two terms will be used for Wind Speed, or Velocity (V):
Vasd = nominal wind speed as used in IRC-09/12, IBC-09/12 Section 2308, ASCE 7-05.
Vult = ultimate wind speed as used in IBC-12/15 Section 16 and ASCE 7-10
Note that maps for both Vasd and Vult reflect 3-second gust wind speeds in mph at 33 ft above ground for
Exposure C category.
Note that the maps in the IBC-12/15 and ASCE 7-10 match one another. However, the map included with the
IRC-12 does not match either of those nor does it match earlier wind speed maps. It still displays the wind
speed converted from Vult as Vasd but has different wind contour lines. The commentary to the IRC-12, Figure
R301.2(4)A is included at the discussion regarding the wind speed maps.
IRC-15 does reflect ASCE 7-10 wind design in that the Ultimate design wind speed values replaced the basic
wind speed values for 3-sec gust wind speeds in section R301.2.1. and provides a wind speed conversion
table R301.2.1.3 from Vult to Vasd for when documents are based on nominal (Vasd) design wind speeds and
do not provide the means for conversion to Vult.
The interpretation of wind provisions and the methodology or methodologies used to perform the calculations
offer the greatest potential for divergence for all the loads that are applied to trusses or structures.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
The IRC (R301.2.1) and the prescriptive requirements of the IBC Conventional Light-Frame Construction
section (2308.2) set limits on design based upon wind parameters:
requires using an alternate standard requires using an alternate standard requires using an alternate standard
when the wind speed is equal or exceed when the wind design is required in when the wind design is required in
100 miles per hour (45 m/s) in hurricane- accordance with Figure R301.2(4)B or accordance with Figure R301.2(4)B or
prone regions, or 110 miles per hour (49 where the basic wind speed (Vasd) from where the basic wind speed (Vult) from
m/s) elsewhere Figure R301.2(4)A equals or exceeds Figure R301.2(4)A equals or exceeds
110 miles per hour (49 m/s). 130 miles per hour (58 m/s).
IBC-09, 2308 IBC-12, 2308 IBC-15

Wind speeds shall not exceed 100 miles Vasd as determined in accordance with 2308.2.4 Ultimate wind speed. Vult
per hour (mph) (44 m/s) (3-second gust). Section 1609.3.1 shall not exceed 100 shall not exceed 130 miles per hour (57
Exception: Wind speeds shall not miles per hour (mph) (44 m/s) (3-second m/s) (3-second gust).
exceed 110 mph (48.4 m/s) (3-second gust). Exceptions:
gust) for buildings in Exposure Category Exception: Vasd as determined in 1. Vult shall not exceed 140 mph (61.6
B that are not located in a hurricane- accordance with Section 1609.3.1 shall m/s) (3-second gust) for buildings in
prone region. not exceed 110 mph (48.4 m/s) (3- Exposure Category B that are not
second gust) for buildings in Exposure located in a hurricane-prone region.
Category B that are not located in a 2. Where Vult exceeds 130 mph (3-
hurricane-prone region. second gust), the provisions of either
AWC WFCM or ICC 600 are permitted
to be used.
Regardless of whether trusses are designed for structures covered by the IRC or IBC, wind loading on
TOC trusses is determined using the procedures described in the code referenced edition and sections of ASCE
7.
Using ASCE 7 instead of the IRC or IBC is allowed in both codes. For the IBC it is explicitly stated in
Section 1609.1.1 that wind loads are to be determined per ASCE 7. In the IRC it is covered in Section
R301.1.3 Engineered Design.
IRC-12 IRC-15
R301.1.3 Engineered design. When a building of otherwise R301.1.3 Engineered design. Where a building of otherwise
conventional construction contains structural elements conventional construction contains structural elements
exceeding the limits of Section R301 or otherwise not exceeding the limits of Section R301 or otherwise not
conforming to this code, these elements shall be designed in conforming to this code, these elements shall be designed in
accordance with accepted engineering practice. The extent of accordance with accepted engineering practice. The extent of
such design need only demonstrate compliance of such design need only demonstrate compliance of
nonconventional elements with other applicable provisions nonconventional elements with other applicable provisions
and shall be compatible with the performance of the and shall be compatible with the performance of the
conventional framed system. Engineered design in conventional framed system. Engineered design in
accordance with the International Building Code is permitted accordance with the International Building Code is permitted
for all buildings and structures, and parts thereof, included in for buildings and structures, and parts thereof, included in the
the scope of this code. scope of this code.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
And also in IRC Section R301.2.1 Wind limitations and And also in IRC Section R301.2.1.1 Wind limitations and
wind design required wind design required
The wind provisions of this code shall not apply to the design In regions where wind design is required in accordance with
of buildings where wind design is required in accordance Figure R301.2(4)B, the design of buildings for wind loads
with Figure R301.2(4)B or where the basic wind speed from shall be in accordance with one or more of the following
Figure R301.2(4)A equals or exceeds 110 miles per hour (49 methods:
m/s). 3. ASCE Minimum Design Loads for buildings and Other
Exceptions: Structures (ASCE 7).
3. ASCE Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other 4. AISI Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing —
Structures (ASCE 7); Prescriptive Method For One- and Two-Family Dwellings
5. International Building Code (AISI S230).
5. International Building Code.
The version of ASCE 7 referenced in the IRC-12/15 is ASCE 7-10
The version of IBC referenced in the IRC-12 is IBC-12
The version of IBC referenced in the IRC-15 is IBC-15
TOC For the IRC-12 & IBC-12 code cycle:
The different wind speeds can cause some confusion for structures which are otherwise designed to
IRC-12, which uses Vasd, but where the truss design will be done per ASCE 7-10 which uses Vult. The
two use different wind speed maps, so a wind speed value (Vasd) given for IRC-12 will have to be
converted to Vult. A note describing the conversion should be included on a Truss Design Drawing.
IRC-12 includes no conversion information. IBC-12/15 includes a conversion table (Table 1609.3.1) as
well as a discussion regarding converting the wind speed from Vult to Vasd using a formula at Section
1609.3.1 Wind speed conversion:
IRC-15 includes a conversion Table R301.2.1.3
The formula conversion is given below for conversion in either direction.

115 Vult = 89 Vasd Vasd  Vult 0.6
90 Vasd = 116 Vult Vult  Vasd (1/ 0.6)
The following are the steps recommended for converting between the two wind speed values and their
related procedures:
For design for the 2012/2015 code cycle, wind speeds based on earlier codes or standards
must not be used or converted. Wind speeds must be based on Vult and thus must be from
either IRC-12/15 Figure R301.2(4)A or IBC-12 Figures 1609A, 1609B or 1609C. IBC-15 Figures
1609.3(1), 1609.3(2) or 1609.3(3)
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
1 When a structure is specified as designed per the IRC-12, the wind speed included on the permit
drawings should be Vasd.
When a structure is specified as designed per the IRC-15, the wind speed included on the permit
drawings should be Vult.
For truss design use the table or formula above for the conversion from V asd to Vult.
One may use the Applied Technology Council wind speed application, but it is advisable to
verify with the local building code department before design.
https://www.atcouncil.org/windspeed/
2 When a structure is designed the IBC-12/15, Section 1609 the wind speed included on the permit
drawings should be Vult.
3 When a structure is designed per alternate standards permitted by the IBC-12, Section 2308 or the
TOC IRC-12 (ICC 600, AF&PA WFCM):
IBC-12
IBC-12, Section 2308, uses V asd design limitations

which are to be based on the V ult maps in the IBC-12,
and converted via table or fomula to V asd. The Vult wind
speed should be included on permit drawings along
with the wind speed as converted to V asd.
IBC-12 includes explicit instructions on wind speed

conversions for these alternate design standards
as follows:
2308.2.1 Nominal design wind speed greater than 100
mph (3-second gust).
Where Vasd as determined in accordance with Section
1609.3.1 exceeds 100 mph (3-second gust), the
provisions of either AF&PA WFCM or ICC 600 are
permitted to be used. Wind speeds in Figures 1609A,
1609B, and 1609C shall be converted in accordance
with Section 1609.3.1 for use with AF&PA WFCM or
ICC 600.
ICC 600-08 is referenced by the IBC-12, Section
2308 & IRC-12. ICC 600-08 is based on ASCE 7-
05. If design is specified per ICC 600-08, the Vult
wind speed should be included on permit drawings
along with the wind speed as converted to Vasd.
AF&PA WFCM-12 uses the Category II wind

speed map from ASCE 7-10. It only covers wind
speeds from 110-195 mph. The wind speed
provided on the permit drawings should be Vult.
Most other load evaluations require that the design load is to be given. Because of the complexity of wind
design, wind design parameters, rather than loads, are required. Based on the given wind parameters, the
wind pressures acting on the truss and truss members are calculated within the design software and the
effects of these calculated loads are evaluated.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
TOC
C6.2 Wind Terminology & Symbols
COMPONENTS AND CLADDING (C&C):
ASCE 7-10 26.2 DEFINITIONS -
COMPONENTS AND CLADDING (C&C): Elements of the building envelope that do not qualify as part of the
MWFRS.
ASCE 7-10 C26.2
COMPONENTS AND CLADDING (C&C): Components receive wind loads directly or from cladding and transfer
the load to the MWFRS. Cladding receives wind loads directly. Examples of components include fasteners,
purlins, girts, studs, roof decking, and roof trusses. Components can be part of the MWFRS when they act as
shear walls or roof diaphragms, but they may also be loaded as individual components. The engineer needs to
use appropriate loadings for design of components, which may require certain components to be designed for
more than one type of loading, for example, long-span roof trusses should be designed for loads associated with
MWFRS, and individual members of trusses should also be designed for component and cladding loads (Mehta
and Marshall 1998). Examples of cladding include wall coverings, curtain walls, roof coverings, exterior windows
(fixed and operable) and doors, and overhead doors.
Diaphragm:
ASCE 7-10 26.2
DIAPHRAGM: Roof, floor, or other membrane or bracing system acting to transfer lateral forces to the vertical
main windforce resisting system. For analysis under wind loads, diaphragms constructed of untopped steel
decks, concrete-filled steel decks, and concrete slabs, each having a span-to-depth ratio of two or less, shall be
permitted to be idealized as rigid. Diaphragms constructed of wood structural panels are permitted to be
idealized as flexible.
12.3.1.1 Flexible Diaphragm Condition. Diaphragms constructed of untopped steel decking or wood structural
panels are permitted to be idealized as flexible if any of the following conditions exist:
a. In structures where the vertical elements are steel braced frames; steel and concrete composite braced
frames; or concrete, masonry, steel, or steel and concrete composite shear walls.
b. In one- and two-family dwellings.
c. In structures of light-frame construction where all of the following conditions are met:
1. Topping of concrete or similar materials is not placed over wood structural panel diaphragms except for
nonstructural topping no greater than 1 1/2 in. (38 mm) thick.
2. Each line of vertical elements of the seismic forceresisting system complies with the allowable story drift of
Table 12.12-1.
12.3.1.2 Rigid Diaphragm Condition. Diaphragms of concrete slabs or concrete-filled metal deck with span-to-
depth ratios of 3 or less in structures that have no horizontal irregularities are permitted to be idealized as rigid.
Diaphragm, rigid - If the diaphragm is rigid, the lateral forces are distributed according to the relative
lateral stiffness of the vertical lateral force resisting elements.
Directionality Factor - from ASCE 7-05, Section 6.4.4.4 & Table 6-4 (7-10, Section 26.6 & Table
Kd 26.6-1). Thes values have been calibrated with the load combinations specified in ASCE 7-05/10,
Sections 2.3 and 2.4.
ASCE 7-10 11.2 DEFINITIONS
DRAG STRUT (COLLECTOR, TIE, DIAPHRAGM STRUT): A diaphragm or shear wall boundary
TOC element parallel to the applied load that collects and transfers diaphragm shear forces to the vertical
force-resisting elements or distributes forces within the diaphragm or shear wall.
Drag Strut - A structural member that transfers axial loads between adjacent shear-resisting
elements. Bond beams, top plates, joists, girders, and truss chords may be used as a drag strut,
provided the connection at each of their ends is capable of transferring loads.
Eave Height - The distance from the ground surface adjacent to the building to the roof
he
eave line at a particular wall. If the height of the eave varies along the wall, the average height shall be
used.
Beta Version 2.02
C6-Wind
EFFECTIVE WIND AREA, A: The area used to determine (GCp). For component and cladding
elements, the effective wind area in Figs. 30.4-1 through 30.4-7, 30.5-1, 30.6-1, and 30.8-1 through
A
30.8-3 is the span length multiplied by an effective width that need not be less than one-third the span
length. For cladding fasteners, the effective wind area shall not be greater than the area that is
tributary to an individual fastener.
ASCE 7-10 C26.2 DEFINITIONS
EFFECTIVE WIND AREA, A: Effective wind area is the area of the building surface used to determine
(GCp). This area does not necessarily correspond to the area of the building surface contributing to
the force being considered. Two cases arise. In the usual case, the effective wind area does
A correspond to the area tributary to the force component being considered. For example, for a cladding
panel, the effective wind area may be equal to the total area of the panel. For a cladding fastener, the
effective wind area is the area of cladding secured by a single fastener. A mullion may receive wind
from several cladding panels. In this case, the effective wind area is the area associated with the wind
load that is transferred to the mullion.
The second case arises where components such as roofing panels, wall studs, or roof trusses are
spaced closely together. The area served by the component may become long and narrow. To better
approximate the actual load distribution in such cases, the width of the effective wind area used to
evaluate (GCp) need not be taken as less than one-third the length of the area. This increase in
effective wind area has the effect of reducing the average wind pressure acting on the component.
Note, however, that this effective wind area should only be used in determining the (GCp) in Figs. 30.4-
1, through 30.4-6 and 30.4-8. The induced wind load should be applied over the actual area tributary
to the component being considered.
26.10 ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION
26.10.1 General. For the purpose of determining internal pressure coefficients, all buildings shall be
classified as enclosed, partially enclosed, or open as defined in Section 26.2.
Exposure – An exposure category that adequately reflects the characteristics of ground roughness
and surface irregularities for each wind direction is to be determined for the site at which the structure
is to be constructed. This includes evaluation of variations in the ground surface roughness that arises
TOC
from natural topography and vegetation as well as constructed features for a specified distance
upwind of the structure. This evaluation requires judgment by the Building Designer or Authority
Having Jurisdiction.
26.7.3 Exposure Categories. Exposure B: For buildings with a mean roof height of less than or equal to 30 ft
(9.1 m), Exposure B shall apply where the ground surface roughness, as defined by Surface Roughness B,
prevails in the upwind direction for a distance greater than 1,500 ft (457 m). For buildings with a mean roof
height greater than 30 ft (9.1 m), Exposure B shall apply where Surface Roughness B prevails in the upwind
direction for a distance greater than 2,600 ft (792 m) or 20 times the height of the building, whichever is greater.
Exposure C: Exposure C shall apply for all cases where Exposures B or D do not apply.
Exposure D: Exposure D shall apply where the ground surface roughness, as defined by Surface Roughness
D, prevails in the upwind direction for a distance greater than 5,000 ft (1,524 m) or 20 times the building height,
whichever is greater. Exposure D shall also apply where the ground surface roughness immediately upwind of
the site is B or C, and the site is within a distance of 600 ft (183 m) or 20 times the building height, whichever is
greater, from an Exposure D condition as defined in the previous sentence.
For a site located in the transition zone between exposure categories, the category resulting in the largest wind
forces shall be used.
EXCEPTION: An intermediate exposure between the preceding categories is permitted in a transition zone
provided that it is determined by a rational analysis method defined in the recognized literature.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
Cp
External Pressure Coefficient - Used to determine the wind loads for buildings.
ASCE 7-10 26.3 SYMBOLS
G Gust Effect Factor - Used as a separate factor when not already combined in tabular values.
HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS: Areas vulnerable to hurricanes in the United States and its
territories defined as
1. The U.S. Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico coasts where the basic wind speed for Risk
Category II buildings is greater than 115 mi/h, and
2. Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands, and American Samoa.
Importance Factor (for wind) is based upon the Occupancy Category for the structure.
Iw Note that in ASCE 7-10 the importance factor for wind has been removed and replaced with Risk
Category defined wind speed maps.
MAIN WIND-FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM (MWFRS):
An assemblage of structural elements assigned to provide support and stability for the overall structure. The
system generally receives wind loading from more than one surface.
ASCE 7-10 C26.2 DEFINITIONS
MAIN WIND-FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM (MWFRS):
Can consist of a structural frame or an assemblage of structural elements that work together to transfer wind
loads acting on the entire structure to the ground. Structural elements such as crossbracing, shear walls, roof
trusses, and roof diaphragms are part of the main wind-force resisting system (MWFRS) when they assist in
transferring overall loads (Mehta and Marshall 1998).

MEAN ROOF HEIGHT, h: The average of the roof eave height and the height to the highest point on the roof
TOC h surface, except that, for roof angles of less than or equal to 10°, the mean roof height is permitted to be taken as
the roof eave height.
Pressure Coefficient Zone - The width of the pressure coefficient zone (a), in ft.
It is 10 percent of the least horizontal dimension or 0.4h, whichever is smaller, but not less than either
a
4 percent of the least horizontal dimension or 3 feet where h = the mean roof height. This dimension is
used in both MWFRS and C&C evaluations in both Method 1 and Method 2 of ASCE 7.
Rigid/Flexible Structure –
ASCE 7-10 26.2 DEFINITIONS BUILDING OR OTHER STRUCTURES, RIGID:
A rigid building or other structure is one whose fundamental frequency is greater than or equal to 1 Hz.
A flexible structure is one where this is not the case. General guidance is that most rigid buildings and structures
have height-to-minimum-width ratio of less than 4, which means that in most cases for light-frame construction
the building is considered rigid (although the diaphrams are typically flexible).
Shear Wall (Vertical Diaphragm): A wall, bearing or nonbearing, designed to resist lateral forces acting in the
plane of the wall (sometimes referred to as a “vertical diaphragm”).
Shearwall - is that portion of a wall used to resist horizontal forces acting parallel to the wall, such as
in-plane shear. An end shearwall is the exterior wall of a building that is perpendicular to the roof ridge
in a gable roof, or perpendicular to the jack framing in a hip roof. It resists forces applied
perpendicular to the ridge. A side shearwall is an exterior wall of a building that is parallel to the roof
ridge and perpendicular to the main roof rafters or trusses. It is used to resist forces parallel to the
ridge.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
26.8.2 Topographic Factor. The wind speed-up effect shall be included in the calculation of design
wind loads by using the factor Kzt:
Kzt = (1 + K1K2K3)2 (26.8-1)
Kzt
where K1, K2, and K3 are given in Fig. 26.8-1.
If site conditions and locations of buildings and other structures do not meet all the conditions
specified in Section 26.8.1 then Kzt = 1.0.
Topographic Factor - determined based upon abrupt changes in the general topography located in
Kzt
any exposure category.
Tributary Area - is that portion of the surface area of a roof or a wall receiving wind loads that are
assigned to be supported by the structural element considered. (see Effective Wind Area).
Uplift - is the upward force in pounds calculated at the support for a member subjected to wind load.
Nominal design wind speed (3-second gust), miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) where applicable. Used in
V3s
IRC-09,-12,-15 IBC-09,-12,-15 & ASCE 7-05, -10.
Nominal design wind speed (3-second gust), miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) where applicable. Defined
Vasd
in IBC-12, and is the same as V3s in IRC-09,-12,-15 IBC-09,-12,-15 & ASCE 7-05,-10.
Fastest mile design wind speed in miles per hour (mph) (km/hr). IRC-06,-09 & IBC-06,-09 included
Vfm equivalency tables for V3s and Vfm. Fastest mile wind speed maps were last used in ASCE 7-93, but
were carried forward from ASCE 7-88 & ANSI A58.1-82.
Ultimate design wind speeds (3-second gust), by Occupancy Category, in miles per hour (mph)
(km/hr) determined from IBC-12 (-15) Figures 1609A (1609.3(1)), 1609B (1609.3(2)), or 1609C
TOC Vult
(1609.3(3)) and ASCE 7-10, Figures 26.5-1A, 26.5-1, or 26.5-1C. Defined in IBC-12,-15 & used as V
in ASCE 7-10)
Velocity - basic wind speed given in mph (m/s). It is generally referenced as corresponding to a 3-
V second gust speed at 33 ft (10 m) above ground in Exposure Category C. May be either Vasd or Vult,
depending on the edition of the standard using the term.
qz
Velocity pressure - evaluated at height (z) above ground in lb/ft 2.
Kz
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient - evaluated at height z above ground.
Wind Design Pressure – in lb/ft2. The different zones of both the C&C and MWFRS evaluations will
p generate a number of different wind design loads applied to portions a truss. The worst case effect on
a truss member will be used to create the final truss design.
W Load due to wind pressure
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
Wind Design Dead Load - is the design dead load that is expected to be on the building during a
D wind event. The wind design dead load may evaluated as less than the actual building design dead
load, and may be mandated by the code.
ASCE 7-10
26.10.3.1 Wind-Borne Debris Regions. Glazed openings shall be protected in accordance with Section
26.10.3.2 in the following locations:
1. Within 1 mi of the coastal mean high water line where the basic wind speed is equal to or greater than 130
mi/h (58 m/s), or
2. In areas where the basic wind speed is equal to or greater than 140 mi/h (63 m/s).
For Risk Category II buildings and other structures and Risk Category III buildings and other structures, except
health care facilities, the wind-borne debris region shall be based on Fig. 26.5-1A. For Risk Category III health
care facilities and Risk Category IV buildings and other structures, the wind-borne debris region shall be based
on Fig. 26.5-1B. Risk categories shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.5.
EXCEPTION: Glazing located over 60 ft (18.3 m) above the ground and over 30 ft (9.2 m) above aggregate-
surfaced-roofs, including roofs with gravel or stone ballast, located within 1,500 ft (458 m) of the building shall
be permitted to be unprotected.
L Structure length (horizontal dimension measured parallel to wind direction).

B Structure breadth or width (horizontal dimension measured perpendicular to wind direction).
GCp ASCE 7-10 26.3 SYMBOLS
product of external pressure coefficient and gusteffect factor to be used in determination of wind loads for
buildings.
GCpi ASCE 7-10 26.3 SYMBOLS
product of internal pressure coefficient and gusteffect factor to be used in determination of wind loads for
buildings
TOC
C6.3 Effects of Wind on Structures over their lifetime:
Wind loads on structures are difficult to quantify since the pressure varies greatly at different locations at the
same time. The current wind load methodologies consider basic static pressures in specified zones that
represent possible peak loads. And, since wind directionality can effect peak loads it, too must be taken into
account.
Wind loads are considered in two ways:
1. On a large scale - on structural
systems that carry wind loads
from more than one surface are
considered the main wind force-
resisting system (MWFRS). This
would include the shearwalls and
diaphragms that make up the
lateral force-resisting system
(LFRS) as well as trusses that
experience loads from two
surfaces (or pressure zones) of
the building. These loads are
based upon the averaging of
time-varying wind pressures over
the surface of the structure.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
2. On a smaller scale – on
localized surface areas of the
structure, especially at corners,
eaves, and ridges, as shown in
this illustration from ASCE 7-05
Figure 6-3 (7-10, Figure 30.5-1).
These higher pressures are
carried by components and
cladding (C&C) elements, like
siding, sheathing, windows,
doors, purlins and studs. These
local and time-varying C&C loads
are passed to the MWFRS where
they are evaluated on the
average, since while some C&C
loads might be at or near peak
loads, others will be as
substantially less than peak.
Wind Directionality and Components and Cladding Loads

The pressure zones or patterns illustrated in ASCE 7-05/-10 for both the simplified method (shown
above) and the analytic method indicate the enveloped peak loads for all possible wind conditions.
After the pressures have been determined for each zone, then the effect of wind directionality must be
considered.
If one looks at ASCE 7-05 Figure 6-
11C (7-10 Figure 30.4-2B), the C&C
wind presures on a structural member
at the location shown in red on the
gable and hip roof would look like like
this:
However, the effect of these pressures would be evaluated with the directionality of the wind taken into
account, like the examples below, evaluated separately with the wind from the left and from the
right. This is illustrated in C2-Load Cases for wind.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
The consideration of wind directionality is not
made clear in ASCE 7-05 or 7-10, however, it is
basic to the wind modeling which underlys the
requirements.
The graphic to the right is from SEAW RSM-03,

SEAW's Handbook of a Rapid-Solutions
Methodology for Wind Design. It was developed
by the Structural Engineers Association of
Washington (SEAW) and edited and published by
the Applied Technology Council (ATC) in 2004.
It clearly indicates that it is unnecessary to

combine the loads for different wind directions.
Wind loads act on a structure in two ways:

1. On the external surfaces as positive pressure on the
windward side of the structure and negative or suction
on the leeward side. These forces are considered to act
normal to the structure's surfaces.
2. By creating a pressure difference between the

external and internal surfaces. Once wind is allowed to
enter a structure, either through openings by design or
openings created by wind effect, the internal wind
pressure can create havoc on a structure adding to roof
uplift and wall suction.
Structure failure due to wind is any one or a combination of the following:

1. Translation or sliding
(lateral movement)
2. Overturning
3. Racking (lateral collapse)
4. Material failure
TOC
C6.3.1 Effects of Wind on Trusses During Construction
To evaluate the allowable design wind speed for the various roof truss bracing requirements shown in BCSI,
a calculated wind analysis was undertaken.
The results show that in all cases a structure braced per BCSI should be able to withstand up to a 52 mph
wind speed (Vasd) or 67 mph wind speed (Vult). As is stated in the BCSI document, it is important for safety to
fully brace each set of 5 trusses.
For further information about the effects of wind on trusses during construction, contact SBCA.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
TOC
C6.4 Wind Speed Maps
ASCE 7-10, Fig 26.5-1, IBC-15, Fig 1609.3, IRC-15, Fig R301.2(4) use the same set of basic wind speed
maps all with nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 ft above ground for
Exposure C category (Vult):
USA maps by occupancy category

Occupancy Category II
Occupancy Category III & IV
Occupancy Category I
MAPS from IBC - 15 Shown Below
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
IRC-12, Figure R301.2(4)A, wind speed map has contours that match neither the ASCE 7-05 or IRC-06/09
maps. It is similar to, but not exactly like IBC-12, Figure1609A, except that wind speeds are given as Vasd.
The commentary to the IRC-12 regarding Figure R301.2(4)A describes the differences as follows:
Because of the prescriptive nature of the IRC and the considerable number of embedded wind speed triggers
throughout the code, integrating the new wind speed map into the IRC necessitated a different approach. For the
ease of the users of the IRC, it was decided to scale down the ultimate map or strength design map to a nominal
or design level basic wind speed map. This new map, Figure R301.2(4)A, is the ultimate map from ASCE 7-10
with the wind speeds divided by the square root of the load factor (V/√1.6) with the contours corresponding to
whole numbers.
Note: the Vasd wind speed of 90 mph is now Vult at 115 mph.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
C6.5 Exposure and Exposure Categories
The characteristics of the ground roughness and surface irregularities on all sides of the structure are to be
considered for the site. This evaluation includes both natural and constructed features.
Since ASCE 7-10 has added a wind speed map for hurricane prone regions, some of the items related
to these areas have been struck and are shown with strikethrough in the text below.
For each wind direction evaluated, the exposure is to be determined
for the two upwind sectors extending 45 degrees either side of the
selected wind direction - a total of 8 wind directions are to be
considered, two on either side of the 4 primary building axes. The
sector with the exposure giving the highest load is to be used to
define wind loads for that direction.
Wind loads for cladding elements are determined based upon the
worst case of all the sectors.
For Exposure (ASCE 7-05, 6.5.6 (7-10, 26.7.2)), begin with the determination of a Surface Roughness
Category within each of the 45 degree sectors:
Surface Roughness B: Urban and suburban areas, wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced
obstructions having the size of single-family dwellings or larger.
Surface Roughness C: Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights generally less than 30 ft (9.1 m).
This category includes flat open country, grasslands, and all water surfaces in hurricane-prone regions.
Surface Roughness D: Flat, unobstructed areas and water surfaces outside hurricane-prone regions. This
category includes smooth mud flats, salt flats, and unbroken ice.
ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10
Exposure B: Exposure B shall apply where the ground Exposure B: For buildings with a mean roof height of
surface roughness condition, as defined by Surface less than or equal to 30 ft (9.1 m), Exposure B shall
Roughness B, prevails in the upwind direction for a apply where the ground surface roughness, as defined
distance of at least 2600 ft (792 m) or 20 times the by Surface Roughness B, prevails in the upwind
height of the building, whichever is greater. direction for a distance greater than 1,500 ft (457 m).
Exception: For buildings whose mean roof height is For buildings with a mean roof height greater than 30 ft
less than or equal to 30 ft (9.1 m), the upwind distance (9.1 m), Exposure B shall apply where Surface
may be reduced to 1500 ft (457 m). Roughness B prevails in the upwind direction for a
distance greater than 2,600 ft (792 m) or 20 times the
height of the building, whichever is greater.
Exposure C: Exposure C shall apply for all cases Exposure C: Exposure C shall apply for all cases
TOC where exposures B or D do not apply. where Exposures B or D do not apply.
Exposure D: Exposure D shall apply where the ground Exposure D: Exposure D shall apply where the ground
surface roughness, as defined by Surface Roughness D, surface roughness, as defined by Surface Roughness D,
prevails in the upwind direction for a distance greater prevails in the upwind direction for a distance greater
than 5,000 ft (1,524 m) or 20 times the building height, than 5,000 ft (1,524 m) or 20 times the building height,
whichever is greater. Exposure D shall extend into whichever is greater. Exposure D shall also apply
downwind areas of Surface Roughness B or C for a where the ground surface roughness immediately
distance of 600 ft (200 m) or 20 times the height of the upwind of the site is B or C, and the site is within a
building, whichever is greater. distance of 600 ft (183 m) or 20 times the building
height, whichever is greater, from an Exposure D
condition as defined in the previous sentence.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
For a site located in the transition zone between For a site located in the transition zone between
exposure categories, exposure categories, the category resulting in the
the category resulting in the largest wind forces shall be largest wind forces shall be used.
used. EXCEPTION: An intermediate exposure between the
Exception: An intermediate exposure between the preceding categories is permitted in a transition zone
above categories is permitted in a transition zone provided that it is determined by a rational analysis
provided that it is determined by a rational analysis method defined in the recognized literature
method defined in the recognized literature.
TOC IBC-09 IBC-12 IBC-15

1609.4 Exposure category. For 1609.4 Exposure category. 1609.4 Exposure category.
each wind direction considered, an For each wind direction considered, For each wind direction considered,
exposure category that adequately an exposure category that adequately an exposure category that adequately
reflects the characteristics of ground reflects the characteristics of ground reflects the characteristics of ground
surface irregularities shall be surface irregularities shall be surface irregularities shall be
determined for the site at which the determined for the site at which the determined for the site at which the
building or structure is to be building or structure is to be building or structure is to be
constructed. Account shall be taken constructed. Account shall be taken constructed. Account shall be taken
of variations in ground surface of variations in ground surface of variations in ground surface
roughness that arise from natural roughness that arise from natural roughness that arise from natural
topography and vegetation as well as topography and vegetation as well as topography and vegetation as well as
from constructed features. from constructed features. from constructed features.
Exposure B. Exposure B shall apply Exposure B. For buildings with a Exposure B. For buildings with a
where the ground surface roughness mean roof height of less than or mean roof height of less than or
condition, as defined by Surface equal to 30 feet (9144 mm), equal to 30 feet (9144 mm),
Roughness B, prevails in the upwind Exposure B shall apply where the Exposure B shall apply where the
direction for a distance of at least ground surface roughness, as defined ground surface roughness, as defined
2,600 feet (792 m) or 20 times the by Surface Roughness B, prevails in by Surface Roughness B, prevails in
height of the building, whichever is the upwind direction for a distance the upwind direction for a distance
greater. of at least 1,500 feet (457 m). For of at least 1,500 feet (457 m). For
Exception: For buildings whose buildings with a mean roof height buildings with a mean roof height
mean roof height is less than or greater than 30 feet (9144 mm), greater than 30 feet (9144 mm),
equal to 30 feet (9144 mm), the Exposure B shall apply where Exposure B shall apply where
upwind distance is permitted to be Surface Roughness B prevails in the Surface Roughness B prevails in the
reduced to 1,500 feet (457 m). upwind direction for a distance of at upwind direction for a distance of at
least 2,600 feet (792 m) or 20 times least 2,600 feet (792 m) or 20 times
the height of the building, whichever the height of the building, whichever
is greater. is greater.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
Exposure C. Exposure C shall apply Exposure C. Exposure C shall apply Exposure C. Exposure C shall apply
for all cases where Exposures B or for all cases where Exposures B or for all cases where Exposures B or
D do not apply. D do not apply. D do not apply.
Exposure D. Exposure D shall Exposure D. Exposure D shall Exposure D. Exposure D shall
apply where the ground surface apply where the ground surface apply where the ground surface
roughness, as defined by Surface roughness, as defined by Surface roughness, as defined by Surface
Roughness D, prevails in the upwind Roughness D, prevails in the upwind Roughness D, prevails in the upwind
direction for a distance of at least direction for a distance of at least direction for a distance of at least
5,000 feet (1524 m) or 20 times the 5,000 feet (1524 m) or 20 times the 5,000 feet (1524 m) or 20 times the
height of the building, whichever is height of the building, whichever is height of the building, whichever is
greater. Exposure D shall extend greater. Exposure D shall also apply greater. Exposure D shall also apply
inland from the shoreline for a where the ground surface roughness where the ground surface roughness
distance of 600 feet (183 m) or 20 immediately upwind of the site is B immediately upwind of the site is B
times the height of the building, or C, and the site is within a distance or C, and the site is within a distance
whichever is greater. of 600 feet (183 m) or 20 times the of 600 feet (183 m) or 20 times the
building height, whichever is building height, whichever is
greater, from an exposure D greater, from an exposure D
condition as defined in the previous condition as defined in the previous
sentence. sentence.
TOC
R301.2.1.4 Exposure category. R301.2.1.4 Exposure category. R301.2.1.4 Exposure category.
For each wind direction considered, For each wind direction considered, For each wind direction considered,
an exposure category that adequately an exposure category that adequately an exposure category that adequately
reflects the characteristics of ground reflects the characteristics of ground reflects the characteristics of ground
surface irregularities shall be surface irregularities shall be surface irregularities shall be
determined for the site at which the determined for the site at which the determined for the site at which the
building or structure is to be building or structure is to be building or structure is to be
constructed. For a site located in the constructed. For a site located in the constructed. For a site located in the
transition zone between categories, transition zone between categories, transition zone between categories,
the category resulting in the largest the category resulting in the largest the category resulting in the largest
wind forces shall apply. Account wind forces shall apply. Account wind forces shall apply. Account
shall be taken of variations in shall be taken of variations in shall be taken of variations in
ground surface roughness that arise ground surface roughness that arise ground surface roughness that arise
from natural topography and from natural topography and from natural topography and
vegetation as well as from vegetation as well as from vegetation as well as from
constructed features. constructed features. constructed features.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
For a site where multiple detached For a site where multiple detached For a site where multiple detached
one- and two-family dwellings, one- and two-family dwellings, one- and two-family dwellings,
townhouses or other structures are to townhouses or other structures are to townhouses or other structures are to
be constructed as part of a be constructed as part of a be constructed as part of a
subdivision, master-planned subdivision, master-planned subdivision, master-planned
community, or otherwise designated community, or otherwise designated community, or otherwise designated
as a developed area by the authority as a developed area by the authority as a developed area by the authority
having jurisdiction, the exposure having jurisdiction, the exposure having jurisdiction, the exposure
category for an individual structure category for an individual structure category for an individual structure
shall be based upon the site shall be based upon the site shall be based upon the site
conditions that will exist at the time conditions that will exist at the time conditions that will exist at the time
when all adjacent structures on the when all adjacent structures on the when all adjacent structures on the
site have been constructed, provided site have been constructed, provided site have been constructed, provided
their construction is expected to their construction is expected to their construction is expected to
begin within one year of the start of begin within one year of the start of begin within one year of the start of
construction for the structure for construction for the structure for construction for the structure for
which the exposure category is which the exposure category is which the exposure category is
determined. For any given wind determined. For any given wind determined. For any given wind
direction, the exposure in which a direction, the exposure in which a direction, the exposure in which a
specific building or other structure is specific building or other structure is specific building or other structure is
sited shall be assessed as being one sited shall be assessed as being one sited shall be assessed as being one
of the following categories: of the following categories: of the following categories:
1. Exposure A. Large city centers 1. Exposure A. Large city centers 1. Exposure A. Large city centers
with at least 50 percent of the with at least 50 percent of the with at least 50 percent of the
buildings having a height in excess buildings having a height in excess buildings having a height in excess
of 70 feet (21 336 mm). Use of this of 70 feet (21 336 mm). Use of this of 70 feet (21 336 mm). Use of this
exposure category shall be limited to exposure category shall be limited to exposure category shall be limited to
those areas for which terrain those areas for which terrain those areas for which terrain
representative of Exposure A representative of Exposure A representative of Exposure A
prevails in the upwind direction for a prevails in the upwind direction for a prevails in the upwind direction for a
distance of at least 0.5 mile (0.8 km) distance of at least 0.5 mile (0.8 km) distance of at least 0.5 mile (0.8 km)
or 10 times the height of the building or 10 times the height of the building or 10 times the height of the building
or other structure, whichever is or other structure, whichever is or other structure, whichever is
greater. Possible channeling effects greater. Possible channeling effects greater. Possible channeling effects
or increased velocity pressures due or increased velocity pressures due or increased velocity pressures due
to the building or structure being to the building or structure being to the building or structure being
located in the wake of adjacent located in the wake of adjacent located in the wake of adjacent
buildings shall be taken into buildings shall be taken into buildings shall be taken into
account. account. account.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
2. Exposure B. Urban and suburban 2. Exposure B. Urban and suburban 2. Exposure B. Urban and suburban
areas, wooded areas, or other terrain areas, wooded areas, or other terrain areas, wooded areas, or other terrain
with numerous closely spaced with numerous closely spaced with numerous closely spaced
obstructions having the size of single-obstructions having the size of single-obstructions having the size of single-
family dwellings or larger. Exposure family dwellings or larger. Exposure family dwellings or larger. Exposure
TOC
B shall be assumed unless the site B shall be assumed unless the site B shall be assumed unless the site
meets the definition of another type meets the definition of another type meets the definition of another type
exposure. exposure. exposure.
3. Exposure C. Open terrain with 3. Exposure C. Open terrain with 3. Exposure C. Open terrain with
scattered obstructions, including scattered obstructions, including scattered obstructions, including
surface undulations or other surface undulations or other surface undulations or other
irregularities, having heights irregularities, having heights irregularities, having heights
generally less than 30 feet (9144 generally less than 30 feet (9144 generally less than 30 feet (9144
mm) extending more than 1,500 feet mm) extending more than 1,500 feet mm) extending more than 1,500 feet
(457 m) from the building site in any (457 m) from the building site in any (457 m) from the building site in any
quadrant. This exposure shall also quadrant. This exposure shall also quadrant. This exposure shall also
apply to any building located within apply to any building located within apply to any building located within
Exposure B type terrain where the Exposure B type terrain where the Exposure B type terrain where the
building is directly adjacent to open building is directly adjacent to open building is directly adjacent to open
areas of Exposure C type terrain in areas of Exposure C type terrain in areas of Exposure C type terrain in
any quadrant for a distance of more any quadrant for a distance of more any quadrant for a distance of more
than 600 feet (183 m). This category than 600 feet (183 m). This category than 600 feet (183 m). This category
includes flat open country, includes flat, open country and includes flat, open country and
grasslands and shorelines in grasslands. grasslands.
hurricane prone regions.
4. Exposure D. Flat, unobstructed 4. Exposure D. Flat, unobstructed 4. Exposure D. Flat, unobstructed

areas exposed to wind flowing over areas exposed to wind flowing over areas exposed to wind flowing over
open water (excluding shorelines in open water for a distance of at least open water for a distance of at least
hurricane prone regions) for a 1 mile (1.61 km). Shorelines in 1 mile (1.61 km). Shorelines in
distance of at least 1 mile (1.61 km). Exposure D include inland Exposure D include inland
Shorelines in Exposure D include waterways, the Great Lakes, and waterways, the Great Lakes, and
inland waterways, the Great Lakes, coastal areas of California, Oregon, coastal areas of California, Oregon,
and coastal areas of California, Washington and Alaska. This Washington and Alaska. This
Oregon, Washington and Alaska. exposure shall apply only to those exposure shall apply only to those
This exposure shall apply only to buildings and other structures buildings and other structures
those buildings and other structures exposed to the wind coming from exposed to the wind coming from
exposed to the wind coming from over the water. Exposure D extends over the water. Exposure D extends
over the water. Exposure D extends inland from the shoreline a distance inland from the shoreline a distance
inland from the shoreline a distance of 1500 feet (457 m) or 10 times the of 1500 feet (457 m) or 10 times the
of 1500 feet (457 m) or 10 times the height of the building or structure, height of the building or structure,
height of the building or structure, whichever is greater. whichever is greater.
whichever is greater.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
TOC
The selection of an Exposure Category is often difficult
and requires specific site evaluation, unless
predetermined categories have been defined by the AHJ.
The result of the choice can make a significant difference
in the design pressures used. This can be seen from the
adjustment factors for components and cladding values
(shown here from ASCE 7-05, Figure 6-2 or 7-10 Figure
28.6-1)
In light frame construction, a single worst-case Exposure

Category is typically used.
TOC
C6.6 Enclosure Category:
There are three enclosure categories: Enclosed, Open, or Partially Enclosed. The worst case for wind is
partially enclosed, since this category results in both internal and external wind pressures.
Enclosed applies to any structure that does not qualify as open or partially enclosed.
Open applies to any structure that has each wall at least 80% open.
Partially enclosed applies to any structure that meets both of the following conditions (the definition
is the same in ASCE 7-05/10, Section 6.2 and IBC-09 Section 1609.2. It is not defined in the IBC-
12/15. It is not defined in the IRC, since the IRC only covers enclosed structures.
1. The total area of openings in a wall that receives positive external pressure exceeds the sum of the areas
of openings in the balance of the building envelope (walls and roof) by more than 10 percent; and
2. The total area of openings in a wall that receives positive external pressure exceeds 4 square feet (0.37
m2) or 1 percent of the area of that wall, whichever is smaller, and the percentage of openings in the
balance of the building envelope does not exceed 20 percent.
The definition of the enclosure category is based upon the evaluation of the entire structure. There are,
however, a few circumstances where portions of a structure may be considered using separate enclosure
categories. The assignment of an enclosure category to these types of structures should be verified with the
Authority Having Jurisdiction:
An attached carport with three open sides may be designed using Open category parameters while
the structure it is attached to is designed to its appropriate enclosure category.
An attached canopy which can trap wind under it should be designed using the Partially Enclosed
category parameters while the structure it is attached to is designed to its appropriate enclosure
category.
A porch having two sides open and attached to an enclosed structure should be designed using the
Partially Enclosed category parameters while the structure it is attached to is designed to a its
appropriate enclosure category.
A recessed area, like a recessed entry, with one side open would be treated as part of the
overhang and designed using the structure's enclosure category using overhang pressures.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
C6.7 Design Parameters:
Because of the complexity of evaluating the impact of wind loads on individual structural components, wind
design parameters, rather than wind loads, are required for design. In the case of trusses, the wind
pressures acting on the truss and truss members are calculated within the design software and the effects of
these calculated loads are evaluated.
C6.7.1 Prescriptive Design Parameters (IRC & IBC)
In the IRC-09/12/15 and structures designed per IBC-09/12/15 Section 2308, wind design for roof structural
members is primarily limited to uplift considerations. These prescriptive codes are based on a specific set of
assumptions.
When designing trusses using Table R301.2(1) of the IRC-09/12/15 or per Section 2308 of the IBC-09/12/15,
two parameters must be provided to the truss manufacturer:
1 Wind Speed (3 second gust) (V) per IRC-09,-12,-15 Figure R301.2(4), IBC-09 Figure 1609, IBC-12
Figures 1609A, 1609B, 1609C, IBC-15 1609.3(1), 1609.3(2), 1609.3(3) or a wind speed required by
the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
2 Exposure Category is determined as defined per IRC-09,-12,-15 R301.2.1.4 or IBC-09,-12,-15 Section
1609.4 based upon site evaluation or as defined by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
Exposure B is the default category, although the wind speed maps are based on Exposure C.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
The scope of the IRC for wind design is limited to lower wind areas. Structures in areas exceeding the stated
wind speeds must be designed for wind based upon other referenced standards.
R301.2.1 Wind limitations. Buildings R301.2.1 Wind design criteria. R301.2.1 Wind design criteria.
and portions thereof shall be limited Buildings and portions thereof shall be Buildings and portions thereof shall be
bywind speed, as defined in Table constructed in accordance with the wind constructed in accordance with the wind
R301.2(1) and constructionmethods in provisions of this code using thc basic provisions of this code using the
accordance with this code. Basic wind wind speed in Table R301.2(1) as ultimate design wind speed in Table
speeds shall be determined from Figure determined from Figure R301.2(4)A. R301.2(1) as determined from Figure
R301.2(4). Where different construction The structural provisions of this code for R301.2(4)A. The structural provisions of
methods and structural materials are wind loads are not permitted where wind this code for wind loads are not
used for various portions of a building, design is required as specified in Section permitted where wind design is required
the applicable requirements of this R30 1.2.1.1. Where different as specified in Section R301.2.1.1.
section for each portion shall apply. construction methods and structural Where different construction methods
Where loads forwall coverings, materials are used for various portions of and structural materials are used for
curtainwalls, roof coverings, exterior a building, the applicable requirements various portions of a building, the
windows, skylights, garage doors and of this section for each portion shall applicable requirements of this section
exterior doors are not otherwise apply. Where not otherwise specified, for each portion shall apply. Where not
specified, the loads listed in Table the wind loads listed in Table R301.2(2) otherwise specified, the wind loads
R301.2(2) adjusted for height and adjusted for height and exposure using listed in Table R301.2(2) adjusted for
exposure using Table R301.2(3) shall be Table R301.2(3) shall be used to height and exposure using Table
used to determine design load determine design load performance R301.2(3) shall be used to determine
performance requirements for wall requirements for wall coverings, curtain design load performance requirements
coverings, curtain walls, roof coverings, walls, roof coverings, exterior windows, for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof
exterior windows, skylights, garage skylights, garage doors and exterior coverings, exterior windows, skylights,
doors and exterior doors. Asphalt doors. Asphalt shingles shall be garage doors and exterior doors. Asphalt
shingles shall be designed for wind designed for wind speeds in accordance shingles shall be designed for wind
speeds in accordance with Section with Section R905.2.4. A continuous speeds in accordance with Section
R905.2.6. load path shall be provided to transmit R905.2.4. A continuous load path shall
the applicableuplift forces in Section be provided to transmit the applicable
R802.11.1 from the roof assembly to the uplift forces in Section R802.11.1 from
foundation. the roof assembly to the foundation.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
R301.2.1.1 Design criteria. In regions R301.2.1.1 Wind limitations and wind R301.2.1.1 Wind limitations and wind
where the basic wind speeds from Figure design required. design required. The wind provisions of
R301.2(4) equal or exceed 100 miles per Thc wind provisions of this code shall this code shall not apply to the design of
hour (45 m/s) in hurricane-prone not apply to thc design of buildings buildings where wind design is required
regions, or 110 miles per hour (49 m/s) where wind design is required in in accordance with Figure R301.2(4)B.
elsewhere, the design of buildings shall accordance with Figure R30 1.2(4)B or Exceptions:
be in accordance with one of the where the basic wind speed from Figure 1. For concrete construction, the wind
following methods. The elements of R30 1.2(4)A equals or exceeds 110 provisions of this code shall apply in
design not addressed by those miles per hour (49 m/s). accordance with the limitations of
documents in Items 1 through 4 shall be Exceptions: Sections R404 and R608.
in accordance with this code. 1. For concrete construction, the wind 2. For structural insulated panels, the
provisions of this code shall apply in wind provisions of this code shall apply
accordancc with the limitations of in accordance with the limitations of
Sections R404 and R6 l 1. Section R610.
2. For structural insulated panels, the 3. For cold-formed steel light-frame
wind provisions of this code shall apply construction, the wind provisions of this
in accordance with the liniitations of code shall apply in accordance with the
Section R613. limitations of Sections R505, R603 and
R804.
In regions where wind design is required In regions where wind design is required
in accordance with Figure R301.2(4)B in accordance with Figure R301.2(4)B,
or where the basic wind speed shown on the design of buildings for wind loads
Figure R301.2(4)A equals or exceeds shall be in accordance with one or more
110 miles per hour (49 m/s), the design of the following methods:
of buildings for wind loads shall be in
accordance with one or more of the
following methods:
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
1. American Forest and Paper 1. AF&PA Wood Frame Construction 1. AF&PA Wood Frame Construction
Association (AF&PA) Wood Frame Manual (WFCM); or Manual (WFCM);
Construction Manual for One- and Two- 2. ICC Standard for Residential 2. ICC Standard for Residential
Family Dwellings (WFCM); or Construction in High-Wind Regions Construction in High-Wind Regions
2. International Code Council (ICC) (ICC-600: or (ICC-600):
Standard for Residential Construction in 3. ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads for 3. ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads for
High Wind Regions (ICC-600); or Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE
3. Minimum Design Loads for Buildings 7); or 7);
and Other Structures (ASCE-7); or 4. AISI Standard for Cold-Formed Steel 4. AISI Standard for Cold-Formed Steel
4. American Iron and Steel Institute Framing—Prescriptive Method for One- Framing—Prescriptive Method for One-
(AISI), Standard for Cold-Formed Steel and Two-Family Dwellings (AISI and Two-Family Dwellings (AISI
Framing—Prescriptive Method For One- S230); or S230);
and Two-Family Dwellings (AISI S230). 5. International Building Code. 5. International Building Code.
5. Concrete construction shall be
designed in accordance with the
provisions of this code.
6. Structural insulated panel (SIP) walls
shall be designed in accordance with the
provisions of this code.
IBC-09, 2308 IBC-12, 2308 IBC-15, 2308

2308.2 Limitations. Buildings are
permitted to be constructed in
accordance with the provisions of
conventional light-frame
construction, subject to the
limitations in Sections 2308.2.1
through 2308.2.6.
2308.2 Limitations 2308.2 Limitations 2308.2.4 Ultimate wind speed. Vult

4. Wind speeds shall not exceed 100 4. Vasd as determined in accordance shall not exceed 130 miles per hour (57
miles per hour (mph) (44 m/s) (3-second with Section 1609.3.1 shall not exceed m/s) (3-second gust).
gust). 100 miles per hour (mph) (44 m/s) (3- Exceptions:
Exception: Wind speeds shall not second gust). 1. Vult shall not exceed 140 mph (61.6
exceed 110 mph (48.4 m/s) (3-second Exception: Vasd as determined in m/s) (3-second gust) for buildings in
gust) for buildings in Exposure Category accordance with Section 1609.3.1 shall Exposure Category B that are not
B that are not located in a hurricane- not exceed 110 mph (48.4 m/s) (3- located in a hurricane-prone region.
prone region. second gust) for buildings in Exposure 2. Where Vult exceeds 130 mph (3-
Category B that are not located in a second gust), the provisions of either
hurricane-prone region. AWC WFCM or ICC 600 are permitted
to be used.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
The person responsible for taking out the building permit should either sign off on the following prescriptive
design assumptions, in addition to the two required design parameters (wind speed & Exposure Category), or
actual site parameters should be determined and used.
Enclosure Classification = Enclosed

Importance Factor (I) = 1.0 or less
Mean roof height (h) is less than or equal to 60 feet
Topographic Factor (Kzt) = 1.0
Directionality Factor (Kd) = 0.85
That trusses do not function as drag struts unless specifically detailed. If drag strut loading is required,
both loading and connection requirements must be provided.
The structure is considered to be 'regular' in shape and is rigid.
TOC Floor trusses do not require design for wind uplift.
C6.7.2 Design Parameters (IBC)

For structures designed to the IBC-09/12/15 Section 1609, other than those designed per Section 2308, all
wind design parameters are to be provided for the structure as a whole, or for individual sections of the
structure as applicable:
V = Basic wind speed (3 second gust) and whether wind speed is Vasd or Vult
Kd = Directionality Factor
Kz = Velocity Pressure Coefficient evaluated at height z
Kzt = Topographic Factor
I = Importance Factor
Exposure Category: (B, C, or D)
Enclosure Classification: (enclosed, open, or partially enclosed)
Drag strut loading and connection requirements
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
Occupancy (Risk) Categories (IBC-09,-12,-15 & ASCE 7-05 & -10 - all vary slightly, only IBC-15 is shown
here as an example.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
ASCE 7-05 Importance Factors for Wind - Table 6-1
ASCE 7-10 & IBC-12/15 don't use importance factors in wind design, but instead use wind speed maps correlated to the
Risk Categories.
ASCE 7-10 C1.5.1 Risk Categorization. In this (2010) edition of the standard a new Table 1.5-2 has been added that
consolidates the various importance factors specified for the several type of loads throughout the standard in one
location. This change was made to facilitate the process of finding values of these factors. Simultaneously with this
addition, the importance factors for wind loads have been deleted as changes to the new wind hazard maps adopted by
the standard incorporate consideration of less probable design winds for structures assigned to higher-risk categories,
negating the need for separate importance factors.
TOC In addition, a number of structure parameters must be provided:

h = Mean Roof Height of structure
L = Structure length (horizontal dimension

measured parallel to wind direction)
B = Structure breadth or width (horizontal

dimension measured perpendicular to wind
direction). Note that engineering judgement is
required to determine when individual sections of
a structure should be considered as different
structures.
a = Pressure Coefficient Zone

The smaller of 10% of least dimension 100 10
10
or 40% of mean roof height 50 20
But not less than either 4% of least dimension 100 4
4
or 3 ft 3
a= 10 FT
use of 'a' varies per figure
2a = 20 FT
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
TOC
If the following assumptions do not meet structural or local code requirements, the Building Designer must
provide specific design criteria:
Structure shape = regular (A uniform or series of superimposed prisms, ASCE 7-02/05, C6.5.2):
including gable, hip, mono slope, mansard, stepped, multi-slope gable, sawtooth, or domed.
Structure = 'rigid' (ASCE 7-05, C6.2 ASCE 7-10, C26.2, ratio of height to minimum width is less than
4), so Gust Effect Factor = 0.85
Neither ASCE 7-05, C6.2 or ASCE 7-10, C26.2, make clear what height to use (wall height,
mean roof height, or highest point). But this is seldom an issue in light frame construction where
structures are not often 4 times as high as they are wide:
• 30 foot wide structure could be up to 120 feet high
Floor/roof diaphragm = 'flexible' - Unless otherwise specified, lateral loads are assumed to be
distributed using flexible diaphragm assumptions, rather than rigid or semi-rigid.
Floor trusses do not require design for wind uplift
In considering wind loads on trusses according to IRC, IBC Section 2308, IBC Section 1600, or ASCE 7, the
following assumptions are made unless specified by the governing code:
MWFRS design coefficients are considered to determine:
• Uplift reaction values
• Truss or girder bottom chord and web design
• trusses or girders that function as drag struts, since they function as part of the structure.
• Trusses that use purlins instead of sheathing on the top chord, since the sheathing is not
directly applied to the truss.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
C&C design coefficients are considered to determine the resistance required to be provided by the
truss top chords and the members of gable end trusses. Wind load is based on an effective wind area
(ASCE 7-05, Section 6.2, ASCE 7-10, Section 26.2) determined as span length times a width no less
than one-third the length (span2/3) and applied to the actual tributary area of the truss or a specified
tributary area. Per the following example:
• Trusses span 30 feet and are spaced 24" on center:
The tributary area of one truss: 30 x 2 = 60 square feet.
• The effective wind area = 302/3 = 300 square feet
• Use the effective wind area (300) to select the External Pressure Coefficients (GCp) from the
appropriate Figure and multiply the appropriate GCp values times the tributary area (60) or area
determined by a, the Pressure Coefficient Zone.
TOC
C6.8 Design Methodology:
C6.8.1 General Design Issues
A truss, girder or gable is evaluated as an individual planar component based upon its location in the
structure.
Structural members that span from eave to ridge or eave to eave will typically include more than one
C&C pressure zone. Structural members must be designed for use in either the lower (interior area) or
for the higher (end zone). This design information is typically indicated as part of the design notes.
Uplift values are included on the truss design drawing and are typically based upon the accepted
engineering practice of using MWFRS pressure values. They typically may be used to determine the
appropriate connector to resist uplift.
The design methods of ASCE 7-05 and ASCE 7-10 are basically the same, however, the organization, the
names of the procedures and the numbering of the figure and table references are quite different, making it a
bit of a challenge to transition from 7-05 to 7-10.
The most significant differences for wind in ASCE 7-10 (besides organization) are:
► Wind speed maps give ultimate wind speed and are based upon risk (replacing importance factor
for wind).
► Allowing use of Exposure D in hurricane prone regions
► Revision of wind speed triggers for hurricane prone and wind-borne debris regions
► Revisions to the load factors in load combinations for ASD and LRFD
The increase in wind speeds results in increased pressure. This, however, is offset by the load factor for wind
(0.6W) in the load combinations resulting in design that is similar to that calculated per ASCE 7-05.
The following discussion only covers the wind design procedures typically used for roof truss design. It is not
TOC a discussion of all the design methods.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
For structures constructed per the IRC-09 and IBC-09 the following procedures in ASCE 7-05 are followed
for trusses:
The Analytical Procedure (Method 2) as given in Section 6.5 of ASCE 7-05 is used, regardless of code, IRC
or IBC, since it allows design for all structures, except where the structure's design requires testing in a wind
tunnel.
Requirements for the Analytic Procedure - all must be met by the structure:
• regular shape
• not subject to across wind loading, vortex shedding, instability due to galloping or flutter; or does not
have a site where wind channeling or buffeting warrants special consideration.
Method 2 allows consideration of structures by either 'low rise' or 'buildings of all heights' provisions. The
decision as to which method is used is determined by the engineering departments of the individual truss
design software suppliers.
a. Wind velocity (V asd ) in miles per hour (3 second gust) is determined either from detailed wind speed
maps supplied by a local code jurisdiction or from Figure 6-1 in ASCE 7-05. Although wind speed may
be interpolated between contour lines on wind speed maps, typically the value at the higher contour
line is used. Wind velocity and Exposure category, along with all other pertinent design factors, should
be supplied by the building designer as part of the construction document information.
V - Basic Wind Speed from Figure 6-1

Kd - Wind Directionality Factor from Table 6-4
I - Importance Factor from Table 1.1, for wind from Table 6-1
Kz or Kh - Velocity pressure exposure coefficient from Table 6-3
Kzt - Topographic factor from Table 6-4 (typically 1.0)
Enclosure Classification (enclosed, partially enclosed, open) per Section 6.2
b. Based upon the given design parameters, the Velocity Pressure is determined at the given roof heigh
per Secion 6.5.10:
qz = 0.00256K zKztKdV2I in lb/ft2
c. Internal Pressure Coefficient is determined based upon the building enclosure classification:
Open GCpi = 0.00
TOC Partially Enclosed GCpi = +/- 0.55
Enclosed GCpi = +/- 0.18
d. The Gust effect factor (G) is determined based on the structure's rigidity.
It is either 0.85, or
as calculated per Section 6.5.8.1 subject to the limitations of Section 6.5.8.4
e. External Pressure Coefficients values are determined from the appropriate ASCE 7-05 Figures for
MWFRS and/or C&C design.
f. Design wind pressures are determined for each roof zone for each method as applicable. Appropriate
load cases are considered, and design loads are applied to the truss members.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
For structures constructed per the IRC-12,-15 and IBC-12,-15 one or more of the following procedures in
ASCE 7-10 will be followed for trusses. The choice of method is based on building height and enclosure
category. Typically, for trusses, both MWFRS and C&C loads must be calculated.
See ASCE 7-10 Figure 26.1-1 for General Outline

The requirements of Chapter 26 are used for determining basic parameters:
► Basic wind speed, Vult, see Section 26.5.1, Figures 26.5-IA, B or C
► Wind directionality factor, Kd, see Section 26.6, Table 26.6-1
► Surface Roughness & Exposure category, see Section 26.7.2, 26.7.3, & 26.7.4
► Topographic factor, Kzt, see Section 26.8, Figure 26.8-1
► Gust Effect Factor, see Section 26.9
► Enclosure classification, see Section 26.10
► Internal pressure coefficient, (GCpi), see Section 26-1 1
Wind loads on the MWFRS may be determined Wind loads on the C&C may be determined by:
by:
Chapter 27: Directional procedure for buildings of Chapter 30: - Envelope Procedure in Parts 1 and
all heights 2, or - Directional Procedure in Parts 3, 4 and 5 -
Building appurtenances (roof overhangs and
Chapter 28: Envelope procedure for low rise parapets) in Part 6
buildings
Chapter 31: Wind tunnel procedure for any
Chapter 29: Directional procedure for building building or other structure
appurtenances (roof overhangs and parapets) and
other structures
Chapter 31: Wind tunnel procedure for any

building or other structure
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
MWFRS - All low rise buildings: for wind loads on the MWFRS, the envelope procedure (h ≤ 60') in
Chapter 28, Part 1, is typically used and the following building requirements must be met:
►The building is either enclosed, partially enclosed or open low-rise buildings having a flat, gable, or hip roof.
►The building is a regular-shaped building or structure as defined in Section 26.2.
TOC
►The building does not have response characteristics making it subject to across wind loading, vortex
shedding, instability due to galloping or flutter, or it does not have a site location for which channeling effects
or buffeting in the wake of upwind obstructions warrant special consideration.
Table 28.2-1 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on MWFRS Low-Rise Buildings:

Step 1: Determine risk category of building or other structure, see Table 1.5-1
Step 2: Determine the basic wind speed, Vult, for applicable risk category, see Figures 26.5-lA, B or C
Step 3: Determine wind load parameters:
► Wind directionality factor, Kd, see Section 26.6 and Table 26.6-1
► Exposure category B, C or D, see Section 26.7
► Topographic factor, Kzt, see Section 26.8 and Fig. 26.8-1
► Internal pressure coefficient, (GCpi), see Section 26.11 and Table 26.11-1
Step 4: Determine velocity pressure exposure coefficient, Kz, or Kh, from Table 28.3-1
Step 5: Determine velocity pressure, qz or qh, Eq. 28.3-1
qz = 0.00256KzKztKdV2 in lb/ft2
Step 6: Determine external pressure coefficient, (GC p), using Fig. 28.4-1 for flat and gable roofs.
Step 7: Calculate wind pressure, p, from Eq. 28.4-1
p = qGCp – qi(GCpi) in lb/ft2
NOTE: 28.4.4 Minimum Design Wind Loads

The wind load to be used in the design of the MWFRS for an enclosed or partially enclosed building shall not
be less than 16 lb/ft2 (0.77 kN/m 2) multiplied by the wall area of the building and 8 lb/ft2 (0.38 kN/m2)
multiplied by the roof area of the building projected on to a vertical plane normal to the assumed wind
direction.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
For MWFRS - Buildings of all heights: for wind loads on the MWFRS, the directional procedure in Chapter
27, Part 1, is typically used and the following building requirements must be met:
►The building is enclosed, partially enclosed, or open.
TOC ►The building is a regular-shaped building or structure as defined in Section 26.2.
►The building does not have response characteristics making it subject to across wind loading, vortex
shedding, instability due to galloping or flutter, or it does not have a site location for which channeling effects
or buffeting in the wake of upwind obstructions warrant special consideration.
Table 27.2-1 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on MWFRS Buildings of All Heights:
► Gust Effect factor, G, see Section 26.9
Step 6: Determine external pressure coefficient, (Cp), using Fig. 27.4-1 for flat, gable, hip, monoslope,
& mansard roofs. Other Figures for Open buildings.
Step 7: Calculate wind pressure, p, from Eq. 27.4-1 for enclosed or partially enclosed rigid buildings
p = qGCp – qi(GCpi) in lb/ft2
NOTE: 27.4.7 (27.1.5 per Errata) Minimum Design Wind Loads

The wind load to be used in the design of the MWFRS for an enclosed or partially enclosed building shall not
be less than 16 lb/ft2 (0.77 kN/m 2) multiplied by the wall area of the building and 8 lb/ft2 (0.38 kN/m 2)
multiplied by the roof area of the building projected on to a vertical plane normal to the assumed wind
direction.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
C&C- Low Rise Enclosed or Partially Enclosed: For wind loads on the C&C, the Procedure in Chapter 30,
Part 1 is used for enclosed or partially enclosed low rise (h ≤ 60') buildings.
Table 30.4-1 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on C&C Wind Loads for Enclosed and Partially
Enclosed Low Rise Buildings:
Step 6: Determine external pressure coefficient, (GC p), using Fig. 30.4-2 for flat, gable,& hip roofs.
Step 7: Calculate wind pressure, p, from Eq. 30.4-1
p = qh[GCp – (GCpi)] in lb/ft2
NOTE: 30.2.2 Minimum Design Wind Pressures

The wind pressure for components and cladding of buildings shall not be less than a net pressure of 16 lb/ft2
(0.77 kN/m2) acting in either direction normal to the surface.
C&C - Heights > 60' Enclosed or Partially Enclosed: For wind loads on the C&C, the Procedure in
Chapter 30, Part 3 is used for enclosed or partially enclosed low rise (h > 60') buildings.
See Table 30.6-1 for Steps.
C&C - Heights > 60' Open: For wind loads on the C&C, the Procedure in Chapter 30, Part 5 is used for
open buildings of all heights.
See Table 30.8-1 for Steps.
C&C - Overhangs, Parapets & Rooftop Equipment: For wind loads on the C&C, the Procedure in Chapter
30, Part 6 is used for overhangs, parapets, & rooftop equipment.
See Table 30.9-1 for steps for Parapets. See Table 30.10-1 for steps for Roof Overhangs
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
C6.8.4 ASCE 7-5 & -10 Comparison
Comparison of Input Values From Wind Section of Roof Load Page Between ASCE 7-05 and ASCE 7-10
(Note: the comparison will be made regardless of what Building Code version is selected.
Wind Design Parameters from Roof Load Wind Section Compare to:
IBC -09/ASCE 7-05
Vasd = 140 MPH Wind Velocity (3 second gust) Vasd= 108 MPH
B Exposure Category B
No Hurricane Zone #N/A
II Building Category II
Iw = 1 Importance Factor (ASCE 7-05 only) 1
h= 20 FT Mean Roof Height 20 FT
B= 30 FT Structure Width 30 FT
L= 60 FT Structure Length 60 FT
C&C Kz = 0.70 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient 0.70
MWFRS Kz = 0.62 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient 0.62
Kzt = 1 Topographic Factor 1
Kd = 0.85 Directionality Factor 0.85
Enclosed Enclosure Category Enclosed
End Interior or End Zone End
C&C MWFRS C&C MWFRS
Velocity Pressure (qz): 29.88 26.61 psf 17.78 15.84 psf
The calculated Vult velocity pressure will always be higher than the Vasd values due to Vult having a higher
value for V.
However, the Vult value will be reduced by 0.6 when used in the Load combination formulas discussed in
Section C-2 and will end up close to the Vasd value. This only compares the value for qz which gets used in
other formulas. A comparison of the two is illustrated below:
C&C Vult Velocity Pressure (qz) = 29.88 Factored Vult qz = 17.93 17.78
Calculated Vasd
MWFRS Vult Velocity Pressure (qz) = 26.61 Factored Vult qz = 15.97 15.84
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
C6.9 Design Considerations:
C6.9.1 Uplift
MWFRS values are used to determine uplift values, unless the use of C&C design values for uplift are
required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
Overhangs are designed for a positive pressure on the bottom surface of the windward overhang (Cp
= 0.8) in combination with the appropriate MWFRS pressure.
ASCE 7-05, Section 6.5.11.4.1 determined from Figures 6-6 and 6-10
ASCE 7-10, all heights - Section 27.4.4 determined from Figure 27.4-1
ASCE 7-10, low rise - Section 28.4.3 determined from Figure 28.4-1
The uplift reaction value given on the Truss Design Drawing for each truss/girder or gable frame/truss
is based upon the zone(s) in which the truss is specified to be located, or a zone specified by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction. The values on the Truss Design Drawing may be used to determine
uplift connection requirements. Otherwise:
Approved uplift connectors may be determined from IRC-09 Sections R802.10.5 and R802.11
and Table R802.11. IRC-15 R802.11 and Table R802.11 or IBC-09/12 Table 2308.10.1 IBC-15
Table 2308.7.5 (which are all the same). IBC-15 version is shown below.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
IRC-12 Table R802.11 displays a different set of values, but they are essentially the same as
those in prior versions.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
The rationale for the change is given as follows:

Reason: The purpose of this proposal is to provide sensible and simplified requirements for roof
uplift connections. The issue of roof uplift connections, the limits of conventional nailed
connections, and the point at which pre-engineered metal clips or straps are required has been a
topic of much debate over the last several code cycles. The insurance industry and others have
been trying to mandate a 200 pound maximum capacity for conventional rafter-to-wall or truss-to-
wall connections, based largely on capacities calculated directly from AF&PA’s NDS. At the same
time, the existing Table R802.11 has not been updated in some time and is overly conservative for
many typical houses. The uplift loads are based on lowslope (4:12 pitch or less) roofs. The table
does not account for the reduction in uplift loads that occur on higher-slope (5:12 pitch or greater)
roofs or on hip roofs per ASCE 7. Thus the code does not encourage the use of high-slope roofs,
which have been shown to experience significantly less damage in high-wind events. The triggers
proposed by the insurance industry, coupled with the current table, would subject many houses in
low-wind areas to a requirement for roof-to-wall ties (not to mention continuous straps to the
foundation) that is not justified by the actual performance of roof systems in low-wind areas. This
requirement is particularly unjustified on higher-slope roofs where the uplift loads can be
substantially reduced through a detailed analysis using ASCE 7.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
This proposal is similar to a companion proposal which rolls together elements of several proposals
concerning roof uplift connections (RB132-07/08, RB206-07/08, and RB207-07/08) from the last
cycle. The key difference is the proposed trigger of 230 pounds in this proposal. This value is
consistent with the capacities seen in uplift testing of both individual components and roof
assemblies conducted by the NAHB Research Center, Clemson University, State Farm, and others.
It is a modest increase from the 200 pound capacity previously proposed by IBHS. The benefit in
this small yet technically-justified increase is an ability to simplify the proposed code language by
including a house with a 32' span low-slope roof in 90mph Exposure B in the scope of conventional
connections. This will allow the prescriptive kick-out for the 32' high-slope condition to be removed
and the overall table to be simplified.
By introducing clarity to the trigger language for uplift connectors and providing this revised table,
the IRC provisions for roof uplift connections will be substantially improved. Builders and building
officials will have improved direction for when pre-engineered metal connectors are actually
required. Additionally, the use of hip roofs and high-slope roofs will be encouraged, as designers,
engineers and builders will be able to appropriately reduce uplift loads and avoid triggering uplift
connector requirements for building locations and for roof configurations where the requirements
are not justified.
If the uplift value on the Truss Design Drawing, produced by engineering, is less than the
prescriptive values in the code tables, confirm with the AHJ that the engineered value may be
used.
IRC-15 has been updated to Ultimate Design Wind.
R802.11 Roof tie-down.
R802.11.1 Uplift resistance. Roof assemblies shall have uplift resistance in accordance
with Sections R802.11.1.1 and R802.11.1.2.
Where the uplift force does not exceed 200 pounds (90.8 kg), rafters and trusses spaced
not more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center shall be permitted to be attached to their
supporting wall assemblies in accordance with Table R602.3(1).
Where the basic wind speed does not exceed 115 mph, the wind exposure category is B,
the roof pitch is 5:12 or greater, and the roof span is 32 feet (9754 mm) or less, rafters and
trusses spaced not more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center shall be permitted to be
attached to their supporting wall assemblies in accordance with Table R602.3(1).
R802.11.1.1 Truss uplift resistance. Trusses shall be attached to supporting wall

assemblies by connections capable of resisting uplift forces as specified on the truss
design drawings for the ultimate design wind speed as determined by Figure R301.2(4)A
and listed in Table R301.2(1) or as shown on the construction documents. Uplift forces
shall be permitted to be determined as specified by Table R802.11, if applicable, or as
determined by accepted engineering practice.
R802.11.1.2 Rafter uplift resistance. Individual rafters shall be attached to supporting
wall assemblies by connections capable of resisting uplift forces as determined by Table
R802.11 or as determined by accepted engineering practice. Connections for beams used
in a roof system shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
C6.9.2 Load Combinations
ASCE 7-05: 0.6D + W is used for all wind directionality cases.
ASCE 7-10: 0.6D + 0.6W is used for all wind directionality cases.
D + (0.6W or 0.7E)
D + 0.75L + 0.75(0.6W) + 0.75(Lr or S or R)
Roof 'live" loads (including snow) are typically assumed not to be present during a high-wind event,
therefore load combinations including wind in combination with other live loads are not typically
considered.
C6.9.3 Gable End Frames

Gable ends are loaded directly by the wind and gable end frames are designed using C&C design
coefficients to resist both positive and negative pressures.
When a gable end is designed for standard or clearspan gable end framing, the horizontal loads,
positive and negative, are taken into account in the design. The roof and ceiling diaphragms or lateral
bracing function as lateral support for the top and bottom chords of gable end framing. In
circumstances where stresses in the gable end truss verticals increases above their capacity there are
two common methods to increase the wind resisting capacity of gable end framing:
A moment reinforcing member (often an L-brace) mounted edgewise along the vertical might be
specified on the Truss Design Drawing.
A horizontal member might be specified, attached at the approximate mid-height of the gable
end truss with angle bracing back to the roof plane.
In high wind areas, where the forces might exceed the capacity of the gable end framing, full height
walls may be required.
Truss design software typically only designs for wind forces in the plane of the truss, not forces acting
perpendicular to the face of the truss.
TOC
C6.10.3 Florida Specific Wind Issues
Florida, prior to 2004, legislated that a specific version of ASCE 7 (1998) be used for wind design. In the
2004 code cycle, the reference was moved from the state statutes to the Florida Building Code (FBC) which
references ASCE 7-02. The FBC 2007 references ASCE 7-05. The FBC 2010 references ASCE 7-10.
In the 2004 through 2010 editions, the High Velocity Hurricane Zone (HVHZ), defined as Dade and Broward
Counties, required a load duration factor of 1.33 (R4409.6.17.2.1.3 or 2319.17.2.1.3), instead of the Load
Duration Factor of 1.6, given in NDS since the 1991 edition, for wood design of short duration loads. In the
Supplement to the 2010 edition of the FBC, section 2319, the 1.3 LDF was changed to simply reference NDS
factors.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
TOC Florida Specific Wind Requirements 2010
HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. Areas vulnerable to hurricanes defined as:
Paragraph tool menu1. The U. S. Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico coasts where the basic wind speed for
Risk Category II buildings is greater than 115 mph (40 m/s) and Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Virgin Islands
and American Samoa.
WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hurricane-prone regions located:
Within 1 mile (1.61 km) of the coastal mean high water line where the ultimate design wind speed Vult is 130
(48 m/s) or greater;
In areas where the ultimate design wind speed Vult is 140 mph (53 m/s) or greater.
For Risk Category II buildings and structures and Risk Category III buildings and structures, except health
care facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on Figure 1609A. For Risk Category IV buildings
and structures and Risk Category III health care facilities, the windborne debris region shall be based on
Figure 1609B.
Florida Building Code 2010

1609.4 Exposure category.
Surface Roughness C. Open terrain with scattered obstructions having heights generally less than 30 feet
(9144 mm). This category includes flat open country and grasslands.This surface roughness shall also apply
to any building located within surface roughness B-type terrain where the building is within 100 feet
horizontally in any direction of open areas of surface roughness C or D-type terrain that extends more than
600 feet (182.9 m) and width greater than 150 feet in the upwind direction. Short-term (less than two year)
changes in the pre-existing terrain exposure, for the purposes of development, shall not be considered
surface roughness C. Where development buildout will occur within three years and the resultant condition
will meet the definition of surface roughness B, surface roughness B shall be regulating for the purpose of
permitting. This category includes flat open country and grasslands and shall extend downwind for a distance
of 1500 feet.
Florida Building Code 2014
SECTION 1620 HIGH-VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONES-WIND LOADS
1620.1
Buildings and structures, and every portion thereof, shall be designed and constructed to meet the
requirements of Chapters 26 through 31 of ASCE 7.
1620.2
Wind velocity (3-second gust) used in structural calculations shall be as follows:
Miami-Dade County
Risk Category I Buildings and Structures: 165 mph
Risk Category II Buildings and Structures: 175 mph
Risk Category III and IV Buildings and Structures: 186 mph
Broward County
Risk Category I Buildings and Structures: 156 mph
Risk Category II Buildings and Structures: 170 mph
Risk Category III and IV Buildings and Structures: 180 mph
1620.3
All buildings and structures shall be considered to be in Exposure Category C, unless Exposure Category D
applies, as defined in Section 26.7 of ASCE 7.
1620.4
For wind force calculations, roof live loads shall not be considered to act simultaneously with the wind load.
Beta Version 2.02

C6-Wind
The following are the basic FBC wind speed maps by risk category.
They can be viewed at the following website.
Individual localities may have their own detailed wind speed maps.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7 - SNOW LOADS
C7.1 Snow Loading Terminology & Symbols
C7.2 Design Snow Loads
C7.2.1 Terrain Considerations (Exposure Category)
C7.2.2 Exposure Considerations (Ce)
C7.2.3 Thermal Considerations (Ct)
C7.2.4 Importance Factor (Is)
C7.2.5 Flat Roof, Roof Slope and Slope Factor (Cs)
C7.2.6 Example Design Roof Snow Loads for typical Residential Structures
C7.3 Balanced Snow
C7.4 Unbalanced Snow Considerations
C7.5 Other Snow Load Considerations
C7.5.1 Unbalanced Snow/Drifting
C7.5.2 Partial Loading
C7.5.3 Drifting on Lower Adjacent Structures
C7.5.4 Drifting in Valleys
C7.5.5 Drifting on Hip Ends
C7.5.6 Intersecting Drifts
C7.5.7 Drifting at Projections
C7.5.8 Sliding Snow
C7.5.9 Rain on Snow
C7.5.10 Ponding
C7.5.11 Ice Dams at Eaves
C7.6 IRC Considerations
C7.6.1 General Considerations
C7.6.2 Rafter Spans
C7.6.3 Trusses
C7.7 IBC Considerations
C7.8 Snow Loading Issues
C7.9 ASCE 7 Snow Loading Procedures
C7.10 Example Calculations of Drifting & Other Snow Loading Issues
C7.10.1 Symmetrical Drifting on Gable Roofs < 20 ft
C7.10.2 Unbalanced Roof Snow Loads for Hip or Gable Roofs
C7.10.3 Drifting for Trusses or SBCs Creating Roof Shapes that have
more than two shapes
C7.10.4 Leeward and Windward Drifting on Lower Roofs
C7.10.5 Drifting at Parapets and Roof Projections
C7.10.6 Sliding Snow from Upper Roof
C7.10.7 Partial Loading for Snow
C7.10.9 Balanced & Unbalanced Snow Loads for Curved Roofs
C7.10.10 Drifting In Valleys
C7.12 Reference Material
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.1 Snow Loading Terminology & Symbols
The basic methodology for determining the effects of snow loading on structures in ASCE 7 and in the model
building codes, is based upon starting with a value for Ground Snow (p g). The discussion in this Guide is limited
to gable and hip roofs. The following symbols and notation are used in the snow load calculations and
discussion included in this Guide (summarized here from ASCE 7-05/10, Chapter 7):
The Exposure Factor is based upon a combination of the wind Exposure Category (Terrain Category) and
Ce the roof exposure condition. Note: since wind effect reduces snow loads, conservative choices made to
account for wind could result in less conservative values for snow loading. (Figure 7-2)
The Roof Slope Factor is based upon a combination of the thermal factor, slope and roof 'slipperiness'
Cs
conditions (see Figure 7-2)
Ct The Thermal Factor is based upon the temperature of the underside of the roof. (Table 7-3)
Vertical separation distance in feet (m) between the edge of a higher roof including any parapet and the
h
edge of a lower adjacent roof excluding any parapet.
hb Height of balanced snow load determined by dividing ps by γ , in ft
Clear height from top of balanced snow load to (1) closest point on adjacent upper roof, (2) top of parapet,
hc
or (3) top of a projection on the roof in ft.
hd The height of a drift in ft determined from Figure 7-9.
ho The height of an obstruction above the surface of a roof in ft.
Is The Importance Factor (for snow) is based upon the Occupancy Category for the structure.
ℓu The length of the roof upwind of a drift, in ft.
L Roof length parallel to the ridge line, in ft.
pd Magnitude of a snow drift surcharge, in lb/ft 2.
pf Snow load on flat roofs ("flat" = roof slope ≤ 5°) in lb/ft2.
Ground Snow maps are based upon maximum measured ground snow with a 2% annual probability of
being exceeded or from site-specific case studies. The same maps are included in the IBC, IRC, and
pg ASCE 7 and have been in use since 1995. In addition to the published snow map values, a number of
code jurisdictions have established specific values within their jurisdictions in which case these would
control.
pm Minimum snow load for low-slope roofs, in lb/ft 2 (kN/m2).
ps Sloped Roof Balanced Snow Load, in lb/ft 2 (kN/m2).
s Horizontal separation distance in feet (m) between the edges of two adjacent buildings.
S The roof slope run for a rise of one (introducted in 7-05 in hip/gable drift evaluation)
Θ Roof slope on the leeward side, in degrees
w The width of a snow drift, in feet
wd The horizontal extent of a snow drift surcharge, in feet (ASCE 7-05)
The eave to ridge span of a gable roof, in feet. Used in gable/hip evaluations for low slope as well as in
W
evaluating drifting over the ridge (unbalanced snow loading).
γ Snow density, in pounds per cubic foot.
TOC
C7.2 Design Snow Load

Truss design software uses the specified design load as the input for TCLL. When snow (S) load controls, there
must be a common understanding on the part of the Truss Designer, Authority Having Jurisdiction, and Building
Designer as to which snow load value is to be used as the uniform design load for snow: Ground Snow or a
factored Ground Snow load. There must also be a common understanding regarding how Ground Snow is
factored, as well as if and when snow conditions, other than snow as a uniform load, are to be considered.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
The U.S. Forest Service includes some state by state snow load information on their web site (last modified in
2004):
http://www.fs.fed.us/t-d/snow_load/states.htm
Use with caution, as state and/or local code jurisdictions change requirements at their discretion.
TOC IRC-09/12/15 Figure R301.2(5) - ASCE -05/10 Figure 7-1 & IBC-09/12/15 Figure 1608.2 are similar
C7.2.1 Terrain Considerations (Exposure Category)
Typically, the same terrain evaluation used for wind Exposure Category is used in the evaluation of the
impact of snow loading on a structure. However, in the case of snow, the more exposed a structure is,
the more snow will blow off, lessening its impact.
The determination of Exposure category for a structure is the responsibility of the building designer, the
building code official, or the individual taking out the building permit. The same designations for wind are
used for snow Terrain Category (A or B-D), see ASCE 7-05 Section 6.5.6, ASCE 7-10, Section 27.7; IBC-
09/12/15 Section 1609.4; or IRC-09/12/15 Section R301.2.1.4.
See C6.5 Exposure and Exposure Categories.

See C7.6.1 IRC General Considerations.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.2.2 Exposure Considerations (Ce)

The impact of the Exposure Factor is different for snow than for wind. The worst case Exposure Category
(B, C, or D), determined for wind calculations, describes the general area wind affect. Structures in open
areas will be subject to a larger wind affect. But, the greater the wind affect, the less roof snow
accumulation. The Exposure Factor subcategories of fully exposed, partially exposed and sheltered help
to refine how snow is expected to accumulate on a structure or part of a structure. A sheltered structure in
a high wind area will have greater snow accumulation than a fully exposed structure in the same area. The
following definitions are from ASCE 7-05/10, Table 7-2.
• Partially Exposed = All roofs except as indicated below.

• Fully Exposed = Roofs exposed on all sides with no shelter afforded by terrain, higher
structures, or trees. Roofs that contain several large pieces of mechanical equipment,
parapets that extend above the height of the balanced snow load (hb), or other obstructions
are not in this category.
• Sheltered = roofs located tight in among conifers that qualify as obstructions.
The effects of exposure are addressed in two ways. The basic ground snow to flat roof snow equation
includes a basic exposure factor of 0.70. Secondly, the local terrain conditions and exposure of the roof
are addressed with the Exposure Factor Ce. An overly conservative terrain category selected for wind will
result in a less conservative evaluation for snow. Also, differing heights of roof portions can create
sheltering effects on lower portions, so more than one Exposure Factor Ce may be required to be
evaluated for a structure.
Most tables that include design values for snow use a Ce of 1.0 which includes either an Exposure
Category of B or C when the roof is partially exposed (the middle condition). Since the exposure condition
definitions most often place roofs in the fully exposed category, using the partially exposed value
represents a somewhat conservative position.
The tables are the same in ASCE 7-05 & 7-10 editions.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.2.3 Thermal Considerations (Ct)

ASCE 7-05 Table 7.3
ASCE 7-10 modified Table 7.3 separating unheated structures from those intentionally kept below
freezing.
The building designer is to indicate the thermal condition of the underside of the roof, since the
temperature of the roof under the snow has an impact on snow melting. The thermal factor is also used in
the determination of the effect of slope (Cs).
The most typical thermal factor used in residential structures is 1.1, since most energy code requirements
require more than R-25 insulation and a ventilated roof space which creates a 'cold' roof surface.
This same factor is applied to "structures kept just above freezing" like a warehouse or manufacturing
facility with few heating units installed.
The thermal factor for an unheated or open air structure increases to 1.2, however, the importance factor
is also likely to decrease to 0.80, minimizing the effect. This category would include warehouses or
manufacturing facilities without any heating units, or buildings that have walls open to the exterior that are
intended to remain open.
The thermal factor for structures intentionally kept below freezing increases to 1.3. This category has been
separated from unheated or open air structures in ASCE 7-10.
Issues related to greenhouses is discussed in footnote b.
Any structure not included in any of the above categories is assigned a Thermal factor of 1.0.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.2.4 Importance Factor (Is)
The following table is from ASCE 7-10. The values for snow (Is) are the same as those in ASCE 7-05
Table 7-4.
The determination of the Risk Category varies based upon any number of evaluations. The appropriate
Risk Category must be specified so that the appropriate Importance Factor for snow can be applied.
Risk Category (ASCE 7-10, Table 1.5-1) (ASCE 7-05, Table 1.1) (IBC-12/15, Table 1604.5)
Although details related each category may vary from edition to edition, the basic groupings remain the
same:
• Importance Category I includes low risk structures (including most agricultural structures).
• Importance Category II includes modest risk structures (including most light-frame residential
construction).
• Importance Category III includes higher risk structures and is based upon criteria related to hazard
to human life in the event of failure.
• Importance Category IV includes the highest risk structures and is based upon the essential nature
of the structure.
Starting with the 2006 edition, the IBC no longer includes importance factors (it still includes Risk Categories). Importance
factors must be determined from the appropriate sections and tables in ASCE 7.
TOC
C7.2.5 Flat Roof, Roof Slope & Slope Factor (Cs)
The first determination based on roof slope is whether or not the roof in question qualifies as flat or sloped. A
flat roof has a slope of less than 5 degrees or 1 inch rise per foot of run per ASCE 7-05/10 defintion of pf in
Section 7.1. Flat snow load is determined as follows:
pf = 0.7CeCtIspg
Secondarily, one must evaluate whether or not a low-slope condition exists. This evaluation varies by roof
profile (see ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.3). The determination for monoslope, hip and gable roofs was simplified in
ASCE 7-10.
DESCRIPTION ASCE 7-02 ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10
slope less than 15 degrees slope less than 15 degrees
monoslope roofs
slope less than or equal to slope less than the larger of

(70/W) +0.5 2.38 degrees (1/2 on 12) slope less than 15 degrees
hip and gable roof and (70/W) + 0.5
vertical angle from eaves to vertical angle from eaves to vertical angle from eaves to
curved roof crown is less than 10 degrees crown is less than 10 crown is less than 10 degrees
degrees
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
The impact of the low slope evaluation differs based on ground snow (7.3.4).
Where ground snow (pg) is 20 psf or less - pm = (I s )pg
Where ground snow (pg) is greater than 20 psf - pm = 20(I s )
The minimum roof snow load is a separate uniform load case. It need not be used in determining or in common
with drift, sliding, unbalanced, or partial loads.
Slope Factor (C s ) table (shown here from ASCE 7-10, Figure 7-2) is used to reduce the sloped roof snow load
(ps = Cs pf) (7.4).
The determination of the roof slope factor is based upon three considerations: pitch, thermal condition,
and evaluation of the roof's ability to shed snow (see Figure 7-2). The pitch is generally known and the
thermal condition (C t ) is to be specified. The ASCE 7-05/10 Commentary on Section 7.4 admits that the
evaluation of roof slipperiness is subjective. The value of Cs should be stated in the construction
documents. If it cannot be determined otherwise, the value used should be 1.0.
slippery surfaces would include metal, slate, glass, and membranes with a smooth surface
asphalt shingles, roll roofing and wood shingles would not be considered slippery
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.2.6 Example Design Roof Snow Loads for typical Residential Structures
(based on ASCE 7-05/10)
Ground Snow to Sloped Roof Snow Table for Structures with Risk Category II ( Is = 1.0).
Thermal Factor for Vented Insulated roof (Ct = 1.1), Slope Factor Cs = 1.0. For non slippery slope and < 7/12 (Cs=1.0) see
ASCE 7, Figure 7-2
ps=Cs(0.7CeCtIspg), but not less than 16 PSF (Roof Live load with > 4 in 12 slope and < 12 in 12)
Cs = 1.00 Ct = 1.1 Is = 1.00 ps = 0.77 pg times Ce in table
Ground Snow Load pg
Terrain
Category Exposure Ce 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 90 100
Full 0.9 16 17 21 24 28 31 35 38 42 45 49 55 62 69
B Partial 1.0 16 19 23 27 31 35 39 42 46 50 54 62 69 77
Sheltered 1.2 18 23 28 32 37 42 46 51 55 60 65 74 83 92
Full 0.9 16 17 21 24 28 31 35 38 42 45 49 55 62 69
C Partial 1.0 16 19 23 27 31 35 39 42 46 50 54 62 69 77
Sheltered 1.1 17 21 25 30 34 38 42 47 51 55 59 68 76 85
Full 0.8 16 16 16 22 25 28 31 34 37 40 43 49 55 62
D Partial 0.9 16 16 16 16 28 31 35 38 42 45 49 55 62 69
Sheltered 1.0 16 16 16 16 31 35 39 42 46 50 54 62 69 77
Example Design Roof Snow Loads for typical Unheated Uninhabited Structures
(based on ASCE 7-05/10)
Ground Snow to Sloped Roof Snow Table for Structures with Building Category I ( Is = 0.8)
Thermal Factor for unheated structures (Ct = 1.2), Slope Factor Cs = 1.0
ps=Cs(0.7CeCtIspg) but not less than 16 PSF (Roof Live load with < 4 in 12 slope & > 12 in 12)
Cs = 1.00 Ct = 1.2 Is = 0.80 ps = 0.67 pg
Ground Snow Load P g
Terrain
Category Exposure Ce 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 80 90 100
Full 0.9 16 16 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 48 54 60
B Partial 1.0 16 17 20 24 27 30 34 37 40 44 47 54 60 67
Sheltered 1.2 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 65 73 81
Full 0.9 16 16 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 48 54 60
C Partial 1.0 16 17 20 24 27 30 34 37 40 44 47 54 60 67
Sheltered 1.1 16 18 22 26 30 33 37 41 44 48 52 59 67 74
Full 0.8 16 16 16 19 22 24 27 30 32 35 38 43 48 54
D Partial 0.9 16 16 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 42 48 54 60
Sheltered 1.0 16 17 20 24 27 30 34 37 40 44 47 54 60 67
TOC
Design Values from Roof Load worksheet used in examples that follow:
Ground Snow Load (pg) 18 PSF
Snow Density () 16.34 PCF   0 . 13p g  14
Balanced design Snow Load (pf) 0.00 PSF
Balanced design Snow Load (ps) 12.60 PSF
Low Slope Roof Type (ASCE 7, 7.3) Monoslope
W = eave to ridge 80 FT
Rise per ft 0.25 IN
Exposure Factor (Ce) 1.20
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.3 Balanced Snow
The balanced snow evaluation for hip and gable roofs as illustrated in in ASCE 7, Figure 7-5, has been the
same from the 1993 to the 2010 edition of ASCE 7. Balanced snow load is calculated as follows and is the first
snow load case considered:
Flat roofs: pf = 0.7CeCtIspg (ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.3 plus Section 7.3.4 in ASCE 7-10)
Gable and hip roofs: ps = Cspf (ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.4)
Balanced = 12.6 PSF Case 1

W= 80 FT W= 80 FT
12
0.25
TOC
C7.4 Unbalanced Snow Considerations
Unbalanced snow loading on gable and hip roofs is considered due to the effects of sunlight and wind. The
effect of wind is to be considered from all directions. The evaluation of unbalanced snow load has varied
significantly in the various editions of ASCE 7 as illustrated in ASCE 7, Figure 7-5 and Section 7.6:
Edition Windward Leeward Conditions

1993/88 0 1.5p s /C e Slope >15 or <70
1995 0 1.3p s /C e Slope >15 or <70
(  based on L/W)* (W = eave to ridge span)
0 1.5p f /C e W  20 ft &   5
0 1.5p s /C e W  20 ft &  > 5
1998 0.3ps 1.2(1+( /2))p s /C e W > 20 ft &  > (275 p f /γW )
0.3ps 1.2p f /C e to 1.2(1+ )p f /C e 1.2(p f /C e )+γh e W > 20 ft &   (275 p f /γW )
(  based on p g )# W = eave to ridge span

2002 0 1.5p s /C e W  20 ft
0.3ps 1.2(1+( /2))p s /C e W > 20 ft
slope exceeding 70° or less than the larger

Not required of 70/W+0.5 and 2.38° where W = eave to
ridge span
Rafters where W < 20 ft simply supported prismatic members

2005
0 Ip g spanning from eave to ridge
All other:
Uniform ps + Drift surcharge S = roof slope run for a rise of one
½ ½
0.3p s p s + h d γ /S for a length of 8/3h d S Drift surcharge on top at roof break.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
slope exceeding 7 on 12 (30.2°) or less

Not required
than 2.38°
Rafters where W < 20 ft simply supported prismatic members

2010
spanning from eave to ridge
0 Ip g
All other:
Uniform ps + Drift surcharge S = roof slope run for a rise of one
0.3p s p s + h d γ /S ½ for a length of 8/3h d S ½ Drift surcharge on top at roof break.
0.5 L/W ≤ 1 (L = roof length parallel to ridgeline)
* 7-98 β =
{ 0.33+0.167L/W
1.0
1< L/W ≤ 4
L/W > 4
(W = horizontal eave to ridge distance)
1.0 pg ≤ 20 lb/ft2
# 7-02 β = { 1.5 - 0.025pg
0.5
20 < pg ≤ 40 lb/ft2
pg ≤ 40 lb/ft2
The changes in ASCE 7-05/10 unbalanced snow loading have a different impact on light frame building design
than earlier versions. End reactions based on the revised unbalanced snow evaluations of ASCE 7-05/10 as
illustrated in Figure 7-5 below are actually quite similar to those based upon ASCE 7-95.
Rafter design for the slope range

given in 7.6.1 is to be considered
based upon the Importance
Factor times the ground snow
(Ipg) on the leeward side with
zero snow load on the windward
side. A 'rafter' is defined as a
simply supported prismatic
member spanning from ridge
to eave. 'Prismatic' indicates a
uniform cross section along the
longitudinal axis, so sawn
lumber, steel C-joists, I-joists,
and most Engineered Wood
Products would be included, as
long as W =< 20 feet. A common
or mono truss would not qualify
as a simply supported prismatic
member, regardless of span.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
All other structural members within the slope range are to use 0.3 times the sloped roof snow load on the
windward side, the sloped snow load on the leeward side, plus a drift surcharge beginning at the ridge and
extending onto the leeward side. The height of this drift is calculated as hdγ/S½. The horizontal length is
calculated as 8/3hdS½ where hd is the drift height from ASCE 7 -05/10 Figure 7-9 and ℓu is equal to W, the eave
to ridge distance for the windward portion of the roof.
In ASCE 7-05 the minimum value

for ℓu is given as 25 feet.
In ASCE 7-10 the minimum value
for ℓu is given as 20 feet.
The value for drift height in

Figure 7-9 may also be
calculated using the formula
given on Figure 7-9:
ASCE 7-02/05 ASCE 7-10

h d = 0.43 3 L u 4 p g +10 -1.5
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
With the adoption of the use of Figure 7-9 in the calculation of the drift surcharge at hip and gable roofs in
ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.6.1, the minimum value of ℓu (25 or 20 ft) as given on the figure creates some
difficulties, since the snow drift surcharge should not be determined based upon a fetch that would load the
leeward side with more snow then would be on the windward side.
The example calculations in the ASCE 7-05/10 Commentary Section C7.13 use a value for ℓu greater than 25
feet, so they do not illustrate the problem that the minimum value for ℓu in the drift calculation creates for typical
truss spans.
Actual Default
ASCE 7-05 ℓu = 15 ℓu = 25 pg = 25 hd = 1.1 FT N/A γ= 17 PCF
ASCE 7-10 ℓu = 15 ℓu = 20 pg = 25 hd = 1.1 FT N/A γ= 17 PCF
The changes in ASCE 7-05/10 result in different end reactions for rafter type construction (where W < 20)
compared to other structural members.
Given: pg = 40 psf, Ce = 1.0, Ct =1.1, Is = 1.0 and Cs= 1.0, span = 36, W = 18, rise = 8 inches.
Edition Unbalanced Balanced
ASCE 7-95 (1.3ps/Ce) 541 plf 554 plf
ASCE 7-93, 98 & 02 (1.5ps/Ce) 624 plf 554 plf
ASCE 7-05/10 Rafter (Ipg) 540 plf 554 plf
523 plf 554 plf
ASCE 7-05/10 Other (+ drift surcharge)
In the ASCE 7-95 and ASCE 7-05/10 evaluations, the balanced condition is typically the worst case. In the
ASCE 7-93/98/02 evaluations, the unbalanced condition is the worst case.
Span, header/girder and end jack tables that have been based upon the ASCE 7-98 unbalanced evaluation
could be revised for lower loads. Changes to the end reactions where snow controls the design will also have
an impact on foundation and footing requirements. However, since some of the IRC prescriptive tables have
been based upon ASCE 7-95, the revisions to ASCE 7-05/10 may have little or no effect on prescriptive design.
IRC-09/12 Table R502.5(1) (IRC -15 Tables R602.7) for headers and girders, includes columns for 70 psf
ground snow loading. Note that the prescriptive section of the light-frame construction section of the IBC-
09/12 Section 2308 is limited to 50 psf, so Table 2308.9.5 (IBC-15 Table 2308.4.1.1) only includes loading
up to 50 psf.
TOC
C7.5 Other Snow Load Considerations
C7.5.1 Unbalanced Snow/Drifting
Truss design software includes consideration of the effect of unbalanced snow loading on standard gable
type roof trusses. ASCE 7-02, Section 7, only addressed the effect of unbalanced snow loading on
symmetrical gable roofs. The evaluation uses W (eave to ridge) in the consideration. Any other
unbalanced snow considerations must be detailed by the Building Designer. Since the effects of snow on
gable roofs should be evaluated with the wind blowing from either side, the provisions implemented in
ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.6, for gable roof unbalanced loading include drifting on both symmetrical and
asymmetrical roofs, since the drift surcharge height (hd) is based upon ℓu = W for the windward portion of
the roof.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.5.2 Partial Loading
Considering the effects of partial loading in ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.5, is limited to multi-span members
with shallow slopes. This evaluates the effect of having selected spans loaded with the balanced snow
load and the remaining spans loaded with half the balanced snow load. This is not intended to be
investigated as multiple checkerboard loadings. This load consideration could apply to multi-span parallel
chord roof trusses. It is a distinctly different consideration from unbalanced snow loading which applies to
steeper pitched roofs. Either one or the other would be considered, not both. It seldom controls truss
design, so it is not considered as a standard load case.
C7.5.3 Drifting on lower adjacent roofs

Drifting onto lower adjacent roofs or near
structures in ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.7, is
to be considered for both leeward and
windward drift heights. The most influential
design factor is the length of the area
windward of the building offset, ℓu. The
determination of the drift load and its
distribution is the responsibility of the
building designer.
TOC C7.5.4 Drifting in Valleys

One method to evaluate drifting in valleys
uses ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.6.3,
provisions for sawtooth roofs (see Figure 7-
6).
Note that Cs = 1.0 and the balanced load = pf
for this consideration.
For further information see the commentary.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
7.6.3 Unbalanced Snow Loads for Multiple Folded Plate, Sawtooth, and Barrel Vault Roofs. Unbalanced loads
shall be applied to folded plate, sawtooth, and barrel-vaulted multiple roofs with a slope exceeding 3/8 in./ft (1.79°).
According to Section 7.4.4, Cs = 1.0 for such roofs, and the balanced snow load equals pf. The unbalanced snow
load shall increase from one-half the balanced load at the ridge or crown (i.e., 0.5pf) to two times the balanced load
given in Section 7.4.4 divided by Ce at the valley (i.e., 2pf/Ce). Balanced and unbalanced loading diagrams for a
sawtooth roof are presented in Fig. 7-6. However, the snow surface above the valley shall not be at an elevation
higher than the snow above the ridge. Snow depths shall be determined by dividing the snow load by the density of
that snow from Eq. 7.7-1, which is in Section 7.7.1.
C7.6.3 Unbalanced Snow Loads for Multiple Folded Plate, Sawtooth, and Barrel Vault Roofs. A minimum
slope of 3/8 in./ft (1.79°) has been established to preclude the need to determine unbalanced loads for most internally
drained, membrane roofs that slope to internal drains. Case studies indicate that significant unbalanced loads can
occur when the slope of multiple gable roofs is as low as 1/2 in./ft (2.38°).
The unbalanced snow load in the valley is 2pf/Ce to create a total unbalanced load that does not exceed a uniformly
distributed ground snow load in most situations.
Sawtooth roofs and other “up-and-down” roofs with significant slopes tend to be vulnerable in areas of heavy
snowfall for the following reasons:
1. They accumulate heavy snow loads and are therefore expensive to build.
2. Windows and ventilation features on the steeply sloped faces of such roofs may become blocked with
drifting snow and be rendered useless.
3. Meltwater infiltration is likely through gaps in the steeply sloped faces if they are built as walls, because
slush may accumulate in the valley during warm weather. This can promote progressive deterioration of the
structure.
4. Lateral pressure from snow drifted against clerestory windows may break the glass.
5. The requirement that snow above the valley not be at an elevation higher than the snow above the ridge may
limit the unbalanced load to less than 2pf/Ce.
More extensive design guidelines regarding snow in roof valleys when the ground snow load is greater
than 70 psf are included in 1997 UBC, Appendix to Chapter 16, as illustrated below using a 'valley design
coefficient' determined from Figure A-16-11.
1641.3.2 With nonparallel ridge lines. Structural members at roof valleys for multiple-gable roofs having
intersecting ridge lines in areas where Pg is greater than 70 psf (3352 N/m2) and
where the slope is 3 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (16.7% slope) or greater shall be designed for Pf times
Cv and the distribution of loads is as shown in Figures A-16-12 and A-16-13 where Cv shall be determined
from Figure A-16-11.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.5.5 Drifting on Hip Ends
Drifting on standard hip ends or Dutch hip ends is not addressed directly in ASCE 7 or any of the other
literature. Unbalanced snow loading on hip and gable roofs are considered together but only drifting over
the ridge on a gable roof is discussed and described. An example has been included below to
demonstrate one way to evaluate the effects of drifting over the multiple pitch breaks that occur in
standard flat-top trusses as well as more complex multiple pitch break trusses.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
TOC C7.5.6 Intersecting Drifts
Intersecting drifts are not specifically addressed in ASCE 7. They are generally only considered where two
higher roofs intersect and allow for drifting onto a single lower roof. Specific guidelines are included in the
1997 UBC, Appendix to Chapter 16, Section 1644.6.
1644.6 Intersecting Drifts. When one snow drift intersects another at an angle as depicted in Figure A-16-8,
the maximum unit pressure of the drift shall be taken as the greater of the two individual drifts, but not the
sum of the two. The total load on the area of intersection is increased, however, simply because of the
assumed geometry of the intersecting drifts.
C7.5.7 Drifting at Roof Projections

Roof projections (ASCE 7-05, Section 7.8), like parapet walls or mechanical equipment, are to be
considered for the effects of drifting in a manner similar to that of drifting onto lower adjacent roofs, except
that the drift height is only considered as three-quarters of the height determined from ASCE 7-05, Figure
7-9. The length of the area upwind of the obstruction = ℓu .
ASCE 7-10, Figure 7-9 includes some minor changes to the requirements for roof projections. ℓu is to be
taken as equal to the greater of the length of the roof upwind or downwind of the projection.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.5.8 Sliding Snow
The effects of snow sliding from
one roof onto another (ASCE 7-
05/10, Section 7.9) are to be
evaluated for slippery roofs that
have a pitch greater than ¼ on
12 or non-slippery roofs that
have a pitch greater than 2 on
12. The amount of snow that
might slide from one roof surface
onto another depends on the
size, position, and orientation of
each roof.
Although distribution might vary or a portion slide clear of the lower roof, it is considered prudent to design
the lower roof for a substantial portion of the sliding load in order to account for any dynamic effects that
might be associated with sliding snow. For design purposes, the snow load expected to slide from upper
roof is superimposed on the balanced snow load of the lower roof. The example shown is from the 1997
UBC, Appendix to Chapter 16.
C7.5.9 Rain-on-Snow
ASCE 7-10 7.10 RAIN-ON-SNOW SURCHARGE LOAD
For locations where pg is 20 lb/ft2 (0.96 kN/m2) or less, but not zero, all roofs with slopes (in degrees)
less than W/50 with W in ft (in SI: W/15.2 with W in m) shall include a 5 lb/ft2 (0.24 kN/m2) rain-on-snow
surcharge load. This additional load applies only to the sloped roof (balanced) load case and need not be
used in combination with drift, sliding, unbalanced, minimum, or partial loads.
TOC C7.5.10 Ponding

ASCE 7-10 7.11 PONDING INSTABILITY
Roofs shall be designed to preclude ponding instability. For roofs with a slope less than ¼ in./ft (1.19˚) and
roofs where water can be impounded, roof deflections caused by full snow loads shall be evaluated when
determining the likelihood of ponding instability (see Section 8.4).
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
ASCE 7-10 7.4.5 Ice Dams and Icicles Along Eaves.
Two types of warm roofs that drain water over their eaves shall be capable of sustaining a uniformly distributed load
of 2pf on all overhanging portions: those that are unventilated and have an R-value less than 30 ft 2 hr °F/Btu (5.3 °C
m2/W) and those that are ventilated and have an R-value less than 20 ft2 hr °F/Btu (3.5 °C m2/W). The load on the
overhang shall be based upon the flat roof snow load for the heated portion of the roof up-slope of the exterior wall.
No other loads except dead loads shall be present on the roof when this uniformly distributed load is applied.
This consideration in ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.4.5 is only required for warm roofs that drain water over
eaves. For this condition a 'warm roof' is defined as either:
1. Unventilated & R value less than 30
2. Ventilated & R value less than 20
If either of these conditions are met, 2pf is to be applied uniformly on overhanging portions with dead load
only on the rest of the roof.
The load on the overhang is to be based on the flat roof snow load for the heated portion of the roof up-
slope of the exterior wall.
This evaluation is required by IBC-09/12/15, since there is a direct reference ASCE 7, Chapter 7 for snow
loading.
This evaluation is also not specifically required by IRC-09/12/15, Section R301.6.
With the energy requirements for ceiling/roof assemblies the triggering conditions should not occur for
most residential occupancies.
ASCE 7-05 Commentary, Section C7.4.5, includes the following:
The intent is to consider heavy loads from ice that forms along eaves only for structures where such loads are
likely to form. It is also not considered necessary to analyze the entire structure for such loads, just the eaves
themselves.
ASCE 7-10 Commentary, Section 7.4.5, adds the following commentary and graphic:
Eave ice dam loads with various return periods on roofs with overhangs of 4 ft or less are presented in
O'Rourke et al. (2007).
This provision is intended for short roof over hangs and projections, with a horizontal extent less than 5 ft. In
instances where the horizontal extent is greater than 5 ft, the surcharge that accounts for eave ice damming
need only extend for a maximum of 5 ft from the eave of the heated structure (see 1Fig. C7.4).
Note: the Pf Heated value

shown in the Figure is NOT
the load considered with
the 2Pf Heated load. The
requirements explicitly
indicate the load on the rest
of the roof is dead load
only.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.6 IRC Considerations:
C7.6.1 General Considerations
The effect of snow load on structures in IRC-09/12/15 is considered based upon the Ground Snow (pg) load
value entered at the Climatic and Geographic Design Criteria Table R301.2(1) and the Wind Exposure Category
as required in footnote e.
The IRC-09/12, Section R301.2.1.4, retain Exposure Categories A-D, as defined in ASCE 7-98 and earlier. The
exposure category definitions given are used for both wind and snow design purposes: Exposure Category D
was changed in the IRC-15 addition.
1. Exposure A. Large city centers with at least 50 percent of the buildings having a height in excess of 70 feet (21
336 mm). Use of this exposure category shall be limited to those areas for which terrain representative of Exposure
A prevails in the upwind direction for a distance of at least 0.5 mile (0.8 km) or 10 times the height of the building or
other structure, whichever is greater. Possible channeling effects or increased velocity pressures due to the building
or structure being located in the wake of adjacent buildings shall be taken into account.
2. Exposure B. Urban and suburban areas,wooded areas or other terrain with numerous closely spaced obstructions
having the size of single-family dwellings or larger. Exposure B shall be assumed unless the site meets the definition
of another type of exposure.
3. Exposure C. Open terrain with scattered obstructions, including surface undulations or other irregularities, having
heights generally less than 30 feet (9144 mm) extending more than 1,500 feet (457.2 m) from the building site in any
quadrant. This exposure shall also apply to any building located within Exposure B-type terrain where the building is
directly adjacent to open areas of Exposure C-type terrain in any quadrant for a distance of more than 600 feet (182.9
m). This category includes flat open country, grasslands and shorelines in hurricane-prone regions.
4. Exposure D. Flat, unobstrucled areas cxposecl to wind flowing over open water for a distance of at least I mile
(1.61 km). Shorelines in Exposure D include inland waterways, the Great Lakes, and coastal areas of California,
Oregon, Washington and Alaska. This exposure shall apply only to those buildings and other structures exposed to
the wind coming from over the water. Exposure D extends inland rrom the shoreline a distance of 1500 feet (457 m)
or 10 times the height of the building or structure, whichever is greater.
IRC-15 Exposure D. Flat, unobstructed areas exposed to wind flowing over open water, smooth mud flats, salt flats and unbroken
ice for a distance of not less than 5,000 feet (1524 m). This exposure shall apply only to those buildings and other structures
exposed to the wind coming from over the unobstructed area. Exposure D extends downwind from the edge of the unobstructed
area a distance of 600 feet (183 m) or 20 times the height of the building or structure, whichever is greater.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
The ground snow load value is intended to be used in
conjunction with the included prescriptive tables that consider
gravity loads. In some jurisdictions the ground snow value is
to be used in engineered design. IRC-09/12/15, Section
R301.6 Roof Load, states, "Roof shall be designed for the live
load indicated in IRC-09/12/15 Table R301.6 or the snow load
indicated in IRC-09/12/15 Table R301.2(1), whichever is
greater." SectionIRC-09/12/15 R301.2.3 allows design for
areas with a ground snow of 70 psf or less to use the
appropriate included prescriptive sections, but that regions
with a snow load of greater than 70 psf are to use accepted
engineering practice.
There is no specific requirement in the IRC regarding the consideration of drifting or sliding snow. The
TOC
commentary to the IRC-09/12/15 includes the following regarding snow loading at R301.6:
The code requires that the roof be designed to resist snow loading and does not permit a reduction of snow loads
based on the tributary area, as it does for the roof live load. It is cautioned, however, that snow on the roof rarely
accumulates evenly. The design should account for unbalanced snow loading. One case would be the loading of one
slope of gable roof with snow while the other slope is unloaded. Many roofs fail from accumulation of snow at
valleys, parapets, roof structures, and offsets in roofs. However, the code does not specify criteria for the
determination of how these potential accumulations are to be handled. Snow loading provisions in the International
Building Code may be consulted for these loading scenarios.
The commentary to the IRC, section R802.10.2 on Truss Design provides the following information:
The code contains no prescriptive provisions for the design and installation of wood trusses. A design is required in
accordance with accepted engineering practice. For snow load, the truss design must be checked for both the
balanced and unbalanced condition. Although the unbalanced condition controls for rafter design, that is not
necessarily the case for truss design. The balanced condition could control. See the commentary for Section R802.5
for the snow load criteria.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
IRC-09/12/15, Section R301.1.3, regarding Engineered Design, simply references 'accepted engineering
practice.' This leaves the application of snow loads on structural members not included in prescriptive tables to
the interpretation of the authority having jurisdiction. These interpretations typically fall into one of three general
categories:
1. Use ground snow (pg) as the roof snow design load. This conservative evaluation is considered
adequate to address any other snow-related effects (unbalanced, drifting, snow in valleys, drifts on hip
ends, sliding snow, and the like).
2. Use factored ground snow per amended code requirements:
a. with explicit consideration of unbalanced load condition
b. without consideration of unbalanced snow
c. whether to consider unbalanced snow not clearly specified
3. Require full consideration of the effects of snow per the appropriate edition of IBC or ASCE 7.
Subject to the approval of the Building Designer or the building code official, one of the following sets of snow
design parameters might be considered:
A typical residential building: 0.77pg:
Exposure B
Partially Exposed (Ce = 1.0)
A insulated/warm roof with a non-slippery surface (Ct = 1.1)
More conservative parameters: 0.924pg:
Exposure B
Sheltered (Ce = 1.2)
A insulated/warm roof with a non-slippery surface (Ct = 1.1)
TOC C7.6.2 Rafter Spans

Wood Rafter Spans:
The wood rafter span tables of the IRC-09/12/15, Tables R802.5.1(1-8) and IBC-09/12 Tables 2803.10.3(1-6)
(IBC-15 R2308.7) and the Wood Frame Construction Manual (WFCM) 2001 are based upon the ASCE 7-98
snow evaluation where the unbalanced load condition controls. Conventionally framed rafter construction is
limited by the loads listed in the IRC to a maximum of 70 psf ground snow and in the IBC to a maximum of 50
psf ground snow. AF&PA's Wood Frame Construction Manual, which is also limited to 70 psf.
The commentary to the IRC-09/12, Section R802.5 on rafter spans provides the following information:
Tables R802.5.1(1) through R802.10.5.1(8) list allowable rafter spans for common lumber sizes, species and grades
based on spacing and design loads. Tables R802.5.1(2) through R802.10.5.1(8) are based on ground snow loads of
30 pounds per square foot (1.44 kPa), 50 pounds per square foot (3.39 kPa) and 70 pounds per square foot (3.35
kPa). The snow loads are based on ASCE 7-95 criteria as follows:
for balanced condition ps = Cs * pf = 0.7 *Ce * Ct *Cs * pg = 0.77 where Ce = 1.9, Ct = 1.1, and Cs =1.0.
for unbalanced condition ps = 1.3pf/Ce = 0.7 *1.3 * Ct * Cs * pg = 1.00* pg where Ct = 1.1 and Cs = 1.0.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
The commentary to the IRC-15, Section R802.5 on rafter spans provides the following information:
Tables R802.5.1(1) through R802.5.1(8) list allowable rafter spans for common lumber sizes, species and grades
based on spacing and design loads. The span tables have been updated from the 2012 IRC to account for changes
in design values for Douglas fir-larch, Hem-fir and Southern pine. The allowable spans for some grades of Southern
pine have been reduced from that in the 2012 IRC. The allowable spans for some grades of Douglas fir-larch and
Hem-fir have been increased from that in the 2012 IRC.
...
Tables R802.5.1(3) through R802.5.1(8) are based on ground snow loads of 30 psf (1.44 kPa), 50 psf (2.39 kPa)
and 70 psf (3.35 kPa). The snow loads are based on ASCE 7-95 criteria as follows:
a. for balanced condition: p s = Cs x pf where pf = 0.7 Ce x Ct x Cs x pg Cs = 1.0, Ce = 1. 0, Ct = 1.1

Thus ps = 0.77 x pg
b. for unbalanced condition: p s = 1.3 (Cs pf) /Ce where pf = 0.7 Ce x Ct x pg Cs = 1.0, Ce = 1.0, Ct = 1.1
Thus ps = 1.00 x pg
The unbalanced condition controls. By inspection, the unbalanced condition is equal to the ground snow load.
Tables R802.5.1(1) through R802.5.1(8) provide rafter spans for dead loads of 10 and 20 psf (479 Pa and 958 Pa).
The weight of the rafter is included in the 10 or 20 psf (479 Pa or 958 Pa) dead load.
ASCE 7-05, Section 7.6.1, requires the following for rafters (regardless of material) for the condition as
described.
Roofs with an eave to ridge distance, W, of 20 ft (6.1 m) or less, having simply supported prismatic members
spanning from ridge to eave."shall be designed to resist an unbalanced uniform snow load on the leeward side equal
to Ipg. For these roofs the windward side shall be unloaded.
Where the importance factor for rafter framed structures is 1.0, the net effect is an unbalanced
consideration of zero on one side of the ridge and p g on the other.
ASCE 7-10 modifies the evaluation for unbalanced snow loads in Section 7.6.1 as follows:
For hip and gable roofs with a slope exceeding 7 on 12 (30.2") or with a slope less than 2.38" (% on 12) unbalanced
snow loads are not required to be applied. Roofs with an eave to ridge distance, W, of 20 ft (6.1 m) or less, having
simply supported prismatic members spanning from ridge to eave shall be designed to resist an unbalanced uniform
snow load on the leeward side equal to Ip g.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Steel Rafter Spans:
Steel rafter spans traditionally did not take unbalanced snow into account. Roof snow load was computed as:
1.0 * 0.7 *1.0 * 1.0 * p g or 0.7pg per the Commentary to the 2003 CFS Prescriptive Method, including the
following explanation, "Unbalanced snow loads, sliding snow loads, and snow drifts on lower roofs were not
considered due to the lack of evidence for damage from unbalanced loads on homes and the lack of data to
typify the statistical uncertainties associated with this load pattern on residential structures." Steel framing is
specifically limited as follows:
IRC-09/12
R804.1.1 Applicability limits. The provisions of this section shall control the construction of steel roof framing for
buildings not greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) perpendicular to the joist, rafter or truss span, not greater than 40 feet
(12 192 mm) in width parallel to the joist span or truss, not greater than two stories in height and roof slopes not
smaller than 3:12 (25-percent slope) or greater than 12:12 (100 percent slope). Steel roof framing constructed in
accordance with the provisions of this section shall be limited to sites subjected to a maximum design wind speed of
110 miles per hour (49 m/s), Exposure A, B, or C, and a maximum ground snow load of 70 pounds per square foot
(3350 Pa).
IRC‐15
R804.1.1 Applicability limits. The provisions of this section shall control the construction of cold-formed steel roof framing for
buildings not greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) perpendicular to the joist, rafter or truss span, not greater than 40 feet (12 192 mm)
in width parallel to the joist span or truss, less than or equal to three stories above grade plane and with roof slopes not less than
3:12 (25- percent slope) or greater than 12:12 (100-percent slope). Cold-formed steel roof framing constructed in accordance with
the provisions of this section shall be limited to siteswhere the ultimate design wind speed is less than 139 miles per hour (62 m/s),
Exposure Category B or C, and the ground snow load is less than or equal to 70 pounds per square foot (3350 Pa).
TOC C7.6.3 Trusses

Metal Plate Connected Wood (MPCW) Truss:
Wood roof trusses have no specific limitation per IRC-09,-12,-15, Section R802.10, except as listed at
R802.10.2.1 Applicability Limits.
4. Design loads as applicable.
4.1. Top chord live load (including snow loads).
Typical snow load evaluation in truss design includes both the consideration of the uniform snow load as
well as the simple unbalanced load case on either side of the ridge on gable roof trusses.
Since trusses are designed as individual planar components, the effects of other scenarios for snow
accumulation are the responsibility of the building designer. If other accumulations need to be accounted
for (like sliding snow drifting in valleys, drifting onto lower roofs), the specific loading requirements must be
given on the construction design documents.
However, the IRC-09,-12,-15 do not specifically require the consideration of unbalanced snow. In fact,
what both require is consideration of the greater of roof live load or snow load:
R301.6 Roof load. The roof shall be designed for the live load indicated in Table R301.6 or the snow load
indicated in Table R301.2(1), whichever is greater.
Table R301.2(1) has a box to input the Ground Snow Load value.
Section R301.2.3 refers to Chapters 5, 6 and 8 for specific information pertaining to snow loads supported
by members in floors (Chapter 5), walls (Chapter 6), and roofs (Chapter 8),
R301.2.3 Snow loads. Wood framed construction, cold formed steel framed construction and masonry and
concrete construction in regions with ground snow loads 70 pounds per square foot (3.35 kPa) or less, shall be
in accordance with Chapters 5, 6 and 8. Buildings in regions with ground snow loads greater than 70 pounds
per square foot (3.35 kPa) shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Span tables provided in Chapters 5, 6 and 8 for wood structural framing members such as cantilevered
floor joists supporting roof loads, girders and headers in exterior walls, wall studs and rafters are based on
ground snow loads.
Ground snow load (pg) varies by region and is typically specified by each jurisdiction that adopts and
enforces the code. Ground snow (p g) is a base value that does not include any of the ground-to-roof
adjustments that often result in a reduction in load. Using p g as the roof design snow load for one- and two-
family dwellings is considered a fairly simple, yet conservative approach. Unbalanced snow loading is not
typically considered if pg is used as the roof design snow load.
The following section has been added to R802.10 Wood Trusses beginning with the IRC-06 giving a
TOC applicability limit similar to that used for steel rafters and a simplified design for snow of 0.7p :
g
R802.10.2.1 Applicability limits. The provisions of this section shall control the design of truss roof framing when
snowcontrols for buildings not greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length perpendicular to the joist, rafter or truss
span, not greater than 36 feet (10 973 mm) in width parallel to the joist span or truss, not greater than two stories in
height with each story not greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) high, and roof slopes not smaller than 3:12 (25-percent
slope) or greater than 12:12 (100-percent slope). Truss roof framing constructed in accordance with the provisions of
this section shall be limited to sites subjected to a maximum design wind speed of 110 miles per hour (49 m/s),
Exposure A, B or C, and a maximum ground snow load of 70 psf (3352 Pa). Roof snow load is to be computed as:
0.7 Pg.
For the sake of the consistent loading of all truss types, the IRC-09/12 include the following change to be clear
that all trusses are to use 0.7 P g for roof snow load.
snow controls for buildings not greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length perpendicular to the joist, rafter or truss
span, not greater than 36 feet (10 973 mm) in width parallel to the joist rafter or truss span, not greater than two
stories in height with each story not greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) high, and roof slopes not smaller than 3:12 (25-
percent slope) or greater than 12:12 (100-percent slope). Truss roof framing constructed in accordance with the
provisions of this section shall be limited to sites subjected to a maximum design wind speed of 110 miles per hour
(49 m/s), Exposure A, B or C, and a maximum ground snow load of 70 psf (3352 Pa). For consistent loading of all
truss types, roof snow load is to be computed as: 0.7 P g.
IRC-15
snow controls for buildings, not greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length perpendicular to the joist, rafter or truss
span, not greater than 36 feet (10 973 mm) in width parallel to the joist, rafter or truss span, not more than three
stories above grade plane in height, and roof slopes not smaller than 3:12 (25 percent slope) or greater than 12:12
(100-percent slope). Truss roof framing constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section shall be limited
to sites subjected to a maximum design wind speed of 140 miles per hour (63 m/ s), Exposure B or C, and a
maximum ground snow load of 70 psf (3352 Pa). For consistent loading of all truss types, roof snow load is to be
computed as: 0.7 pg.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
The commentary to the IRC-09/12, Section R802.10.1.1 (IRC 15, Section R802.10.2.1) includes the following
information:
This section defines the applicability limits of the snow load for wood trusses to be consistent with the snow load
applicable to wood or steel rafters.
The roof snow load is based on a maximum ground snow load of 70 pounds per square foot (3.35 kPa). The roof
snow load is taken as 0.7 P g, where Pg is equal to the ground snow load.
Applied roof snow loads were calculated by multiplying the ground snow load by a 0.7 conversion factor in
accordance with ASCE 7 (ASCE, 1998). No further reductions were made for special cases.
The sloped roof snow load, P s = Cs * Pf, where Pf is the flat roof snow load. P f = 0.7 * Ce * Ct * I * Pg.
Unbalanced snow loads, sliding snow loads, and snow drifts on lower roofs were not considered due to the lack of
evidence for damage from unbalanced loads on homes and the lack of data to typify the statistical uncertainties
associated with this load pattern on residential structures. Rain-on-snow surcharge load was also not considered in
the calculations. Roof slopes in this document exceed the 1/2-inch per foot requirement by ASCE 7 for the added
load to be considered.
Therefore, roof snow load was computed as: 1.0 * 0.7 * 1.0 * 1.0 * P g = 0.7Pg.
NOTE: The stated set of limits is only applicable to the use of a specific roof snow load (0.7pg). The
limits here do not apply to the uses of trusses in general for buildings being constructed within the
scope of the IRC or for sections of buildings that exceed the scope of the IRC where engineered design
may be required.
Section R802.10.2.1 provides the specific limitations for which this provision applies, including building size,
building height, roof pitch, wind speed, exposure category and ground snow load and is similar to the
applicability limits established for cold-formed steel.
Section R301.1.3 of the IRC also permits the building, structure and parts thereof to be designed using
accepted engineering practice in accordance with the IBC. Engineered design is required in instances where
the limitations on which the IRC is based are exceeded.
The design snow loads in the IBC are determined using the provisions of the SEI/ASCE 7, Minimum
Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. ASCE 7 is developed and maintained by the American
Society of Civil Engineers.
Using the provisions of ASCE 7 Section 7.2, 7.3, & 7.4, as discussed above, pg is modified by applying factors
to account for the importance of the building, I, the exposure condition of the roof, C e, and the thermal
characteristics of the building, C t, to obtain the flat roof snow load, p f:
TOC pf = 0.7(Ce)(Ct)(I)pg
The roof design snow load (i.e., p f or ps), obtained using the provisions of ASCE 7 is typically less than p g for
most residential roof applications. However, in addition to analyzing the member using a balanced design snow
load of pf or ps, ASCE 7 requires that other conditions be evaluated, many of which result in a load surcharge on
at least a portion of the member.
Unbalanced snow loading is one of the more common conditions that must be evaluated for hip and gable type
roofs when using the design snow load provisions of ASCE 7. The unbalanced snow load is intended to account
for the drifting caused by wind blowing snow across roof breaks such as ridges. This particular provision has
been modified considerably over the past several editions of ASCE 7, and since the 2000, 2003 and 2006
editions of the IBC each reference a different edition of ASCE 7, it is important that the correct version of ASCE
7 be used.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Maximum Maximum Maximum

Maximum Reaction, Shear and Moment Values
Design Design Design Design
Using Selected Balanced and Unbalanced
Condition Reaction Shear Moment
Design Snow Load Conditions (lbs) (lbs) (lbs-ft)
The table to the right provides a summary of the A. Balanced Design Snow
maximum design reaction force, maximum design Load = pg1 1,700 1,485 10,802
shear and maximum design moment derived for a
roof truss spaced at 2' on center, with a 5/12 top B. Balanced Design now
chord pitch, a span of 30' and 2' overhangs at Load = ps2 1,190 1,040 7,561
each end, using A) p g for the roof design load; B)
ps for the roof design load; C) the unbalanced C. Unbalanced Design
snow load based on the ASCE 7-98 and ASCE 7- Snow Load = 0 psf
02 provisions; and D) the unbalanced snow load windward and
1.5ps/Ce leeward 1,403 1,178 6,352
based on the ASCE 7-05 provisions. Review of
(ASCE 7-98 & 7-02)
this table indicates that, for the parameters
chosen, using p g as the uniform roof snow design
load produces the most conservative results. Note D. Unbalanced Design
Snow Load = 0.3p s
also that for this example, p g is taken as 50 psf
windward and p s + drift
and the factors for C e, Ct, I and Cs were chosen so
surcharge 3 (ASCE 7-05) 1,177 1,027 6,847
that ps = 0.7pg. If we assume that building length,
height and site conditions for exposure and wind
speed are within the appropriate limits, then the
maximum reaction, shear and moment values 1
pg = 50 psf;
provided for condition B represent those derived 2
ps = 35 psf = Cspf = Cs0.7(Ce)(Ct)Ipg; where Ce = 1.0, Ct = 1.0, I = 1.0, Cs =
for a truss for which the applicability limits of
1.0;
Section R802.10.2.1 of the IRC-09/12/15 would 3
In calculating the drift surcharge S = 2.4 and hd is calculated using lu = W =
apply. A comparison of the reaction, shear and 17 ft.
moment values for condition B with those derived
for condition D indicate the values are very similar.
TOC
C7.7 IBC Considerations:
IBC-09/12/15 include no specific snow loading requirements, but rather reference ASCE 7 Chapter 7 directly.
When designing to the IBC/ASCE 7, ground snow ( pg) is used as the base value to determine the flat ( pf) or
sloped (ps) roof snow load based upon Exposure Factor (Ce), Thermal Factor (Ct), Importance Factor (Is) and
Roof Slope Factor (Cs), as applicable. These factors must be provided in the Construction Documents. The
Construction Documents should also provide specific loads and areas of influence for items like the following:
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
• unbalanced snow on gable or hip roofs
symmetrical or asymetrical
• effects of partial loading
• drifting superimposed on the balanced snow load:
▪ on lower adjacent roofs
▪ around projections or parapets
▪ in valleys
▪ on standard and Dutch hip ends
▪ intersecting drifts
• sliding snow
• rain-on-snow
• ponding
• snow on eaves of warm roofs (ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.4.5) is required in structures designed per IBC-
09/12/15, since they reference ASCE 7 directly for snow loading.
Snow load design information is required to be provided in the Construction Documents per IBC-09/12/15
Section 1603.1.3 whenever the ground snow exceeds 10 psf, regardless if snow is the controlling load. The
design factors that need to be provided include:
• pg ground snow in psf
• Ce exposure factor
• Is Importance factor
• Ct thermal factor
As well as the specific loading requirements, both psf and area of influence, for loading other than uniform or
unbalanced (e.g. drifting, sliding, rain-on-snow, or ponding).
Note that for structures designed to the Conventional Light-frame Construction requirements of IBC-09/12/15,
Section 2308, only the ground snow load value is required on the construction documents per Section 1603.1.
This works for structures where all the structural elements can be determined from the prescriptive tables
included in Section 2308. Where trusses are used in conjuction with Conventional Light-frame Construction, the
more extensive details of 1603.1.3, as indicated above, are preferred. If more detailed specifications are not
provided with the construction documents, no explicit guidance is provided in Section 2308 or the IBC other
than the limitation of the ground snow load. With approval of the Building Designer or code official, one may use
the design parameters as indicated above for the IRC:
The design parameters for snow on a typical light-frame building are 0.77p g:
Exposure B
Partially Exposed (Ce = 1.0)
A insulated/warm roof with a non-slippery surface (C t = 1.1)
More conservative parameters are 0.924p g:
Exposure B
Sheltered (Ce = 1.2)
A insulated/warm roof with a non-slippery surface (C t = 1.1)
The Truss Designer will design each Truss as an individual structural element, loading it based upon the
Building Designer's defined loading conditions relative to the expected location of the Truss in the structure.
Unless indicated otherwise by the Building Designer, Case 1 & Case 2 or Case 1 & Case 3 will be considered
as applicable on each truss for gable roofs:
Case 1 uniform load based upon appropriate flat or sloped snow loading
Case 2 unbalanced loading per ASCE 7-05/10, 7.6, with drift or other special loading (applicable to
steeper slope hip or gable roofs)
Case 3 partial loading per ASCE 7-05/10, 7.5 (applicable to multi-span, low slope roofs)
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.8 Snow Loading Issues:
Roof Profile versus Truss Profile:
The Building Designer is required to apply the appropriate section or sections of ASCE 7 to determine
snow loads for the structure. The snow provisions of ASCE 7 describe situations based upon overall roof
shape or profile, rather than the shape of each structural member. Since truss design software looks at
each truss as a planar component, Truss Designers must take into account where a truss profile does not
match the roof profile.
An example of this is a structure that uses two independent mono trusses that meet to form a gable
profile. Each mono truss needs to be designed for the appropriate snow load relative to its location in the
overall roof system as defined by the Building Designer, since single slope members do not generally
require consideration of unbalanced loading. The building designer is responsible for addressing the
unique design requirements of the structure and to communicate these requirements to the Truss
Designer.
Unbalanced Right
Unbalanced Left
Uniform Load
TOC
C7.9 Snow Load Procedure
Summarizes the SEI/ASCE 7-05/10 snow load requirements of Section 7.0.
Items in red illustrate the changes in ASCE 7-10.
Step Find: Use:
Ground snow load, p g for geographic Figure 7-1, or Table 7-1, by case study, or as determined by
1 location (in psf) the authority having jurisdiction.
Flat roof snow load, pf (7.3). where,
Ce = exposure factor => Table 7-2
pf = 0.7CeCtI pg Ct = thermal factor => Table 7-3
I = importance factor => Table 7-4
Min. pf values for low-slope roofs: Where,
For mono slopes < 15˚ and pg ≤ 20, check that pf ≥ Ipg
2 Hip or gable slopes < 70/W +0.5 pg > 20, check that pf ≥ 20I
(7.3.4) ASCE 7-05 If not, use calculated pf value.
Min. pm values for low-slope roofs: This minimum roof snow load is a separate uniform load
For mono, hip and gable roofs with slopes case. It need not be used in determining or in combination
less than 15°. with drift, sliding, unbalanced, or partial loads. ASCE 7-10
(7.3.4) ASCE 7‐10
When slope > 5º, consider sloping roof where,

snow load, ps (7.3,7.4) Cs = roof slope factor => Figure 7-2,
3 ps = Cspf When Ct = 1.0, use 7-2a for warm roofs

When Ct = 1.1, use 7.2b for cold roofs
When Ct = 1.2, use 7.2c for cold roofs
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Ice Dams on warm roofs that drain water A uniform load of 2pf on all overhanging portions
over their eaves (7.4.5): considered with only dead load.
4 a. unventilated and R < 30 The load on the overhang shall be based upon the flat roof
b. ventilated and R < 20 snow load for the heated portion of the roof up-slope of the
exterior wall.
Consider partial loading for multi-span Figure 7-4 for consideration of having selected spans
members (7.5). loaded with the balanced snow load and remaining spans
Partial load provisions need not be applied loaded with half the balanced snow load.
to structural members that span
perpendicular to the ridge line in gable
roofs with slopes greater than 70/W + 0.5
5 with W in ft. ASCE 7-05
Partial load provisions need not be applied
to structural members that span
perpendicular to the ridgeline in gable
roofs with slopes of 2.38o (1/2 on 12) and
greater. ASCE 7-10
Consider unbalanced snow loads (7.6) For all other gable roofs, the unbalanced load shall consist
of 0.3ps on the windward side, ps on the leeward side plus a
For hip or gable roofs with slope > 70˚ or rectangular surcharge with magnitude
slope < 70/W + 0.5, unbalanced load
evaluation is not required. ASCE 7-05 hd  S
and horizontal extent from the ridge
For hip and gable roofs with a slope
exceeding 7 on 12 (30.2o) or with a slope
less than 2.38o (½ on 12) unbalanced snow where hd is the drift height from Fig. 7-9 with lu equal to the
loads are not required to be applied. eave to ridge distance for the windward portion of the roof,
ASCE 7-10 W. For W less than or equal to 20 ft (6.1 m), use W = lu =
20 ft in Fig 7-9. Balanced and unbalanced loading diagrams
are presented in Fig. 7-5.
In ASCE 7-05 Lu = 25 ft
In ASCE 7-10 Lu = 20 ft
[notes to Figure 7-5]

Note: Unbalanced loads need not be considered for Θ > 70° or for Θ < larger of 2.38° and
70/W +0.5. ASCE 7-05
Note: Unbalanced loads need not be considered for Θ > 30.2o (7 on 12) or for Θ < 2.38o (1/2
on 12). ASCE 7-10
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Consider snow drifts from upper to lower a) Determine leeward side drift height h d (on Figure 7-9)
roofs (7.7) refer to Figure 7-8. using lu, the length of upper roof.
First calculate snow density (ɣ): b) Determine windward side drift height h d (on Figure 7-9)
 =0.13pg+14 30 pcf using the length of lower roof in place of l u. Multiply that
value of hd by 0.75.
Then see if drift calculation is required:
c) Calculate w, the drift length, using the higher h d value
Calculate the balanced snow load height from a) and b).
(hb): hb = pf/ If hd  hc, then w = 4hd and drift height = h d.
This is from the standard formula for snow
If hd > hc, then w = 4hd2/hc and drift height = h c
height where p is p f or ps.
However, w shall not be greater than 8h c
7 snow height (h) = p/
If the calculation for w exceeds the length of the lower
roof, the drift is truncated at the edge of the lower roof, it is
Calculate the difference in height (h c)
not reduced to zero at the edge of the roof.
between the top of the upper roof and the
top of the balanced snow:
d) Calculate the drift load p of h d => pd = hd
hc = [height difference between the roofs -
hb]
Use this procedure (per 7.7.2) to determine drift loads for
any structure or terrain feature within 20 ft (7.7.2, p. 80).
if hc/hb < 0.2, no drift required,
The separation distance (s) may reduce the applied drift
Otherwise, if hc/hb  0.2, continue to 7a). loads by (20-s)/20 where s is in feet.
Record hc and hb for later use.
Consider snow drifts on all sides of roof The height of these drifts is ¾ the drift height h d (on Figure
projections and parapets (7.8, p 80) refer to 7-9, p. 89) using lu, the length of roof upwind of the
Figure 7-7, p. 88 and Figure 7-8, p. 89 projection or parapet. If the side of the roof projection is
less than 15 ft long, a drift load calculation is not required
First calculate snow density ( ): on that side.
=0.13pg+14 30 pcf
Calculate w, the drift length, using the drift height (h d)
Calculate the balanced snow load height determined for each side.
(hb): hb = pf/ If hd  hc, then w = 4hd and drift height = h d.
8 If hd > hc, then w = 4hd2/hc and drift height = h c
Calculate the difference in height (h c) However, w shall not be greater than 8h c
between the top of the upper roof and the If the calculation for w exceeds the length of the lower
top of the balanced snow: roof, the drift is truncated at the edge of the lower roof, it is
hc = [hb – height difference between the not reduced to zero at the edge of the roof.
roofs]
Calculate the drift load p of h d => pd = hd
if hc/hb < 0.2, no drift required.
Otherwise, if hc/hb  0.2, continue to 6e).
Record hc and hb for later use.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
9 Consider adjacent structures (7.7.2)
Consider roof projections and parapets
10 (7.8)
Consider sliding snow (7.9), if a slippery The total sliding snow load per unit length of eave is
upper roof has a slope greater than ¼ on 12 0.4pfW, where W is the horizontal distance from the eave to
or for non-slippery roofs has a slope the ridge for the sloped upper roof.
greater than 2 on 12.
The sliding load is to be distributed uniformly on the lower
11 roof for a distance of 15 ft from the upper roof eave. If the
width of the lower roof is less than 15 ft, the sliding load is
to be reduced accordingly.
Sliding loads are superimposed on the balanced snow load.
Consider Rain-on-Snow Surcharge, If 0 < pg ≤ 20 psf, but pg = 0 and slope < ½ in 12,
12 (7.10). add 5 psf for rain on snow.
Consider Ponding, (7.11), if roof slope is ≤ (See also Section 8.4.)
13
¼ in 12.
14 Consider existing roofs, (7.12) For all lower roofs within 20 feet of higher roofs.
TOC
C7.10 Example Calculations of Drifting & Other Snow Loading Issues
(using input parameters from Roof Load Worksheet)
C7.10.1 Symmetrical Drifting on Gable Roofs < 20 ft
ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7 Not applicable where W > 20 ft.
W= 80 Windward Leeward
W < 20 punbal = 0 0.00 0.00 punbal = 1.5(ps)/Ce
Punbal = 0 PSF Punbal = 0 PSF W < 20 Case 1
Punbal = 0 PSF Punbal = 0 PSF W < 20 Case 2
W= 80 FT W= 80 FT
12
0.3
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.10.2 Unbalanced Roof Snow Loads for Hip or Gable Roofs
ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7 (enter additional information as required)
Defined roof parameters from Roof Load spreadsheet. (S = roof run of 12 inches / by rise in inches)
If asymmetric, will load Right side of ridge
Drift height calculation ignores
Inches Rr= 0.25 Windward Leeward minimum 25 ft length for ℓu given on
Figure 7-9.
FT Wr = 80 punbal = 0.3ps 3.78 12.60 punbal = ps
Density  16.34 PCF   0 .13p g  14

2.76 h d = 0.43 3 Lu 4 p g +10 -1.5
Height hd FT
8
Horiz. extent wd 51.03 FT Wd  hd s
3
Intensity pd 6.51 PSF p d  h d / s
Since W and rise are used in this evaluation, it will work with either symmetrical or asymmetrical roofs.
If asymmetric, enter parameters for drift on Left side of ridge.
Inches Rl= Windward Leeward
FT Wl = punbal = 0.3ps 3.78 12.60 punbal = ps
Density  16.34 PCF
Height hd 0.00 FT
Horiz. extent wd 0.00 FT
Intensity pd 0.00 PSF
The side with the shorter W will typically produce the smaller drift surcharge on the Leeward side.
51.03 FT
6.51 PSF 2.76 FT
Punbal = 12.6 PSF

Punbal = 3.78 PSF Case Drift Left
51.03 FT
2.76 FT 6.51 PSF
Case Drift Right
Punbal = 12.6 PSF
Punbal = 3.78 PSF
W1= 80 FT W2= 80 FT
12 12
0.25 0.3
Mimimum ℓu on ASCE 7-05/10, Figure 7-9 and drift surcharge calculation.

If the note on Figure 7-9 for a minimum value of ℓu of either 25 or 20 feet is observed, it can result in a drift
surcharge that exceeds the amount of snow on the windward side on shorter members. This minimum
value for ℓu may be appropriate when using Figure 7-9 for calculating building sections of different heights
or for other obstructions where drifting is a concern, but its use for this consideration needs further
evaluation.
The ASCE 7 Snow Task Committee did not take the impact of this limitation into consideration when
applied to the drift consideration for shorter fetches. It is looking this issue, but a formal interpretation has
not yet been provided.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.10.3 Drifting for Trusses or SBCs Creating Roof Shapes that have more than two slopes
ASCE 7 in any edition relies on the building designer to apply the snow drifting concepts described to the
buildings they are designing. Not all circumstances are, or can be, covered in detail. And it is not always
simple to apply loading defined for an entire structure to a single truss as an individual planar component
or to a individual SBC.
Truss design software has the ability to create complex truss shapes and output the shape as a buildable
truss. One example is the multi-break truss shown in the above discussion.
Truss design software, in versions supporting ASCE 7-05/10, in order to better evaluate the potential
loading due to snow drifting, will evaluate six load cases for these complex shapes with more than two
slopes based upon the snow drifting requirements of ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.6.1:
1) First Wind from Left:
The first plane from the left will be loaded with 0.3P s. The next plane will be loaded with 1.0Ps, with
an additional drift load starting at the left end. Additional planes will alternate between 0.3P s and
1.0Ps with drift load on the left end.
2) Second Wind from Left:

The first and second planes from the left will be loaded with 0.3 P s. The next plane will be loaded
with 1.0Ps, with an additional drift load starting at the left end. Additional planes will alternate
between 0.3Ps and 1.0Ps with drift load on the left end.
3) Third Wind from Left:

All planes to the left of the truss highest peak will be loaded with 0.3 P s. The next plane after the
peak will be loaded with 1.0Ps, with an additional drift load starting at the left end. All remaining
planes to the right of the peak will be loaded with 1.0P s.
If a truss does not have a highest peak but has a flat top for the highest plane, all planes to the left
of the flat top will be loaded with 0.3P s. The flat top will be loaded with 1.0P s, with an additional drift
load starting at the left end. All remaining planes to the right of the flat plane will be loaded with
1.0Ps.
4) First Wind from Right:
The first plane from the right will be loaded with 0.3P s. The next plane will be loaded with 1.0P s, with
an additional drift load starting at the right end. Additional planes will alternate between 0.3P s and
1.0Ps with drift load on the right end.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
5) Second Wind from Right:
The first and second planes from the right will be loaded with 0.3 P s. The next plane will be loaded
with 1.0Ps, with an additional drift load starting at the right end. Additional planes will alternate
between 0.3Ps and 1.0Ps with drift load on the right end.
6) Third Wind from Right:

All planes to the right of the truss highest peak will be loaded with 0.3 P s. The next plane after the
peak will be loaded with 1.0Ps, with an additional drift load starting at the right end. All remaining
planes to the left of the peak will be loaded with 1.0P s.
If a truss does not have a highest peak but has a flat top for the highest plane, all planes to the right
of the flat top will be loaded with 0.3P s. The flat top will be loaded with 1.0P s, with an additional drift
load starting at the right end. All remaining planes to the left of the flat plane will be loaded with
1.0Ps.
For trusses with flat sections, there will be two additional loading conditions:
7) First Wind Parallel to Ridge:
Each flat section will be loaded with 1.0P s with an additional drift load at each end. All sloping
planes will be loaded with 0.3Ps.
8) Second Wind Parallel to Ridge:
Each sloping plane adjacent to a flat plane will be loaded with 1.0P s with a drift load at the end
adjacent to the flat plane. Flat planes and any sloping plane not adjacent to a flat plane will be
loaded with 0.3Ps. If a sloping plane has flat planes on each of its ends, it will be loaded with
1.0Ps and have drift loads at each end.
TOC Notes:
1) If the horizontal extent of the drift load is such that it is equal to or greater than the length of the
plane, the drift load shall be included only over the whole plane.
2) If a plane has a drift load at each end and the horizontal extent of the drifts overlap, the drift load
shall be included over the whole plane, and shall not be increased due to the overlap.
3) W = horizontal distance of the truss upwind of the drift in the left and right load cases. The “W” is
equal to the length of the 0.3 P g load upwind of each individual drift.
4) Lu is the length of the roof upwind of the drift in the parallel load cases. For wind parallel to the
ridge, Lu shall not be less than 25 or 20 ft.
5) The slope used in the drift calculations at a pitch break shall be the absolute value of the
difference between the slopes divided by 2.
Example 1: 6/12 hip joint: ABS(6-0)/2 = 3 Use 3 for slope therefore S = 4.
Example 2: 6/12 peak joint: ABS(6-(-6))/2 = 6; use 6 for slope, therefore S = 2
Example 3: -3/12 to -6/12 gambrel joint: ABS((-3)-(-6))/2 = 1.5; use 1.5 for slope, therefore S =
8
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Graphic Examples:
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
TOC
C7.10.4 Leeward & Windward Snow Drifts on Lower Roofs
ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.7.1 (enter additional information as required)
Design snow values:
Ground Snow 18 PSF
Structure Terrain Category B
Values for upper Roof:
Length of upper roof upwind of drift (ℓu) 64.29167 FT Note: minimum length for ℓu used to
Length of lower roof leeward of drift (ℓl) 54.14583 FT calculate drift height (hd) is 25 ft.
Total offset between roof surfaces ( hc + hb) 4 FT

Values for lower Roof:
Lower Roof Exposure Ce = 1.00 Partially
Lower Roof Building Category Is = 1.00 II
Lower Roof Thermal Condition Ct = 1.20 Unheated
Calculate Lower roof snow load:
Lower Roof Balanced design Snow Load 15.12 PSF
Density of Ground Snow () 16.34 PCF   0 .13p g  14
Height of Balanced snow (hb) 0.93 FT
Height of offset minus balanced (hc) 3.07 FT
Drift load check required? Yes
Drift Calculation: (if Lu < 25 ft, Lu = 25 ft)
Height of leeward drift (hd) 2.46 FT h d = 0.43 3 L u 4 p g +10 -1.5
Height of windward drift (.75hd) 1.68 FT
(the higher of these two controls) 2.46 FT
Maximum drift height (hd not greater than hc) 2.46 FT
Drift Surcharge Load (pd) at max. height 40.24 PSF
Maximum drift Width (8hc) 24.56 FT
Drift Width (w) 9.85 FT
Max. Snow Load: Drift plus balanced snow 55.36 PSF
Drift Load decrease as w decreases per ft 4.09 PSF
Drift load application will vary based upon whether the trusses run perpendicular or parallel to 'w'.
Wind
ℓu = 64.29167
Design Snow = 0 PSF

Leeward Controls
hc = 3.07 FT 40.24 PSF = pd
Offset = 4 FT hd = 2.46 FT
15.12 PSF hb= 0.93 FT
w= 9.85 FT
ℓi = 54.14583 FT
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.10.5 Drifting at Parapets and Roof Projections
ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.8 (enter additional information as required)
Length of roof upwind of obstacle (ℓu) 100 FT (minimum ℓu for hd is 25 ft for ASCE 7-05
Length of side of obstacle (minimum 15 ft) 20 FT 20 ft for ASCE 7-10)
Offset between roof and top of obstacle 4 FT
Balanced design Snow Load 12.60 PSF
Density of Ground Snow () 16.34 PCF   0 . 13p g  14
Height of Balanced snow (hb) 0.77 FT
Height of offset minus balanced (hc) 3.23 FT
Drift load check required? Yes
Height of windward drift (h d) 3.09 (0.75hd) 2.32 FT h d = 0.43 3 Lu 4 p g +10 -1.5
Drift height (the lesser of h d or hc) 2.32 FT
Drift Density (pd) at max. height 37.91 PSF
Drift Width (w) 9.28 FT
Density: Max. Drift plus balanced snow 50.51 PSF
Drift Load decrease as w decreases per ft 4.09 PSF
(For roof projections, consider wind from all four sides)

w= 9.28 FT w= 9.28 FT Wind
pd = 37.91 PSF pd = 37.91 PSF

hd= 2.32 FT 4 FT Offset
ℓu = 100 FT
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.10.6 Sliding Snow from Upper Roof
ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.9 (enter additional information as required)
Should be considered whether snow is sliding off a sloped roof on to a flat roof or another sloped roof.
When the lower roof is also sloped, allowance should be made for the varying offset dimension.
Sliding Snow check required per ASCE 7.9 Yes

Define lower roof: (assumes defined ground snow and Terrain Category):
Ground Snow Load 18 PSF
Terrain Category B
Exposure Ce = 1.00 Partially To define the upper
roof, see the "Roof
Building Category Is = 1.00 II
Loads" worksheet.
Thermal Condition Ct = 1.10 Cold/Vented
Design Snow lower roof pf = 13.86 PSF
Width of Lower Roof W L= 24.00 FT
Length of Lower Roof ℓl= 26.00 FT
Total Offset between roofs Offset= 3.00 FT
Sliding snow potential from upper roof:
Calculated snow (upper roof) pf = 12.60 PSF
Ridge to eave distance (upper roof) Wu = 80.00 FT
Sliding Snow Load potential Sp = 403.20 PLF 0.4pfW
Calculate Snow load on lower roof:
Sliding Snow Load on Lower Roof S L= 145152.00 LB
Tributary width Lmax = 15.00 FT (maximum tributary width = 15 FT)
Uniform sliding snow load Su = 26.88 PSF Sp/15
Total snow load on lower roof ST = 40.74 PSF
Total Height of snow on Lower roof SH= 2.49 FT
Reduction for Blockage STR= NONE PSF No Blockage
pf = 12.6 PSF
Sp= 403.2 PLF
ST= 40.74 PSF Offset= 3 FT

Su= 26.88 PSF
SH= 2.49 FT
Wu= 80 FT Lmax = 15 FT
ℓl= 26 FT
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.10.7 Partial Loading for Snow
ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.5
Only required for multispan or cantilevered trusses and applied per Figure 7-4.
Primarily for flat, monoslope or lowslope gable roof conditions.
Roof Type: Monoslope
Consider Partial Load Check? Yes
Balanced Snow Load = 12.60 PSF

Half Balanced Snow Load = 6.30 PSF
If required, it would be evaluated to this type of pattern.
Full
Half
12.6 PSF
6.3 PSF
Full
Half
12.6 PSF
6.3 PSF
Full
Half Half
12.6 PSF
6.3 PSF 6.3 PSF
Would not exist when a cantilever is present
TOC
C7.10.8 Ice Dams at Eaves per ASCE 7
(Required by IBC-09/12/15, since they reference ASCE 7, Section 7.4.5 which does require it.)
Water drains over eaves: Yes

Roof Thermal Condition = Unvented & R < 30
Ice Dam check required per ASCE 7 Yes
If required, Ice load on Eaves (2pf) = 0 PSF
Considered with Dead Load only.
Dead Load
2pf = 0 PSF
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.10.9 Balanced & Unbalanced Snow Loads for Curved Roofs
(This example does NOT use parameters from the Roof Loads worksheet. Input or select your values.)
(This example only illustrates the condition (Case 2) where the eave slope is 30 to 70 degrees,)
Based on ASCE 7-05/10, Section 7.6.2
7.3.4 Minimum Values of Pf for Low-Slope Roofs.
Minimum values of Pf shall only apply to monoslope
roofs with slopes less than 15◦, hip and gable roofs with
slopes less than the larger of 2.38◦ (1/2 on 12) and
(70/W) + 0.5 with W in ft (in SI: 21.3/W + 0.5, with W in
m), and curved roofs where the vertical angle from
the eaves to the crown is less than 10◦.
7.4.3 Roof Slope Factor for Curved Roofs. Portions of

curved roofs having a slope exceeding 70◦ shall be
considered free of snowload (i.e., Cs = 0). Balanced
loads shall be determined from the balanced load
diagrams in Fig. 7-3 with Cs determined from the
appropriate curve in Fig. 7-2.
7.6.2 Unbalanced Snow Loads for Curved Roofs.

Portions of curved roofs having a slope exceeding 70◦
shall be considered free of snow load. If the slope of a
straight line from the eaves (or the 70◦ point, if present)
to the crown is less than 10◦ or greater than 60◦,
unbalanced snow loads shall not be taken into account.
Unbalanced loads shall be determined according to the
loading diagrams in Fig. 7-3. In all cases the windward
side shall be considered free of snow. If the ground or
another roof abuts a Case II or Case III (see Fig. 7-3)
curved roof at or within 3 ft (0.91 m) of its eaves, the
snow load shall not be decreased between the 30◦ point
and the eaves, but shall remain constant at the 30◦ point
value. This distribution is shown as a dashed line in Fig.
7-3.
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
TOC Define Snow Parameters (as for other roof types):
Ground Snow (pg) = 25 psf
Terrain Category = B
Exposure Factor (Ce) = 1.20 Sheltered
Importance Factor (Is) = 1.00 II
Thermal Factor (Ct) = 1.10 Cold/Vented
Define Curved Roof Structure Parameters:

Roof Span (L) = 80 ft
Roof Radius (R) = 61 ft
Roof Rise (Rc) = 15 ft
Slope to Crown (s) = 20.5560 degrees
Slope at Eaves (e) = 41.0091 degrees
◦
Slope at 30 point (r) = 30.0000 degrees
L2 = 30.5000 ft
L1 = 9.5000 ft
Formulas:




 e :  a tan 
L
2

   180 
  
  
L 2 : R  cos 60
  R  Rc     
  
L 
   L1 :    L 2
 R    180 
 s :  a tan  c  
2
  L     
  2 
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
Apply Figure 7-3 to a curved roof meeting Case 2 diagrams:
(ASCE 7-05 Figure 7-3 is not very clear, so the requirements for Case 2 are reproduced below with enhanced text.)
TOC Balanced Snow Load:

Calculate flat roof snow load - pf = 0.7(Ce)(Ct)(Is)(pg) = 23.1 psf
Determine roof slope factors Cs* & Cs** per footnotes from Figure 7-2.
Cs** = 1.0 (for roof slope <= 30 )  e  r
C s * : C s 
Cs * = 0.7315 e
Balanced snow at eave (pfCs*) = 16.8987 psf

Balanced snow at rest (pfCs**) = 23.1000 psf
Unbalanced Snow Load:
Based on the default roof parameters given above the requirement at 7.6.2 for considering
unbalanced snow is met, since the angle from the crown to the eaves (s) is greater than 10.
Unbalanced snow at crown (0.5pf) = 11.5500

psf
Unbalanced snow at 30 point (2pfCs**/Ce) = 38.5000
psf
Unbalanced snow at eave (2pfCs*/Ce) = 28.1645
psf
The unbalanced load tapers up from the crown to the 30 point, then back down to the edge of
the eave. However, the footnote indicates that there is an alternate distribution if another roof
abuts the eave keeping the load from the 30° point to the eave uniform.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C7-Snow
C7.10.10 Drifting In Valleys
pg = 18 psf
pf = 0.00 psf
0 psf
0.5pf = 0.00 psf
Ce = 1.20 0 psf
▪
2pf/Ce= 0 psf
ɣ= 16.34 pcf 0 psf
Height in Valley = 0.00 ft
Height at Ridge = 0.00 ft
TOC
C7.12 Reference Material:
IRC-09/12/15 IBC-09/12/15
[IBC-06/09/12 basically reference ASCE 7, but do
include the ground snow map.]
R301.2.3 Snow loads. Wood framed construction, cold- 1608.1 General. Design snow loads shall be determined in
formed steel framed construction and masonry and concrete accordance with Chapter 7 of ASCE 7, but the design roof
construction in regions with ground snow loads 70 pounds load shall not be less than that determined by Section 1607.
per square foot (3.35 kPa) or less, shall be in accordance with
Chapters 5, 6 and 8. Buildings in regions with ground snow 1608.2 Ground snow loads. The ground snowloads to be
loads greater than 70 pounds per square foot (3.35 kPa) shall used in determining the design snow loads for roofs shall be
be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice. determined in accordance with ASCE 7 or Figure 1608.2
for the contiguous United States and Table 1608.2 for
Alaska. Site-specific case studies shall be made in areas
designated “CS” in Figure 1608.2. Ground snow loads for
sites at elevations above the limits indicated in Figure
1608.2 and for all sites within the CS areas shall be
approved. Ground snow load determination for such sites
shall be based on an extreme value statistical analysis of
data available in the vicinity of the site using a value with a
2-percent annual probability of being exceeded (50-year
mean recurrence interval). Snow loads are zero for Hawaii,
except in mountainous regions as approved by the building
official.
[IBC-12/15 added the following]

1608.3 Ponding instability. Susceptible bays of roofs shall
be evaluated for ponding instability in accordance with
Section 7.11 of ASCE 7.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
C8 - RAIN LOADS
C8.1 Introduction
C8.2 Ponding
C8.3 Controlled Drainage
C8.4 Reference Material ASCE 7
C8.5 Reference Material IBC
C8.6 Reference Material IRC
C8.1 Introduction:
Design for rain loads is considered for the following circumstances:
a. when rain accumulation is unintentional and the potential for ponding exists. This must be considered any
time the roof slope is equal to or less than 1/4 in./ft for rain water or snow melt. (see the separate
evaluation for a rain-on-snow surcharge at the Snow Load section).
b. when rain is intended to drain from a location other than the roof edge. This would include the
consideration of controlled drainage.
The design loads due to intentional or unintentional water accumulation are to be provided by the Building
Designer to the Component Manufacturer. One of the primary considerations in the design of the structural
members for rain loads is deflection, both short-term and long-term. No load duration factor has been
established for rain loads or for ponding. When deflection controls design (MOE or stiffness) no load duration
factor may be applied. If considered, the Load Duration factor (CD) used in the strength design of wood
members should be provided by the Building Designer and would be related to the expected length of time the
rain load would be expected to be present on the structural member(s).
ASCE 7 Commentary includes the following regarding load duration for rain loads:
C8.2 ROOF DRAINAGE
Roof drainage systems are designed to handle all the flow associated with intense, short-duration rainfall
events. For example, the 1993 BOCA National Plumbing Code [Ref. C8-1], and Factory Mutual Loss
Prevention Data 1–54, “Roof Loads for New Construction” [Ref. C8-2] use a 1-h duration event with a 100-
yr return period; the 1994 Standard Plumbing Code [Ref. C8-3] uses 1-h and 15-min duration events with
100-yr return periods for the primary and secondary drainage systems, respectively, and the 1990
National Building Code [Ref. C8-4] of Canada uses a 15-min event with a 10-yr return period. A very
severe local storm or thunderstorm may produce a deluge of such intensity and duration that properly
designed primary drainage systems are temporarily overloaded. Such temporary loads are adequately
covered in design when blocked drains (see Section 8.3) and ponding instability (see Section 8.4) are
considered.
NDS does not address load durations for rain, but some of the shorter durations that might be specified by the
building designer are:
Load Duration Duration Factor
Ten Minutes 1.6
1 Day 1.3 The 1.33 factor was established for a one day duration.
Seven Days 1.25
Two Months 1.15
Although rain loads (R) are considered in the load combinations included in ASCE 7 and the IBC, the specific
load effects of ponding are not.
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
TOC
C8.2 Ponding:
The effects of ponding are defined in ASCE 7 as follows:
ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10
8.4 PONDING INSTABILITY 8.4 PONDING INSTABILITY
“Ponding” refers to the retention of water due solely to “Ponding” refers to the retention of water due solely to the
the deflection of relatively flat roofs. Roofs with a slope deflection of relatively flat roofs. Susceptible bays shall be
less than 1/4 in./ft (1.19 degrees) shall be investigated by investigated by structural analysis to assure that they possess
structural analysis to ensure that they possess adequate adequate stiffness to preclude progressive deflection (i.e.,
stiffness to preclude progressive deflection (i.e., instability) as rain falls on them or as meltwater is created from
instability) as rain falls on them or meltwater is created snow on them.
from snow on them. The larger of snow load or rain load Bays with a slope less than 1/4 in./ft, or on which water is
shall be used in this analysis. The primary drainage impounded upon them (in whole or in part) when the primary
system within an area subjected to ponding shall be drain system is functional, shall be designated as susceptible
considered to be blocked in this analysis. bays. Roof surfaces with a slope of at least 1/4 in. per ft (1.19°)
towards points of free drainage need not be considered a
susceptible bay. The larger of the snow load or the rain load
equal to the design condition for a blocked primary drain
system shall be used in this analysis.
ASCE 7-10 introduces a new consideration, "susceptible bays," which is illustrated by Figures C8.3 and
C8.4 below.
Figures from ASCE 7-10 Commentary, pg 451
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
The Building Designer should supply deflection criteria in addition to the design load information to ensure the
Although the IRC-09/12/15 does not explicitly address the issue of ponding, it should not be ignored in the
design of trusses any time the roof slope is equal to or less than 1/4 in./ft .
TOC
C8.3 Controlled Drainage:
The effects of rain loads on roofs where the drainage system is not at the roof edge is based upon the
maximum accumulated rain load, if the primary drain system is clogged or if the rate of drainage is controlled.
The higher the location of the secondary drainage system and/or the slower the release of water, the greater
the load. In addition to carrying the design rain loads, the effects of ponding due to excessive deflection are to
be considered. See ASCE 7-05/10, Sections 8.3 and 8.5.
Rain loads for controlled drainage may be calculated on

the Roof Loads worksheet. Only two dimensions are
required:
ds = Depth to inlet of secondary drainage
dh = Additional depth above inlet of secondary
drainage
R = 5.2(ds + dh)
Where:
ds= IN
dh= IN
R= 0 PSF
Water weighs 62.4 lb/ft3 divided by 12 = 5.2 lb psf per inch

of depth.
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
TOC
C8.4_Reference Material ASCE 7:
ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10
SECTION 8.2 ROOF DRAINAGE SECTION 8.2 ROOF DRAINAGE
Roof drainage systems shall be designed in accordance with the Roof drainage systems shall be designed in accordance
provisions of the code having jurisdiction. The flow capacity of with the provisions of the code having jurisdiction. The
secondary (overflow) drains or scuppers shall not be less than flow capacity of secondary (overflow) drains or scuppers
that of the primary drains or scuppers. shall not be less than that of the primary drains or
scuppers.
SECTION 8.3 DESIGN RAIN LOADS SECTION 8.3 DESIGN RAIN LOADS
Each portion of a roof shall be designed to sustain the load of Each portion of a roof shall be designed to sustain the
all rainwater that will accumulate on it if the primary drainage load of all rainwater that will accumulate on it if the
system for that portion is blocked plus the uniform load caused primary drainage system for that portion is blocked plus
by water that rises above the inlet of the secondary drainage the uniform load caused by water that rises above the
system at its design flow. inlet of the secondary drainage system at its design flow.
R = 5. 2(d s + d h ) (Eq. 8-1) R = 5. 2(d s + d h ) (Eq. 8.3-1)

If the secondary drainage systems contain drain lines, such lines If the secondary drainage systems contain drain lines,
and their point of discharge shall be separate from the primary such lines and their point of discharge shall be separate
drain lines. from the primary drain lines.
8.1 SYMBOLS
d h = additional depth of water on the undeflected roof d h = additional depth of water on the undeflected
above the inlet of the secondary drainage system at its roof above the inlet of the secondary drainage
design flow (i.e., the hydraulic head), in in. (mm). system at its design flow (i.e., the hydraulic head),
in in. (mm).
d s = depth of water on the undeflected roof up to the d s = depth of water on the undeflected roof up to
inlet of the secondary drainage system when the primary the inlet of the secondary drainage system when
drainage system is blocked (i.e., the static head), in in. the primary drainage system is blocked (i.e., the
(mm). static head), in in. (mm).
R = rain load on the undeflected roof, in pounds per R = rain load on the undeflected roof, in pounds
square ft (kilonewtons/m2). When the phrase per square ft (kilonewtons/m2). When the phrase
“undeflected roof” is used, deflections from loads “undeflected roof” is used, deflections from loads
(including dead loads) shall not be considered when (including dead loads) shall not be considered
determining the amount of rain on the roof. when determining the amount of rain on the roof.
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
SECTION 8.4 PONDING INSTABILITY SECTION 8.4 PONDING INSTABILITY
“Ponding” refers to the retention of water due solely to the “Ponding” refers to the retention of water due solely to
deflection of relatively flat roofs. Roofs with a slope less than the deflection of relatively flat roofs. Susceptible bays
1/4 in./ft (1.19 degrees) shall be investigated by structural shall be investigated by structural analysis to assure that
analysis to ensure that they possess adequate stiffness to they possess adequate stiffness to preclude progressive
preclude progressive deflection (i.e., instability) as rain falls on deflection (i.e., instability) as rain falls on them or
them or meltwater is created from snow on them. The larger of meltwater is created from snow on them. Bays with a roof
snow load or rain load shall be used in this analysis. The slope less than 1/4 in./ft, or on which water is impounded
primary drainage system within an area subjected to ponding upon them (in whole or in part) when the primary drain
shall be considered to be blocked in this analysis. system is blocked, but the secondary drain system is
functional, shall be designated as susceptible bays. Roof
surfaces with a slope of at least 1/4 in. per ft (1.19º)
toward points of free drainage need not be considered a
susceptible bay. The larger of the snow load or the rain
load equal to the design condition for a blocked primary
drain system shall be used in this analysis.
SECTION 8.5 CONTROLLED DRAINAGE SECTION 8.5 CONTROLLED DRAINAGE

Roofs equipped with hardware to control the rate of drainage Roofs equipped with hardware to control the rate of
shall be equipped with a secondary drainage system at a higher drainage shall be equipped with a secondary drainage
elevation that limits accumulation of water on the roof above system at a higher elevation that limits accumulation of
that elevation. Such roofs shall be designed to sustain the load water on the roof above that elevation. Such roofs shall
of all rainwater that will accumulate on them to the elevation of be designed to sustain the load of all rainwater that will
the secondary drainage system, plus the uniform load caused by accumulate on them to the elevation of the secondary
water that rises above the inlet of the secondary drainage system drainage system, plus the uniform load caused by water
at its design flow (determined from Section 8.3). Such roofs that rises above the inlet of the secondary drainage
shall also be checked for ponding instability (determined from system at its design flow (determined from Section 8.3).
Section 8.4). Such roofs shall also be checked for ponding instability
(determined from Section 8.4).
TOC
C8.5_Reference Material IBC:
1503.4 Roof drainage. Design and 1503.4 Roof drainage. Design and 1503.4 Roof drainage. Design and
installation of roof installation of roof drainage systems shall installation of roof drainage systems shall
drainage systems shall comply with comply with Section 1503 of this code comply with Section 1503 of this code
Section 1503 and the and Sections 1106 and 1108, as and Sections 1106 and 1108, as
International Plumbing Code. applicable, of the International Plumbing applicable, of the International Plumbing
Code. Code.
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
1503.4.1 Secondary drainage required. 1503.4.1 Secondary (emergency 1503.4.1 Secondary (emergency
Secondary (emergency) roof drains or overflow) drains or scuppers. Where overflow) drains or scuppers. Where
scuppers shall be provided where the roof roof drains are required, secondary roof drains are required, secondary
perimeter construction extends above the (emergency overflow) roof drains or (emergency overflow) roof drains or
roof in such a manner that water will be scuppers shall be provided where the roof scuppers shall be provided where the roof
entrapped if the primary drains allow perimeter construction extends above the perimeter construction extends above the
buildup for any reason. roof in such a manner that water will be roof in such a manner that water will be
entrapped if the primary drains allow entrapped if the primary drains allow
buildup for any reason. The installation buildup for any reason. The installation
and sizing of secondary emergency and sizing of secondary emergency
overflow drains, leaders and conductors overflow drains, leaders and conductors
shall comply with Sections 1106 and shall comply with Sections 1106 and
1108, as applicable, of the International 1108, as applicable, of the International
Plumbing Code. Plumbing Code.
1503.4.2 Scuppers. When scuppers are 1503.4.2 Scuppers. When scuppers are 1503.4.2 Scuppers. When scuppers are
used for secondary (emergency overflow) used for secondary (emergency overflow) used for secondary (emergency overflow)
roof drainage, the quantity, size, location roof drainage, the quantity, size, location roof drainage, the quantity, size, location
and inlet elevation of the scuppers shall and inlet elevation of the scuppers shall and inlet elevation of the scuppers shall
be sized to prevent the depth of ponding be sized to prevent the depth of ponding be sized to prevent the depth of ponding
water from exceeding that for which the water from exceeding that for which the water from exceeding that for which the
roof was designed as determined by roof was designed as determined by roof was designed as determined by
Section 1503.4.1. Scuppers shall not have Section 1611.1. Scuppers shall not have Section 1611.1. Scuppers shall not have
an opening dimension of less than 4 an opening dimension of less than 4 an opening dimension of less than 4
inches (102 mm). The flow through the inches (102 mm). The flow through the inches (102 mm). The flow through the
primary system shall not be considered primary system shall not be considered primary system shall not be considered
when locating and sizing scuppers. when locating and sizing scuppers. when locating and sizing scuppers.
1611.1 Design rain loads. Each 1611.1 Design rain loads. Each 1611.1 Design rain loads. Each
portion of a roof shall be designed to portion of a roof shall be designed to portion of a roof shall be designed to
sustain the load of rainwater that will sustain the load of rainwater that will sustain the load of rainwater that will
accumulate on it if the primary accumulate on it if the primary accumulate on it if the primary
drainage system for that portion is drainage system for that portion is drainage system for that portion is
blocked plus the uniform load caused blocked plus the uniform load caused blocked plus the uniform load caused
by water that rises above the inlet of by water that rises above the inlet of by water that rises above the inlet of
the secondary drainage system at its the secondary drainage system at its the secondary drainage system at its
design flow. The design rainfall shall design flow. The design rainfall shall design flow. The design rainfall shall
be based on the 100-year hourly be based on the 100-year hourly be based on the 100-year hourly
rainfall rate indicated in Figure rainfall rate indicated in Figure rainfall rate indicated in Figure
1611.1 or on other rainfall rates 1611.1 or on other rainfall rates 1611.1 or on other rainfall rates
determined from approved local determined from approved local determined from approved local
weather data. weather data. weather data.
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
R= 5.2 (ds + dh) (Equation 16-37) R= 5.2 (ds + dh) (Equation 16-37) R= 5.2 (ds + dh) (Equation 16-37)
where: where: where:
d h = Additional depth of water d h = Additional depth of water d h = Additional depth of water
on the undeflected roof above on the undeflected roof above on the undeflected roof above
the inlet of secondary drainage the inlet of secondary drainage the inlet of secondary drainage
system at its design flow (i.e., system at its design flow (i.e., system at its design flow (i.e.,
the hydraulic head), in inches the hydraulic head), in inches the hydraulic head), in inches
(mm). (mm). (mm).
d s = Depth of water on the d s = Depth of water on the d s = Depth of water on the

undeflected roof up to the inlet undeflected roof up to the inlet undeflected roof up to the inlet
of secondary drainage system of secondary drainage system of secondary drainage system
when the primary drainage when the primary drainage when the primary drainage
system is blocked (i.e., the system is blocked (i.e., the system is blocked (i.e., the
static head), in inches (mm). static head), in inches (mm). static head), in inches (mm).
R = Rain load on the R = Rain load on the R = Rain load on the

undeflected roof, in psf undeflected roof, in psf undeflected roof, in psf
(kN/m2). When the phrase (kN/m2). When the phrase (kN/m2). When the phrase
“undeflected roof” is used, “undeflected roof” is used, “undeflected roof” is used,
deflections from loads deflections from loads deflections from loads
(including dead loads) shall not (including dead loads) shall not (including dead loads) shall not
be considered when be considered when be considered when
determining the amount of rain determining the amount of rain determining the amount of rain
on the roof. on the roof. on the roof.
1611.2 Ponding instability. 1611.2 Ponding instability. 1611.2 Ponding instability.

For roofs with a slope less than 1/4 Susceptible bays of roofs shall be Susceptible bays of roofs shall be
inch per foot [1.19 degrees (0.0208 evaluated for ponding instability in evaluated for ponding instability in
rad)], the design calculations shall accordance with Section 8.4 of ASCE accordance with Section 8.4 of ASCE
include verification of adequate 7. 7.
stiffness to preclude progressive
deflection in accordance with Section
8.4 of ASCE 7.
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
1611.3 Controlled drainage. Roofs 1611.3 Controlled drainage. Roofs 1611.3 Controlled drainage. Roofs
equipped with hardware to control the equipped with hardware to control the equipped with hardware to control the
rate of drainage shall be equipped rate of drainage shall be equipped rate of drainage shall be equipped
with a secondary drainage system at a with a secondary drainage system at a with a secondary drainage system at a
higher elevation that limits higher elevation that limits higher elevation that limits
accumulation of water on the roof accumulation of water on the roof accumulation of water on the roof
above that elevation. Such roofs shall above that elevation. Such roofs shall above that elevation. Such roofs shall
be designed to sustain the load of be designed to sustain the load of be designed to sustain the load of
rainwater that will accumulate on rainwater that will accumulate on rainwater that will accumulate on
them to the elevation of the secondary them to the elevation of the secondary them to the elevation of the secondary
drainage system plus the uniform load drainage system plus the uniform load drainage system plus the uniform load
caused by water that rises above the caused by water that rises above the caused by water that rises above the
inlet of the secondary drainage system inlet of the secondary drainage system inlet of the secondary drainage system
at its design flow determined from at its design flow determined from at its design flow determined from
Section 1611.1. Such roofs shall also Section 1611.1. Such roofs shall also Section 1611.1. Such roofs shall also
be checked for ponding instability in be checked for ponding instability in be checked for ponding instability in
accordance with Section 1611.2. accordance with Section 1611.2. accordance with Section 1611.2.
e. The above deflections do not e. The above deflections do not e. The above deflections do not
ensure against ponding. Roofs that do ensure against ponding. Roofs that do ensure against ponding. Roofs that do
not have sufficient slope or camber to not have sufficient slope or camber to not have sufficient slope or camber to
assure adequate drainage shall be assure adequate drainage shall be assure adequate drainage shall be
investigated for ponding. See Section investigated for ponding. See Section investigated for ponding. See Section
1611 for rain and ponding 1611 for rain and ponding 1611 for rain and ponding
requirements and Section 1503.4 for requirements and Section 1503.4 for requirements and Section 1503.4 for
roof drainage requirements. roof drainage requirements. roof drainage requirements.
Beta Version 2.02

C8 - Rain Loads
TOC
C8.6_Reference Material IRC:
IRC-09 IRC-12/15
R903.4 Roof drainage. Unless roofs are sloped to drain R903.4 Roof drainage. Unless roofs are sloped to drain
over roof edges, roof drains shall be installed at each low over roof edges, roof drains shall be installed at each low
point of the roof. Where required for roof drainage, point of the roof.
scuppers shall be placed level with the roof surface in a
wall or parapet. The scupper shall be located as
determined by the roof slope and contributing roof area.
R903.4.1 Overflow drains and scuppers. Where roof R903.4.1 Secondary (emergency overflow) drains or
drains are required, scuppers. Where roof drains are required, overflow
drains or scuppers shall be provided where the roof
perimeter construction extends above the roof in such a
manner that water will be entrapped if the primary drains
allow buildup for any reason. Overflow drains having the
overflow drains having the same size as the roof drains same size as the roof drains shall be installed with the
shall be installed with the inlet flow line located 2 inches inlet flow line located 2 inches (51 mm) above the low
(51 mm) above the low point of the roof, or overflow point of the roof, or overflow scuppers having three times
scuppers having three times the size of the roof drains the size of the roof drains and and having a minimum
and having a minimum opening height of 4 inches opening height of 4 inches (102mm)shall be installed in
(102mm)shall be installed in the adjacent parapet walls the adjacent parapet walls with the inlet flow located 2
with the inlet flow located 2 inches (51 mm) above the inches (51 mm) above the low point of the roof served.
low point of the roof served. The installation and sizing The installation and sizing of overflow drains, leaders
of overflow drains, leaders and conductors shall comply and conductors shall comply with Section 1106 and 1108
with the International Plumbing Code . of the International Plumbing Code .
Overflow drains shall discharge to an approved location Overflow drains shall discharge to an approved location
and shall not be connected to roof drain lines. and shall not be connected to roof drain lines.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

C9-Seismic
C9 - SEISMIC LOADS
C9.1 Introduction
C9.2 Reference Material
C9.1 Introduction:
Seismic loading of a structure depends on local earthquake ground motion (g), the type of building, the dead
load of the building, soil type, and the seismic load path. A truss design drawing is required to show controlling
earthquake loads. These loads cannot be determined by the Truss Designer or Truss Manufacturer. All seismic
design considerations must be provided by the Building Designer or through prescriptive requirements of local
jurisdictions.
Seismic events do not generally impact truss loading directly like gravity loads. Seismic effects, like wind, are
generally countered through shearwall and floor or roof diaphragm design. However, a truss or trusses may be
designed to assist in resisting the effects of seismic events by acting as a drag strut. This drag strut, drag truss
or collector is a single element or component designed to transmit lateral loads to lateral load resisting systems
that are parallel to the applied force. These loads can only be determined by an analysis of the entire structure.
Loads are typically specified either as a total load applied to the entire truss or as a load applied per lineal foot.
The locations of drag struts and their connections must be clearly indicated on the structural drawings.
Beta Version 2.02

C9-Seismic
When required, most applications of seismic loads
on trusses are addressed by designing the trusses
as drag struts. Either floor or roof trusses can be
used to transfer these drag loads. Truss design
software will take the specified lateral load and
apply it to the appropriate truss chord and transfer it
through the web members to continuous bearings,
partial continuous bearings, or only end bearings or
a combination of the three. Depending on the
jurisdiction, the horizontal load is applied to the truss
along with the dead load and some percentage of
the live load, when designing structural elements for
seismic resistance. Either the Building Designer or
local code jurisdiction provides the horizontally
applied loads and the percentage of live load to use
in design process. Additional load cases are run for
these drag conditions as horizontal loads left to right
and right to left.
For seismic loading perpendicular to the trusses,

adequate bracing and seismic load transfer systems
must be designed by the Building Designer. This
may involve blocking between trusses to transfer
roof or floor diaphragm forces to shear walls, as well
as blocking within the roof, ceiling or floor
diaphragms.
TOC
C9.2 Reference Material:
No specific IBC/IRC references are given here, since none contain prescriptive language that can be used for
truss design. The seismic provisions of the IRC-09/-12/-15 are in section R301.2.2. The general seismic
provisions of the IBC-09/-12/-15 are in section 1613. The provisions specific to wood are in sections 2305, and
2308.
Beta Version 2.02

C9-Seismic
Specific provisions for wood are included in ASCE 7-05/-10.
ASCE 7-05 ASCE 7-10
14.5 WOOD 14.5 WOOD
Structures, including foundations, constructed of wood to resist Structures, including foundations, constructed of wood to
seismic loads shall be designed and detailed in accordance with this resist seismic loads shall be designed and detailed in
standard including the references and additional requirements provided accordance with this standard including the references
in this section.
and additional requirements provided in this section.
14.5.1 Reference Documents. The quality, testing, design, and 14.5.1 Reference Documents. The quality, testing,
construction of members and their fastenings in wood systems that design, and construction of members and their fastenings
resist seismic forces shall conform to the requirements of the in wood systems that resist seismic forces shall conform
applicable following reference documents, including the modifications to the requirements of the applicable following reference
set in Section 14.5.3:
documents
14.5.2 Framing. All wood columns and posts shall be framed to 14.5.2 Framing. All wood columns and posts shall be
provide full end bearing. Alternatively, column and post end framed to provide full end bearing. Alternatively, column
connections shall be designed to resist the full compressive loads, and post end connections shall be designed to resist the
neglecting all end-bearing capacity. Continuity of wall top plates or full compressive loads, neglecting all end-bearing
provision for transfer of induced axial load forces shall be provided.
capacity. Continuity of wall top plates or provision for
Where offsets occur in the wall line, portions of the shear wall on each
side of the offset shall be considered as separate shear walls unless
transfer of induced axial load forces shall be provided.
provisions for force transfer around the offset are provided. Where offsets occur in the wall line, portions of the shear
wall on each side of the offset shall be considered as
separate shear walls unless provisions for force transfer
around the offset are provided. This section removed in
THIRD printing
1. AF&PA NDS 1. AF&PA NDS

2. AF&PA SDPWS 2. AF&PA SDPWS
14.5.3 Modifications to AF&PA SDPWS. Wood structures shall
satisfy the requirements for engineered wood construction in
accordance with AF&PA SDPWS as modified by this section.
14.5.3.1 AF&PA SDPWS, Section 4.3.3.2. Replace the first three

paragraphs with the following (keep wind exception):
The shear values for shear panels of different capacities applied to the
same side of the wall are not cumulative. The shear values for
material of the same type and capacity applied to both faces of the
same wall are cumulative. Where the material shear capacities are
not equal, the allowable shear shall be either two times the smaller
shear capacity or the capacity of the stronger side, whichever is
greater. Summing shear capacities of dissimilar materials applied to
opposite faces or to the same wall line is not allowed.
The ANSI standard by the American Wood Council "Special Design Provisions for Wind and Seismic"
(SDPWS) 2015 edition is referenced in IBC-15. The 2008 edition of SDPWS is referenced in the IBC-09/12
and ASCE 7-10, Chapter 23.
Beta Version 2.02

C9-Seismic
FEMA defines several seismic hazard levels: as shown in this chart
https://www.fema.gov/earthquake
https://www.fema.gov/media-library/assets/documents/90380
https://search.usa.gov/search?utf8=%E2%9C%93&affiliate=fema&query=seismic&commit=GO
Seismic requirements vary by local governing jurisdiction. The seismic provisions of the IRC & IBC have been
eliminated by amendments in certain states where seismic events are considered to have a low risk of
occurrence (i.e., Minnesota & Florida). Other jurisdictions may designate either the entire state or parts of it to
be within certain seismic design categories.
US Geological Survey Resources:

FYI: to see seismic maps and general seismic information:
http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazmaps/
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A1-Design Considerations
A1 - DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS
A1.1 Introduction
A1.2 Sprinkler systems
A1.2.1 Sprinkler systems Residential Requirements
A1.2.2 Sprinkler systems Residential Loading
A1.2.3 Sprinkler systems Loading Considerations
A1.3 Folding partitions and moveable partition walls
A1.4 Steeples, Towers, Solar Panels and Similar Structures
A1.5 Brittle flooring
A1.6 Harsh Environment (moisture, heat, corrosion)
A1.7 Minimum Required Bearing
A1.8 Brick Veneer
A1.9 Room in Attic
A1.10 Loads on Gable Overhang
Outrigger Reaction Calculator
A1.1 Introduction:
The inclusion of any of the following in a structure's specifications should raise the level of scrutiny of the
Structural Design Documents:
1 Sprinkler systems, folding partitions or partition walls and brittle flooring,
Environmental issues, like high moisture or heat or corrosion potential, should be considered in the
2
design phase rather than be addressed as a serviceabilty issue after the fact.
These, and similar items, require that the Building Designer know what specific design information the Truss
Designer requires to design trusses to adequately carry design loads. These issues may also require the Truss
Designer work closely with the Building Designer to best utilize trusses in the built environment to achieve the
expected level of performance and serviceability.
For any of the issues discussed below, concern regarding the alteration of trusses must be taken into account
per the following (IBC-09/12/15):
2303.4.5 Alterations to trusses. Truss members and components shall not be cut, notched, drilled, spliced or
otherwise altered in any way without written concurrence and approval of a registered design professional.
Alterations resulting in the addition of loads to any member (e.g., HVAC equipment, piping, additional roofing or
insulation, etc.) shall not be permitted without verification that the truss is capable of supporting such additional
loading.
Note that drilling one or more holes in a truss member is not permitted, nor are other types of modifications,
without the written concurrance & approval of a registered design professional.
There are also several different scenarios where the considerations of some of these applications might take
place, and each will have its own set of different concerns:
1. Before the trusses are designed or manufactured
The trusses can be specifically designed for the application
2. After the trusses have been designed, manufactured but not yet installed in the structure
The trusses can be field modified on the ground before installation
3. After the trusses have been designed, manufactured and have been installed in the structure
The trusses will have to be field modified in place in the structure
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A1.2 Sprinkler Systems:
A1.2.1 Sprinkler systems Residential Requirements
Beginning with the IRC-09 the installation of automatic fire sprinklers in new structures is required.
IRC-2009 IRC-2012 IRC-2015
SECTION R313 SECTION R313 SECTION R313
AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
R313.1 Townhouse automatic fire R313.1 Townhouse automatic fire R313.1 Townhouse automatic fire
sprinkler systems. An automatic sprinkler systems. An automatic sprinkler systems. An automatic residential
residential fire sprinkler system shall residential fire sprinkler system shall fire sprinkler system shall be installed in
be installed in townhouses. be installed in townhouses. townhouses.
Exception: An automatic Exception: An automatic Exception: An automatic residential fire

residential fire sprinkler system residential fire sprinkler system sprinkler system shall not be required where
shall not be required when shall not be required when additions or alterations are made to existing
additions or alterations are additions or alterations are townhouses that do not have an automatic
made to existing townhouses made to existing townhouses residential fire sprinkler system installed.
that do not have an automatic that do not have an automatic
residential fire sprinkler system residential fire sprinkler system
installed. installed.
R313.1.1 Design and R313.1.1 Design and R313.1.1 Design and installation. Automatic
installation. Automatic installation. Automatic residential fire sprinkler systems for
residential fire sprinkler residential fire sprinkler townhouses shall be designed and installed in
systems for townhouses shall be systems for townhouses shall be accordance with Section P2904 or NFPA 13D.
designed and installed in designed and installed in
accordance with Section P2904. accordance with Section P2904.
R313.2 One‐ and two‐family R313.2 One‐ and two‐family R313.2 One‐ and two‐family dwellings
dwellings automatic fire systems. dwellings automatic fire systems. An automatic fire systems. An automatic
Effective January 1, 2011, an automatic automatic residential fire sprinkler residential fire sprinkler system shall be
residential fire sprinkler system shall system shall be installed in one‐ and installed in one‐ and two‐family dwellings.
be installed in one‐ and two‐ family two‐family dwellings.
dwellings.
Exception: An automatic Exception: An automatic Exception: An automatic residential fire
residential fire sprinkler system residential fire sprinkler system sprinkler system shall not be required for
shall not be required for shall not be required for additions or alterations to existing buildings
additions or alterations to additions or alterations to that are not already provided with an
existing buildings that are not existing buildings that are not automatic residential sprinkler system.
already provided with an already provided with an
automatic residential sprinkler automatic residential sprinkler
system. system.
R313.2.1 Design and R313.2.1 Design and R313.2.1 Design and installation. Automatic
installation. Automatic installation. Automatic residential fire sprinkler systems shall be
residential fire sprinkler residential fire sprinkler designed and installed in accordance with
systems shall be designed and systems shall be designed and Section P2904 or NFPA 13D.
installed in accordance with installed in accordance with
Section P2904 or NFPA 13D. Section P2904 or NFPA 13D.
(see also R302.1 & R302.2) (see also R302.1 & R302.2) (see also R302.1 & R302.2)
Beta Version 2.02

R501.3 Fire protection of R302.13 Fire protection of floors. Floor
floors. Floor assemblies, not assemblies that are not required elsewhere in
required elsewhere in this code this code to be fire‐resistance rated, shall be
to be fire‐resistance rated, shall provided with a 1/2‐inch (12.7 mm) gypsum
be provided with a 1/2‐inch wallboard membrane, 5/8‐inch (16 mm)
(12.7 mm) gypsum wallboard wood structural panel membrane, or
membrane, 5/8‐inch (16 mm) equivalent on the underside of the floor
wood structural panel framing member. Penetrations or openings
membrane, or equivalent on the for ducts, vents, electrical outlets, lighting,
underside of the floor framing devices, luminaires, wires, speakers, drainage,
member. piping and similar openings or penetrations
shall be permitted.
Exceptions: Exceptions:
1. Floor assemblies located 1. Floor assemblies located directly over a
directly over a space protected space protected by an automatic sprinkler
by an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section P2904,
system in accordance with NFPA 13D, or other approved equivalent
Section P2904, NFPA13D, or sprinkler system.
other approved equivalent 2. Floor assemblies located directly over a
sprinkler system. crawl space not intended for storage or fuel‐
2. Floor assemblies located fired appliances.
directly over a crawl space not
intended for storage or fuel‐
fired appliances.
3. Portions of floor assemblies 3. Portions of floor assemblies shall be

can be unprotected when permitted to be unprotected where complying
complying with the with the following:
following:3.1. The aggregate 3.1. The aggregate area of the unprotected
area of the unprotected portions portions does not exceed 80 square feet (7.4
shall not exceed 80 square feet m2) per story
per story3.2. Fire blocking in 3.2. Fireblocking in accordance with Section
accordance with Section R302.11.1 is installed along the perimeter of
R302.11.1 shall be installed the unprotected portion to separate the
along the perimeter of the unprotected portion from the remainder of
unprotected portion to separate the floor assembly.
the unprotected portion from 4. Wood floor assemblies using dimension
the remainder of the floor lumber or structural composite lumber equal
assembly. to or greater than 2‐inch by 10‐inch (50.8 mm
4. Wood floor assemblies using by 254 mm) nominal dimension, or other
dimension lumber or structural approved floor assemblies demonstrating
composite lumber equal to or equivalent fire performance.
greater than 2‐inch by 10‐inch
(50.8 mm by 254 mm) nominal
dimension, or other approved
floor assemblies demonstrating
equivalent fire performance.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A1.2.2 Sprinkler systems Residential Loading
The Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook discussion below only covers NFPA 13 sprinkler loading
issues. There are two applicable subsets of the NFPA 13 requirements - 13D and 13R.
NFPA 13D:
Sprinkler requirements for One- and Two-Family & Manufactured Homes are covered in NFPA 13D.
NFPA 13D addresses residential sprinkler systems and concentrates on stand-alone fire
sprinkler systems that have a separate water supply line within the home. However,
NFPA 13D also has included provisions for multipurpose or “combination” systems for a
number of years. Multipurpose systems are those in which the domestic water supply and
sprinklers share common piping in the home.
IRC -15 SECTION P2904
DWELLING UNIT FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS P2904.1 General. The design and installation of residential
fire sprinkler systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 13D or Section P2904, which shall be considered
equivalent to NFPA 13D. Partial residential sprinkler systems shall be permitted to be installed only in buildings not
required to be equipped with a residential sprinkler system. Section P2904 shall apply to stand-alone and
multipurpose wet-pipe sprinkler systems that do not include the use of antifreeze. A multipurpose fire sprinkler
system shall provide domestic water to both fire sprinklers and plumbing fixtures. A stand-alone sprinkler system
shall be separate and independent from the water distribution system. A backflow preventer shall not be required to
separate a stand-alone sprinkler system from the water distribution system.
NFPA 13D has specific sprinkler and hanger requirements that are different than NFPA 13R. Since
residential sprinkler systems either use the domestic water system or a light weight stand-alone system,
neither a uniform design load above typical residential floor or roof loads nor the 250 pound hanger man
load are required for structures sprinklered to NFPA 13D, unless specified by the building designer.
NFPA 13R:
Sprinkler requirements for Residential occupancies up to four stories in height are covered in NFPA 13R.
Although the requirements for the locations of sprinklers are lower than when using NFPA 13, the loading
requirements are the same.
Since the NFPA 13R requirements require the use of a separate water system, additional loading for the
sprinkler system should be included as well as evaluation of the 250 pound man load on hangers for
structures sprinklered to NFPA 13R or as specified by the building designer.
For additional general information regarding the differences among the three NFPA sprinkler standards, see
SBCA's Truss Technology in Building (TTB) at the Fire & Wood Trusses web page:
http://www.sbcindustry.com/fire.php
For additional information on Sprinkler Systems and Wood Trusses
http://sbcindustry.com/content/1/sprinkler-systems-and-wood-trusses
For additional information on Sprinkler Loads on Trusses - Educational Program
http://sbcindustry.com/educational-program/sprinkler-loads-trusses
For additional information on the loads related to sprinklers with truss systems, see SBCA's Research Report:
http://www.sbcindustry.com/images/technotes/T-SprinklerLoads08.pdf
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A1.2.3 Sprinkler systems Loading Considerations
(The following is from the Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook, 3rd Edition, Section 17.6)
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS - DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS FOR WOOD TRUSSES

This section provides information to aid in the design and installation of wood floor and roof trusses that are required to
support fire sprinkler systems. Guidelines are provided for locating and connecting the pipes to trusses, avoiding excessive
load on the trusses, and making provisions in the truss design for the structural effects of the sprinkler system.
The open webbing of the truss construction makes it compatible with other building trades. Heating, electrical wiring,
sprinklers, and other mechanicals can be run through the open webbing, making maximum use of the available space and
eliminating costly through-drilling or loss of headroom. In many cases, sprinkler savings are realized because of efficient
water transfer made possible by the openness of the truss configuration.
Occasionally, the building use or its contents demand a fire protection (sprinkler) system requiring special layouts and
heavy mains that cannot be compromised. Truss construction can easily be manipulated with adjustments to panel lengths
and web configurations to accommodate most special requirements.
Early communication between the building designer, sprinkler contractor, and the truss manufacturer will allow total
systems integration from the beginning of the project through building completion. This will provide optimum efficiency in
design, construction, and overall building costs.
This section is applicable to both floor and roof systems. Only vertical loads are discussed here. Lateral load-resisting
elements, where required, should be evaluated separately by a professional engineer, and are generally attached directly to
the lateral load-resisting diaphragm.
The methods and details illustrated in this section are considered standard in the industry, and are presented as a guide.
Specific designs should be confirmed by local building authorities, who may have unique regulations not addressed in this
section. This section is not intended to exclude alternative solutions for specific projects that have been designed by a
qualified design professional.
CONFORMANCE WITH NFPA 13
The hangers and installation methods shown herein are in conformance with the 1999 edition of NFPA 13, Standard for
the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), provided that the hanger is
manufactured in accordance with the following requirements:
a) It is designed to support the weight of the water-filled pipe plus 250 lb at each point of support.
b) Points of support are sufficient to support the sprinkler system.
c) Ferrous metals are used for the hanger components.
INSTALLATION LOADS
The truss must be capable of supporting the added load of the water-filled pipe plus the minimum 250 lb load applied at
the point of attachment.
The 250 lb load provision is intended to accommodate the weight of sprinkler installation personnel for a very short time,
likely 10 minutes or less. In keeping with this intention, the 250 lb load is to be applied to any single fire sprinkler support
point, but not simultaneously to all support points. Also, the 250 lb load need not be checked simultaneously with other
short duration loads such as live, snow, or wind loads. If multiple sprinkler lines are attached to the same truss, the 250 lb
load should be applied at only one location, representing only one worker on an individual truss.
TOC If conditions prevail other than those intended, such as extended repairs during a period of snow, additional temporary
support is advised. In residential sprinkler system installations NFPA 13D assumes that the system will use the domestic
water delivery system and one may not need to account for additional loading. However, the truss designs and the sprinkler
system design need to be coordinated to eliminate conflicts for sprinkler head location or pipe runs.
Beta Version 2.02

TRUSS DESIGN LOADS
In addition to load requirements imposed under codes, the building designer must include adequate additional dead load
allowance in the truss design loads to provide for the weight of the sprinkler system. Such loads are generally expressed in
pounds per square foot (lb sq ft). It is generally best to support the sprinkler system from the top chord of the truss, so this
load must be applied to the top chord.
When conditions require that attachments be made to truss bottom chords, the building designer must notify the truss
manufacturer, who will make special provisions for attachments and loads. Alternatively, concentrated loads for the
sprinkler system may be given when attachment locations are known.
LIMITATIONS AND PROVISIONS
Resistance of truss chords and other structural elements to lateral loads shall be considered by the building designer.
Large diameter sprinkler lines (4" or greater), significant risers, and lines running parallel to trusses may require special
design provisions and/or additional members.
Pilot holes are required for most screws. Locating supports within truss panels containing chord splices should be avoided.
Truss members with holes drilled in them must be checked for the reduced section.
Screw and bolt sizes, and other mechanical connections or parts thereof, shall be sized in accordance with NFPA 13 and
the National Design Specification® for Wood Construction (NDS®), by the American Forest & Paper Association
(AF&PA). Alternative sizes may be used to meet specific project conditions, provided that the intent of all applicable
codes is met and the design is accomplished by a registered professional engineer.
There should be no more than one sprinkler support attached to each truss panel. If more than one sprinkler support is
needed in a panel, special engineering is required and a design professional should be contracted. With the approval of the
truss designer or other design professional, the accommodation of the sprinklers in the truss system may vary from that
presented in this document.
STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS
Trusses are capable of supporting significantly higher loads at panel points (i.e., where the chords and webs come
together) than in the spaces between panel points. The location of the pipe support in relation to the panel points of the
truss is very important, and should be included in the analysis.
The building designer or owner should provide the truss manufacturer with as much information as possible about the
sprinkler system prior to the truss design process. This will give the truss manufacturer a more accurate estimate of the
overall load, so that prior to truss manufacture and installation, the truss designer can identify the locations of special
support points to accommodate attachment of the sprinkler system.
Beta Version 2.02

SPRINKLER SUPPORT SPACING
The maximum spacing of support points for a length of
pipe is calculated using the following procedure:
Spacing of Supports (ft) = MPL (lb)/Unit Weight of Pipe

(lb ft)
Where MPL is the maximum point load, calculated as:

MPL (lb) = {Truss spacing (in)/12 (in/ft)} x Sprinkler
Load (lb sq ft) x Panel Length (ft) x Location Factor
In NFPA 13-2013 it's Table A.9.3.5.9 Piping Weights for

Determing Horizontal Load
The Sprinkler Load is the dead load specified by the building designer
for the weight of the sprinkler system. Unit Weights of Water-Filled
Pipe are given in Table 17.6.8 from NFPA 13 Table A-6-4.5.6 (NFPA
13 - 2013 it's Table A.9.3.5.9 Piping Weights for Determing
Horizontal Load) for thinwall steel pipe. Plastic pipe and copper tube
are also allowed in some circumstances but will have different
weights. The Location Factor is obtained from Figure 17.6.9.
TOC
EXAMPLE PROBLEM 1
Given: A 2-1/2" diameter line is to be suspended within a run of roof
trusses installed at 24" o.c.; the line is located 1' from a top chord
panel point, within a 9' panel. The truss designer has determined that a
9' panel in a specific size and grade of chord lumber will safely
support the weight of one installation personnel at the point of hanger
attachment. The Building Designer has included a 3.5 lb sq ft
allowance for sprinkler loading on the top chord.
WTCA Wood Handbook Figure 17.6.9

Find: The hanger spacing required to avoid overstressing the trusses, assuming Schedule 40 steel pipe will be used?
Solution: The support is less than 1/7 of the panel length away from the panel point, therefore, the location factor = 1.
(See Figure 17.6.9). Unit weight of the water-filled pipe is 7.9 lb/ft (See Table 17.6.8). Entering the values into the
equations given above:
MPL = (24/12) x 3.5 x 9 x 1 = 63 lb
Spacing of Supports = 63/7.9 = 7.97' (say 8')
If a trapeze is used to spread the load between two trusses, one might assume that the spacing of the supports could be
increased to as much as 16'. However, NFPA requirements limit the maximum spacing to 15' for the size and type of pipe
used in this example. The installer's options are to support the pipe from every fourth truss, or to use a trapeze between a
pair of trusses to support the pipe every 15'.
Refer to Chapter 6 of NFPA 13-2007 & Chapters 8 & 9 of NFPA 13-2013 for additional requirements for support spacing
involving different sizes and types of pipe.
Beta Version 2.02

NFPA 13 requires sprinklers along the roof plane inside attic spaces for combustible construction with structural members
spaced less than 3 ft on center and with slopes having a pitch of 4 in 12 or greater.
The figure to the right illustrates the
requirements as given in NFPA 13-
2013.
When sprinklers are required in the
attic space, a truss top chord or rafter
needs to be designed for the dead
load of the sprinkler system as well as
the hanger manload evaluation of 250
pounds (NFPA 13 sec. 9.2.1.3.1 &
A.9.1.1.7.5).
EXAMPLE PROBLEM 2
If support points are 8' apart for a 4" diameter water-filled pipe (Schedule 10 Steel ...See Table 17.6.8 Source NFPA 13,
Table A-4-6.4.3.5.2) (NFPA 13 - 2013 it's Table A.9.3.5.9 Piping Weights for Determing Horizontal Load)
MPL (max point load) = ((Unit load (lb/ft) of water-filled pipe) x ( distance between supports (ft)) + (250 lbs (man load))
MPL = (11.78x8)+(250) = 344.25 lbs
Also see SBCA Research Report "Sprinkler Systems and Wood Trusses" SRR No. 1509-04 at the following
link:
https://www.sbcindustry.com/content/1/sprinkler-systems-and-wood-trusses
Find the SBCA Research Report "Sprinkler Loads on Trusses" RR No. 1504-02 at the following link:
https://www.sbcindustry.com/sprinkler-loads-trusses
TOC
A1.3 Folding Partitions and Moveable Partition Walls:
Folding partitions and moveable partition walls present some unique design considerations. Folding partitions
add considerable weight (dead and live) to floor or roof trusses that needs to be considered. And the weight
must be considered in both the expanded and contracted positions and whether all or part of the partition can
be moved while contracted. The actual weight of the partition product as well as the track and hanging
hardware must be specified. Some of the areas of concern are:
• Orientation parallel or perpendicular to the trusses or both in the case of curved partitions
• Locations of points of attachment
• The contracted partition and its possible location(s) for uniform and concentrated loads
• The expanded partition and its possible location(s) for uniform and concentrated loads
• Accounting for all the load cases that might be required
• Deflection and creep considerations to prevent binding
• Hanging details to account for loads acting perpendicular to the grain of the truss
For a discussion of non-bearing partitions, follow the link at the left.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02
A1.4 Steeples, Towers, Solar Panels and Similar Structures:
A1.4.1 Structures subject to overturning on Roofs
Loading on trusses for steeples, towers, solar panels not parallel to the roof surface, or any similar objects
subjected to overturning loads requires that specific design information be provided to the truss designer:
Dead load of object and distribution of load.

Exact locations of points of load transfer to the trusses
Calculations for overturning moments
In some cases, this information is available from the manufacturer of the product. In other cases the
calculations must be provided by a registered design professional.
The truss designer must, in turn, include the following in the truss loading considerations in addition to
conventional loads:
• Account for concentrated loads located at points of load transfer
• Account for uplift and downward loads due to overturning considered with the wind from all directions
Example Steeple/Cupola load cases
Wind from the back
Truss "B"
Truss "A" Truss "C"
Wind from the Wind from the

diagonal diagonal
Steeple or
Cupola
Wind from the Wind from
left the right
Wind from the

diagonal
Wind from the Roof Truss

diagonal
Points of
connection
Wind from the Front
Beta Version 2.02

The following are load cases to consider on Truss "A" (Similar load cases on Truss "C". All loads
including loads due to overturning moment from the wind shall be provided by the Building Designer.
Load Case 1 Load Case 2
Steeple or Steeple or
Cupola Cupola
Gravity Loads (including Wind from

weight of the structure) the Left
Roof Roof
Truss "A" Truss "A"
Cupola Cupola
Wind from Wind from

the Right the front
Roof Roof
Truss "A" Truss "A"
Beta Version 2.02

Cupola Cupola
Wind from
Wind from
the
the back
diagonal
Roof Roof
Truss "A" Truss "A"
Cupola Cupola
Wind from Wind from

the the
diagonal diagonal
Roof Roof
Truss "A" Truss "A"
Load Case 9
Steeple or
Cupola
Wind from
the
diagonal
Roof
Truss "A"
Beta Version 2.02

A1.4.1 Structures NOT subject to overturning on Roofs

This only includes items like solar panels that run parallel to and fairly close to the roof surface. There is a
movement to account for the possibility for solar panel additions to residential structures. In order to do this, no
less than the following parameters for this actual or potential load must be clearly set forth.
Dead load of object and distribution of load.
Exact locations of points of load transfer to the trusses
Maximum space between panel and roof surface (anything more than about 8 inches of space is likely to
fall into the prior category).
Simple Solar Panel parallel to roof surface example:

Dead load (psf) for solar panels is based on the weight of the panel (plus weight of rails under panel) in pounds
divided by area of panel in feet. Typical value is about 3 pounds per square foot (psf). However, the load from
solar panels may have to be considered as a series of point loads (not uniform), since the weight of panels is
typically distributed to individual base mounts.
Some solar panel systems use a rail mounting system that runs perpendicular to the run of the trusses or
rafters. The panels themselves are supported on mounting bases that connect the panel to the rail.
The series of point loads from solar panels depends on details of the support system. For a row of panels (5
feet long) supported by 2 rails, with base mounts spaced at 4 feet (along rail), point load is calculated as
follows:
Solar panel point load = Uniform Load (psf) x (Length( ft) / Rails) x Mount Spacing ft)
Uniform load: 4 psf Panel Length: 6 ft # Rails: 2 EA Mount Space: 4 ft
Solar panel point load = 48 lbs
Since it is typical to have multiple rows of panels that apply loads to individual trusses, the added loads can be
significant.
Standard code requirements for uniform and unbalanced snow loading typically suffice for general purposes.
However, the loads will not be applied to the supporting members as uniform loads but will have to be
converted to loads carried through the mounting system along with the dead load. Since solar panels are
typically glass, they would be considered a slippery surface.
Beta Version 2.02

Additional uplift for wind loading on the solar panels should also be considered. Components and cladding wind
pressures are applicable (not MWFRS pressures). For each tiedown connection, the effective wind area (EWA)
is based on the tributary area.
Where 2 rails support one row of panels the EWA will be equal to the connector spacing (along rail) times
half the rail spacing. For this example, EWA will be less than 10 square feet.
Where there is an interior rails supporting ends of two rows of panels EWA is equal to the connector
spacing (along inner rail) times rail spacing. EWA in this case might then be close to 20 square feet.
Wind load calculation should take into account the code prescribed wind zone the load will be applied in.
For panels located close to ridges or eaves, zone 2 pressures should be adequate but don't forget to
deduct the dead load weight of the panel from the gross uplift value.
Given a wind pressure of 28 psf and the other design parameters, the wind uplift is calculated as follows:
Uplift force = C&C Wind pressure (psf) x (Length (ft)/Rails) x mount spacing (ft)
TOC Wind pressure: 28 psf Panel Length: 5 ft # Rails: 2 EA Mount Space: 4 ft

Connection load for uplift = 280 lbs
Considerations for solar panel installation on existing construction:
Is the roof structure able to support the additional gravity and uplift loads
Can the solar panels be attached to the roof per the local building code requirements for uplift loads.
Can the solar panels be mounted in a manner that protects the mounts from the freeze/thaw cycle
Will the roof as modified still protect the interior from water penetration
Solar panal structural information resources:
Canadian Truss Design can include generalized predesign for solar panels - see TPIC Tech Note #7.
http://www.tpic.ca/english/pdf/Technical_Bulletin_No_7_20120312.pdf
Oregon Solar Installation Specialty Code
http://www.cbs.state.or.us/bcd/programs/solar/solar_code/100110_OSISC.pdf
SolarWorld, Determining Wind and Snow Loads for Solar Panels
http://www.solarworld-usa.com/system-designers/~/media/Global/PDFs/determining-wind-and-snow-loads-for-solar-
panels.pdf
Solar America Board for Codes and Standards, Wind Load Calculations for PV Arrays
http://www.solarabcs.org/about/publications/reports/wind-load/pdfs/Wind_Load_blanksstudyreport3.pdf
How to Calculate Wind Loads on Roof Mounted Solar Panels in the US, Dr. David Banks, Peng
http://ivy.cppwind.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/HowToCalculateWindLoads.pdf
TOC
A1.5 Brittle Flooring:
(reprinted from the April 2004 issue of Structural Building Components magazine)
The article has been updated to current codes
Link to original article:
http://www.sbcmag.info/article/2004/brittle-floor-finish-considerations
Brittle Floor Finish Considerations by SBCA Staff
Brittle Floor Finish installations require care in planning and design as well as installation. When designed well and
competently installed, they provide a durable floor that performs well.
The installation of Brittle Floor Finishes (BFF) like ceramic tile, slate, natural stone, marble, granite and limestone over
wood framed floors have been cause for much discussion and debate over the years. Which structural design criterion to
use is often at the center of this debate.
Customer satisfaction with BFF installations is dependent upon the floor substrates staying reasonably level, straight and
true, which prevents the BFF or grout from cracking. Framing and/or substrate deflection must be minimized under live,
concentrated and total loads. How to ensure a stable surface, regardless of the framing and/or substrate materials, needs to
be thoroughly understood by the building designer, the floor structure designer, the framing contractor and the BFF
installer.
Beta Version 2.02
BFF installations require care in planning and design as well as installation. When designed well and competently
installed, they provide a durable floor that performs well. Problems most often arise when BFF is installed under less than
optimum circumstances, such as:
BFF locations not noted on plans, added as an afterthought or added during remodeling.
BFF located but only minimally designed and detailed.
Building code minimums do not account for BFF. Dead load to live load ratios can go from the typical 1.5:4 up to 3:4 or
higher. These higher ratios can introduce long-term deflection (creep) into the design equation. A BFF installation using
standard loading of 40-10-5 with L/360 LL and L/240 TL deflection criteria is an open invitation to cracked grout, or even
worse, cracked tile and the callback consequences of this.
IRC 2015
R702.4.1 General. Ceramic tile surfaces shall be installed in accordance with ANSI A108.1, A108.4, A108.5, A108.6,
A108.11, A118.1, A118.3, A136.1 and A137.1.
The IBC 2015 Also references ANSI A108.1, A108.4, A108.5, A108.6, A108.11, A118.1, A118.3, A136.1 and A137.1
standards in many locations.
TOC
There are two issues with this specification:
1. The load/deflection requirement—Although it may not
be clear from the phrase “floor areas over which tile is to
be applied,” there are two distinct issues that are being
addressed; the deflection of the substrate between
supporting members and the deflection of the supporting
members themselves.
2. The spacing maximum—The

referenced specifications, ANSI A-
108 and ANSI A-118/136, specify on-
center maximum spacing for framing
members. It is these standards that are
referenced by the building codes, not
the TCNA handbook.
The following is from TPI-1 2014 Commentary §7.6.2.1 Designated Limits

The 16-in. on-center spacing limit that was explicitly referenced in the 2002 edition of the Standard per
the referenced standard in the footnotes was revised in the 2007 edition to just reference ANSI
A108/A118/A136 for Truss spacing as there are a number of available systems that allow 19.2- and 24-in.
on-center spacing of supporting joists. The Truss Designer should ascertain what deflection and on-
center spacing requirements apply to any particular floor covering at the time of design. The 2007 edition
of the Standard made the following revisions to Table 7.6-1:
• Footnote 2: Floor Truss deflection limit for total load added (L/240 to match IBC) and prior total load
deflection limit of L/360 specified for floor Trusses supporting ceramic tile deleted and replaced with
footnote referencing other criteria per ANSI A108/A118/A136 and Building Designer requirements per
Chapter 2.
Beta Version 2.02

ANSI/TPI 1 does not address the issue of the 300 pound concentrated load per ASTM
C627. The purpose of this test is to define the BFF installation durability on any floor
system by applying 300 pounds of pressure through a rolling caster. This test evaluates the
BFF and the substrate performance at various spacings. It doesn’t test framing member
performance. Therefore, it should not be a consideration when designing the supporting
members.
TOC
That this testing applies only to the substrate is unclear in ANSI A-108 and ANSI A-118/136, the TCNA handbook, and a
variety of product specifications. Thus, it is important that the parties responsible for the floor system design understand
this concept. This must be accounted for in the substrate and BFF system to specify the proper system accordingly. The
structure then should be designed to ensure that it has similar stiffness to the substrate and BFF by limiting deflection.
If the building designer adds this requirement to their specification, the component manufacturer may need to discuss this
with them to ensure that this specification is fully understood and that this does not apply to the structural framing. Should
the building designer still require this specification, consideration should be given to applying:
a single 300-lb point load that causes the worst case deflection condition in addition to the other loads.
a 1.5 or 2.0 multiplier on the actual dead load, depending on its magnitude, to account for long-term creep
Also, one must also be aware that The Marble Institute of America, Inc. (MIA) specifies that substrates (defined as
including the joist and the sub-floor) to receive stone must be designed for L/720 at total load for spans up to 14' and limits
the maximum deflection to 7/32" (0.21875") on spans beyond 14'. There are additional requirements for substrate decking.
ARE JOIST DEFLECTION LIMIT SPECIFICATIONS ENOUGH?

Simply holding structural member deflections to a given ratio will not in and of itself prevent BFF serviceability issues.
Care should be exercised to:
assure that the absolute deflections between adjacent trusses of differing spans are also kept within acceptable limits.
account for the additional dead loads of water beds, appliances, built-in cabinetry, storage and pantry closets and
large bath tubs.
Designing structural members that carry additional dead load with the same deflection criteria as the adjacent structural
members without the additional dead loads will induce differential deflections which could show up as tile or grout cracks.
The stiffness of the sheathing substrate assumes that the relative stiffness of the supporting structural member is reasonably
constant. Additional strongbacks may prove beneficial in reducing the magnitude of differential deflections. Undertaking
additional planning up front by looking closely at each truss design and comparing it to its adjacent truss is a valuable
serviceability check. The time spent doing this check during the design phase is small compared to what would be involved
in a call-back/repair condition.
TOC
SUBFLOOR/UNDERLAYMENT SPECIFICATIONS
Subfloor and underlayment design is as critical as the structural member design. To the tile or stone, deflection is
deflection. A bend in one direction is no better than a bend in another direction. BFF performance depends on both the
structural component and the sheathing substrate to meet the performance specifications.
Beta Version 2.02

In the 2015 edition of the Tile Council of North America (TCNA @) "HANDBOOK FOR CERAMIC, GLASS, AND
STONE TILE INSTALLATION" under "SUBSTRATE REQUIREMENTS" it states that the wood framed floor systems
over which tile will be installed the allowable maximum live load and concentrated load deflection shall not exceed L/360
and for natural stone tile installation the maximum live load and concentrated load deflection shall not exceed L/720.
The 2015 edition of the Tile Council of North America (TCNA @) Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile
Installation includes specifications for many types of assemblies. Here are Six abbreviated descriptions of them.
Joist Spacing
TCA No (structural member Service Class Subfloor Underlayment Other Considerations
spacing) (in .o.c.)
F147-03 24 Residential 23/32" 3/8" Flange requirements

F148-03 19.2 Residential 23/32" None Single layer floor
F149-03 24 Residential 23/32" 19/32"
F151-03 24 Lt. Comm. 7/8" T&G None Coated glass mat
F152-03 24 Residential 23/32" 3/8"
F155-03 24 Residential 23/32" 19/32"
Here's a link for the Tile Council of North America (TCNA @) Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation.
https://www.tcnatile.com/products-and-services/publications/218-english-publications.html
The Engineered Wood Association, APA, in cooperation with TCNA, has tested a number of floor systems with joists
spaced 24" on center with both plywood and OSB (see APA Technical Topic TT-006, Ceramic Tile Over Wood Structural
Panel Floors, Revised May 1, 2014).
Joist Spacing
TCA No (structural member Service Class Subfloor Underlayment Other Considerations
spacing) (in .o.c.)
unlisted 24 Lt. Comm. 1-1/8" T&G None Rec. 1/4" Single floor
unlisted 24 Residential 23/32" 19/32" OSB UL & subfloor
Here's a link to APA's "Technical Topics: Ceramic Tile Over Wood Structural Panel Floors:
http://www.apawood.org/publication-search?q=tt-006
CONCLUSIONS
Per ANSI/TPI 1-2014 footnote 2 under Table 7.6-1 Deflection Limits for Non-Cantilevered Portions of Trusses.
Certain floor coverings require more restrictive deflection criteria. For ceramic tile, Truss spacing and appropriate dead
load for the installation method, and other aspects of design per ANSI A108/A118/A136 shall be such that the system
passes the requirements of the Building Designer per Chapter 2 of this Standard.
Beta Version 2.02

The following is from TPI-1 2014 Commentary §7.6.2.1 Designated Limits

The deflection limits in Table 7.6-1 are consistent with typical minimum Building Code requirements
where specified. Where deflection requirements in any local Jurisdiction differ from those in Table 7.6-1,
the local Jurisdiction regulations will apply. In addition, certain floor coverings require more restrictive
deflection criteria than the typical limit on floor Trusses of L/360 in order to prevent cracking of the flooring
materials. While Table 7.6-1 includes one common floor covering requiring more restrictive deflection
criteria, namely ceramic tile, the Truss Designer should be aware of possible other deflection criteria
associated with specific floor coverings (e.g., L/720 total load deflection for marble tile). Maximum on-
center spacing of floor joists supporting certain floor materials may also be required by some material
standards...
Note: on-center spacing requirements may be specified to provide enough stiffness in the sub-floor system for
the tile, and is not a requirement for Truss deflection, it is important for the Truss Designer to be aware of this
type of spacing requirement unrelated to Truss performance.
The 300 lb. concentrated load test in ASTM C627 is not related to structural members; however, it might be interpreted
this way. ASTM C627 is not clear how or if this load would be applied to the structural building component member. If it
is applied, this could easily become the controlling case in some designs. If the Building Designer adds this requirement to
their specification, it is important to discuss this so that all involved in the project thoroughly understand the specification
and how to appropriately design for the applied loads.
It is advisable that the component manufacturer get the floor performance specifications in writing, and then set about
meeting or exceeding those specifications in both the design and manufacturing/supplying of the floor framing products.
The recommendations and guidelines provided above are merely minimum performance standards. Customer expectations
and satisfaction is often not accomplished through meeting minimum standards. Should you feel uncomfortable with the
provided floor performance specifications, it is wise to communicate those concerns with the responsible Building
Designer in writing. Should a floor performance complaint arise, you'll be glad you did.
Our industry has been and will continue to work with the Tile Council of North America to continue to foster
improvements in engineering design and installation procedures to assure trouble free BFF applications.
See also SBCA Technical Q&A article on Natural Stone Floors & Deflection by SBCA staff, Ryan J. Dexter, PE,
which makes the following recommendation:
http://www.sbcmag.info/article/2008/natural-stone-floors-deflection
The Building Designer should establish what deflection and on center spacing requirements apply to any particular
floor covering at the time of design. All parties in the design process should keep in mind that as truss spans and
material weight increase (i.e., marble or stone tile), the greater the risk for serviceability and performance issues. If
no building design information is given, truss technicians should not assume deflections criteria of L/360. Rather,
get the information from the Building Designer in writing so the trusses are designed stiff enough to limit deflection,
vibrations and any other deformations to acceptable levels.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A1.6 Harsh Environment:
ANSI/TPI 1 -07/14 includes in Section 2 under required information on the Construction Documents the
information about enviromental factors that may affect the trusses.
ANSI/TPI 1-07 ANSI/TPI 1-14
2.3.2.4 & 2.4.2.4 Required Information in the 2.3.2.4 Required Information in the Construction
Construction Documents . . . Documents
(6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive chemicals and gases The Building Designer, through the Construction Documents,
expected to result in: shall provide information sufficiently accurate and reliable to be
(a) Wood moisture content exceeding 19 percent, used for facilitating the supply of the Structural Elements and
(b) Sustained temperatures exceeding 150 degrees F, other information for developing the design of the Trusses for
and/or the Building, and shall provide the following:
(c) Corrosion potential from wood preservatives or other ...
sources that may be detrimental to Trusses. (6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive chemicals
and gases expected to result in:
(i) Wood moisture content exceeding 19 percent,
(ii) Sustained temperatures exceeding 150 degrees F, and/or
(iii) Corrosion potential from wood preservatives or other
sources that can be detrimental to Trusses.
Temperatures over 150 degrees:

ANSI/TPI 1-07 Section 6.4.7 or ANSI/TPI 1-14 Section 6.4.7 Temperature Factor (Ct)
For structural members that will experience sustained exposure to elevated temperatures up to 150 degrees
Fahrenheit, the tabulated design values shall be multiplied by the temperature factors in ANSI/TPI 1-07 Table 6.4-5
or ANSI/TPI 1-14 Table 6.4-5 .
These values are the
same as included in
NDS® -05/12/15.
Moisture over 19%:

Consideration should also be given for conditions where metal plate connected wood trusses will be used
in environments where the moisture content of the wood may not provide the expected conditions for
drying to keep the lumber at a moisture content of 19% or less. (See ANSI/TPI 1-07, Section 6.4.6 or
ANSI/TPI 1-14, Section 6.4.6 on the Wet Service Factor) (See also NDS®-05/12/15 Section 4.3.3)
Beta Version 2.02

Corrosive Environments:
ANSI/TPI 1-07/14, Section 6.5 and the Commentary on Section 6.5 include guidelines regarding the use of
metal plate connected wood trusses in corrosive environments. Most of these considerations are not unique to
metal plate connected wood trusses, but would also be of concern in any situation where wood is joined with
any type of metal connector.
What constitutes a corrosive environment is not detailed in ANSI/TPI 1, however, some environments
that should trigger consideration would include the following:
salt or fertilizer storage
chlorine, especially as found in swimming pool environments
animal waste, which often contains large amounts of amonia
preservative treated lumber
Consideration may include the use of protective coatings, higher levels of sacrificial coatings, alternate
materials (stainless steel rather than galvanized steel).
TOC
A1.7 Minimum Required Bearing
Consideration of bearing requirements should be a concern in any situation where loads, especially
concentrated loads, transfer from one structural element to another. Consideration of Truss minimum bearing
requirements is addressed in ANSI/TPI 1-2007 and 2014.
In Construction Documents: 2.3.2.4 Required Information in the Construction
2.3.2.4 (c) All Structural Element and Truss support Documents.
locations and bearing conditions (including the allowable (c) All Structural Element and Truss support locations
bearing stress). and bearing conditions (including the allowable bearing
stress).
On a Truss Design Drawing: 2.3.5.5 Information on Truss Design Drawings.
2.3.5.5 (e) Required bearing widths; (e) Required bearing widths.
A minimum required bearing value is provided by the Truss Manufacturer on each Truss Design Drawing as
required by ANSI/TPI 1 and most model building codes. However, what this value is and how it is determined is
often not clear to individuals in the building industry. To clarify the issue, the following article was published in
Structural Building Components magazine as a Technical Q&A column. It was written by SBCA staff engineer,
Jim Vogt, P.E.
(reproduced from the April 2007 issue of Structural Building Components magazine)
http://www.sbcmag.info/article/2007/minimum-required-bearing
Metal plate connected wood trusses are often used in applications where they bear directly on top of a
structural wood support such as a beam or lumber top plate. One of the many design parameters evaluated by
the Truss Designer is whether or not the truss has adequate bearing at each support. Using the maximum
reaction force for the assumed loading conditions and the allowable
compression value for the species and grade of the lumber used in the truss, the required bearing width for
each bearing location is calculated and compared with the assumed width provided in the Construction
Documents for the project. The required bearing width must be less than or equal to the assumed bearing
width, or the truss design software will warn that the truss design is insufficient.
Based on questions received from architects, engineers, building code officials, contractors and even some
truss technicians, it is apparent that some confusion exists as to what this bearing width actually represents.
This article will review the analysis used to determine required bearing width and provides a reference table for
evaluating the bearing strength of select species of lumber typically used for plate material in walls.
Beta Version 2.02

TOC Question
How is the bearing width on the Truss Design Drawing determined and does it account for the material used to
support the truss?
Answer
The bearing widths included on the Truss Design Drawing are evaluated using the properties of the lumber in
the truss, not the material used to support the truss. This is because the Truss Designer has control over the
species and grade of lumber to be used in the truss, but not for the support. The minimum required bearing
width is calculated by dividing the maximum reaction force at the bearing by the adjusted compression stress of
the lumber. For trusses designed to bear on the narrow or wide face of the truss chord, compression
perpendicular to grain (Fcperp) is used.
Fcperp varies by species and, in a few instances, the grade of lumber. Tabulated values for Fcperp are provided in
the Supplement to the National Design Specification® (NDS®) for Wood Construction titled, “Design Values for
Wood Construction,” published by the American Forest & Paper Association. The value of Fcperp used to
evaluate bearing width is derived by multiplying the tabulated value by applicable adjustment factors including
Wet Service (CM), Temperature (Ct), Incising (Ci), and Bearing Area (Cb).
CM accounts for the reduction in compression perpendicular to grain strength that wood experiences when
subjected to elevated moisture contents. A factor of 0.67 is applied for “wet service” conditions in which the
moisture content of the lumber is assumed to exceed 19 percent for extended periods of time and a factor of
1.0 is applied for “dry service” conditions where the moisture content is assumed to remain below 19 percent.
CM is taken as 1.0 for typical residential and light commercial applications.
Ct adjusts the strength properties of the wood based on inservice moisture conditions and elevated
temperatures. Ct is taken as 1.0 for typical residential and light commercial applications.
Ci accounts for the strength reducing effects caused by incising. Incising is a process used to help increase the
retention and penetration of preservative treatments in certain species of wood and consists of punching small
incisions or slits in the surface of the wood prior to treating. Incising has not been shown to have an adverse
effect on Fcperp, and is taken as 1.0.
Beta Version 2.02

Cb is an adjustment used to account for the additional wood fibers that
resist the applied load after the member becomes slightly indented
(See Figure 1). Cb is calculated using the following equation and is
applicable only to bearings less than six inches in length and at least
three inches from the end of the member.
Cb   b  0.375
b
(where  b is the bearing length (in.) measured parallel to grain)
TOC The Cb adjustment only applies to trusses that bear on supports that
are less than six inches wide and are located at least three inches
from the ends of the truss (See Figure 2a). Similarly, the Cb
adjustment would only apply to the supporting wood plate or beam if
the width of the truss is less than 6" and the truss is located at least 3"
from the end of the supporting member (See Figure 2b).
Example
The end of a bottom chord bearing, 3-ply roof girder truss bears on
top of a 2x4 exterior wood wall in a single family residence. The
bottom chords of the girder consist of 2400f – 1.8E 2x10 Southern
Pine lumber and the top wall plate is No 2 SPF. The maximum
reaction force is 12,000 lbs. What is the minimum required bearing for
this truss and the wall plate?
The Minimum Required Bearing Area (A) = Reaction Force (R)

÷ the Adjusted Compression Perpendicular to Grain Stress
(Fcperp-adj),
i.e., Areq  R  Fc  adj
For the Girder Truss:
R = 12,000 lbs
Fc  adj  Fc   C M  C t  C i  C b
where:
Fcperp = 805 lbs/in2 (from Table 4C Footnotes of NDS Supplement for 2400f – 1.8E Southern Pine),
CM, Ct and Ci = 1.0 and Cb = 1.0, since the bearing wall is located within 3 inches from the end of the
truss.
TOC Therefore,
Areq = 12,000 lbs ÷ (805 lbs/in2 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0) = 14.91 in2
Since Areq = the width of the truss x ℓb, and the width of this girder truss is 4.5" (i.e., 3 x 1.5"), the minimum
required ℓb is,
ℓb = 14.91 in2 ÷ 4.5"

ℓb = 3.31" < 3.5" (i.e., width of 2x4 wall) therefore, OK
Beta Version 2.02

For the Top Wall Plate:
R = 12,000 lbs Fc  adj  Fc   C M  C t  C i  Cb
where:
Fcperp = 425 lbs/in2 (from Table 4A of NDS Supplement for Spruce-Pine-Fir),
CM, Ct and Ci = 1.0 and Cb = 1.0833
(i.e., (4.5 + 0.375)/4.5, assuming that the girder truss is located at least 3 inches from the end of the
plate)
Therefore,
Areq = 12,000 lbs ÷ (425 lbs/in2 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0 x 1.0833) = 26.06 in2
ℓb = 26.06 in2 ÷ 3.5" (i.e., the width of the plate)
TOC ℓb = 7.45" > 4.5" (i.e., width of the girder truss) therefore, No Good
The above example indicates that the 2x4 wall provides adequate bearing length for the truss, but is insufficient
in terms of the bearing capacity of the top plate. Since the truss design only evaluates the materials in the truss,
the Truss Design Drawing for this girder would indicate that 3.5" of bearing is sufficient, yet crushing in the top
plate of the wall will most likely occur unless the wall is increased to 2x6 and a lumber species with a higher
Fcperp is used.
Table 1 provides the maximum
truss reaction load based on the
allowable perpendicular to grain
bearing capacities of selected
species of lumber commonly used
as wall plate material. The
reaction forces are derived for
both 2x4 and 2x6 wall widths, as
well as with and without the Cb
factor. Note: The values shown
are the allowable wall plate
reactions, not the allowable truss
reactions.
Note: there are other, often more

critical, design parameters
besides compression
perpendicular to grain strength
that must be considered when
determining the capability of a
structural framing member to
support the loads from trusses.
Beams and headers must have
sufficient bending strength, shear
strength and stiffness, while walls
and columns must have sufficient
axial and bending strength and
stiffness, to name a few. These
parameters will be discussed in
future editions of this column.
Beta Version 2.02

To further clarify the issue, the following article was published in Structural Building Components magazine as a
Technical Q&A column. It was written by SBCA staff.
TOC http://www.sbcmag.info/article/2011/bearing-area
Examine options for dealing with insufficient bearing width.
Many in the construction industry have run into this problem—not enough bearing. When the forces transferred
through the interconnecting triangles of a truss are more than the beam or the top plate of the wall it bears on
can handle, this can lead to crushing of the bearing over time. To avoid crushing, the capacity of the bearing
must be higher than the compressive force.
Let’s look at an example where the top plate of the wall is 2x6 SPF No. 2. Assuming a single-ply truss, the total
bearing area of the truss on the top plate of the wall is 8.25 in2 (1.5 in x 5.5 in). The allowable compression
perpendicular to grain of SPF is 425 psi (pounds per in2). Therefore, the allowable reaction onto this bearing
example would be 3,506 lbs (425 psi x 8.25 in2). If the truss has a higher reaction than 3,506 lbs, then the
bearing area is insufficient.
Question
What’s the best way to deal with insufficient bearing area?
TOC Answer
When calculating the required bearing length, the Truss Designer should base the calculation on the species of
wood for the material that will support the truss. Most truss design software allows the designer to select the
lumber grade of the bearing the truss is set on. The Truss Designer calculates the required bearing length and
compares this to the length of the bearing indicated in the Construction Documents provided by the Building
Designer. It is essential for the Building Designer to provide accurate wall or beam/header information in the
Construction Documents in order for the Truss Designer to arrive at the correct bearing length. When the
bearing area is insufficient, there are a few options to resolve the issue.
Upgrade Lumber: The species and grade of lumber used in the truss, as well as the lumber used
for truss bearing, affects the bearing area requirements. When the bearing width is insufficient, one
option is to upgrade the lumber used in the truss or truss bearing. In some instances, the bearing
area of the wall or beam may need to be increased. If the bearing material, wall or beam is altered,
the Building Designer would need to be involved in making this change.
Add a Bearing Block: Bearing blocks are another way to deal with insufficient bearing area.
Adding bearing blocks widens the surface contact, providing more bearing area to distribute forces
from the truss. The truss design drawing will call out if a truss requires bearing blocks, along with
the proper size, position and nailing pattern. Similarly, adding plies to the truss can increase the
contact area (by increasing the width).
Raised Heel Trusses and Compression Parallel vs. Perpendicular to Grain: There is also the
possibility of using a raised heel. With the end vertical running up and down through the bottom
chord, this option can significantly increase the allowable compressive stress. While this provides a
higher crushing value of the truss, it does not increase the crushing value for the bearing material.
See Figure 1, which builds off of the example provided in the introduction to this article. The
graphics illustrate the differences between compression parallel to grain and compression
perpendicular to grain. In addition, Table 1 lists wall top plate compression perpendicular to gain
values for some common construction lumber species. Obviously, these numbers would be
different for other materials and sizes.
Beta Version 2.02

TOC
TOC
Use a Bearing Enhancer: Truss bearing enhancers are metal plates that take on load from
the truss. These products are available through a number of suppliers in different sizes and
configurations. While it’s outside the typical scope of work for component manufacturers,
some offer bearing enhancers as an add-on, much like supplying hangers to their customers.
When using a truss bearing enhancer, it’s important to follow the manufacturer’s installation
instructions and use the correct fasteners and top plate size.
Run Plates Over the Bearing Flush to the Bearing: When designing with TPI 1 2007/14,
Section 7.3.8.3 allows the bearing capacity of the truss lumber to be increased by 18 percent.
To take advantage of this increase, the truss must bear on the 1.5 in face of the lumber, and
the plates must be no more than ¼ in from the bearing. Again, while this will improve the
bearing capacity of the truss, the capacity of the truss bearing must also be considered.
Beta Version 2.02

Which Option Works Best? Choosing the best method to manage insufficient bearing width will
depend on the project. Bearing blocks may work well on one project, while bearing enhancers may
be the best way to go in another situation. Sometimes it requires a combination of both methods. All
of the options above should be considered on a case-by-case basis.
TOC
A1.8 Brick Veneer

http://www.sbcindustry.com/images/technotes/T-BrickVeneer09.pdf
Details for Exterior Brick Masonry Veneer Supported by Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses
Released May 20, 2009 - Updated March 9, 2011

Introduction:
Wood frame structures with attached brick masonry veneer cladding are a common form of residential
construction throughout the United States. In particular, this type of construction is used in Central and
Southeastern regions with moderate seismic and/or high wind activity. Brick veneer cladding is appreciated for
its pleasant appearance, excellent thermal performance, and ability to act as an approved weather covering.
Typical residential brick veneer wall systems consist of an exterior brick masonry veneer wall and an interior
wood frame wall (backup framing), separated by an air cavity and metal ties connecting the brick veneer
cladding to the backup framing. The cavity between the brick veneer and backup wood frame provides
drainage and acts as a thermal barrier. The brick veneer provides weather resistance. Together, this is known
as a “simple rain screen” wall construction. No significant structural problems have been reported: (1) where
brick veneer cladding was capable of supporting its own weight all the way down to the foundation, or (2) where
it was supported by properly sized steel lintel angles and/or wood structural components at commonly sized
window and door openings. However, supporting brick veneer cladding above larger openings, such as a two-
car garage door, a large bay window and/or patio doors, represents more challenging conditions.
In a typical brick veneer wall system, the wood framing is designed to carry all lateral and gravity loads, except
for the self weight of the brick masonry. However, in reality, brick veneer cladding does carry a portion of lateral
load due to its higher stiffness compared to the wood backup structure. These lateral loads from exterior
masonry walls are transferred through the tie connections. Therefore, the properties of these connections play
a key role in the overall behavior and performance of residential brick veneer wall construction.
Issue:
The use of brick veneer supported by metal plate connected wood trusses is not covered by the prescriptive methods of
either the International Residential Code (IRC) or the design methods of the International Building Code (IBC). However,
the code-compliant use of metal plate connected wood trusses to support brick veneer can be accomplished by both
individual design and by adhering to the recommendations that follow. This Tech Note focuses on a common use of brick
veneer with metal plate connected wood trusses. This involves a gable end at the transition from a wider section of a
building to a narrower section. In this case, the truss typically bears on an exterior wall for part of the span and then clear
spans the remaining distance. The brick veneer is supported by the exterior bearing for part of the span, but it requires
some other support where the brick veneer extends past this bearing. Using the truss to provide this support may be
necessary (see Figure 1). The concepts provided surrounding these brick veneer application issues can be applied to many
different situations utilizing metal plate connected wood trusses.
Beta Version 2.02

TOC
Historically, considerable damage has been reported to residential brick veneer exterior cladding,
including cracking, relative displacement and collapse of veneer brick masonry under out-of-plane
loading. This often results from strong wind and/or moderate earthquakes. Most of the reported failures
were caused by out-of-plane lateral loads. However, several failures, including cracking and/or wall
arching, were reported to be caused by inadequate anchorage of the steel lintels supporting the brick
masonry, excessive deflections due to inadequate design of the steel lintel, poor mortar quality, tie
corrosion and poor installation of the veneer tie.
Beta Version 2.02

TOC Key issues include:
Out-of-plane wall damage occurs as brick veneer moves away from gable end frames and the
wall below due to wind suction and/or seismic loading. This loading places a high demand on the
attachment capacity of the ties.
Errors during installation can affect long-term performance. This includes tie fastener pullout,
failure of workers to embed ties into the mortar, poor bonding between ties and mortar, poor
quality of mortar, and tie corrosion.
Ties are installed improperly. This can include placement above or below the mortar joints due to
the ties being installed before the brick laying process begins.
o When misaligned, the ties have to be bent up or down in order to be embedded into the
mortar joints.
o Misalignment not only reduces embedment depth, but also reduces the effectiveness of
the ties. This reduction is due to the wind suction force not acting parallel with the ties.
Roof gable end trusses and wall attachment/connection details are inadequate for the steel shelf
angle.
Recommendations:
Metal plate connected wood trusses can effectively support brick masonry veneer walls as long as brick veneer
is supported by a steel lintel angle that is properly designed, detailed and attached to the truss members. The
steel lintel must be bolted to the structural gable truss vertical members as recommended in figures 2 and 3.
This detail may be used by the building designer as a template to achieve a codeconforming steel lintel
connection. In addition, the lateral support of brick veneer should be provided by the ties and wood backing
system, including proper restraint of the metal plate connected wood truss, to resist the lateral loads imposed
on them (see Figures 2, 3 and 4).
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

Beta Version 2.02

TOC
Beta Version 2.02

Beta Version 2.02

TOC
Brick veneer masonry should be designed and installed with vertical expansion joints spaced at a
maximum of 24 feet on-center. The actual location of the vertical expansion joints in a structure depends on
structural configuration, as well as the expected amount of horizontal movement. The expansion joint in
residential construction is typically sized to be of a similar width as a mortar joint, usually between 3/8 inch (10
mm) and ½ inch (13 mm). In addition, vertical expansion joints should be considered at corners, offsets,
openings, wall intersections and changes in wall height (see Figure 6).
Beta Version 2.02

TOC
The truss manufacturer shall obtain the truss design criteria, connection details and related requirements
(including information about brick veneer masonry) from the construction documents. All information shall be
communicated to the truss designer. Since the design of metal plate connected wood trusses accounts only for
gravity and environmental loads in the plane of the truss, lateral loads (i.e., wind and seismic) acting
perpendicular to the face of a truss must be addressed by the building designer or Registered Design
Professional. The building designer or Registered Design Professional, who understands the intended flow of
loads for the entire building system, is responsible for accounting for those loads, designing the building stability
bracing (including the entire truss roof system lateral restraint and diagonal bracing), and safely transferring
those loads through the building and into the ground.
(additional background and analysis is included in an Appendix to the article)

TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A1.9 Room in Attic
http://www.sbcmag.info/article/2010/floor-live-load-deflection-limits-room-attic-trusses
Floor Live Load Deflection Limits for Room-In-Attic Trusses

by SBCA staff, Ryan J. Dexter, P.E. & Larry Wainright
Question
What is the standard deflection design limit for truss bottom chords supporting a ceiling? I am an architect and
my particular residential project uses a “Room-In-Attic” truss. I believe that a live load deflection limit of l/360 is
needed to prevent cracking of the drywall. Will this be standard construction or will it require special details?
Answer
Metal plate connected wood trusses (MPCWT) are designed and manufactured to comply with the code-
referenced standard ANSI/TPI 1 National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss
Construction developed by the Truss Plate Institute (TPI). TPI 1-07/14 Table 7.6-1 specifically requires
“habitable spaces in Trusses” to be designed for a live load deflection limit of l/360.
TOC ANSI/TPI 1-2007/2014 Table 7.6-1 (Courtesy of TPI)

Per the TPI 1-2007/2014 Commentary, the term “Habitable spaces in Trusses” was used because the deflection limits
should cover more than just attic “trusses” since other truss types may have spaces in them that are habitable as defined by
the governing building code. Notice that total load deflection is not listed for members with habitable spaces as it is not a
requirement in IRC 2009/2015 Table R301.7.
While the provision for habitable spaces is given in TPI 1-2007/2014. You’ll see habitable spaces are not listed in IRC
2015 Table R301.7, one could conclude that Floor deflection requirement of L/360 also applies to habitable spaces.
Beta Version 2.02

TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A1.10 Loads on Gable Overhang
Rake overhangs perform like levers.
In the following example, the overhang is 3 feet and the ladder assembly is attached to the first truss 2 feet into
the building.
The load (w) is comprised of Snow or Live.
L = 3 feet
S = 2 feet
w = Snow or live (psf)
W = L + S times w (plf)
To calculate equilibrium at U:
P x 2 = W x [(S + L) /2]
P x 2 = W x 2.5
P = W x 1.25
P = W x 1.25 = 5(w)(1.25)
P = 6.25 feet times w (in plf)
U = P - W (in plf)
(multiply P and U by on center spacing (in feet) of

outriggers for reaction in pounds)
Outrigger Reaction Calculator

Rake Distance Snow or Outriggers
Overhang to first Live Load spacing
Distance truss in + Dead (inches)
(feet) (feet) Load (psf)
L S w OS
3 2 40 24
PLF Reactions Outrigger Spacing 24 inches
U P U
W lbs P plf
plf lbs lbs
200 250 -50 500 -100
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
A2 - LATERAL LOADS
A2.1 Introduction
A2.2 Blocking at Truss Heels
A2.3 Floor Truss Ribbon, Rim or Band Board or Blocking Panel
A2.4 Truss Heel Height
A2.5 Lateral Loads and Toe-nails
A2.1 Introduction
Truss Designers do not account for the forces that cause rotation and lateral displacement at the bearing in
floor or roof truss design. This design is the responsibility of the Structural Engineer of Record, Building
Designer or the individual taking out the building permit.
A2.2 Blocking at Truss Heels:

TOC The requirement to consider blocking at floor and roof truss heels is included in the IRC as follows:
IRC-2009 IRC-2012 IRC-2015
R502.11.2 & R802.10.3 Bracing. R502.11.2 & R802.10.3 Bracing. R502.11.2 & R802.10.3 Bracing. Trusses
Trusses shall be braced to prevent Trusses shall be braced to prevent shall be braced to prevent rotation and
rotation and provide lateral stability rotation and provide lateral stability provide lateral stability in accordance with
in accordance with the requirements in accordance with the requirements the requirements specified in the
specified in the construction specified in the construction construction documents for the building and
documents for the building and on the documents for the building and on on the individual truss design drawings. In
individual truss design drawings. In the individual truss design drawings. the absence of specific bracing
the absence of specific bracing In the absence of specific bracing requirements, trusses shall be braced in
requirements, trusses shall be braced requirements, trusses shall be braced accordance with accepted industry practices,
in accordance with the Building in accordance with accepted industry such as, the SBCA Building Component
Component Safety Information (BCSI practices, such as, the SBCA Building Safety Information (BCSI) Guide to Good
1-03) Guide to Good Practice for Component Safety Information Practice for Handling, Installing & Bracing
Handling, Installing & Bracing of (BCSI) Guide to Good Practice for of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses.
Metal Plate ConnectedWood Trusses. Handling, Installing & Bracing of
Metal Plate Connected Wood
Trusses.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
R502.7 Lateral restraint at R502.7 Lateral restraint at R502.7 Lateral restraint at supports.
supports. Joists shall be supported supports. Joists shall be supported Joists shall be supported laterally at the ends
laterally at the ends by full-depth laterally at the cnds by fi~ll-depth by full-depth solid blocking not less than 2
solid blocking not less than 2 inches solid blocking not less than 2 inches inches (51 mm) nominal in thickness; or by
(51 mm) nominal in thickness; or by (51 mm) nominal in thickness; or by attachment to a full-depth header, band or
attachment to a full-depth header, attachment to a Ci111-depth header, rim joist, or to an adjoining stud or shall be
band or rim joist, or to an adjoining band or rim joist, or to an adjoining otherwise provided with lateral support to
stud or shall be otherwise provided stud or shall be otherwise provided prevent rotation.
with lateral support to prevent with lateral support to prevent
rotation. rotation.
Exceptions: Exceptions: Exceptions:

1. Trusses, structural composite 1. Trusses, structural composite 1. Trusses, structural composite lumber,
lumber, structural glued-laminated lumber, structural glued-laminated structural glued-laminated members and I-
members and I-joists shall be membcrs and I-.joists shall bc joists shall be supported laterally as required
supported laterally as required by the supported laterally as required by the by the manufacturer’s recommendations.
manufacturer’s recommendations. manufacturer's recommendations. 2. In Seismic Design Categories D0, D1 and
2. In Seismic Design Categories D0, 2. In Seismic Design Categories D0, D2, lateral restraint shall be provided at
D1 and D2, lateral restraint shall also D1, and D2, lateral restraint shall also each intermediate support.
be provided at each intermediate be provided at each intermediate
support. support.
TOC R802.8 Lateral support. Roof R802.8 Lateral support. Roof R802.8 Lateral support. Roof framing
framing members and ceiling joists framing members and ceiling joists members and ceiling joists having a depth-to-
having a depth-to-thickness ratio having a depth-lo-thickness ratio thickness ratio exceeding 5 to 1 based on
exceeding 5 to 1 based on nominal exceeding 5 to 1 based on nominal nominal dimensions shall be provided with
dimensions shall be provided with dimensions shall be provided with lateral support at points of bearing to
lateral support at points of bearing to lateral support at points of bearing to prevent rotation. For roof rafters with
prevent rotation. For roof rafters with prcvent rotation. For roof rafters with ceiling joists attached in accordance with
ceiling joists attached per Table ceiling joists attached per Table Table R602.3(1), the depth-to-thickness
R602.3(1), the depth-thickness ratio R602.3(1), the depth-to-thickness ratio for the total assembly shall be
for the total assembly shall be ratio for the total assembly shall be determined using the combined thickness of
determined using the combined determined using the combined the rafter plus the attached ceiling joist.
thickness of the rafter plus the thickness of the rafter plus the
attached ceiling joist. attached ceiling joist.
Exception: Roof trusses shall be Exception: Roof trusses shall be Exception: Roof trusses shall be braced in
braced in accordance with Section braced in accordance with Section accordance with Section R802.10.3.
R802.10.3 R802.10.3.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
Beginning with the IRC-09 additional requirements are provided to connect braced wall panels to floor framing at R602.10.6 (IRC-
09) and section R602.10.8 (IRC-12/15).
IRC-2009 IRC-2012 IRC-2015

R602.10.5.2 Connections to roof R602.10.8.2 Connections to roof R602.10.8.2 Connections to roof framing.
framing. Exterior braced wall panels framing. Top plates of exterior braced wall panels
shall be connected to roof framing as Top plates of exterior braced wall panels shall be attached to rafters or roof trusses
follows. shall be attached to rafters or roof trusses above in accordance with Table R602.3(1)
above in accordance with Table
and this section. Where required by this
R602.3(1) and this section. Where
required by this section, blocking between
section, blocking between rafters or roof
rafters or roof trusses shall be attached to trusses shall be attached to top plates of
top plates of braced wall panels and to braced wall panels and to rafters and roof
rafters and roof trusses in accordance with trusses in accordance with Table R602.3(1).
Table R602.3(1). A continuous band, rim, A continuous band, rim or header joist or
or header joist or roof truss parallel to the roof truss parallel to the braced wall panels
braced wall panels shall be permitted to shall be permitted to replace the blocking
replace the blocking required by this required by this section. Blocking shall not
section. Blocking shall not be required
be required over openings in continuously
over openings in continuously-sheathed
sheathed braced wall lines. In addition to the
braced wall lines. In addition to the
requirements of this section, lateral requirements of this section, lateral support
support shall be provided for rafters and shall be provided for rafters and ceiling
ceiling joists in accordance with Section joists in accordance with Section R802.8
R802.8 and for trusses in accordance with and for trusses in accordance with Section
Section R802.10.3. Roof ventilation shall R802.10.3. Roof ventilation shall be
be provided in accordance with Section provided in accordance with Section
R806.1. R806.1.
1. Parallel rafters or roof trusses shall 1. Parallel rafters or roof trusses shall 1. For Seismic Design Categories A, B and
be attached to the top plates of braced be attached to the top plates of braced C where the distance from the top of the
wall panels in accordance with Table wall panels in accordance with Table braced wall panel to
R602.3(1). R602.3(1). the top of the rafters or roof trusses above is
91/4 inches (235 mm) or less, blocking
between rafters
or roof trusses shall not be required. Where
the distance from the top of the braced wall
panel to the
top of the rafters or roof trusses above is
between 9-1/4 inches (235 mm) and 15-1/4
inches (387 mm),
blocking between rafters or roof trusses
shall be provided above the braced wall
panel in accordance with Figure
R602.10.8.2(1).
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
Exception: Where the outside edge of truss
vertical web members aligns with the
outside face of the wall studs below, wood
structural panel sheathing extending above
the top plate as shown in Figure
R602.10.8.2(3) shall be permitted to be
fastened to each truss web with three- 8d
nails (2-1/2 inches x 0.131 inch) and
blocking between the trusses shall not be
required.
Note:
See "FIGURE R602.10.8.2 (3) [1-
EXCEPTION] WHERE BRACED WALL
PANEL IS REQUIRED" for the
interpretation of this Exception.
Note part of Figure R602.10.8.2(3) was
inadvertently left out of the IRC-15, but was
added back in with the Errata.
2. For SDC A, B and C and wind speeds 2. For SDC A, B and C and wind speeds 2. For Seismic Design Categories D0, D1
less than 100mph, where the distance less than 100 miles per hour (45 m/s), and, where the distance from the top of the
from the top of the rafters or roof trusses where the distance from the top of the braced wall panel to the top of the rafters or
and perpendicular top plates is 9.25 rafters or roof trusses and perpendicular
roof trusses is 15-1/4 inches (387 mm) or
inches or less, the rafters or roof trusses top plates is 91/4 inches (235 mm) or less,
shall be connected to the top plates of the rafters or roof trusses shall be
less, blocking between rafters or roof trusses
braced wall lines in accordance with connected to the top plates of braced wall shall be provided above the braced wall
Table R602.3(1) and blocking need not be lines in accordance with Table R602.3(1) panel in accordance with Figure
installed. Where the distance from the top and blocking need not be installed. Where R602.10.8.2(1).
of the rafters and perpendicular top plates the distance from the top of the rafters and
is between 9.25 inches and 15.25 inches perpendicular top plates is between 91/4
the rafters shall be connected to the top inches (235 mm) and 151/4 inches (387
plates of braced wall panels with blocking mm) the rafters shall be connected to the
in accordance with Figure R602.10.5.2(1) top plates of braced wall panels with
and attached in accordance with Table blocking in accordance with Figure
R602.3(1). Where the distance from the R602.10.6.2(1) and attached in
top of the roof trusses and perpendicular accordance with Table R602.3(1). Where
top plates is between 9.25 inches and the distance from the top of the roof
15.25 inches the roof trusses shall be trusses and perpendicular top plates is
connected to the top plates of braced wall between 91/4 inches (235 mm) and 151/4
panels with blocking in accordance with inches (387 mm) the roof trusses shall be
Table R602.3(1). connected to the top plates of braced wall
panels with blocking in accordance with
Table R602.3(1).
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
3. For SDC D0, D1 and D2 or wind 3. ForSDCD0,D1 andD2 or wind speeds 3. Where the distance from the top of the
speeds of 100 mph or greater, where the of 100 miles per hour (45 m/s) or greater, braced wall panel to the top of rafters or
distance between the top of rafters or roof where the distance between the top of roof trusses exceeds 15-1/4 inches (387
trusses and perpendicular top plates is rafters or roof trusses and perpendicular
mm), the top plates of the braced wall panel
15.25 inches or less. rafters or roof trusses top plates is 151/4 inches (387 mm) or
shall be connected to perpendicular rafters
shall be connected to the top plates of less, rafters or roof trusses shall be
braced wall panels with blocking in connected to the top plates of braced wall
or roof trusses above in accordance with one
accordance with Figure R602.10.5.2(1) panels with blocking in accordance with or more of the following methods:
and attached in accordance with Table Figure R602.10.6.2(1) and attached in
R602.3(1). accordance with Table R602.3(1).
4. For all Seismic Design Categories and 4. For all seismic design categories and 3.1. Soffit blocking panels constructed in
wind speeds, where the distance between wind speeds, where the distance between accordance with Figure R602.10.8.2(2).
the top of rafters or roof trusses and the top of rafters or roof trusses and 3.2. Vertical blocking panels constructed in
perpendicular top plates exceeds 15.25 perpendicular top plates exceeds 151/4
accordance with Figure R602.10.8.2(3).
inches, perpendicular rafters or roof inches (387 mm), perpendicular rafters or
trusses shall be connected to the top roof trusses shall be connected to the top
plates of braced wall panels in accordance plates of braced wall panels in accordance
with one of the following methods with one of the
following methods:
1. In accordance with Figure 4.1. In accordance with Figure 3.3. Blocking panels provided by the roof
R602.10.5.2(2), R602.10.6.2(2), truss manufacturer and designed in
2. In accordance with Figure 4.2. In accordance with Figure accordance with Section R802.
R602.10.5.2(3), R602.10.6.2(3),
3.4. Blocking, blocking panels or other
4.3. With full height engineered blocking
methods of lateral load transfer designed in
panels designed for values listed in
American Forest and Paper Association
accordance with the AWC WFCM or
(AF&PA) Wood Frame Construction accepted engineering practice.
Manual for One- and Two-Family
Dwellings (WFCM). Both the roof and
floor sheathing shall be attached to the
blocking panels in accordance with Table
R602.3(1).
4.4. Designed in accordance with
accepted engineering methods.
3. With full height engineered blocking Lateral support for the rafters and ceiling
panels designed for values listed in joists shall be provided in accordance
American Forest and Paper Association with Section R802.8. Lateral support for
(AF&PA) Wood Frame Construction trusses shall be provided in accordance
Manual for One- and Two-Family with Section R802.10.3. Ventilation shall
Dwellings (WFCM). Both the roof and be provided in accordance with Section
floor sheathing shall be attached to the R806.1.
blocking panels in accordance with Table
R602.3(1).
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
4. Designed in accordance with accepted
engineering methods. Lateral support for
the rafters and ceiling joists shall be
provided in accordance with Section
R802.8. Lateral support for trusses shall
be provided in accordance with Section
R802.10.3. Ventilation shall be provided
in accordance with R806.1.
Connections of braced wall panels to roof framing is included as follows:

TOC FIGURE R602.10.6.2(1)/R602.10.8.2(1)
BRACED WALL PANEL CONNECTION TO PERPENDICULAR RAFTERS
FIGURE R602.10.6.2(2)/FIGURE R602.10.8.2(2)/

BRACED WALL PANEL CONNECTION OPTION TO PERPENDICULAR RAFTERS OR ROOF TRUSSES
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
FIGURE R602.10.6.2(3) which is similar to FIGURE R602.10.8.2(3) from IRC 2015 Errata, shown below.
BRACED WALL PANEL CONNECTION OPTION TO PERPENDICULAR RAFTERS OR ROOF TRUSSES
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
FIGURE R602.10.8.2 (3) [1-EXCEPTION] WHERE BRACED WALL PANEL IS REQUIRED
Note sheathing needs to be continuous piece connecting the truss to the wall.
The IBC includes the following requirements:
IBC-2009 IBC-2012 IBC-2015
2308.10.6 Blocking. Roof rafters and 2308.10.6 Blocking. Roof rafters and 2308.7.8 Blocking. Roof rafters and ceiling
ceiling joists shall be ceiling joists shall be supported laterally joists shall be supported laterally to prevent
supported laterally to prevent rotation and to prevent rotation and lateral rotation and lateral displacement in
lateral displacement displacement in accordance with the accordance with Section 2308.4.6 and
in accordance with the provisions of provisions of Section 2308.8.5.
connected to braced wall lines in accordance
Section 2308.8.5
with Section 2308.6.7.2.
TOC 2308.10.10 Wood trusses. Wood trusses 2308.10.10 Wood trusses. Wood trusses 2308.7.13 Wood trusses. Wood trusses
shall be designed shall be designed in accordance with shall be designed in accordance with Section
in accordance with Section 2303.4. Section 2303.4. 2303.4. Connection to braced wall lines
shall be in accordance with Section
2308.6.7.2.
2303.4 Trusses. 2303.4 Trusses. Wood trusses shall 2303.4 Trusses. Wood trusses shall comply
comply with Sections 2303.4.1 through with Sections 2303.4.1 through 2303.4.7.
2303.4.7.
2303.4.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be 2303.4.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be 2303.4.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be
designed in accordance with the designed in accordance with the designed in accordance with the provisions
provisions of this code and accepted provisions of this code and accepted of this code and accepted engineering
engineering practice. Members are engineering practice. Members are practice. Members are permitted to be
permitted to be joined by nails, glue, permitted to be joined by nails, glue,
joined by nails, glue, bolts, timber
bolts, timber connectors, metal connector bolts, timber connectors, metal connector
plates or other approved framing devices. plates or other approved framing devices.
connectors, metal connector plates or other
approved framing devices.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
TOC 2303.4.4 Anchorage. The design for the 2303.4.4 Anchorage. The design for the 2303.4.4 Anchorage. The design for the
transfer of loads and anchorage of each transfer of loads and anchorage of each transfer of loads and anchorage of each truss
truss to the supporting structure is the truss to the supporting structure is the to the supporting structure is the
responsibility of the registered design responsibility of the registered design responsibility of the registered design
professional. professional.
professional.
2308.4.6 Lateral support. Floor and ceiling

framing with a nominal depth-to-thickness
ratio not less than 5 to 1 shall have one edge
held in line for the entire span. Where the
nominal depth-to-thickness ratio of the
framing member exceeds 6 to 1, there shall
be one line of bridging for each 8 feet (2438
mm) of span, unless both edges of the
member are held in line. The bridging shall
consist of not less than 1-inch by 3-inch (25
mm by 76 mm) lumber, double nailed at
each end, or equivalent metal bracing of
equal rigidity, full-depth solid blocking or
other approved means. A line of bridging
shall also be required at supports where
equivalent lateral support is not otherwise
provided.
2308.3.2 Braced wall line connections. 2308.3.2 Braced wall line connections. 2308.6.7 Connections of braced wall
Wind and seismic lateral forces shall be Wind and seismic lateral forces shall be panels. Braced wall panel joints shall occur
transferred from the roofs and floors to transferred from the roof and floor over studs or blocking. Braced wall panels
braced wall lines and from the braced diaphragms to braced wall lines and from shall be fastened to studs, top and bottom
wall lines in upper stories to the braced the braced wall lines in upper stories to
plates and at panel edges. Braced wall
wall lines in the story below by the the braced wall lines in the story below in
following: accordance with Sections 2308.3.2.1 and
panels shall be applied to nominal 2-inch-
2308.3.2.2. wide [actual 11/2-inch (38 mm)] or larger
stud framing.
2308.3.2.1 Bottom plate connection. 2308.6.7.1 Bottom plate connection.

Braced wall line bottom plates shall be Braced wall line bottom plates shall be
connected to joists or full-depth blocking connected to joists or full-depth blocking
below in accordance with Table 2304.9.1,
below in accordance with Table 2304.10.1,
Item 6, or to foundations in accordance
or to foundations in accordance with Section
with Section 2308.3.3.
2308.6.7.3.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
TOC 1. Braced wall line top shall be 2308.3.2.2 Top plate connection. Where 2308.6.7.2 Top plate connection. Where
fastened to joists, rafters or full- joists and/or rafters are used, braced wall joists or rafters are used, braced wall line
depth blocking above in line top plates shall be fastened over the top plates shall be fastened over the full
accordance with Table 2304.9.1 full length of the braced wall line to joists, length of the braced wall line to joists,
items 11, 12, 15 or 19 as rafters, rimboards or blocking above in
rafters, rim boards or full-depth blocking
accordance with Table 2304.9.1, Items
applicable based on the above in accordance with Table 2304.10.1,
11, 12, 15 or 19, as applicable, based on
orientation of the joists or rafters as applicable, based on the orientation of the
the orientation of the joists or rafters to
to the braced wall line. Braced wall joists or rafters to the braced wall line.
the braced wall line. Blocking at joists
line bottom plates shall be with walls above shall be equal to the Blocking shall be not less than 2 inches (51
connected to joists or blocking depth of the joist at the braced wall line. mm) in nominal thickness and shall be
below in accordance with Table Blocking at rafters need not be full depth fastened to the braced wall line top plate as
2304.9.1 item number 6, or to but shall extend to within 2 inches (51 specified in Table 2304.10.1. Notching or
foundations in accordance with mm) from the roof sheathing above. drilling of holes in blocking in accordance
Section 2308.3.3. At exterior gable Blocking shall be a minimum of 2 inches with the requirements of Section 2308.4.2.4
end walls braced wall panels (51 mm) nominal thickness and shall be
or 2308.7.4 shall be permitted.
sheathing in the top story shall be fastened to the braced wall line top plate
as specified in Table 2304.9.1, Item 11. At exterior gable end walls, braced wall
extended and fastened to roof
Notching or drilling of holes in blocking panel sheathing in the top story shall be
framing where the spacing
extended and fastened to the roof framing
between parallel exterior braced in accordance with the requirements of
Section 2308.8.2 or Section 2308.10.4.2 where the spacing between parallel exterior
wall lines is greater than 50 feet
shall be permitted. braced wall lines is greater than 50 feet (15
(15240 mm).
240 mm).
At exterior gable end walls braced wall Where roof trusses are used and are installed
panel sheathing in the top story shall be perpendicular to an exterior braced wall
extended and fastened to roof framing line, lateral forces shall be transferred from
where the spacing between parallel
the roof diaphragm to the braced wall over
exterior braced wall lines is greater than
the full length of the braced wall line by
50 feet (15 240 mm).
blocking of the ends of the trusses or by
Where roof trusses are used and are other approved methods providing
installed perpendicular to an exterior equivalent lateral force transfer. Blocking
braced wall line, lateral forces shall be shall be not less than 2 inches (51 mm) in
transferred from the roof diaphragm to the nominal thickness and equal to the depth of
braced wall over the full length of the the truss at the wall line and shall be
braced wall line by blocking of the ends fastened to the braced wall line top plate as
of the trusses or by other approved specified in Table 2304.10.1. Notching or
methods providing equivalent lateral force
drilling of holes in blocking in accordance
transfer. Blocking shall be minimum 2
with the requirements of Section 2308.4.2.4
inches (51 mm) nominal thickness and
shall extend to within 2 inches (51 mm) or 2308.7.4 shall be permitted.
from the roof sheathing above and shall
be fastened to the braced wall line top
plate as specified in Table 2304.9.1, Item
11. Notching or drilling of holes in
blocking in accordance with the
requirements of Section 2308.8.2 or
Section 2308.10.4.2 shall be permitted.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
Exception: Where roof trusses are used Exception: Where the roof sheathing is
and are installed perpendicular to an greater than 91/4 inches (235 mm) above the
exterior braced wall line, lateral forces top plate, solid blocking is not required
shall be transferred from the roof where the framing members are connected
diaphragm to the braced wall by blocking
using one of the following methods:
of the ends of the trusses or by other
approved methods providing equivalent
1. In accordance with Figure 2308.6.7.2(1).
lateral force transfer. Blocking shall be 2. In accordance with Figure 2308.6.7.2(2).
minimum 2 inch (51 mm) nominal 3. Full-height engineered blocking panels
thickness and equal to the depth of the designed for values listed in AWC WFCM.
truss at the wall line and shall be fastened 4. A design in accordance with accepted
to the braced wall line top plate as engineering methods.
specified in Table 2304.9.1 item number
11.
TOC FEMA 232, Homebuilder's Guide includes blocking information.

The 2006 version of this document is available from the following website:
http://www.fema.gov/media-library-data/20130726-1535-20490-7368/fema232.pdf
http://www.fema.gov/media-library/assets/documents/6015
The guide has been prepared by the Building Seismic Safety Council (BSSC) for the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA) of the Department of Homeland Security.
Chapter 6 includes the following recommendation regarding the nominal depth-to-thickness ratio
recommended for requiring blocking to prevent rotation for joists, rafters or trusses. It considers any ratio
exceeding 5:1 (like a 2x10) to require full height blocking in the same manner as the IBC 2308.8.5.
It also states that when the ratio is less than 5:1, that blocking may be omitted, however, it maintains that
there must still be a consideration of the load path for lateral loads from the roof sheathing to the exterior
wall below which is best provided by solid blocking.
BCSI-B8 includes the following information regarding lateral loading.

Trusses are intended to carry loads applied parallel to
their plane (i.e., depth) and not perpendicular to it. The
lateral load transfer through the truss as depicted in
Figure B8-7 occurs unless blocking or some other means
is provided that will transfer this load directly between
the roof sheathing and top plate of the wall. The truss
industry places the following general limits on this load
transfer through the truss:
Trusses shall be permitted to transfer load between

diaphragms and supporting shear walls, provided
that the distance between the diaphragm and the
shear wall does not exceed 6", the trusses are
spaced no greater than 24" on center, and the
horizontal load transfer between the diaphragm
and the shear wall does not exceed 50 plf.
Table B8-1 includes nominal uplift and lateral capacity per toe-nail joint connection into double top plate of
walls. A sample calculation for uplift loads is also included.
Beta Version 2.02
A2-Lateral Loads
TOC
Heel Blocking Research Report
This subject is addressed in SBCA Research Report 1506-07 "Heel Blocking Requirements and Capacity
Analysis". The full report can be located at:
https://www.sbcindustry.com/heel-blocking
TOC
A2.3 Floor Truss Ribbon, Rim or Band Board or Blocking Panel:
Some truss manufacturers provide a ribbon notch at either or both the top and bottom of the ends of floor
trusses. The intended function of this ribbon board is to provide a guide to line up the trusses. This ribbon board
is not intended to function to resist lateral forces. The determination of these forces, and the structure's ability to
resist them, is the responsibility of the Building Designer. Details to provide shear transfer from the wall through
the floor system and from the floor diaphragm to bearing must be provided. In some cases a rim board is
specified and the truss length must be adjusted for the required rim board width.
Although it does not address floor trusses directly, APA provides guidance for the use of APA rated Engineered
Wood Products (EWP) as rim joists in their publication EWS – Y250, Shear Transfer at Engineered Wood
Floors. This document can be accessed at the APA website: www.apawood.org.
In addition, individual manufacturers of EWP rim products provide shear transfer information.
APA Data File: Shear Transfer at Engineered Wood Floors – Y250 Link:
http://www.apawood.org/publication-search?q=Y250
Some type of rim blocking is required to provide the nailing surface for the outside edge of the subfloor, since a
minimum 6 inch on center edge nail spacing is required per Table R602.3(1). Figures 1, 2, & 3 illustrate several
ways that this can be provided.
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3

Ribbon with Blocking Panel Rim or Band Board
Temporary Diagonal
Brace
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
A2.4 Pitched Truss Heel Height
A Truss with a standard heel does not typically
exceed the 5:1 ratio.
However, when raised (or energy) heels are
specified or a truss is stubbed, consideration
may be required for providing lateral support.
Where a lateral design value is not specifically

required by a building code, specifying or
designing the required lateral support is the
responsibility of the building designer, not the
truss designer.
The heel height for an energy heel is either

specified or follows a regional convention
based upon typical insulation depth
requirements.
In one region of the country, the typical
energy heel might be 8 inches, in
another 10 inches, and still another 12
inches.
Calculating a standard truss heel height

requires three pieces of information:
1. the top chord lumber width
2. the standard butt cut dimension
typically 1/4 or 3/8 of an inch
3. the top chord slope
lumber
heel   butt cut
Cos slope
Lumber: 2x6
Butt Cut: 1/4 inches
Slope: 12 degrees 2.55 inches in 12 rise
Heel = 5.8729 or 5 - 8/16 inches
With a worst case scenario of a 2x6 top chord and a 45 degree slope, a standard heel does not equal the height of a 2x10.
However, since a truss heel is not a solid member, but is a plated joint, it may behave differently than a solid member and
the limitations given in TPI 1-14 should be considered.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
A2.5 Lateral Loads and Toe-nails
Lateral Load Capacity of Toe-Nailed Truss-to-Truss Girder Connections
by Scott Coffman, P.E.
http://www.sbcmag.info/article/2015/truss-blocking-panels
Parts of the following are from the BCSI 2013 Edition

GENERAL
Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses are typically designed to bear directly on top of a wall or beam, or to
frame into the side of a Girder Truss. In many instances, a Toe-nailed Connection can be used to attach the
Truss to the support. As with any Connection, the Toe-nailing shall be capable of resisting and transferring the
applicable loads.
FACTORS AFFECTING THE STRENGTH OF A TOE-NAILED CONNECTION
The resistance provided by a Toe-nailed Connection is governed by the following factors:
1. Proper Installation
To get the most out of a Toe-nailed Connection, it is important to Toe-nail correctly. Figure B8-1 illustrates
proper Toe-nailing of a Truss to the wood top plates of a bearing wall. The dimensions shown are only meant to
serve as an approximate guide. Toe-nailing through a Metal Connector Plate of a Truss does not adversely
affect the uplift capacity of the Connection, provided the Truss Plate and lumber are not damaged during
installation.
2. Species of Lumber
The species of wood that the nail is driven into also affects the amount of resistance provided by a Toe-nailed
Connection. More specifically, nail resistance to withdrawal and lateral forces is directly related to the specific
gravity (SG) of the wood. For example, a Toe-nailed Connection into Southern Pine (SG = 0.55) will provide
greater resistance than the same Connection into Spruce-Pine-Fir (SG = 0.42).
3. Length of Penetration
The withdrawal and lateral resistance provided by a nail depends, in part, on the length of penetration into the
wood member. The greater the penetration, the greater the resistance.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
4. Type of Nail
The type of nail used in a Toe-nailed Connection also influences capacity. The larger the diameter of the nail
shank, the greater the resistance to withdrawal and lateral Loads. For this reason, common wire nails provide
greater resistance than the same size (i.e., penny-weight) of box, sinker or gun nails. The type of nail shank will
also influence nail holding capacity. Deformed shank (i.e., ring- or screw-shank) typically provide greater
withdrawal resistance than smooth shank nails.
When installing Toe-nails, use care to avoid splitting the wood. The Building Designer typically provides nail
spacing and minimum end and edge distances. In lieu of such guidance, a well accepted rule is to limit the total
number of Toe-nails to three (total, including both sides) for full bearing on a 2x4 top plate (i.e., 3-1/2") and five
(total, including both sides) for full bearing on a 2x6 top plate (i.e., 5-1/2") (see Figure B8-1). When using Toe-
nails to attach the Top or Bottom Chord of a Truss to the side of a Girder Truss or wood beam, the number of
nails used is generally limited to a maximum of three Toenails for 2x4 chords and four Toe-nails for 2x6 chords.
The National Design Specification® (NDS®) for Wood Construction provides the engineering basis for Toe-nail
and slant-nail Connections when used to resist withdrawal and lateral Loads. The design values included in this
document were developed using the provisions of the 2012 edition of NDS®.
TOE-NAILING USED WITH BOTTOM BEARING APPLICATIONS

Trusses designed to bear directly on top of a structural wood support are often attached by Toe-nailing the
Truss chord to the support. Toe-nailing used in this type of application is typically required to resist uplift and
lateral forces.
Wind Loads acting on a Truss, as well as certain multi-span Truss applications supporting gravity Loads, can
produce uplift reactions at Truss bearing locations. The magnitudes of these uplift reactions are typically
provided on the Truss Design Drawing (TDD).
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
Wind and seismic forces acting on the Building produce lateral Loads that are often transferred at the Truss
bearing locations. The magnitude and direction of these wind and seismic Loads are to be provided by the
Building Designer.
HOW MUCH UPLIFT AND LATERAL RESISTANCE CAN TOE-NAILING PROVIDE?

Table B8-1 provides the uplift and lateral Load capacities of Toe-nailed Connections consisting of three, four or
five nails for various types of nails and species of wood. The table assumes the nails are installed a distance of
either L/3 (i.e., length of nail divided by 3) or 1-1/8" from the top surface of the plate (support) (Figures B8-1 &
B8-9). The values listed are for normal Load duration and are permitted to be multiplied by the Load duration
factor appropriate for the specific application.
Example: A Truss manufactured with SPF chords and Webs bears on top of a bearing wall with double 2x6
SPF top plates. The TDD for this Truss indicates a maximum uplift reaction due to wind of 225 lbs. From the
columns marked “Uplift Capacity” in Table B8-1, a Toe-nailed Connection of either 5-16d 0.131" diameter nails
(i.e., 150 x 1.6 = 240 lbs > 225), 5-16d box nails (i.e., 155 x 1.6 = 248 lbs > 225), or 5-12d common nails (i.e.,
155 x 1.6 = 248 lbs > 225) would be required to resist this uplift, using a Load duration factor of 1.6 for wind.
The calculated lateral resistance capacity of each of these Toenailed Connections can be determined from the
righthand side of Table B8-1. The Connections consisting of 5-16d (0.131x3.5") nails can resist a lateral Load
due to wind of 340 x 1.6 = 544 lbs at a Load duration factor of 1.6. Similarly a Connection using 5-16d box nails
can resist approximately 584 lbs, and a Connection with 5-12d common nails can resist approximately 664 lbs.
Note: Uplift and lateral Loads can occur simultaneously and the capacity of Toe-nailed Connections should be
evaluated under this combined Loading. It is best to have the Building Designer evaluate the Load transfer path
and the Truss to bearing Connection to determine what is required.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
TOC
Toe-nailing is often used to attach corner and end jack trusses to corner and hip girder trusses, respectively.
The relatively short spans and light end reactions associated with most jack trusses makes toe-nailing an
efficient and effective attachment method. The International Building Code (IBC), International Residential Code
(IRC), and ANSI/TPI 1-2014 require that truss-to-truss girder connection information be included on the truss
design drawing. Because of this, it is not uncommon for building code officials and building designers to request
“certification” of this connection. The challenge is to address these connections in a timely manner and to know
what documentation is available or can be provided.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
The following Table is from the IRC-2015
TOC The IBC and IRC provide significant insight into wood members and their connections. Table 2308.7.2 of the
2015 IBC and Table R802.5.1(1) of the 2015 IRC provide maximum rafter spans for common lumber species at
various on-center spacing and load conditions.
Similar tables are provided for ceiling joists. Minimum fastener requirements are provided in Table 2304.10.1
(items 6 and 7) of the IBC and Table R602.3 (1) (items 6 and 7) of the IRC for rafter connections to a valley, hip
rafter and ridge beam
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
TOC An open end jack truss (see Figure B8-8) meeting the same design parameters would perform in a similar
manner as a rafter and ceiling joist and generate comparable reactions. The top chord and bottom chord of the
jack truss should correspond to the rafter and ceiling joist tables provided in the code. For these situations, the
nail connections specified by the code are also applicable to jack trusses. An inquiring code official or building
designer, therefore, can be directed to these specific provisions of the code for verification of this type of
connection with jack trusses.
Although this approach is usually successful, some code officials and building designers may request additional
verification. For these situations, the lateral load capacities of a toe-nailed connection for
various nails and species of wood are required.
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
TOE-NAILING USED TO ATTACH JACK TRUSSES TO A GIRDER
Table B8-1, provides the nominal lateral design capacity of Toe-nailed Connections consisting of three-, four-
and five-nails for various types of nails and species of wood. The capacities listed are for Toe-nailed
Connections attaching the Top and Bottom Chords of a 2x_ end jack Truss to a single or multiple 2x_ hip
Girder Truss (Figure B8-9 ).
Table B8-3, provides the nominal lateral design capacity of Toe-nailed Connections consisting of two-, three-,
and four-nails for various types of nails and species of wood. The capacities listed are for Toe-nailed
Connections attaching the Top and Bottom Chords of a 2x_ corner jack Truss to a corner Girder Truss that
intersect at angles from 30° to 60° (Figure B8-10).
Note: The nails for these Connections are assumed to be installed at either L/3 (i.e., length of nail divided by 3)
or 1-1/8" from the end of the jack Truss (Figures B8-9 and 10). Also, the Connection between the corner jack
and corner Girder Truss assumes that the nails are driven normal to the face of the jack into the Girder Truss
as depicted in (Figure B8-10).
To reduce the chance of splitting, rafter Connections, such as those depicted here, are typically limited to a
maximum of three Toe-nails for 2x4 chords and four Toe-nails for 2x6 chords.
The building code and ICC Evaluation Service Report ESR-1539 provide some prescriptive guidelines for
number of nails per connection.
Link to ICC Evaluation Service Reports, including ESR-1539:
http://www.icc-es.org/Reports/index.cfm?csi_id=278&view_details
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
Beta Version 2.02

A2-Lateral Loads
Question
How much capacity does a toe-nailed connection have to resist the gravity and uplift reaction loads from a jack
truss attached to a girder truss?
TOC Example
A roof corner jack frames into a hip corner jack comprised of SP lumber at a 45 degree angle (Figure B8-10).
The truss design drawing for the corner jack displays a 200-lb top chord calculated reaction from snow and roof
dead loads. How many toe-nails are required for the connection using 16d (0.131" x 3.5") gun nails? From
Table B8-3 we see that (2) 16d (0.131" x 3.5") nails have a capacity of 158 lbs, we can increase this by the
Duration of Load factor of 1.15 for a total capacity of (158 x 1.15 =) 181 lbs, which is less than 200 lbs that our
reaction is, so (2) 16d toe-nails is not enough. From the table we see (3) 16d (0.131" x 3.5") toe-nails have a
capacity of 237 lbs, before increasing for the Duration of Load, and this capacity is greater than the 200 lb
reaction. The same truss design drawing also indicates that a maximum top chord wind uplift reaction of 295
pounds must be resisted. The toe-nail connection of (3) - 16d (0.131" x 3.5") needs to be checked for the uplift
capacity also. With the uplift from wind we can use a Duration of Load factor of 1.6, so our uplit capacity would
be (237 x 1.6=) 379 lbs. This is more than the 295 lbs that we need to resist. The top chord connection of (3)
16d (0.131" x 3.5") toe-nails are required for this connection. Nails should be specified by diameter and length,
e.g. 0.131" by 3-1/2", to eliminate confusion over the type and size of nail to use. A similar analysis must be
performed for the bottom chord. This toe-nail connection information may be shown on the truss design
drawing, a standard detail, or a schedule that identifies the truss type, reaction, and nail size and quantity
required.
As previously mentioned, consideration must be given to the lumber size when evaluating any nailed
connection. Toe-nail connections must be installed in a specific manner to obtain the calculated capacity and
too many nails may split the lumber, rendering the connection inefficient. For this reason, toe-nailed
connections supporting gravity and uplift load reactions from trusses and lumber are typically limited. The
support of larger reactions requires more sophisticated connections such as prefabricated metal hangers, lag
screws, bolts, or split ring and shear plates.
Conclusion
Toe-nailing has long been recognized as an acceptable means of attaching intersecting light-frame wood
structural members together. For certain applications, toe-nailing can also be used to effectively attach wood
trusses to girder trusses and other structural wood supports. The National Design Specification (NDS) for
Wood Construction provides the engineering basis for toe-nail and slant-nail connections. When applied in
accordance with the provisions of NDS and the building code, toe-nailing provides a verifiable and acceptable
connection.
The building code and Tables provided in this article can be used to verify the adequacy of toe-nailed
connections between jack trusses and the supporting girder. The truss designer must communicate this
information to the field, usually on the truss design drawing, to satisfy the building code and TPI 1.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
A3 - SERVICEABILITY CONSIDERATIONS
A3.1 General Considerations
A3.2 Camber
A3.3 Deflection & Time Dependant Deformation (Creep)
A3.3.1 Definitions
A3.3.2 ASCE 7 on serviceability
A3.3.3 IBC allowable deflection limits
A3.3.4 IRC allowable deflection limits
A3.3.5 General Considerations for Trusses and Deflection
A3.3.6 Long-term Deflection and Trusses:
A3.3.7 ANSI/TPI 1 on Deflection & Time Dependant Deformation (Creep):
A3.3.8 NDS® on Deflection & Time Dependant Deformation (Creep):
A3.4 Differential Deflection
A3.5 Floor Vibration
A3.6 Serviceability Reference Material
TOC
A3.1 General Considerations:
The issues addressed in this section are not unique to trusses or wood construction. However, because of the
nature of wood and the longer spans and depths possible with metal plate connected wood trusses, the issues
related to deflection, vibration and camber can be noticeable and customer satisfaction can become an issue
even though structural performance is adequate.
ASCE 7 -05/10 covers serviceability issues in a non-mandatory appendix.
C. SERVICEABILITY CONSIDERATIONS
This Appendix is not a mandatory part of the standard, but provides guidance for design for serviceability in order
to maintain the function of a building and the comfort of its occupants during normal usage. Serviceability limits
(e.g., maximum static deformations, accelerations, etc.) shall be chosen with due regard to the intended function of
the structure.
Serviceability shall be checked using appropriate loads for the limit state being considered.
For a more comprehensive discussion of serviceabily issues see the commentary to the ASCE 7 Appendix.
Serviceablity is also referenced in all three editions of the IBC as follows:

IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015
1604.3 Serviceability. Structural systems and members thereof shall be designed to have adequate stiffness to limit deflections and lateral drift. See
Section 12.12.1 of ASCE 7 for drift limits applicable to earthquake loading.
Also, refer to Appendix 1 - Design Considerations in this document, since good design can assist in avoiding
serviceablity issues.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
A3.2 Camber:
Camber: Upward curvature built into a truss bottom chord to compensate for deflection due to loading
conditions.
Camber can be desirable in some cases or it can create problems in others. If requested or designed in by
default, camber is usually used to compensate for dead load deflection. When dead loads are light, camber is
not particularly useful since dead load deflection is low relative to live load deflection. ASCE 7, the National
Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) Appendix A and TPI 1 all address camber. In general this is
a Building Designer required specification:
ANSI/TPI 1-2007
2.3.2.4 & 2.4.2.4 Required Information in the Construction Documents
(h)(3) Any Truss camber requirements.
ANSI/TPI 1-2014
2.3.2.4 Required Information in the Construction Documents.
(g) (3) Any Truss camber requirements.
ASCE 7-10 Appendix C "SERVICEABILITY CONSIDERATIONS" includes the following:

SECTION C.3 CAMBER
Special camber requirements that are necessary to bring a loaded member into proper relations with the work of
other trades shall be set forth in the design documents.
Beams detailed without specified camber shall be positioned during erection so that any minor camber is upward. If
camber involves the erection of any member under preload, this shall be noted in the design documents.
NDS-12/15 (AWC) Appendix A (Non-mandatory) Construction and Design Practices includes the following
guidelines:
A.5 Camber
Adequate camber in trusses to give proper appearance and to counteract any deflection from loading should be
provided.
The following are simple guidelines for use when camber is specified or appropriate to suggest as a possible
solution:
• Trusses with three or more bearing points should not be designed with camber.
• Cambered trusses that clear span non-load bearing partitions require special details for framing at the
non-bearing partition.
• Flat roof trusses may require camber to reduce the potential for ponding.
• Where trusses of differing stiffness are placed next to each other, camber might assist in maintaining an
even ridgeline. However, design considerations where camber is undesirable would control.
These are some additional guidelines which can be evaluated and used as appropriate in the consideration of
camber (note that the actual dead loads may be considerably less than design dead loads, which will affect the
results of applied camber.):
• Pitched Trusses 1.00 x deflection from actual dead load
• Sloping parallel chord trusses 1.5 x vertical deflection from actual dead load
• Floor trusses 0.25 x deflection from Live Load + actual dead load
• Flat roof trusses 0.25 x deflection from Live Load + 1.5 x design dead Load
It can be difficult for truss manufactures to build camber in to trusses.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
A3.3 Deflection and Creep:
A3.3.1 Definitions
Deflection describes the immediate deformation under load.
Creep (long-term deflection) describes the deformation that wood exhibits under sustained load. Creep is
time dependant deformation.
A3.3.2 ASCE 7 on serviceability

ASCE 7-10 Appendix C: "SERVICEABILITY CONSIDERATIONS"
This Appendix is not a mandatory part of the standard, but provides guidance for design for serviceability in order
to maintain the function of a building and the comfort of its occupants during normal usage. Serviceability limits
(e.g., maximum static deformations, accelerations, and so on) shall be chosen with due regard to the intended
function of the structure.)
Serviceability shall be checked using appropriate loads for the limit state being considered.
C.1.1 Vertical Deflections. Deformations of floor and roof members and systems due to service loads shall not
impair the serviceability of the structure.
C.2 DESIGN FOR LONG-TERM DEFLECTION
Where required for acceptable building performance, members and systems shall be designed to accommodate long
term irreversible deflections under sustained load.
TOC
A3.3.3 IBC allowable deflection limits
IBC-09/12/15 & IRC-09/12/15 include similar requirements regarding minimum deflection limits of structural
members. The IBC includes general requirements in section 1604 which are basically the same in all three
editions. Requirements for wood specifically are included in section 2304.3.
1604.3 Serviceability. Structural systems and members thereof shall be designed to have adequate stiffness to limit
deflections and lateral drift. See Section 12.12.1 of ASCE 7 for drift limits applicable to earthquake loading.
1604.3.1 Deflections. The deflections of structural members shall not exceed the more restrictive of the limitations
of Sections 1604.3.2 through 1604.3.5 or that permitted by Table 1604.3.
IBC 2009 IBC 2012 & 2015

1604.3.6 Limits. Deflection of structural members over 1604.3.6 Limits. The deflection limits of Section
span, l, shall not exceed that permitted by Table 1604.3. 1604.3.1 shall be used unless more restrictive deflection
limits are required by a referenced standard for the
element or finish material.
1604.4 Analysis. Load effects on structural members and their connections shall be determined by methods of
structural analysis that take into account equilibrium, general stability, geometric compatibility and both short- and
long-term material properties.
Members that tend to accumulate residual deformations under repeated service loads shall have included in their
analysis the added eccentricities expected to occur during their service life.
....
2304.3.3. Shrinkage. Wood walls and bearing partitions shall not support more than two floors and a roof unless an
analysis satisfactory to the building official shows that shrinkage of the wood framing will not have adverse effects
on the structure or any plumbing, electrical or mechanical systems, or other equipment installed therein due to
excessive shrinkage or differential movements caused by shrinkage. The analysis shall also show that the roof
drainage system and the foregoing systems or equipment will not be adversely affected or, as an alternate, such
systems shall be designed to accommodate the differential shrinkage or movements.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
TOC IBC 2009 2012 IBC 2015
2304.12 Long-term loading. Wood members supporting 2304.13 Long-term loading. Wood members supporting
concrete, masonry or similar materials, shall be checked concrete, masonry or similar materials shall be checked
for the effects of long-term loading using the provisions for the effects of long-term loading using the provisions
of the NDS. The total deflection, including the effects of of the AWC NDS. The total deflection, including the
long-term loading, shall be limited in accordance with effects of long-term loading, shall be limited in
1604.3.1 for these supported materials. accordance with Section 1604.3.1 for these supported
materials.
Exception: Horizontal wood members supporting Exception: Horizontal wood members supporting
masonry or concrete nonstructural floor or roof surfacing masonry or concrete nonstructural floor or roof surfacing
not more than 4 inches (102mm) thick need not be not more than 4 inches (102 mm) thick need not be
checked for long-term loading. checked for long-term loading.
TOC
IBC 2015 Table 1604.3
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
Table 1604.3 was modified in the 2012 edition to address concerns related to stucco and structural aluminumh
(modifications shown in red below).
Construction L S or Wf D + Ld,g
Roof Members:e
Supporting plaster or stucco ceiling l/360 l/360 l/240
Supporting non-plaster ceiling l/240 l/240 l/180
Not supporting ceiling l/180 l/180 l/120
Floor Members l/360 -- l/240
Exterior walls:
With plaster or stucco finishes -- l/360 --
With other brittle finishes -- l/240 --
With flexible finishes -- l/120 --
Interior partitions:
With plaster or stucco finishes l/360 -- --
With other brittle finishes l/240 -- --
With flexible finishes l/120 -- --
Farm buildings -- -- l/180
Greenhouses -- -- l/120
For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
a. For structural roofing and siding made of formed metal sheets, the total load deflection shall not exceed l/60. For secondary roof structural
members supporting formed metal roofing, the live load deflection shall not exceed l/150. For secondary wall members supporting formed metal
siding, the design wind load deflection shall not exceed l/90. For roofs, this exception only applies when the metal sheets have no roof covering.
b. Interior partitions not exceeding 6 feet in height and flexible, folding and portable partitions are not governed by the provisions of this
section. The deflection criterion for interior partitions is based on the horizontal load defined in Section 1607.14.
c. See Section 2403 for glass supports.

d. For wood structural members having a moisture content of less than 16 percent at time of installation and used under dry conditions, the
deflection resulting from L + 0.5D is permitted to be substituted for the deflection resulting from L + D.
e. The above deflections do not ensure against ponding. Roofs that do not have sufficient slope or camber to assure adequate drainage shall be
investigated for ponding. See Section 1611 for rain and ponding requirements and Section 1503.4 for roof drainage requirements.
f. The wind load is permitted to be taken as 0.42 times the "component and cladding” loads for the purpose of determining deflection limits
herein.
g. For steel structural members, the dead load shall be taken as zero.
h. For aluminum structural members or aluminum panels used in skylights and sloped glazing framing, roofs or walls of sunroom additions or
patio covers, not supporting edge of glass or aluminum sandwich panels, the total load deflection shall not exceed l/60. For continuous
aluminum structural members supporting edge of glass, the total load deflection shall not exceed l/175 for each glass lite or l/60 for the entire
length of the member, whichever is more stringent. For aluminum sandwich panels used in roofs or walls of sunroom additions or patio covers,
the total load deflection shall not exceed l/120.
i. For cantilever members, l shall be taken as twice the length of the cantilever.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
A3.3.4 IRC allowable deflection limits
The IRC includes general considerations in section R301.7.
IRC 2009 IRC 2012 & 2015
R301.7 Deflection. The allowable deflection of any R301.7 Deflection. The allowable deflection of any
structural member under the live load listed in Sections structural member under the live load listed in Sections
R301.5 and R301.6 shall not exceed the values in Table R301.5 and R301.6 or wind loads determined by Section
R301.7. R301.2.1 shall not exceed the values in Table R301.7.
Table R301.7 is somewhat simplier than IBC Table 1604.3 and only includes allowable defection values based
on Live Load (although it does not make this clear). The 2009 edition added the same considerations for
aluminum as in the IBC. The 2012 edition added the same considerations for stucco as in the IBC.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
IRC 2012 IRC 2015
TOC IRC 2009
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
TOC A3.3.5 General Considerations for Trusses and Deflection
The following simple guidelines can be used as indicators to 'flag' potential serviceability issues relating to
deflection [length (in inches) to depth (in inches)]:
Length to Depth ratio should not exceed 24 for roof trusses or residential floor trusses [for example: a 24
foot truss should not be less than 12 inches deep (24 x12 = 288/24 = 12)].
Length to Depth ratio should not exceed 20 for commercial floor trusses (L/480) [for example: a 24 foot
truss should not be less than 14 inches deep (24x12=288/20=14)]
For better performance, especially in floor trusses, a length to depth ratio of 18 may be used.
NOTE: the calculated deflection ratio is required on each Truss Design Drawing.
Allowable Deflection Calculation:
Span (ft) 40 Allowable Deflection (l/): 240 2.00 (in)

This allowable deflection value would then be compared to the actual deflection value calculated for the
structural member.
TOC
A3.3.6 Long-term Deflection and Trusses:
Deflection can occur in both roof and floor systems and can occur in either the vertical or horizontal dimension.
It may occur along a structural member, in the sheathing between structural members, or in the movement of
one structural member relative to another. Similar deflection criteria combined with differing truss spans can
create noticeable differences that are not related to strength. The issue of differential deflection is discussed
below.
ANSI/TPI 1-2014 does not include specific guidelines as to when creep should be considered. It does, however,
in the commentary §7.6.1 Method of Calculation, reference the factors that will cause an increase in creep (long-
term deflection) as follows:
◦ increased stress level,
◦ increased moisture content and temperature, and
◦ variable relative humidity conditions.
ANSI/TPI 1-2007/14 (Section 7.6.1)
Total deflection calculation now explicitly specifies a component due to creep of no less than 50 or 100 percent
of the initial deflection (meaning creep factors of 1.5 or 2) for long-term loads for dry and green (or wet service)
use, respectively.
(See section A3.3.7 below for a fuller discussion)
Circumstances where wood structural members are used and which involve excessive moisture, temperature
or relative humidity, when anticipated, should be addressed using the Wet Service Factor (Cm) and/or the
Temperature Factor (Ct) as described in the NDS® and the NDS Supplement as well as considering the effects
of these environmental conditions on long-term deflection. These effects are not well documented and are
beyond the scope of this document.
Circumstances involving increased stress levels, when anticipated, involve more recognizable conditions. They
are mostly related to higher than normal dead load to live load relationships then those that were assumed in
the development of the standard deflection criteria as reflected in the code tables. Some of the more common
circumstances involve floor systems incorporating brittle floor coverings or lightweight concrete toppings. As a
general guideline one might want to consider the effects of long-term deflection when the actual dead load is
greater than 1/3 the live load (as recommended by a TrusJoist article on the Design of Tile Floors). 'Actual dead
load' is a key element for using this concept. One would not generally want to base this consideration on
nominal dead load values.
This is ultimately a Building Designer issue. However, if long-term deflection has not been addressed when
serviceability might be an issue, the Truss Designer should bring this to the attention of the Building Designer,
builder or owner.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
TOC
A3.3.7 ANSI/TPI 1 on Deflection & Time Dependant Deformation (Creep):

2.4.2.4 Required Information in the Construction 2.3.2.4 Required Information in the Construction
Documents.The Building Designer, through the Documents.
Construction Documents, shall provide information The Building Designer, through the Construction Documents,
sufficiently accurate and reliable to be used for shall provide information sufficiently accurate and reliable to be
facilitating the supply of the Structural Elements and used for facilitating the supply of the Structural Elements and
other information for developing the design of the other information for developing the design of the Trusses for
Trusses for the Building, and shall provide the following: the Building, and shall provide the following:
(h) Criteria related to serviceability issues including: (g) Criteria related to serviceability issues including:
(1) Allowable vertical, horizontal or other required (1) Allowable vertical, horizontal or other required deflection
deflection criteria, criteria.
(2) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep (2) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep deflection
deflection criteria for flat roofs subject to ponding criteria for roofs subject to ponding loads.
loads. (3) Any Truss camber requirements.
(3) Any Truss camber requirements. (4) Any differential deflection criteria from Truss-to-Truss or
(4) Any differential deflection criteria from Truss- Truss-to-adjacent Structural Element.
to-Truss or Truss-to- adjacent Structural Element. User (non-mandatory) note: See Commentary section
(5) Any deflection and vibration criteria for floor §2.3.2.4(h)(4) regarding methods to address differential
Trusses including: deflection.
(a) Any strongback bridging requirements. (5) Any deflection and vibration criteria for floor Trusses
(b) Any dead load, live load, and in-service including:
creep deflection criteria for floor trusses (i) Any strongback bridging requirements.
supporting stone or ceramic tile finishes. (ii) Any dead load, live load, and in-service creep deflection
criteria for floor Trusses supporting stone or ceramic tile
finishes.
(6) Moisture, temperature, corrosive chemicals

and gases expected to result in:
(i) Wood moisture content exceeding 19 percent,
(ii) Sustained temperatures exceeding 150 degrees F, and/or
(iii) Corrosion potential from wood preservatives or other
sources that can be detrimental to Trusses.
2.4.5.4 Information on Truss Design Drawings.Truss 2.3.5.5 Information on Truss Design Drawings. Truss Design
Design Drawings shall include, at a minimum, the Drawings shall include, at a minimum, the information specified
information specified below: below:
(l) Calculated span to deflection ratio and/or maximum (l) Calculated span to deflection ratio and/or maximum vertical
vertical and horizontal deflection for live and total load and horizontal deflection for live load and for live plus dead
and KCR as applicable. load and KCR as applicable per Section 7.6.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
7.6 DEFLECTION. 7.6 DEFLECTION
7.6.1 Method of Calculation. 7.6.1 Method of Calculation.
Live load deflection shall be based on full live load. Time Truss deflection shall be determined by structural analysis in
dependent deformation under long term loading shall be accordance with section 6.1.1.2, except as permitted in section
accounted for in total deflection calculations, as follows. 7.6.2.2 – 7.6.2.3. Deflection due to live load (ΔLL) shall be
based on the live load, deflection due to dead load (ΔDL) shall
be based on the dead load, and deflection due to total load
(ΔTL) shall be based on the full load including both dead and
live loads, for each load case. Time dependent deformation
under long term loading shall be determined as follows, except
for purposes of deflection limitation in accordance with the
International Building Code as noted in the next paragraph.
T =Kcr x LT + ST ΔLongTerm = Kcr x ΔLT + ΔST

where: where:
Kcr = Creep factor Kcr = Creep factor
≥ 1.5 for seasoned lumber used in dry service conditions ≥ 2.0 for for trusses using seasoned lumber used in dry service
≥ 2.0 for green lumber or for wet service conditions conditions
≥ 3.0 for trusses using green lumber or for wet service
conditions
Δ T = Total deflection Δ LongTerm = Total Long Term Deflection due to immediate
deflection of both short-term and long-term loads and creep
deflection of long-term loads
Δ LT = Immediate deflection due to the long term Δ LT = Immediate deflection due to the long term component of
component of the design load (deflection due to a the design load (immediate deflection due to the portion of load
sustained load, typically dead load) considered to be present over a sustained time period, typically
dead load or a portion of dead load)
Δ ST = deflection due to short term or normal component Δ ST = deflection due to short term or normal component of the
of the design load (deflection due to transient loads, design load (deflection due to transient loads, typically live
typically live load) load)
For purposes of deflection limitations in accordance with the

International Building Code, trusses using only seasoned lumber
used in dry service conditions shall determine the deflection for
the total load check as follows.
ΔCR = Deflection due to Live Load plus Creep Component of
Deflection due to Dead Load
= ΔLL + (KCR-1) x ΔDL
7.6.2 Vertical Deflection Limits. 7.6.2 Vertical Deflection Limits.

7.6.2.1 Designated Limits. 7.6.2.1 Designated Limits.
Truss vertical deflection, as determined by structural Truss vertical deflection, determined in accordance with section
analysis, shall be limited to the proportions to span length 7.6.1, shall be limited to the proportions to span length as
as shown in Table 7.6-1, unless otherwise limited by shown in Table 7.6-1, unless otherwise limited by regulations in
regulations in the local Jurisdiction. the local Jurisdiction or as specified on the Construction
Drawings.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
ANSI/TPI-1 2007 Table 7.6-1
ANSI/TPI-1 2014 Table 7.6-1
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
7.6.2.2 Deflection Using Beam Formulas. 7.6.2.2 Deflection Using Beam Formulas.
Vertical deflection shall be permitted to be determined Vertical deflection shall be permitted to be determined using
using beam formulas as shown in Section 7.6.2.3. When beam formulas as shown in Section 7.6.2.3. When chord lumber
chord lumber having different E values is used, the having different E values is used, the deflection calculations
deflection calculations shall be based on the average E shall be based on the average E value.
value.
7.6.2.3 Deflection Calculation for Parallel Chord 7.6.2.3 Deflection Calculation for Parallel Chord
Trusses. Trusses.
For uniformly loaded, simply supported parallel chord For uniformly loaded, simply supported parallel chord Trusses,
Trusses, deflection shall be permitted to be calculated as
deflection shall be permitted to be calculated as follows:
follows:
where: where:
D = deflection at centerline of Truss (in. or mm) D = deflection at centerline of Truss (in. or mm)
Kb = Load and span effect constant Kb = Load and span effect constant
w = Uniform load (lb/in. or N/mm) w = Uniform load (lb/in. or N/mm)

Ls = Clear span (in. or mm) Ls = Clear span (in. or mm)
Ie = Moment of inertia of the cross sectional areas of the Top Ie = Moment of inertia of the cross sectional areas of the Top
and Bottom Chords about the neutral axis (N.A.) of the Truss
and Bottom Chords about the neutral axis (N.A.) of the Truss
(see Figure 7.6-1)
(see Figure 7.6-1)
E = Average modulus of elasticity of Chord lumber (psi or
N/mm2 )
E = Average modulus of elasticity of Chord lumber (psi or
x = Offset of centerline of opening from centerline of Truss (in. N/mm2)
or mm) (see Figure 7.6-2); Not to exceed 15 in. (381 mm) for x = Offset of centerline of opening from centerline of Truss (in.
this deflection formula or mm) (see Figure 7.6-2); Not to exceed 15 in. (381 mm) for
this deflection formula
TOC 7.6.2.4 Strongbacking. 7.6.2.4 Strongbacking.
When specified, strongbacks shall comply with the When specified, strongbacks shall comply with the following
following installation criteria: installation criteria:
(1) Strongbacks shall, as a minimum, be 2x6 (nominal), and (a) Strongbacks shall, as a minimum, be 2x6 (nominal), and
shall be attached to each Truss with a minimum of three 10d shall be attached to each Truss with a minimum of three 10d
(0.131 in. (3.33 mm) diameter x 3 in. (76 mm) long) nails each (0.131 in. (3.33 mm) diameter x 3 in. (76 mm) long) nails each
to a vertical Web member, or shall be similarly attached to a
to a vertical Web member, or shall be similarly attached to a
vertical scab secured at Top and Bottom Chords of each Truss
vertical scab secured at Top and Bottom Chords of each Truss
with a minimum of two 10d (0.131 in. (3.33 mm) diameter x 3
in. (76 mm) long) nails into each Chord.
with a minimum of two 10d (0.131 in. (3.33 mm) diameter x 3
in. (76 mm) long) nails into each Chord.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
(2) Strongback cross-section shall be oriented vertically (b) Strongback cross-section shall be oriented vertically and
and shall be continuous. When required to be cut, shall be continuous. When required to be cut, removed, or
removed, or modified to allow the installation of modified to allow the installation of mechanical and/or
mechanical and/or plumbing lines, the continuity at plumbing lines, the continuity at adjoining floor sections shall
adjoining floor sections shall be maintained, and the be maintained, and the methods of maintaining continuity shall
methods of maintaining continuity shall be specified by be specified by the designer specifying the strongbacks.
the designer specifying the strongbacks.
(3) Cross bridging shall be permitted as an alternative to (c) Cross bridging shall be permitted as an alternative to
strongbacking, as determined by the designer strongbacking, as determined by the designer specifying the
specifying the strongbacks. strongbacks.
(4) Spacing between multiple strongbacks shall not (d) Spacing between multiple strongbacks shall not exceed 10
exceed 10 ft. (3 m) for floor assemblies. ft. (3 m) for floor assemblies.
(a) When strongbacking is specified to control (1) When strongbacking is specified to control
vibration or protect brittle floor surfaces (such as vibration or protect brittle floor surfaces (such as ceramic
ceramic tile and natural stone), the Contractor shall tile and natural stone), the Contractor shall locate
locate strongbacking as stipulated on the Truss strongbacking as stipulated on the Truss Design Drawing
Design Drawing and as required by the floor and as required by the floor surfacing specifications,
surfacing specifications, unless otherwise unless otherwise specified.
specified.
(b) Strongbacking required to control deflections (2) Strongbacking required to control deflections shall be
shall be in accordance with the following criteria in accordance with the following criteria unless otherwise
unless otherwise specified. When deflection due to specified. When deflection due to live load exceeds 0.67
live load exceeds 0.67 in. (17 mm), one strongback in. (17 mm), one strongback shall be placed near the
shall be placed near the centerline of the Truss centerline of the Truss clear span. When live load
clear span. When live load deflection exceeds 0.85 deflection exceeds 0.85 in. (22 mm), two strongbacks
in. (22 mm), two strongbacks shall be placed near shall be placed near the centerline of the Truss clear span,
the centerline of the Truss clear span, or near the or near the third points of the Truss clear span.
third points of the Truss clear span.
7.6.3 Horizontal Deflection Limits. 7.6.3 Horizontal Deflection Limits.

In lieu of specific provisions for lateral movement of In lieu of specific provisions for lateral movement of Trusses
Trusses and supports, total horizontal deflection at the and supports, total horizontal deflection at the Reactions for the
Reactions for the design of Trusses shall be limited to design of Trusses shall be limited to 1.25 in. (32 mm) due to
1.25 in. (32 mm) due to total load, and 0.75 in. (19 mm) total load, and 0.75 in. (19 mm) due to live load. The supporting
due to live load. The supporting structure and Truss-to- structure and Truss-to-wall connection shall be designed
wall connection shall be designed accordingly. accordingly. The total horizontal deflection shall be calculated
as the sum of the horizontal deflection due to live load plus K
times the horizontal deflection due to dead load, where K = Kcr
except that K = Kcr - 1 for trusses using only seasoned lumber
used in dry service conditions. Kcr shall be determined per
section 7.6.1.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
The Commentary to ANSI/TPI 1-2007 includes the The Commentary to ANSI/TPI 1-2007 includes the following:
following:
§7.6.2.2 Deflection Using Beam Formulas §7.6.2.2 Deflection Using Beam Formulas.
As indicated in this section, vertical deflection shall be As indicated in this section, vertical deflection shall be
permitted to be determined using beam formulas as permitted to be determined using beam formulas as shown in
shown in Section 7.6.2.3. Another useful resource is The Section 7.6.2.3. Another useful resource is The Load Guide
Load Guide produced by SBCA Information on The produced by SBCA. Information on The Load Guide can be
Load Guide can be found at the following website: found at: www.sbcindustry.com/loads.php.
www.sbcindustry.com/loads.php
§7.6.2.3 Deflection Calculation for Parallel Chord §7.6.2.3 Deflection Calculation for Parallel Chord Trusses.
Trusses The beam formula in Equation E7.6-1 is an approximate
The beam formula in Equation E7.6-1 is an approximate method for estimating deflection of parallel chord Trusses,
method for estimating deflection of parallel chord which was first introduced in the 1980 Standard for the design
Trusses, which was first introduced in the 1980 Standard of parallel chord wood Trusses. The equation incorporates a
for the design of parallel chord wood Trusses. The 1.33 factor for joint slippage, shear deformation and creep, and
equation incorporates a 1.33 factor for joint slippage, deflection estimates using this formula were shown to perform
shear deformation and creep, and deflection estimates well when compared against both experimental results and a
using this formula were shown to perform well when more thorough analysis.26 Use of this method is still permitted;
compared against both experimental results and a more however, less emphasis is given to the approximate beam
thorough analysis21. Use of this method is still permitted formula because it is recognized that the use of typical structural
in the 2007 edition; however, less emphasis is given to analysis using matrix methods will be more accurate. This
the approximate beam formula because it is recognized calculation does not include long-term deflection (creep), and
that the use of typical structural analysis using matrix the results of this section are subject to section 7.6.1.
methods will be more accurate.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
§7.6.2.4 Strongbacking §7.6.2.4 Strongbacking.
Strongbacking is recognized for serving two purposes: reducing Strongbacking is recognized for serving two purposes: reducing floor
floor vibrations and limiting differential deflection. vibrations and limiting differential deflection. Strongbacking does not,
Strongbacking does not, however, contribute to or enhance the however, contribute to or enhance the strength or structural integrity of
strength or structural integrity of the system. Strongbacks are the system. Strongbacks are typically used to control potential
typically used to control potential vibration problems, as the vibration problems, as the addition of strongbacks has proven to stiffen
addition of strongbacks has proven to stiffen the Trusses and the Trusses and increase the dampening of transient oscillations.27, 28
increase the dampening of transient oscillations15,16. Vibration Vibration in a floor joist due to normal human activity (e.g., walking)
in a floor joist due to normal human activity (e.g., walking) includes vibration movements from side to side, and while floor
includes vibration movements from side to side, and while floor sheathing prevents lateral vibration of the Top Chord, the bottom can
sheathing prevents lateral vibration of the Top Chord, the still vibrate back and forth. Thus, placing a strongback at the bottom of
bottom can still vibrate back and forth. Thus, placing a the floor Truss helps control the side-to-side movement at the bottom
strongback at the bottom of the floor Truss helps control the and improves the overall perceptible performance of the floor. Even
side-to-side movement at the bottom and improves the overall when there is a ceiling on the bottom of the Trusses, in which case the
perceptible performance of the floor. Even when there is a drywall will reduce lateral movement, the addition of strongbacks can
ceiling on the bottom of the Trusses, in which case the drywall still help to further restrict vibration. It should be recognized that,
will reduce lateral movement, the addition of strongbacks can while it will not affect the structural integrity of the system, cutting,
still help to further restrict vibration. It should be recognized removing or failing to provide such strongback bracing can result in
that, while it will not affect the structural integrity of the degradation of the floor system’s ability to dampen vibration. Another
system, cutting, removing or failing to provide such strongback purpose of strongbacking is to limit differential deflection between
bracing can result in degradation of the floor system’s ability to adjacent floor Trusses by developing supplemental two-way action in
dampen vibration. Another purpose of strongbacking is to limit the floor framing in addition to the floor sheathing. Floor Trusses with
differential deflection between adjacent floor Trusses by design live load deflections less than 0.67 in. are unlikely to have
developing supplemental two-way action in the floor framing in differential deflections large enough to develop two-way action from
addition to the floor sheathing. Floor Trusses with design live strongbacking.
load deflections less than 0.67 in. are unlikely to have
differential deflections large enough to develop two-way action
from strongbacking.
New to the 2007 edition of the Standard, nails for In the 2007 and later editions of the Standard, nails for attachment of
attachment of strongbacks to Trusses is now specified as strongbacks to Trusses are specified as 10d (0.131 in. x 3 in.) to reflect
10d (0.131 in. x 3 in.) to reflect common and accepted common and accepted construction practices.
practices at the jobsite..
21
Suddarth, S.K., Percival, D.H., and Comus, Q.B. Testing and 26 S. K. Suddarth, D. H. Percival and Q. B. Comus, Testing and
analysis of 4x2 parallel chord metal plate connected wood analysis of 4x2 parallel chord metal plate connected wood trusses,
trusses. Research Report 81-1. Small Homes Council-Building Research Report 81-1, Small Homes Council-Building Research
Research Council. Urbana-Champaign, Illinois: 1981. Council, Urbana-Champaign, Illinois, 1981.
27
J. W. Stark, The effect of lateral bracing on the dynamic response of
15
Stark, J.W. The effect of lateral bracing on the dynamic wood floor systems, Department of Wood Science and Forest
response of wood floor systems. Department of Wood Science Products, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, May,
and Forest Products. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 1993.
University; May, 1993. 28
X. Li, The effect of stiffness and mass on the dynamic response of
wood floors. Department of Wood Science and Forest Products,
16
Li, X. The effect of stiffness and mass on the dynamic Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, May, 1993.
response of wood floors. Department of Wood Science and
Forest Products.Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State
University; May, 1993.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
A3.3.8 NDS® on Deflection & Time Dependant Deformation (Creep):
NDS® 2005, 2012 & 2015
3.1.4 Time Dependent Deformations
Where members of structural frames are composed of two or more layers or sections, the effect of time dependent
deformations shall be accounted for in the design (see 3.5.2 and Appendix F).
3.5.1 Deflection Calculations
If deflection is a factor in design, it shall be calculated by standard methods of engineering mechanics considering
bending deflections and, where applicable, shear deflections. Consideration for shear deflection is required when the
published modulus of elasticity has not been adjusted to include the effects of shear deflection (see Appendix F).
3.5.2 Long Term Loading

Where total deflection under long term loading must be limited, increasing member size is one way to provide extra
stiffness to allow for this time dependent deformation (see Appendix F). Total deflection, ΔT, shall be calculated as
follows:
 T  K cr  LT   ST
where:
Kcr = time dependent deformation (creep) factor
= 1.5 for seasoned lumber, glued laminated timber, prefabricated wood I-joists, or structural composite
lumber used in dry service conditions as defined in 4.1.4, 5.1.5, 7.1.4, and 8.1.4, respectively
= 2.0 for glued laminated timber used in wet service conditions as defined in 5.1.5
= 2.0 for wood structural panels used in dry service conditions as defined in 9.1.4
= 2.0 for unseasoned lumber or for seasoned lumber used in wet service conditions as defined in 4.1.4
ΔLT = immediate deflection due to the long term component of the design load
ΔST = deflection due to the short term or normal component of the design load
NDS Appendix F (Non-mandatory) Design for Creep and Critical Deflection Applications
F.1 Creep
F.1.1 Reference modulus of elasticity design values, E, in this Specification are intended for the calculation of
immediate deformation under load. Under sustained loading, wood members exhibit additional time dependent
deformation (creep) which usually develops at a slow but persistent rate over long periods of time. Creep rates are
greater for members drying under load or exposed to varying temperature and relative humidity conditions than for
members in a stable environment and at constant moisture content.
F1.2 In certain bending applications, it may be necessary to limit deflection under long term loading to specified
levels. This can be done by applying an increase factor to the deflection due to long term load. Total deflection is
thus calculated as the immediate deflection due to the long term component of the design load times the appropriate
increase factor, plus the deflection due to the short term or normal component of the design load.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
A3.4 DIFFERENTIAL DEFLECTION:
Differential deflection describes a condition where adjacent structural elements demonstrate different deflection
characteristics relative to one another. Although this is most often perceived as an issue with floor systems, it
can also be an issue with roof trusses – a flat bottom chord truss next to a scissors truss, a stepdown hip truss
or common truss next to a hip girder. This is most often an issue related to a perception of difference and
usually is not a structural performance issue. It is most often experienced in floor systems, since the difference
in the response of a floor to walking on it yields an immediate reaction.
The evaluation of differential deflection requires an awareness of the areas where this could be a potential
problem. One should either design to avoid these circumstances or adjust the stiffness of adjacent trusses to
become more equal. However, it must be understood that there are limits to the stiffness that can be designed
into wood structural members. The management of differential deflection is a critical issue for Building
Designers to consider during their formulation of the layout of the structural framing members.
IBC include the following considerations on Shrinkage:

IBC -09 & 12 IBC -15
2304.3.3. Shrinkage. Wood walls and bearing partitions 2304.3.3 Shrinkage. Wood walls and bearing partitions
shall not support more than two floors and a roof unless shall not support more than two floors and a roof unless
an analysis satisfactory to the building official shows that an analysis satisfactory to the building official shows that
shrinkage of the wood framing will not have adverse shrinkage of the wood framing will not have adverse
effects on the structure or any plumbing, electrical or effects on the structure or any plumbing, electrical or
mechanical systems, or other equipment installed therein mechanical systems or other equipment installed therein
due to excessive shrinkage or differential movements due to excessive shrinkage or differential movements
caused by shrinkage. The analysis shall also show that the caused by shrinkage. The analysis shall also show that the
roof drainage system and the foregoing systems or roof drainage system and the foregoing systems or
equipment will not be adversely affected or, as an equipment will not be adversely affected or, as an
alternate, such systems shall be designed to accommodate alternate, such systems shall be designed to accommodate
the differential shrinkage or movements. the differential shrinkage or movements.
ANSI/TPI 1-2007, & 2014 Section 7.6.2.4 and commentary provides the following information regarding the use
of strongback bridging to reduce the effects of differential deflection in floor trusses.
TOC 7.6.2.4 Strongbacking.
When specified, strongbacks shall comply with the following installation criteria:
(a) Strongbacks shall, as a minimum, be 2x6 (nominal), and shall be attached to each Truss with a minimum of
three 10d (0.131 in. (3.33 mm) diameter x 3 in. (76 mm) long) nails each to a vertical Web member, or shall
be similarly attached to a vertical scab secured at Top and Bottom Chords of each Truss with a minimum of
two 10d (0.131 in. (3.33 mm) diameter x 3 in. (76 mm) long) nails into each Chord.
(b) Strongback cross-section shall be oriented vertically and shall be continuous. When required to be cut,
removed, or modified to allow the installation of mechanical and/or plumbing lines, the continuity at
adjoining floor sections shall be maintained, and the methods of maintaining continuity shall be specified by
the designer specifying the strongbacks.
(c) Cross bridging shall be permitted as an alternative to strongbacking, as determined by the designer
specifying the strongbacks.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
(d) Spacing between multiple strongbacks shall not exceed 10 ft. (3 m) for floor assemblies.
(1) When strongbacking is specified to control vibration or protect brittle floor surfaces (such as ceramic
tile and natural stone), the Contractor shall locate strongbacking as stipulated on the Truss Design
Drawing and as required by the floor surfacing specifications, unless otherwise specified.
(2) Strongbacking required to control deflections shall be in accordance with the following criteria unless
otherwise specified. When deflection due to live load exceeds 0.67 in. (17 mm), one strongback shall
be placed near the centerline of the Truss clear span. When live load deflection exceeds 0.85 in. (22
mm), two strongbacks shall be placed near the centerline of the Truss clear span, or near the third
points of the Truss clear span.
§7.6.2.4 Strongbacking
Strongbacking is recognized for serving two purposes: reducing floor vibrations and limiting differential
deflection. Strongbacking does not, however, contribute to or enhance the strength or structural integrity of
the system. Strongbacks are typically used to control potential vibration problems, as the addition of
strongbacks has proven to stiffen the Trusses and increase the dampening of transient oscillations15,16.
Vibration in a floor joist due to normal human activity (e.g., walking) includes vibration movements from side
to side, and while floor sheathing prevents lateral vibration of the Top Chord, the bottom can still vibrate
back and forth. Thus, placing a strongback at the bottom of the floor Truss helps control the side-to-side
movement at the bottom and improves the overall perceptible performance of the floor. Even when there is a
ceiling on the bottom of the Trusses, in which case the drywall will reduce lateral movement, the addition of
strongbacks can still help to further restrict vibration. It should be recognized that, while it will not affect the
structural integrity of the system, cutting, removing or failing to provide such strongback bracing can result in
degradation of the floor system’s ability to dampen vibration. Another purpose of strongbacking is to limit
differential deflection between adjacent floor Trusses by developing supplemental two-way action in the floor
framing in addition to the floor sheathing. Floor Trusses with design live load deflections less than 0.67 in.
are unlikely to have differential deflections large enough to develop two-way action from strongbacking.
In the 2007 and later editions of the Standard, nails for attachment of strongbacks to Trusses are specified as
10d (0.131 in. x 3 in.) to reflect common and accepted construction practices.
21
Suddarth, S.K., Percival, D.H., and Comus, Q.B. Testing and analysis of 4x2 parallel chord metal plate connected
wood trusses. Research Report 81-1. Small Homes Council-Building Research Council. Urbana-Champaign, Illinois:
1981.
15
Stark, J.W. The effect of lateral bracing on the dynamic response of wood floor systems. Department of Wood Science
and Forest Products. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; May, 1993.
16
Li, X. The effect of stiffness and mass on the dynamic response of wood floors. Department of Wood Science and
Forest Products.Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; May, 1993.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
A3.5 FLOOR VIBRATION:
The issue of transitory floor vibration is related to deflection considerations. This subject is covered in more
detail in the Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook, 3rd Edition, Section 17.6. A structural member can
be designed to meet code requirements for strength and stiffness and still give a perception of 'springiness' or
'bounce.' The occurrence of this perception increases as span increases.
ASCE 7-05/10 Appendix C:

C.1.3 Vibrations. Floor systems supporting large open areas free of partitions or other sources of damping, where
vibration due to pedestrian traffic might be objectionable, shall be designed with due regard for such vibration.
Mechanical equipment that can produce objectionable vibrations in any portion of an inhabited structure shall be
isolated to minimize the transmission of such vibrations to the structure.
Building structural systems shall be designed so that wind-induced vibrations do not cause occupant discomfort or
damage to the building, its appurtenances, or its contents.
ANSI/TPI 1-2007 & 2014 includes this information in Section 7.6.2.4:

(4) Spacing between multiple strongbacks shall not exceed 10 ft. (3 m) for floor assemblies.
(a) When strongbacking is specified to control vibration or protect brittle floor surfaces (such as ceramic tile and
natural stone), the Contractor shall locate strongbacking as stipulated on the Truss Design Drawing and as
required by the floor surfacing specifications, unless otherwise specified.
There are several design considerations for structural members that will aid in reducing transitory floor
vibration, which include:
• More stringent deflection criteria or limit deflection to no more than ½"
• Shorten span
• Use continuous framing members over multiple supports rather than individual shorter members
• Increase truss depth
• Use the longest strongback lengths possible
• Increase strongback width
• Investigate the fundamental frequency of vibration relative to the dead load deflection (see below)
There are several floor design considerations that will aid in reducing transitory vibration, which include:
• Glue and screw sheathing
• Use thicker floor sheathing
• Use high quality material and construction techniques
• Apply rigid ceiling finish to underside of floor
• Support floor framing with walls rather than beams
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
The following article, reprinted in the Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook with permission from
Wood Design Focus and the author, Patrick M. McGuire, P.E., Borkholder Buildings, proposes another way of
reducing transitory floor vibration:
In the Spring 1996 issue of Wood Design Focus, Frank Woeste proposed a rule of thumb for controlling annoying
floor vibrations by limiting deflection under residential live loading to l/360 for spans up to 15', and to l/480 for
spans from 15 feet to 30 feet. I propose another rule of thumb that is independent of live loading.
Both rules are built upon the floor vibration studies of Virginia Tech researchers Dan Dolan and Rob Kalkert
reported in the Fall 1994 issue of Wood Design Focus. For simple spans, they found that vibrations due to foot
traffic were not annoying when the fundamental frequency of vibration of the joists was greater than 15 Hz:
EI
f  1.57 386
where: WL3
f = fundamental frequency of vibration of joist or girder
E = modulus of elasticity (lb/in2)
I = moment of inertia of joist (in4)
W = actual dead load of the floor construction (lb)
L = joist span (in)
By substituting f = 15 and rearranging, the frequency equation can be rewritten as:
2
 1 5  3 8 6 E I
 1 .5 7   9 1 .2 8 1 
  W L3
The simple span dead load deflection of a joist, δ, neglecting shear deflection, is:
5 w L4
 
384EI
where:
w = dead load of floor per running inch of joist (lb/in)
By replacing wL with W and rearranging terms, the deflection equation can be rewritten as:
5 W L3
EI 
384 
Substituting this equation into the fundamental frequency equation yields:
 3 8 6   5 W L3 
9 1 .2 8 1   3   
 W L   3 8 4 
Solving this expression for δ gives:

δ = 0.055 in.
Thus, when the calculated deflection under actual dead load of a simple span joist is less than 0.055 inch, the
fundamental frequency of vibration should be greater than 15 Hz, and floor vibrations from foot traffic should not
be annoying. Keep in mind that actual dead load is typically less than design dead load for residential floors.
Like all rules of thumb, this one should be applied cautiously and with engineering judgment.
Beta Version 2.02

A3-Serviceability
TOC
A3.6 Serviceability Reference Material
For additional information see also:
Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Handbook, 3rd Edition: Section 19, Floor Vibration
SBC article on Brittle Floor Finish Considerations (April 2004)
www.sbcmag.info/Archive/2004/apl/0404%20Brittle%20Floor.pd
SBC article on Serviceability of Wood Framed Floor Systems in Residential Construction (June/July 2001)
www.sbcmag.info/Archive/2001/jun/0106%20Serviceability.pdf
TrusJoist Tech Bulletin on "Information About Creep" /TB-101
http://www.woodbywy.com/library/
Alpine ' Pros & Cons of Camber'
http://www.alpeng.com/images/stories/pdfs/thepros_summer89.pdf
http://www.alpeng.com/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=3&Itemid=9
Dolan article on Vibration
http://www.alpeng.com/images/stories/pdfs/dolan.pdf
MiTek article on Deflection
http://www.mitek-us.com/workarea/downloadasset.aspx?id=1182
http://www.mitek-us.com/Search.aspx?searchtext=deflection&folderid=85&searchfor=all&orderby=id&orderdirection=ascending
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A4-Other Code Issues
A4 - OTHER CODE ISSUES
A4.1 Truss Design Requirements In the IBC & IRC
A4.1.1 Wood Trusses in the IBC
A4.1.2 Cold-formed Steel Trusses in the IBC
A4.1.3 Wood Trusses in the IRC
A4.1.4 Cold-formed Steel Trusses in the IRC
A4.2 Special Inspections of Wood Trusses
A4.3 Story Height & Other Limitations
A4.4 Decks and Deck Attachment
A4.5 Fasteners with Preservative Treated and FRT Wood
A4.6 Wall Bracing
A4.7 Roof Trusses and Energy Requirements
This section includes building code issues that go beyond loading requirements, but that may impact the use of
structural building components in construction.
A4.1 Truss Design Requirements in the IBC
A4.1.1 Wood Trusses
TOC
IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015
2303.4 Trusses. 2303.4 Trusses. Wood trusses shall 2303.4 Trusses. Wood trusses shall
comply with Sections 2303.4.1 through comply with Sections 2303.4.1 through
2303.4.7. 2303.4.7.
2303.4.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be designed 2303.4.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be 2303.4.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be
in accordance with the provisions of this code and designed in accordance with the designed in accordance with the
accepted engineering practice. Members are provisions of this code and accepted provisions of this code and accepted
permitted to be joined by nails, glue, bolts, timber engineering practice. Members are engineering practice. Members are
connectors, metal connector plates or other permitted to be joined by nails, glue, bolts, permitted to be joined by nails, glue, bolts,
approved framing devices. timber connectors, metal connector plates timber connectors, metal connector plates
or other approved framing devices. or other approved framing devices.
2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings. The written, 2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings. The 2303.4.1.1 Truss design drawings. The
graphic and pictorial depiction of each individual written, graphic and pictorial depiction of written, graphic and pictorial depiction of
truss shall be provided to the building official for each individual truss shall be provided to each individual truss shall be provided to
approval prior to installation. Truss design the building official for approval prior to the building official for approval prior to
drawings shall also be provided with the shipment installation. Truss design drawings shall installation. Truss design drawings shall
of trusses delivered to the job site. Truss design also be provided with the shipment of also be provided with the shipment of
drawings shall include, at a minimum, the trusses delivered to the job site. Truss trusses delivered to the job site. Truss
information specified below: design drawings shall include, at a design drawings shall include, at a
minimum, the information specified minimum, the information specified
below: below:
1. Slope or depth, span and spacing; 1. Slope or depth, span and spacing; 1. Slope or depth, span and spacing;
2. Location of all joints and support locations; 2. Location of all joints and support 2. Location of all joints and support
locations; locations;
3. Number of plies if greater than one; 3. Number of plies if greater than one; 3. Number of plies if greater than one;
4. Required bearing widths; 4. Required bearing widths; 4. Required bearing widths;
5. Design loads as applicable, including; 5. Design loads as applicable, including; 5. Design loads as applicable, including;
5.1. Top chord live load 5.1. Top chord live load 5.1. Top chord live load;
5.2. Top chord dead load 5.2. Top chord dead load 5.2. Top chord dead load;
Beta Version 2.02
5.3. Bottom chord live load; 5.3. Bottom chord live load; 5.3. Bottom chord live load;
5.4. Bottom chord dead load; 5.4. Bottom chord dead load; 5.4. Bottom chord dead load;
5.5. Additional loads and locations 5.5. Additional loads and locations 5.5. Additional loads and locations; and
5.6. Environmental design criteria and loads 5.6. Environmental design criteria and 5.6. Environmental design criteria and
(wind, rain, snow, seismic, etc.) loads (wind, rain, snow, seismic, etc.) loads (wind, rain, snow, seismic, etc.).
6. Other lateral loads, including drag strut loads. 6. Other lateral loads, including drag strut 6. Other lateral loads, including drag strut
loads. loads;
7. Adjustments to wood member and metal 7. Adjustments to wood member and metal 7. Adjustments to wood member and metal
connector plate design value for conditions of use; connector plate design value for conditions connector plate design value for conditions
of use; of use;
8. Each Maximum reaction force and direction, 8. Each Maximum reaction force and 8. Maximum reaction force and direction,
including maximum uplift reaction forces where direction, including maximum uplift including maximum uplift reaction forces
applicable; reaction forces where applicable; where applicable;
9. Metal connector plate type, size, and thickness 9. Metal connector plate type, size, and 9. Metal-connector-plate type, size and
or gage, and the dimensioned location of each thickness or gage, and the dimensioned thickness or gage, and the dimensioned
metal connector plate except where symmetrically location of each metal connector plate location of each metal connector plate
located relative to the joint interface; except where symmetrically located except where symmetrically located
relative to the joint interface; relative to the joint interface;
TOC 10. Size, species and grade for each wood 10. Size, species and grade for each wood 10. Size, species and grade for each wood
member; member; member;
11. Truss-to-truss connections and truss field 11. Truss-to-truss connections and truss 11. Truss-to-truss connections and truss
assembly requirements field assembly requirements field assembly requirements;
12. Calculated span to deflection ratio and 12. Calculated span to deflection ratio and 12. Calculated span-to-deflection ratio and
maximum vertical and horizontal deflection for maximum vertical and horizontal maximum vertical and horizontal
live and total load as applicable; deflection for live and total load as deflection for live and total load as
applicable; applicable;
13. Maximum axial tension and compression 13. Maximum axial tension and 13. Maximum axial tension and
forces in the truss members; and compression forces in the truss members; compression forces in the truss members;
and
14. Required permanent individual truss member 14. Required permanent individual truss 14. Required permanent individual truss
restraint location and the method and details of member restraint location and the method member restraint location and the method
restraint/bracing to be used per Section and details of restraint/bracing to be used and details of restraint/bracing to be used
2303.4.1.2, per Section 2303.4.1.2, in accordance with Section 2303.4.1.2.
2303.4.1.2 Permanent individual truss member 2303.4.1.2 Permanent individual truss 2303.4.1.2 Permanent individual truss
restraint. Where permanent restraint of truss member restraint. Where permanent member restraint. Where permanent
members is required on the truss design drawings, restraint of truss members is required on restraint of truss members is required on
it shall be accomplished by one of the following the truss design drawings, it shall be the truss design drawings, it shall be
methods: accomplished by one of the following accomplished by one of the following
methods: methods:
Beta Version 2.02

1. Permanent individual truss member 1. Permanent individual truss member 1. Permanent individual truss member
restraint/bracing shall be installed using standard restraint/bracing shall be installed using restraint/bracing shall be installed using
industry lateral restraint/bracing details in standard industry lateral restraint/bracing standard industry lateral restraint/bracing
accordance with generally accepted engineering details in accordance with generally details in accordance with generally
practice. accepted engineering practice. accepted engineering practice. Locations
Locations for lateral restraint shall be identified Locations for lateral restraint shall be for lateral restraint shall be identified on
on the truss design drawing. identified on the truss design drawing. the truss design drawing.
2. The trusses shall be designed so that the 2. The trusses shall be designed so that the 2. The trusses shall be designed so that the
buckling of any individual truss member is buckling of any individual truss member is buckling of any individual truss member is
resisted internally by the individual truss through resisted internally by the individual truss resisted internally by the individual truss
suitable means (i.e., buckling reinforcement by T- through suitable means (i.e., buckling through suitable means (i.e., buckling
reinforcement or L-reinforcement). , proprietary reinforcement by T-reinforcement or L- reinforcement by T-reinforcement or L-
reinforcement, etc.) The buckling reinforcement reinforcement). , proprietary reinforcement, proprietary reinforcement,
of individual members of the trusses shall be reinforcement, etc.) The buckling etc.). The buckling reinforcement of
installed as shown on the truss design drawing or reinforcement of individual members of individual members of the trusses shall be
on supplemental truss member buckling the trusses shall be installed as shown on installed as shown on the truss design
reinforcement details provided by the truss the truss design drawing or on drawing or on supplemental truss member
designer. supplemental truss member buckling buckling reinforcement details provided
3. A project specific permanent individual truss reinforcement details provided by the truss by the truss designer.
member restraint/bracing design shall be designer. 3. A project-specific permanent individual
permitted to be specified by any registered design 3. A project specific permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing design shall
professional. truss member restraint/bracing design shall be permitted to be specified by any
be permitted to be specified by any registered design professional.
registered design professional.
2303.4.1.3 Trusses spanning 60 feet or 2303.4.1.3 Trusses spanning 60 feet or

greater. The owner shall contract with greater. The owner or the owner’s
any qualified registered design authorized agent shall contract with any
professional for the design of the qualified registered design professional for
temporary installation restraint/bracing the design of the temporary installation
and the permanent individual truss restraint/bracing and the permanent
member restraint/bracing for all trusses individual truss member restraint/bracing
with clear spans 60 feet (18 288 mm) or for all trusses with clear spans 60 feet (18
greater. 288 mm) or greater.
2303.4.1.4 Truss designer. The 2303.4.1.4 Truss designer. The

individual or organization responsible for individual or organization
the design of trusses. responsible for the design of trusses.
2303.4.1.4.1 Truss design drawings. 2303.4.1.4.1 Truss design drawings.

Where required by the registered design Where required by the registered design
professional, the building official, or the professional, the building official or the
statutes of the jurisdiction in which the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the
project is to be constructed, each project is to be constructed, each
individual truss design drawing shall bear individual truss design drawing shall bear
the seal and signature of the truss designer. the seal and signature of the truss designer.
Beta Version 2.02

1. Where a cover sheet and truss index sheet are 1. Where a cover sheet and truss index 1. Where a cover sheet and truss index
combined into a single sheet and attached to the sheet are combined into a single sheet and sheet are combined into a single sheet and
set of truss design drawings, the single cover/truss attached to the set of truss design attached to the set of truss design
index sheet is the only document required to be drawings, the single cover/truss index drawings, the single cover/truss index
signed and sealed by the truss designer. sheet is the only document required to be sheet is the only document required to be
2. When a cover sheet and a truss index sheet are signed and sealed by the truss designer. signed and sealed by the truss designer.
separately provided and attached to the set of 2. When a cover sheet and a truss index 2. When a cover sheet and a truss index
truss design drawings, the cover sheet and the sheet are separately provided and attached sheet are separately provided and attached
truss index sheet are the only documents required to the set of truss design drawings, the to the set of truss design drawings, the
to be signed and sealed by the truss designer. cover sheet and the truss index sheet are cover sheet and the truss index sheet are
the only documents required to be signed the only documents required to be signed
and sealed by the truss designer. and sealed by the truss designer.
2303.4.2 Truss placement diagram. The truss 2303.4.2 Truss placement diagram. The 2303.4.2 Truss placement diagram. The
manufacturer shall provide a truss placement truss manufacturer shall provide a truss truss manufacturer shall provide a truss
diagram that identifies the proposed location for placement diagram that identifies the placement diagram that identifies the
each individually designated truss and references proposed location for each individually proposed location for each individually
the corresponding truss design drawing. The truss designated truss and references the designated truss and references the
placement diagram shall be provided as part of the corresponding truss design drawing. The corresponding truss design drawing. The
truss submittal package, and with the shipment of truss placement diagram shall be provided truss placement diagram shall be provided
trusses delivered to the job site. Truss placement as part of the truss submittal package, and as part of the truss submittal package, and
diagrams that serve only as a guide for installation with the shipment of trusses delivered to with the shipment of trusses delivered to
and do not deviate from the permit submittal the job site. Truss placement diagrams that the job site. Truss placement diagrams that
drawings shall not be required to bear the seal or serve only as a guide for installation and serve only as a guide for installation and
signature of the truss designer. do not deviate from the permit submittal do not deviate from the permit submittal
drawings shall not be required to bear the drawings shall not be required to bear the
seal or signature of the truss designer. seal or signature of the truss designer.
2303.4.3 Truss submittal package. The truss 2303.4.3 Truss submittal package. The 2303.4.3 Truss submittal package. The
submittal package provided by the truss truss submittal package provided by the truss submittal package provided by the
manufacturer shall consist of each individual truss truss manufacturer shall consist of each truss manufacturer shall consist of each
design drawing, the truss placement diagram, the individual truss design drawing, the truss individual truss design drawing, the truss
permanent individual truss member placement diagram, the permanent placement diagram, the permanent
restraint/bracing method and details and, any individual truss member restraint/bracing individual truss member restraint/bracing
other structural details germane to the trusses; as method and details and, any other method and details and any other
applicable, the cover/truss index sheet. structural details germane to the trusses; as structural details germane to the trusses;
applicable, the cover/truss index sheet. and, as applicable, the cover/truss index
sheet.
TOC 2303.4.4 Anchorage. The design for the transfer 2303.4.4 Anchorage. The design for the 2303.4.4 Anchorage. The design for the
of loads and anchorage of each truss to the transfer of loads and anchorage of each transfer of loads and anchorage of each
supporting structure is the responsibility of the truss to the supporting structure is the truss to the supporting structure is the
registered design professional. responsibility of the registered design responsibility of the registered design
professional. professional.
Beta Version 2.02

2303.4.5 Alterations to trusses. Truss members 2303.4.5 Alterations to trusses. Truss 2303.4.5 Alterations to trusses. Truss
and components shall not be cut, notched, drilled, members and components shall not be cut, members and components shall not be cut,
spliced or otherwise altered in any way without notched, drilled, spliced or otherwise notched, drilled, spliced or otherwise
written concurrence and approval of a registered altered in any way without written altered in any way without written
design professional. Alterations resulting in the concurrence and approval of a registered concurrence and approval of a registered
addition of loads to any member (e.g., HVAC design professional. Alterations resulting design professional. Alterations resulting
equipment, piping, additional roofing or in the addition of loads to any member in the addition of loads to any member
insulation, etc.) shall not be permitted without (e.g., HVAC equipment, piping, additional (e.g., HVAC equipment, piping, additional
verification that the truss is capable of supporting roofing or insulation, etc.) shall not be roofing or insulation, etc.) shall not be
such additional loading. permitted without verification that the permitted without verification that the
truss is capable of supporting such truss is capable of supporting such
additional loading. additional loading.
2303.4.6 TPI 1 Specifications. In addition to 2303.4.6 TPI 1 Specifications. In 2303.4.6 TPI 1 specifications. In addition
Sections 2303.4.1 through 2303.4.5, the design, addition to Sections 2303.4.1 through to Sections 2303.4.1 through 2303.4.5, the
manufacture and quality assurance of metal-plate- 2303.4.5, the design, manufacture and design, manufacture and quality assurance
connected wood trusses shall be in accordance quality assurance of metal-plate-connected of metal-plate-connected wood trusses
with TPI 1. Job-site inspections shall be in wood trusses shall be in accordance with shall be in accordance with TPI 1. Job-site
compliance with Section 109.4 as applicable. TPI 1. Job-site inspections shall be in inspections shall be in compliance with
compliance with Section 109.4 as Section 110.4, as applicable.
applicable.
2303.4.7 Truss quality assurance. Trusses not 2303.4.7 Truss quality assurance. 2303.4.7 Truss quality assurance.
part of a manufacturing process in accordance Trusses not part of a manufacturing Trusses not part of a manufacturing
with Section 2303.4.6 or in accordance with a process in accordance with either Section process in accordance with either Section
standard listed in Chapter 35, which provides 2303.4.6 or a referenced standard, which 2303.4.6 or a referenced standard, which
requirements for quality control done under the provides requirements for quality control provides requirements for quality control
supervision of a third party quality control done under the supervision of a third party done under the supervision of a third-party
agency, shall be manufactured in compliance with quality control agency, shall be quality control agency, shall be
Section 1704.2 and 1704.6 as applicable. manufactured in compliance with Section manufactured in compliance with Sections
1704.2 and 1704.6 as applicable. 1704.2.5 and 1705.5, as applicable.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A4.1.2 Cold-formed Steel Trusses in the IBC
Cold-formed Steel Truss requirements are covered in the IBC in SECTION COLD-FORMED STEEL LIGHT-
FRAMED CONSTRUCTION as follows:
IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015
2210.3 Trusses.
2210.3.1 Design. Cold-formed steel trusses 2211.3 Truss Design. Cold-formed 2211.3 Truss design. Cold-formed
shall be designed in accordance with AISI steel trusses shall be steel trusses shall be designed in
S214, Sections 2210.3.1 through 2210.3.5 designed in accordance with AISI accordance with AISI S214, Sections
and accepted engineering practice. S214, Sections 2210.3.1 2211.3.1 through 2211.3.4 and
through 2210.3.5 and accepted accepted engineering practice.
2210.3.2 Truss Design Drawings. The 2211.3.2 Truss Design Drawings. 2211.3.1 Truss design drawings.
Truss Design Drawings shall conform to the The Truss Design Drawings shall The truss design drawings shall
requirements of Section B2.3 of AISI S214 conform to the requirements of conform to the requirements of
and shall be provided with the shipment of Section B2.3 of AISI S214 and shall Section B2.3 of AISI S214 and shall
trusses delivered to the job site. The Truss be provided with the shipment of be provided with the shipment of
Design Drawings shall include the details of trusses delivered to the job site. The trusses delivered to the job site. The
permanent individual truss member Truss Design Drawings shall include truss design drawings shall include
restraint/bracing in accordance with section the details of permanent individual the details of permanent individual
B6(a) or B6(c) of AISI S214 if these truss member restraint/bracing in truss member restraint/bracing in
methods are utilized to provide accordance with section B6(a) or accordance with Section B6(a) or B
restraint/bracing. B6(c) of AISI S214 if these methods 6(c) of AISI S214 where these
are utilized to provide methods are utilized to provide
restraint/bracing. restraint/bracing.
TOC 2210.3.3 Deferred Submittals. AISI 2211.3.1 Deferred Submittals. AISI 2211.3.2 Deferred submittals. AISI
Section B4.2 shall be deleted. Section B4.2 shall be deleted. S214 Section B4.2 shall be deleted.
2210.3.4 Trusses spanning 60 feet or 2211.3.3 Trusses spanning 60 feet 2211.3.3 Trusses spanning 60 feet
greater. The owner shall contract with a or greater. The owner shall contract or greater. The owner or the owner’s
registered design professional for the design with a registered design professional authorized agent shall contract with a
of the temporary installation for the design of the temporary registered design professional for the
restraint/bracing and the permanent installation restraint/bracing and the design of the temporary installation
individual truss member restraint/bracing permanent individual truss member restraint/bracing and the permanent
for trusses with clear spans 60 feet (18 restraint/bracing for trusses with clear individual truss member
288mm) or greater. Special inspection of spans 60 feet (18 288mm) or greater. restraint/bracing for trusses with clear
trusses over 60 feet in length shall conform Special inspection of trusses over 60 spans 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater.
to Section 1704. feet in length shall conform to Special inspection of trusses over 60
Section 1704. feet (18 288 mm) in length shall be in
accordance with Section 1705.2.
Beta Version 2.02

2210.3.5 Truss quality assurance. Trusses 2211.3.4 Truss quality assurance. 2211.3.4 Truss quality assurance.
not part of a manufacturing process that Trusses not part of a manufacturing Trusses not part of a manufacturing
provides requirements for quality control process that provides requirements process that provides requirements
done under the supervision of a third party for quality control done under the for quality control done under the
quality control agency, shall be supervision of a third party quality supervision of a third-party quality
manufactured in compliance with Sections control agency, shall be manufactured control agency, shall be manufactured
1704.2 and 1704.3 as applicable. in compliance with Sections 1704.2 in compliance with Sections 1704.2.5
and 1704.3 as applicable. and 1705.2, as applicable.
TOC A4.1.3 Wood Trusses in the IRC

Floor truss and roof truss requirements are in two separate chapters of the IRC: Chapter 5 Floors and Chapter
8 Roof-Ceiling Assemblies. In both cases, the requirements have remained basically the same throughout the
3 code cycles.
IRC 2009 IRC 2012 IRC 2015

R502.11 Wood trusses.
R502.11.1 Design.Wood trusses shall be designed in accordance with approved engineering practice. The design and
manufacture of metal plate connected wood trusses shall comply with ANSI/TPI 1. The truss design drawings shall be
prepared by a registered professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be
constructed in accordance with Section R106.1.
R502.11.2 Bracing. Trusses shall be R502.11.2 Bracing. Trusses shall be R502.11.2 Bracing. Trusses shall be braced
braced to prevent rotation and braced to prevent rotation and provide to prevent rotation and provide lateral
provide lateral stability in accordance lateral stability in accordance with the stability in accordance with the
with the requirements specified in the requirements specified in the construction requirements specified in the construction
documents for the building and on the
construction documents for the documents for the building and on the
individual truss design drawings. In the
building and on the individual truss individual truss design drawings. In the
absence of specific bracing requirements,
design drawings. In the absence of trusses shall be braced in accordance with absence of specific bracing requirements,
specific bracing requirements, trusses accepted industry practices, such as, the trusses shall be braced in accordance with
shall be braced in accordance with the SBCA Building Component Safety accepted industry practices, such as, the
Building Component Safety Information (BCSI) Guide to Good SBCA Building Component Safety
Information (BCSI 1-03) Guide to Practice for Handling, Installing & Information (BCSI) Guide to Good Practice
Good Practice for Handling, Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal
Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Trusses. Plate Connected Wood Trusses.
Connected Wood Trusses.
Beta Version 2.02

R502.11.3 Alterations to trusses. R502.11.3 Alterations to trusses. R502.11.3 Alterations to trusses. Truss
Truss members and components shall Truss members and components shall members and components shall not be cut,
not be cut, notched, spliced or not be cut, notched, spliced or notched, spliced or otherwise altered in any
otherwise altered in anyway without otherwise altered in anyway without way without the approval of a registered
the approval of a registered design the approval of a registered design design professional. Alterations resulting in
professional. Alterations resulting in professional. Alterations resulting in the addition of load that exceed the design
the addition of load (e.g., HVAC the addition of load (e.g., HVAC load for the truss, shall not be permitted
equipment, water heater, etc.), that equipment, water heater, etc.), that without verification that the truss is capable
exceed the design load for the truss, exceed the design load for the truss, of supporting the additional loading.
shall not be permitted without shall not be permitted without
verification that the truss is capable verification that the truss is capable
of supporting the additional loading. of supporting the additional loading.
R502.11.4 Truss design drawings. Truss design drawings, prepared in compliance with Section R502.11.1, shall be
submitted to the building official and approved prior to installation. Truss design drawings shall be provided with the
shipment of trusses delivered to the job site.Truss design drawings shall include, at a minimum, the information specified
as follows:
1. Slope or depth, span and spacing.
2. Location of all joints.
3. Required bearing widths.
4. Design loads as applicable:
4.5. Concentrated loads and their points of application;
and
4.6. Controlling wind and earthquake loads.
5. Adjustments to lumber and joint connector design
values for conditions of use.
6. Each reaction force and direction.
7. Joint connector type and description, such as size, thickness or gauge, and the dimensioned location of
each joint connector except where symmetrically located relative to the joint interface.
8. Lumber size, species and grade for each member.
9. Connection requirements for:
9.1. Truss-to-girder-truss;
9.2. Truss ply-to-ply; and
9.3. Field splices.
10. Calculated deflection ratio and/or maximum description for live and total load.
11. Maximum axial compression forces in the truss members to enable the building designer to design
the size, connections and anchorage of the permanent continuous lateral bracing. Forces shall be
shown on the truss drawing or on supplemental documents.
12. Required permanent truss member bracing location.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

IRC 2009 IRC 2012 IRC 2015
R802.10 Wood trusses.
R802.10.1 Truss design drawings. Truss design drawings, prepared in conformance to Section R802.10.1, shall be
provided to the building official and approved prior to installation. Truss design drawings shall be provided with the
shipment of trusses delivered to the job site. Truss design drawings shall include, at a minimum, the following
information:
1. Slope or depth, span and spacing.
2. Location of all joints.
3. Required bearing widths.
4. Design loads as applicable.
4.1. Top chord live load (as determined from Section R301.6).
4.2. Top chord dead load.
4.3. Bottom chord live load.
4.4. Bottom chord dead load.
4.5. Concentrated loads and their points of application.
4.6. Controlling wind and earthquake loads.
5. Adjustments to lumber and joint connector design values for conditions of use.
6. Each reaction force and direction.
7. Joint connector type and description such as size, thickness or gage and the dimensioned location of each joint
connector except where symmetrically located relative to the joint interface.
8. Lumber size, species and grade for each member.
9. Connection requirements for:
9.1. Truss to girder-truss.
9.2. Truss ply to ply.
9.3. Field splices.
10. Calculated deflection ratio and/or maximum description for live and total load.
11. Maximum axial compression forces in the truss members to enable the building designer to design the size,
connections and anchorage of the permanent continuous lateral bracing. Forces shall be shown on the truss design
drawing or on supplemental documents.
12. Required permanent truss member bracing location.
R802.10.2 Design.Wood trusses shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practice. The design and
manufacture of metal-plate-connected wood trusses shall comply with ANSI/TPI 1. The truss design drawings shall be
prepared by a registered professional where required by the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be
constructed in accordance with Section R106.1.
Beta Version 2.02

R802.10.2.1 Applicability limits. The R802.10.2.1 Applicability limits. The R802.10.2.1 Applicability limits. The
provisions of this section shall control the provisions of this section shall control the provisions of this section shall control the
design of truss roof framing when design of truss roof framing when design of truss roof framing when snow
snowcontrols for buildings not greater snowcontrols for buildings not greater controls for buildings, not greater than 60
than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in length
feet (18 288 mm) in length perpendicular to
perpendicular to the joist, rafter or truss perpendicular to the joist, rafter or truss
the joist, rafter or truss span, not greater
span, not greater than 36 feet (10 973 mm) span, not greater than 36 feet (10 973 mm)
in width parallel to the joist span or truss, in width parallel to the joist, rafter or truss than 36 feet (10 973 mm) in width parallel
not greater than two stories in height with span, not greater than three stories above to the joist, rafter or truss span, not more
each story not greater than 10 feet (3048 grade plane in height with each story not than three stories above grade plane in
mm) high, and roof slopes not smaller than greater than 10 feet (3048 mm) high, and height, and roof slopes not smaller than 3:12
3:12 (25-percent slope) or greater than roof slopes not smaller than 3:12 (25- (25 percent slope) or greater than 12:12
12:12 (100-percent slope). Truss roof percent slope) or greater than 12:12 (100- (100-percent slope). Truss roof framing
framing constructed in accordance with percent slope). Truss roof framing constructed in accordance with the
the provisions of this section shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section shall be limited to
limited to sites subjected to a maximum provisions of this section shall be limited
sites subjected to a maximum design wind
design wind speed of 110 miles per hour to sites subjected to a maximum design
speed of 140 miles per hour (63 m/s),
(49 m/s), Exposure A, B or C, and a wind speed of 110 miles per hour (49
maximum ground snow load of 70 psf m/s), Exposure A, B or C, and a maximum
Exposure B or C, and a maximum ground
(3352 Pa). Roof snow load is to be ground snow load of 70 psf (3352 Pa). For snow load of 70 psf (3352 Pa). For
computed as: 0.7 pg. consistent loading of all truss types, roof consistent loading of all truss types, roof
snow load is to be computed as: 0.7 pg. snow load is to be computed as: 0.7 pg.
R802.10.3 Bracing. Trusses shall be R802.10.3 Bracing. Trusses shall be R802.10.3 Bracing. Trusses shall be braced
braced to prevent rotation braced to prevent rotation and provide to prevent rotation and provide lateral
and provide lateral stability in accordance lateral stability in accordance with the stability in accordance with the
with the requirements specified in the requirements specified in the construction requirements specified in the construction
construction documents for the building documents for the building and on the
documents for the building and on the
and on the individual truss design individual truss design drawings. In the
individual truss design drawings. In the
drawings. In the absence of specific absence of specific bracing requirements,
bracing requirements, trusses shall be trusses shall be braced in accordance with absence of specific bracing requirements,
braced in accordance with the Building accepted industry practices, such as, the trusses shall be braced in accordance with
Component Safety Information (BCSI 1- SBCA Building Component Safety accepted industry practice such as the
03) Guide to Good Practice for Information (BCSI) Guide to Good SBCA Building Component Safety
Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Practice for Handling, Installing & Information (BCSI) Guide to Good Practice
Plate Connected Wood Trusses. Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood for Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal
Trusses. Plate Connected Wood Trusses.
R802.10.4 Alterations to trusses. Truss R802.10.4 Alterations to trusses. Truss R802.10.4 Alterations to trusses. Truss
members shall not be cut, notched, drilled, members shall not be cut, notched, drilled, members shall not be cut, notched, drilled,
spliced or otherwise altered in any way spliced or otherwise altered in any way spliced or otherwise altered in any way
without the approval of a registered design without the approval of a registered design without the approval of a registered design
professional. Alterations resulting in the professional. Alterations resulting in the
professional. Alterations resulting in the
addition of load (e.g., HVAC equipment, addition of load (e.g., HVAC equipment,
addition of load such as HVAC equipment
water heater) that exceeds the design load water heater) that exceeds the design load
for the truss shall not be permitted without for the truss shall not be permitted without water heater that exceeds the design load for
verification that the truss is capable of verification that the truss is capable of the truss shall not be permitted without
supporting such additional loading. supporting such additional loading. verification that the truss is capable of
supporting such additional loading.
Beta Version 2.02

R802.10.5 Truss to wall connection. R802.11 Roof tie-down. R802.11 Roof tie-down.
Trusses shall be connected to wall plates R802.11.1 Uplift resistance. Roof R802.11.1 Uplift resistance. Roof
by the use of approved connectors having assemblies shall have uplift resistance in assemblies shall have uplift resistance in
a resistance to uplift of not less than 175 accordance with Sections R802.11.1.2 and accordance with Sections R802.11.1.1 and
pounds (779 N) and shall be installed in R802.11.1.3.
R802.11.1.2.
accordance with the manufacturer’s Where the uplift force does not exceed 200
Where the uplift force does not exceed 200
specifications. For roof assemblies subject pounds, rafters and trusses spaced not
to wind uplift pressures of 20 pounds per more than 24 inches (610 nim) on center pounds (90.8 kg), rafters and trusses spaced
square foot (960 Pa) or greater, as shall be permitted to be attached to their not more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center
established in Table R301.2(2), adjusted supporting wall assemblies in accordance shall be permitted to be attached to their
for height and exposure per Table with Table R602.3(1). supporting wall assemblies in accordance
R301.2(3), see section R802.11. Where the basic wind speed does not with Table R602.3(1). Where the basic wind
exceed 90 mph, the wind exposure speed does not exceed 115 mph, the wind
category is B, the roof pitch is 5: 12 or exposure category is B, the roof pitch is
greater, and the roof span is 32 Feet (9754 5:12 or greater, and the roof span is 32 feet
mm) or less, rafters and trusses spaced not
(9754 mm) or less, rafters and trusses
more than 24 inches (610 mni) on center
spaced not more than 24 inches (610 mm)
shall be permitted to be attached to their
supporting wall assemblies in accordance
on center shall be permitted to be attached
with Table R602.3(1). to their supporting wall assemblies in
accordance with Table R602.3(1).
R802.11.1.2 Truss uplift resistance. R802.11.1.1 Truss uplift resistance.

Trusses shall be attached to si~pporting Trusses shall be attached to supporting wall
wall asscmblies by connections capable of assemblies by connections capable of
resisting uplift forces as specified on the resisting uplift forces as specified on the
truss dcsign drawings. Uplift forces shall
truss design drawings for the ultimate
be permitted to be determined as specified
design wind speed as determined by Figure
by Table R802.11, if applicable, or as
determined by accepted engineering R301.2(4)A and listed in Table R301.2(1)
practice. or as shown on the construction documents.
Uplift forces shall be permitted to be
determined as specified by Table R802.11,
if applicable, or as determined by accepted
R802.11.1.3 Rafter uplift resistance. R802.11.1.2 Rafter uplift resistance.

Individual rafters shall be attached to Individual rafters shall be attached to
supporting wall assemblies by connections supporting wall assemblies by connections
capable of resisting uplift forces as capable of resisting uplift forces as
determined by Table R802.11 or as
determined by Table R802.11 or as
determined by accepted engineering
determined by accepted engineering
practice. Connections for beams used in a
roof system shall be designed in practice. Connections for beams used in a
accordance with accepted engineering roof system shall be designed in accordance
practice. with accepted engineering practice.
Beta Version 2.02

IRC 2015
Beta Version 2.02

Beta Version 2.02

TOC A4.1.4 Cold-formed Steel Trusses in the IRC
IRC 2009 IRC 2012 IRC 2015
R505.1.3 Floor trusses. Cold-formed steel R505.1.3 Floor trusses. R505.1.3 Floor trusses. Cold-formed
trusses shall be designed, braced and Cold-formed steel trusses shall be steel trusses shall be designed, braced
installed in accordance with AISI S100, designed, braced and installed in and installed in accordance with AISI
Section D4. Truss members shall not be accordance with AISI S100, Section S100, Section D4. In the absence of
notched, cut or altered in any manner D4. In the absence of specific bracing specific bracing requirements, trusses
without an approved design. requirements, trusses shall be braced shall be braced in accordance with
in accordance with accepted industry accepted industry practices, such as
practices, such as the SBCA Cold- the SBCA Cold-Formed Steel
Formed Steel Building Component Building Component Safety
Safety Information (CFSBCSI), Information (CFSBCSI), Guide to
Guide to Good Practice for Handling, Good Practice for Handling,
Installing & Bracing of Cold-Formed Installing & Bracing of Cold-Formed
Steel Trusses. Truss members shall Steel Trusses. Truss members shall
not be notched, cut or altered in any not be notched, cut or altered in any
manner without an approved design. manner without an approved design.
IRC 2009 IRC 2012 IRC 2015

R804.3.7 Roof trusses. Cold-formed steel R804.3.7 Roof trusses. R804.3.6 Roof trusses. Cold-formed
trusses shall be designed and installed in Cold-formed steel trusses shall be steel trusses shall be designed and
accordance with AISI S100, Section D4. designed and installed in accordance installed in accordance with AISI
Trusses shall be connected to the top track with AISI S100, Section D4. In the S100, Section D4. In the absence of
of the load-bearing wall in accordance with absence of specific bracing specific bracing requirements, trusses
Table R804.3, either with two No.10 screws requirements, trusses shall be braced shall be braced in accordance with
applied through the flange of the truss or by in accordance with accepted industry accepted industry practices, such as
using a 54 mil (1.37 mm) clip angle with practices, such as the SBCA Cold- the SBCA Cold-Formed Steel
two No.10 screws in each leg. Formed Steel Building Component Building Component Safety
Safety Information (CFSBCSI) Guide Information (CFSBCSI) Guide to
to Good Practice for Handling, Good Practice for Handling,
Installing & Bracing of Cold-Formed Installing & Bracing of Cold-Formed
Steel Trusses. Trusses shall be Steel Trusses. Trusses shall be
connected to the top track of the load- connected to the top track of the load-
bearing wall in accordance with bearing wall in accordance with
Table R804.3, either with two No. 10 Table R804.3, either with two No. 10
screws applied through the flange of screws applied through the flange of
the truss or by using a 54-mil (1.37 the truss or by using a 54-mil (1.37
mm) clip angle with two No. 10 mm) clip angle with two No. 10
screws in each leg. screws in each leg.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A4.2 Special Inspections of Wood Trusses
The question occasionally arises about what inspection requirements wood trusses are subject to in the
building codes. It is important to distinguish between trusses assembled on the job site and those
manufactured off site.
The code referenced truss design standard, ANSI/TPI 1 presents clear requirements for metal-plate connected wood
trusses-in-plant quality control with third party verification. More detailed requirements regarding inspection are included
in ANSI/TPI 1 which are referenced by the model codes. Similar requirements are included for situations whether a
registered design professional is mandated and when one is not mandated.
2.3.1 (2.4.1) Requirements of the Owner 2.3.1 Requirements of the Owner.

2.3.1.1 (2.4.1.1) Building Permit.Where required by 2.3.1.1 Building Permit.
Legal Requirements, including the Building Code, the Where required by Legal Requirements, including the Building
Owner shall obtain a Building Permit. Code, the Owner shall obtain a Building Permit.
If special inspections or structural observations related to If special inspections or structural observations related to
Trusses are required as part of the Construction Trusses are required as part of the Construction Documents
Documents and/or permitting process, these requirements and/or permitting process, these requirements shall be
shall be communicated in writing to the Contractor or communicated in writing to the Contractor or Truss
Truss Manufacturer as appropriate. Manufacturer as appropriate.
2.3.1.6.2 (2.4.1.5.2) Special Inspection. In all cases 2.3.1.6.2 Special Inspection.

where a Truss clear span is 60 ft. (18 m) or greater, the In all cases where a Truss clear span is 60 ft. (18 m) or greater,
Owner shall Contract with any Registered Design the Owner shall contract with a Special Inspector to perform
Professional to provide special inspections to assure that special inspections. Special Inspections shall assure that the
the Temporary Installation Restraint/Bracing and the Trusses, including the Temporary Installation Restraint/Bracing
Permanent Individual Truss Member Restraint and and the Permanent Individual Truss Member Restraint and
Diagonal Bracing are installed properly. Diagonal Bracing are installed in accordance with the approved
Construction Documents and the approved Truss Submittal
Package.
2.3.6.11 (2.4.6.11) In-Plant Truss Inspections.Truss 2.3.6.11 In-Plant Truss Inspections.

inspections, as required by the Jurisdiction, shall be Truss inspections, as required by the Jurisdiction, shall be
performed at the manufacturer’s facility using the performed at the manufacturer’s facility using the
manufacturer’s In-Plant Quality Assurance Program manufacturer’s In-Plant Quality Assurance Program monitored
monitored by an inspection agency approved by the by an inspection agency approved by the Jurisdiction, and shall
Jurisdiction, and shall satisfy any Quality Control/quality satisfy any Quality Control/quality assurance requirements for
assurance requirements for the Trusses, and shall satisfy the Trusses, and shall satisfy any designated in-plant special
any designated in-plant special inspection requirements inspection requirements for the Trusses.
for the Trusses.
Beta Version 2.02

3.1 GENERAL 3.1 GENERAL
3.1.1 Scope. Chapter 3 of this Standard is the quality 3.1.1 Scope.
Standard for the manufacturing processes of metal-plate- Chapter 3 of this Standard is the quality standard for the
connected wood Trusses, and shall be used in manufacturing processes of metal-plate-connected wood
conjunction with a manufacturing quality assurance Trusses, and shall be used in conjunction with a manufacturing
procedure and a Truss design. These provisions shall be quality assurance procedure and a Truss design. These
included in the In-Plant Quality Assurance Program of provisions shall be included in the In-Plant Quality Assurance
each Truss Manufacturer. Program of each Truss Manufacturer.
3.1.2 Requirements. Metal-plate-connected wood 3.1.2 Requirements. Metal-plate-connected wood Trusses

Trusses shall meet the minimum manufacturing quality shall meet the minimum manufacturing quality requirements
requirements specified in Chapter 3 of this Standard, so specified in Chapter 3 of this Standard, so that design
that design assumptions are met. assumptions are met.
3.1.3 Documentation. Truss Manufacturers and 3.1.3 Documentation. Truss Manufacturers and inspection
inspection agencies shall establish methods that agencies shall establish methods that document the application
document the application of these quality assurance of these quality assurance procedures throughout the
procedures throughout the manufacturing process. The manufacturing process. The Truss Manufacturer’s methods
Truss Manufacturer’s methods shall be subject to shall be subject to periodic audit for compliance with the
periodic audit for compliance with the requirements of requirements of this Standard by an approved inspection agency
this Standard by an approved inspection agency per per Section R110 Inspections of the International Residential
Section R109 Inspections of the International Residential Code / Section 110 Inspections of the International Building
Code / Section 109 Inspections of the International Code, where required by local authorities having Jurisdiction,
Building Code, where required by local authorities or other means.
having Jurisdiction, or other means.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

The issue of special inspections as required by the IBC has undergone a great deal of discussion and
modification as evidenced by the code sections referenced below.
The IBC includes a definition for a "fabricated item." The IBC-09 made it clear that metal plate connected
wood trusses designed and fabricated per ANSI/TPI 1 would not be considered fabricated items within the
scope of the chapter requirements and thus special inspection would not typically be required. However, see
ANSI/TPI 1-07 Sections 2.3.1.6.2 (2.4.1.5.2) & (ANSI/TPI 1-14 Section 2.3.1.6.1) regarding special inspections
at the job site in all cases where a Truss clear span is 60 ft. (18 m) or greater.
IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015

Section 1702 Chapter 2 Definitions SECTION 202 DEFINITIONS
FABRICATED ITEM. Structural, FABRICATED ITEM. Structural, FABRICATED ITEM. Structural, load-
load-bearing or lateral load-resisting load-bearing or lateral load-resisting bearing or lateral load-resisting members of
assemblies consisting of materials assemblies consisting of materials assemblies consisting of materials
assembled prior to installation in a assembled prior to installation in a assembled prior to installation in a building
building or structure, or subjected to building or structure, or subjected to or structure, or subjected to operations such
operations such as heat treatment, operations such as heat treatment, as heat treatment, thermal cutting, cold
thermal cutting, cold working or thermal cutting, cold working or working or reforming after manufacture and
reforming after manufacture and prior reforming after manufacture and prior prior to installation in a building or
to installation in a building or to installation in a building or structure. Materials produced in accordance
structure. Materials produced in structure. Materials produced in with standards referenced by this code, such
accordance with standard accordance with standard as rolled structural steel shapes, steel
specifications referenced by this specifications referenced by this reinforcing bars, masonry units and wood
code, such as rolled structural steel code, such as rolled structural steel structural panels, or in accordance with a
shapes, steel reinforcing bars, shapes, steel reinforcing bars, referenced standard that provides
masonry units, and wood structural masonry units and wood structural requirements for quality control done under
panels or in accordance with a panels, or in accordance with a the supervision of a third-party quality
standard, listed in Chapter 35, which referenced standard which provides control agency, are not “fabricated items.”
provides requirements for quality requirements for quality control done
control done under the supervision of under the supervisions of a third-
a third party quality control agency party quality control agency, shall not
shall not be considered fabricated be considered "fabricated items."
items.
Beta Version 2.02

Section 1702 Chapter 2 Definitions SECTION 202 DEFINITIONS
SPECIAL INSPECTION. SPECIAL INSPECTION. SPECIAL INSPECTION. Inspection of
Inspection as herein required of Inspection of construction requiring construction requiring the expertise of an
the materials, installation, fabrication, the expertise of an approved special approved special inspector in order to
erection or placement of components inspector in order to ensure ensure compliance with this code and the
and connections requiring special compliance with this code and the approved construction documents.
expertise to ensure compliance with approved construction documents. Continuous special inspection. Special
approved construction documents and Continuous special inspection. inspection by the special inspector who is
referenced standards (see Section Special inspection by the special present when and where the work to be
1704). inspector who is present when and inspected is being performed.
SPECIAL INSPECTION, where the work to be inspected is Periodic special inspection. Special
CONTINUOUS. The full-time being performed. inspection by the special inspector who is
observation of work requiring special Periodic special inspection. Special intermittently present where the work to be
inspection by an inspection by the special inspector inspected has been or is being performed.
approved special inspector who is who is intermittently present where SPECIAL INSPECTOR. A qualified
present in the area where the the work to be inspected has been or person employed or retained by an approved
work is being performed. is being performed. agency and approved by the building official
SPECIAL INSPECTION, SPECIAL INSPECTOR. A as having the competence necessary to
PERIODIC. The part-time or qualified person employed or retained inspect a particular type of construction
intermittent observation of work by an approved agency and approved requiring special inspection.
requiring special inspection by the building official as having the
by an approved special inspector who competence necessary to inspect a
is present in the area where the work particular type of construction
has been or is being performed and at requiring special inspection.
the completion
of the work.
Beta Version 2.02

1704.1 General. Where application is 1704.1 General. This section 1704.1 General. Special inspections and
made for construction as described in provides minimum requirements for tests, statements of special inspections,
this section, the owner or the special inspections, the statement of responsibilities of contractors, submittals to
registered design professional in special inspections, contractor the building official and structural
responsible charge acting as the responsibility and structural observations shall meet the applicable
owner’s agent shall employ one or observations. requirements of this section.
more approved agencies to perform 1704.2 Special inspections. 1704.2 Special inspections and tests.
inspections during construction on Where application is made for Where application is made to the building
the types of work listed under Section construction as described in this official for construction as specified in
1704. These inspections are in section, the owner or the registered Section 105, the owner or the owner’s
addition to the inspections identified design professional in responsible authorized agent, other than the contractor,
in Section 110. charge acting as the owner’s agent shall employ one or more approved agencies
shall employ one or more approved to provide special inspections and tests
agencies to perform inspections during construction on the types of work
during construction on the types of specified in Section 1705 and identify the
work listed under Section 1705. approved agencies to the building official.
These inspections are in addition to These special inspections and tests are in
the inspections identified in Section addition to the inspections by the building
110. official that are identified in Section 110.

1. Special inspections are not 1. Special inspections are not 1. Special inspections and tests are not
required for work of a minor nature or required for construction of a minor required for construction of a minor nature
as warranted by conditions in the nature or as warranted by conditions or as warranted by conditions in the
jurisdiction as approved by the in the jurisdiction as approved by the jurisdiction as approved by the building
building official. building official. official.
2. Special inspections are not 2. Unless otherwise required by the 2. Unless otherwise required by the building
required for building components building official, special inspections official, special inspections and tests are not
unless the design involves the are not required for Group U required for Group U occupancies that are
practice of professional engineering occupancies that are accessory to a accessory to a residential occupancy
or architecture as defined by residential occupancy including, but including, but not limited to, those listed in
applicable state statutes and not limited to, those listed in Section Section 312.1.
regulations governing the 312.1. 3. Special inspections and tests are not
professional registration and 3. Special inspections are not required for portions of structures designed
certification of engineers or required for portions of structures and constructed in accordance with the cold-
architects. designed and constructed in formed steel light-frame construction
3. Unless otherwise required by the accordance with the cold-formed steel provisions of Section 2211.7 or the
building official, special inspections light-frame construction provisions of conventional light-frame construction
are not required for Group U Section 2211.7 or the conventional provisions of Section 2308.
occupancies that are accessory to a light-frame construction provisions of 4. The contractor is permitted to employ the
residential occupancy including, but Section 2308. approved agencies where the contractor is
not limited to, those listed in also the owner.
Section 312.1.
Beta Version 2.02

1704.3.4 Cold-formed steel trusses 1705.2.2.2 Cold-formed steel 1705.2.4 Cold-formed steel trusses
spanning 60 feet or greater. Where trusses spanning 60 feet or greater. spanning 60 feet or greater. Where a
a cold formed steel truss clear span is Where a cold-formed steel truss clear cold-formed steel truss clear span is 60
60 feet (18288mm) or greater, the span is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or feet (18 288 mm) or greater, the special
special inspector shall verify that the greater, the special inspector shall inspector shall verify that the temporary
temporary installation verify that the temporary installation installation restraint/bracing and the
restraint/bracing and the permanent restraint/bracing and the permanent permanent individual truss member
individual truss member individual truss member restraint/bracing are installed in
restraint/bracing are installed in restraint/bracing are installed in accordance with the approved truss
accordance with the approved truss accordance with the approved truss submittal package.
submittal package. submittal package.
1704.6.2 Metal-plate connected 1705.5.2 Metal-plate-connected 1705.5.2 Metal-plate-connected wood

wood trusses spanning 60 feet or wood trusses spanning 60 feet or trusses spanning 60 feet or greater.
greater. Where a truss clear span is greater. Where a truss clear span is 60 feet (18
60 feet (18288 mm) or greater, the Where a truss clear span is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater, the special
special inspector shall verify that the 288 mm) or greater, the special inspector shall verify that the temporary
temporary installation inspector shall verify that the installation restraint/bracing and the
restraint/bracing and the permanent temporary installation permanent individual truss member
individual truss member restraint/bracing and the permanent restraint/bracing are installed in
restraint/bracing are installed in individual truss member accordance with the approved truss
accordance with the approved truss restraint/bracing are installed in submittal package.
submittal package. accordance with the approved truss
submittal package.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A4.3 Story Height and other limitations
The intention is not to limit floor depth but to limit story height. A combination of stud height and floor depth is
used to define the limitation.
IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015

SECTION 2308 SECTION 2308 SECTION 2308
CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME CONVENTIONAL LIGHT-FRAME
CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION CONSTRUCTION
2308.1 General. The requirements of 2308.1 General. The requirements of 2308.1 General. The requirements of
this section are intended for this section are intended for this section are intended for
conventional light-frame construction. conventional light-Frame constrnction. conventional light-frame construction.
Other methods are permitted to be Other methods are permitted to be
Other construction methods are
used, provided a satisfactory design is used, provided a satisfactory design is
permitted to be used, provided a
submitted showing compliance with submitted showing compliance with
other provisions of this code. Interior other provisions of this code. Interior satisfactory design is submitted showing
nonload-bearing partitions, ceilings nonload-bearing partitions, ceilings compliance with other provisions of this
and curtain walls of conventional light- and curtain walls of conventional light- code. Interior nonload-bearing
frame construction are not subject to Frame construction are not subject to partitions, ceilings and curtain walls of
the limitations of this section. the limitations of this section. conventional light-frame construction
Alternatively, compliance with AF&PA Alternatively, compliance with AF&PA are not subject to the limitations of
WFCM shall be permitted subject to WFCM shall be permitted subject to Section 2308.2. Detached one- and two-
the limitations therein and the the limitations therein and the family dwellings and multiple single-
limitations of this code. Detached one- limitations of this code. Detached one-
family dwellings (townhouses) not more
and two-family dwellings and multiple and two-family dwellings and multiple
single-family dwellings (townhouses) single-family dwellings (townhouses) than three stories above grade plane in
not more than three stories above not more than three stories above height with a separate means of egress
grade plane in height with a separate grade plane in height with a separate and their accessory structures shall
means of egress and their accessory means of egress and their accessory comply with the International Residential
structures shall comply with the structures shall comply with the Code.
International Residential Code. International Residential Code.
Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 2 Definitions Chapter 2 Definitions

STORY. That portion of a building STORY. That portion of a building STORY. That portion of a building
included between the upper surface of included between the upper surface of included between the upper surface of a
a floor and the upper surface of the a floor and the upper surface of the floor and the upper surface of the floor or
floor or roof next above (also see floor or roof next above (also see roof next above (see “Basement,” “Building
“Basement”, “Mezzanine” and “Basement”, “Mezzanine” and height,” “Grade plane” and “Mezzanine”).
Section 502.1). It is measured as the Section 502.1). It is measured as the A story is measured as the vertical distance
vertical distance from top to top of vertical distance from top to top of from top to top of two successive tiers of
two successive tiers of beams or two successive tiers of beams or beams or finished floor surfaces and, for the
finished floor surfaces and, for the finished floor surfaces and, for the topmost story, from the top of the floor
topmost story, from the top of the topmost story, from the top of the finish to the top of the ceiling joists or,
floor finish to the top of the ceiling floor finish to the top of the ceiling where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the
joists or, where there is not a ceiling, joists or, where there is not a ceiling, roof rafters.
to the top of the roof rafters. to the top of the roof rafters.
Beta Version 2.02

2308.2 Limitations. Buildings are 2308.2 Limitations. Buildings are 2308.2 Limitations. Buildings are
permitted to be constructed in permitted to be constructed in permitted to be constructed in accordance
accordance with the provisions of accordance with the provisions of with the provisions of conventional light-
conventional light-frame conventional light-frame frame construction, subject to the
construction, subject to the following construction, subject to the following limitations in Sections 2308.2.1 through
limitations, and to further limitations limitations, and to further limitations 2308.2.6.
of Sections 2308.11 and 2308.12. of Sections 2308.11 and 2308.12. 2308.2.1 Stories. Structures of conventional
light-frame construction shall be limited in
story height in accordance with Table
2308.2.1.
IBC 2015 Table 2308.2.1
2. Maximum floor-to-floor height 2. Maximum floor-to-floor height 2308.2.2 Allowable floor-to-floor height.
shall not exceed 11 feet 7 inches shall not exceed 11 feet 7 inches Maximum floor-to-floor height shall not
(3531 mm). Bearing wall height shall (3531 mm). Bearing wall height shall exceed 11 feet, 7 inches (3531 mm).
not exceed a stud height of 10 feet not exceed a stud height of 10 feet Exterior bearing wall and interior braced
(3048 mm). (3048 mm). wall heights shall not exceed a stud height
of 10 feet (3048 mm).
3. Loads as determined in Chapter 16 shall 3. Loads as determined in Chapter 16 shall 2308.2.3 Allowable loads. Loads shall be in
not exceed the following: not exceed the accordance with Chapter 16 and shall not
3.1. Average dead loads shall not exceed following: exceed the following:
15 psf (718 N/m2) for combined roof and 3.1. Average dead loads shall not exceed
1. Average dead loads shall not exceed 15
ceiling, exterior walls, floors and 15 psf (718 N/m2) for combined roof and
psf (718 N/m2) for combined roof and
partitions. ceiling, exterior walls, floors and
partitions.
ceiling, exterior walls, floors and partitions.
Note: Even though item 1 above states a 15

psf combined roof and ceiling dead load,
Allowable span charts for both floors
(Tables 2308.4.2.1) and rafters (Tables
2308.7.2) include an option for an allowable
dead load of 20 psf.
Beta Version 2.02

1. Subject to the limitations of 1. Subject to the limitations of 1. Subject to the limitations of Section
Sections 2308.11.2 and 2308.12.2, Sections 2308.1 1.2 and 2308.12.2, 2308.6.10, stone or masonry veneer up to
stone or masonry veneer up to the stone or masonry veneer up to the the lesser of 5 inches (127 mm) thick or 50
lesser of 5 inches (127 mm) thick or lesser of 5 inches (127 mm) thick or psf (2395 N/m2) and installed in accordance
50 psf (2395 N/m2) and installed in 50 psf (2395 N/m2) and installed in with Chapter 14 is permitted to a height of 30
accordance with Chapter 14 is accordance with Chapter 14 is feet (9144 mm) above a noncombustible
permitted to a height of 30 feet (9144 permitted to a height of 30 feet (9144 foundation, with an additional 8 feet (2438
mm) above a noncombustible mm) above a noncombustible mm) permitted for gable ends.
foundation, with an additional 8 feet foundation, with an additional 8 feet 2. Concrete or masonry fireplaces, heaters
(2438 mm) permitted for gable ends. (2438 mm) permitted for gable ends. and chimneys shall be permitted in
2. Concrete or masonry fireplaces, 2. Concrete or masonry fireplaces, accordance with the provisions of this code.
heaters and chimneys shall be heaters and chimneys shall be
permitted in accordance with the permitted in accordance with the
provisions of this code. provisions of this code.
3.2. Live loads shall not exceed 40 psf 3.2. Live loads shall not exceed 40 psf 2. Live loads shall not exceed 40 psf (1916
(1916 N/m2) for floors. (1916 N/mZ) for floors. N/m2) for floors.
3.3. Ground snow loads shall not 3.3. Ground snow loads shall not 3. Ground snow loads shall not exceed 50
exceed 50 psf (2395 N/m2). exceed 50 psf (2395 N/rn2).
psf (2395 N/m2).
4. Wind speeds shall not exceed 100 4. Vasd as determined in accordance 2308.2.4 Ultimate wind speed. Vult shall
miles per hour (mph) (44 m/s) (3- with Section 1609.3.1 shall not not exceed 130 miles per hour (57 m/s) (3-
second gust). exceed 100 miles per hour (mph) (44 second gust).
Exception: Wind speeds shall not m/s) (3-second gust). Exceptions:
exceed 110 mph (48.4 m/s) (3-second Exception: If Vasd determined in 1. Vult shall not exceed 140 mph (61.6 m/s)
gust) for buildings in Exposure accordance with Section 1609.3.1 (3-second gust) for buildings in Exposure
Category B that are not located in a shall not exceed 110 rnph (48.4 rn/s) Category B that are not located in a
hurricane-prone region. (3-second gust) for buildings in hurricane-prone region.
Exposure Category B that are not 2. Where Vult exceeds 130 mph (3-second
located in a hurricane-prone region. gust), the provisions of either AWC WFCM
or ICC 600 are permitted to be used.
5. Roof trusses and rafters shall not 5. Roof trusses and rafters shall not 2308.2.5 Allowable roof span. Ceiling joist
span more than 40 feet (12 192 mm) span more than 40 feet (12 192 mrn) and rafter framing constructed in
between points of vertical support. between points of vertical support. accordance with Section 2308.7 and trusses
shall not span more than 40 feet (12 192
mm) between points of vertical support. A
ridge board in accordance with Section
2308.7 or 2308.7.3.1 shall not be considered
a vertical support.
6. The use of the provisions for 6. The use of the provisions for 2308.2.6 Risk category limitation. The use
conventional light-frame construction conventional light-frame construction of the provisions for conventional light-
in this section shall not be permitted in this section shall not be permitted frame construction in this section shall not
for Occupancy Category IV buildings for Risk Category IV buildings be permitted for Risk Category IV buildings
assigned to Seismic Design Category assigned to Seistnic Design Category assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C,
B, C, D, E or F, as determined in B, C, D, E or F. D or E.
Section 1613.
Beta Version 2.02

IRC 2009 IRC 2012 IRC 2015
Chapter 2 Definintions Chapter 2 Definintions Chapter 2 Definintions
HEIGHT, STORY. The vertical distance HEIGHT, STORY. The vertical distance HEIGHT, STORY. The vertical distance
from top to top of two successive tiers of from top to top of two successive tiers of from top to top of two successive tiers of
beams or finished floor surfaces; and, for beams or finished floor surfaces; and, for beams or finished floor surfaces; and, for
the topmost story, from the top of the floor the topmost story, from the top of the floor
the topmost story, from the top of the floor
finish to the top finish to the top of the ceiling joists or,
finish to the top of the ceiling joists or,
of the ceiling joists or, where there is not a where there is not a ceiling, to the top of
ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters. the roof rafters. where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the
roof rafters.
R301.3 Story height. Buildings R301.3 Story height. The wind and R301.3 Story height. The wind and
constructed in accordance with these seismic provisions of this code shall apply seismic provisions of this code shall
provisions shall be limited to story heights to buildings with story heights not apply to buildings with story heights not
of not more than the following: exceeding the following: exceeding the following:
1. For wood wall framing, the laterally 1. For wood wall framing, the laterally 1. For wood wall framing, the story
unsupported bearing wall stud height unsupported bearing wall stud height height shall not exceed 11 feet 7 inches
permitted by Table R602.3(5) plus a permitted by Table R602.3(5) plus a (3531 mm) and the laterally
height of floor framing not to exceed 16 height of floor framing not to exceed 16 unsupported bearing wall stud height
inches. inches (406 mm).
permitted by Table R602.3(5).
2. For cold-formed steel wall framing,
the story height shall be not more than
11 feet 7 inches (3531 mm) and the
unsupported bearing wall stud height
shall be not more than 10 feet (3048
mm).
Exception: Forwood framed wall Exception: For wood-framed wall 3. For masonry walls, the story height
buildings with bracing in accordance with buildings with bracing in accordance with shall be not more than 13 feet 7 inches
Tables R602.10.1.2(1) and Tables R602.10.3(1) and R602.10.3(3), (4140 mm) and the bearing wall clear
R602.10.1.2(2), the wall stud clear height the wall stud clear height used to height shall be not greater than 12 feet
used to determine the maximum permitted determine the maximum permitted story
(3658 mm). Exception: An additional 8
story height may be increased to 12 feet height may be increased to 12 feet (3658
feet (2438 mm) of bearing wall clear
(3658 mm) without requiring an mm) without requiring an engineered
engineered design for the building wind design for the building wind and seismic
height is permitted for gable end walls.
and seismic force resisting systems force-resisting systems provided that the
provided that the length of bracing length of bracing required by Table 4. For insulating concrete form walls,
required by Table R602.10.1.2(1) is R602.10.3(1) is increased by multiplying the maximum story height shall not
increased by multiplying by a factor of by a factor of 1.10 and the length of exceed 11 feet 7 inches (3531 mm) and
1.10 and the length of bracing required by bracing required by Table R602.10.3(3) is the maximum unsupported wall height
Table R602.10.1.2(2) is increased by increased by multiplying by a factor of per story as permitted by Section R608
multiplying by a factor of 1.20. Wall studs 1.20. Wall studs are still subject to the tables shall not exceed 10 feet (3048
are still subject to the requirements of this requirements of this section. mm).
section.
Beta Version 2.02

5. For structural insulated panel (SIP)
walls, the story height shall be not
greater than 11 feet 7 inches (3531 mm)
and the bearing wall height per story as
permitted by Section R610 tables shall
not exceed 10 feet (3048 mm).
Individual walls or walls studs shall be Individual walls or walls studs shall be Individual walls or wall studs shall be
permitted to exceed these limits as permitted to exceed these limits as permitted to exceed these limits as
permitted by Chapter 6 provisions, permitted by Chapter 6 provisions, permitted by Chapter 6 provisions,
provided story heights are not exceeded. provided story heights are not exceeded. provided that story heights are not
Floor framing height shall be permitted to Floor framing height shall be permitted to
exceeded. An engineered design shall
exceed these limits provided the story exceed these limits provided the story
be provided for the wall or wall framing
height does not exceed 11 feet 7 inches height does not exceed 11 feet 7 inches
(3531 mm). An engineered design shall be (3531 mm). An engineered design shall be
members where the limits of Chapter 6
provided for the wall or wall framing provided for the wall or wall framing are exceeded. Where the story height
members when they exceed the limits of members when they exceed the limits of limits of this section are exceeded, the
Chapter 6. Where the story height limits Chapter 6. Where the story height limits of design of the building, or the
are exceeded, an engineered design shall this section are exceeded, the design of the noncompliant portions thereof, to resist
be provided in accordance with the building, or the noncompliant portions wind and seismic loads shall be in
International Building Code for the overall thereof, to resist wind and seismic loads accordance with the International
wind and seismic force resisting systems. shall be in accordance with the Building Code.
International Building Code.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A4.4 Decks and Deck Attachment
Due to a number of highly publicized deck failures, attention has been brought to bear on the requirements for the
attachement of exterior decks to the supporting structures.
As an additional resource, American Forest & Paper Association, Inc., in association with the ICC and Fairfax County
Virginia, has drafted a guide based on the 2006 IBC & IRC requirements (DCA 6 Residential Deck Construction
Details ©2007). It includes the following statement:
Attachments to the ends of pre-manufactured open web trusses, to brick veneers, and to cantilevered floor overhangs or
bay windows are prohibited; see FIGURE 16 through FIGURE 18. In such cases the deck shall be free-standing. See
FREE-STANDING DECKS on Sheet 12.
Neither the IBC or IRC or the AF&PA guide adequately address the attachment requirements for decks to floor
systems that use metal plate connected wood trusses.
IRC 2009 IRC 2012 IRC 2015

R502.2.2 Decks. Where supported by SECTION R507 DECKS SECTION R507 EXTERIOR DECKS
attachment to an exterior wall, decks shall R507.1 Decks. R507.1 Decks. Wood-framed decks shall be
be positively anchored to the primary Where supported by attachment to an in accordance with this section or Section
structure and designed for both vertical exterior wall, decks shall be positively R301 for materials and conditions not
and lateral loads as applicable. Such anchored to the primary structure and
prescribed herein. Where supported by
attachment shall not be accomplished by designed for both vertical and lateral
loads. Such attachment shall not be
attachment to an exterior wall, decks shall
the use of toenails or nails subject to
withdrawal. Where positive connection to accomplished by the use of toenails or be positively anchored to the primary
the primary building structure cannot be nails subject to withdrawal. Where structure and designed for both vertical and
verified during inspection, decks shall be positive connection to the primary lateral loads. Such attachment shall not be
selfsupporting. For decks with building structure cannot be verified accomplished by the use of toe-nails or nails
cantilevered framing members, during inspection, decks shall be self- subject to withdrawal. Where positive
connections to exterior walls or other supporting. For decks with cantilevered connection to the primary building structure
framing members, shall be designed and framing members, connections to exterior cannot be verified during inspection, decks
constructed to resist uplift resulting from walls or other framing members, shall be shall be self-supporting. For decks with
the full live load specified in Table R301.5 designed and constructed to resist uplift
cantilevered framing members connections
acting on the cantilevered portion of the resulting from the full live load specified
to exterior walls or other framing members
deck. in Table R301.5 acting on the cantilevered
portion of the deck. shall be designed and constructed to resist
uplift resulting from the full live load
specified in Table R301.5 acting on the
cantilevered portion of the deck.
Beta Version 2.02

R502.2.2.1 Deck ledger connection to R507.2 Deck ledger connection to band R507.2 Deck ledger connection to band
band joist. For decks supporting a total joist. joist. Deck ledger connections to band joists
design load of 50 psf (40 psf live load plus For decks supporting a total design load of shall be in accordance with this section,
10 psf dead load), the connection between 50 pounds per square foot (2394 Pa) [40 Tables R507.2 and R507.2.1, and Figures
a deck ledger of pressure-preservative- pounds per square foot (1915 Pa) live load
R507.2.1(1) and R507.2.1(2). For other
treated Southern Pine, incised pressure- plus 10 pounds per square foot (479 Pa)
grades, species, connection details and
preservative-treated Hem-Fir or approved dead load], the connection between a deck
decay-resistant species, and a 2-inch (51 ledger of pressure-preservative-treated loading conditions, deck ledger connections
mm) nominal lumber band joist bearing on Southern Pine, incised pressure- shall be designed in accordance with
a sill plate or wall plate shall be preservative-treated Hem-Fir or approved Section R301.
constructed with ½-inch lag screws or decay-resistant species, and a 2-inch (51
bolts with washers in accordance with mm) nominal lumber band joist bearing on
Table R502.2.2.1. Lag screws, bolts and a sill plate or wall plate shall be
washers shall be hot-dipped galvanized or constructed with 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) lag
stainless steel. screws or bolts with washers in
accordance with Table R507.2. Lag
screws, bolts and washers shall be hot-
dipped galvanized or stainless steel.
R502.2.2.1.1 Placement of lag screws or R507.2.1 Placement of lag screws or R507.2.1 Ledger details. Deck ledgers
bolts in deck ledgers. The lag screws or bolts in deck ledgers and band joists. installed in accordance with Section
bolts shall be placed 2 inches (51 mm) in The lag screws or bolts in deck ledgers and R507.2 shall be a minimum 2-inch by 8-
from the bottom or top of the deck ledgers band joists shall be placed in accordance inch (51 mm by 203 mm) nominal,
and between 2 and 5 inches (51 and 127 with Table R507.2.1 and Figures
pressure-preservative-treated southern
mm) in from the ends. The lag screws or R507.2.1(1) and R507.2.1(2).
pine, incised pressure-preservative-
bolts shall be staggered from the top to the
bottom along the horizontal run of the treated Hem-fir, or approved, naturally
deck ledger. durable, No. 2 grade or better lumber.
Deck ledgers installed in accordance
with Section R507.2 shall not support
concentrated loads from beams or
girders. Deck ledgers shall not be
supported on stone or masonry veneer.
R502.2.2.2 Alternate deck ledger R507.2.2 Alternate deck ledger R507.2.2 Band joist details. Band
connections. Deck ledger connections. joists attached by a ledger in
connections not conforming to Table Deck ledger connections not accordance with Section R507.2 shall
R502.2.2.1 shall be designed in conforming to Table R507.2 shall be be a minimum 2-inch-nominal (51 mm),
accordance with accepted engineering designed in accordance with accepted solid-sawn, spruce-pine-fir lumber or a
practice. Girders supporting deck engineering practice. Girders minimum 1-inch by 91/2-inch (25 mm
joists shall not be supported on deck supporting deck joists shall not be 241 mm) dimensional, Douglas fir,
ledgers or band joists. Deck ledgers supported on deck ledgers or band laminated veneer lumber. Band joists
shall not be supported on stone or joists. Deck ledgers shall not be attached by a ledger in accordance with
masonry veneer. supported on stone or masonry Section R507.2 shall be fully supported
veneer. by a wall or sill plate below.
Beta Version 2.02

R502.2.2.3 Deck lateral load R507.2.3 Deck lateral load connection. R507.2.3 Ledger to band joist fastener
connection. The lateral load connection The lateral load connection required by details. Fasteners used in deck ledger
required by Section R502.2.2 shall be Section R507.1 shall be permitted to be in connections in accordance with Table
permitted to be in accordance with Figure accordance with Figure R507.2.3. Where R507.2 shall be hot-dipped galvanized or
R502.2.2. Hold-down tension devices the lateral load connection is provided in
stainless steel and shall be installed in
shall be provided in not less than two accordance with Figure R507.2.3, hold-
accordance with Table R507.2.1 and
locations per deck, and each device shall down tension devices shall be installed in
have an allowable stress design capacity of not less than two locations per deck, and Figures R507.2.1(1) and R507.2.1(2).
not less than 1500 lb (6672 N). each device shall have an allowable stress
design capacity of not less than 1500
pounds (6672 N).
R507.2.4 Deck lateral load connection.

The lateral load connection required by
Section R507.1 shall be permitted to be in
accordance with Figure R507.2.3(1) or
R507.2.3(2). Where the lateral load
connection is provided in accordance with
Figure R507.2.3(1), hold-down tension
devices shall be installed in not less than
two locations per deck, within 24 inches of
each end of the deck. Each device shall have
an allowable stress design capacity of not
less than 1,500 pounds (6672 N). Where the
lateral load connections are provided in
accordance with Figure R507.2.3(2), the
hold-down tension devices shall be installed
in not less than four locations per deck, and
each device shall have an allowable stress
design capacity of not less than 750 pounds
(3336 N).
The following were added: The following were added: See IRC for
TABLE R502.2.2.1 Table R507.2.1 Table R507.2 & Table 507.2.1
FIGURE R502.2.3 FIGURE R507.2.1(1) Figures R507.2.1(1) & (2)
The following table was revised: FIGURE R507.2.1(2) Figures R507.2.3(1) & (2)
TABLE R503.2.1.1(1)
To address the lack of usable information regarding the attachment of decks to floor systems using trusses,
SBCA has developed a Research Report on this issue which is too long to include here. It is available as a free
download from the SBCA website.
It concludes "Nailing deck ledgers to metal plate connected wood truss floor systems is not sufficient.
The deck ledger must be attached to the truss or key-block with lag screws or bolts. Various options and
connection details for achieving the connection of the deck ledger to the metal plate connected wood
truss floor system are provided in this report, which may be referred to by the building designer to
achieve a code-conforming deck ledger connection."
https://www.sbcindustry.com/deck-ledger-attachment
Beta Version 2.02

The loading of cantilevered decks has been in the IBC codes as follows:
IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015
1604.8.3 Decks. Where supported by 1604.8.3 Decks. Where supported by 1604.8.3 Decks. Where supported by
attachment to an exterior wall, decks shall attachment to an exterior wall, decks shall attachment to an exterior wall, decks shall
be positively anchored to the primary be positively anchored to the primary be positively anchored to the primary
structure and designed for both vertical structure and designed for both vertical structure and designed for both vertical and
and lateral loads as applicable. Such and lateral loads as applicable. Such
lateral loads as applicable. Such attachment
attachment shall not be accomplished by attachment shall not be accomplished by
shall not be accomplished by the use of
the use of toenails or nails subject to the use of toenails or nails subject to
withdrawal. Where positive connection to withdrawal. Where positive connection to toenails or nails subject to withdrawal.
the primary building structure cannot be the primary building structure cannot be Where positive connection to the primary
verified during inspection, decks shall be verified during inspection, decks shall be building structure cannot be verified during
self supporting. Connections of decks with self supporting. Connections of decks with inspection, decks shall be self-supporting.
cantilevered framing members shall be cantilevered framing members shall be Connections of decks with cantilevered
designed for both of the following: designed for both of the following: framing members to exterior walls or other
framing members shall be designed for both
of the following:
1. The reactions resulting from the dead, 1. The reactions resulting from the dead, 1. The reactions resulting from the dead
live load specified in Table 1607.1, or the live load specified in Table 1607.1, or the load and live load specified in Table 1607.1,
snow load specified in Section 1608, in snow load specified in Section 1608, in or the snow load specified in Section 1608,
accordance with Section 1605, acting on accordance with Section 1605, acting on in accordance with Section 1605, acting on
all portions of the deck. all portions of the deck.
all portions of the deck.
2. The reactions resulting from the dead 2. The reactions resulting from the dead
2. The reactions resulting from the dead
load and live load specified in Table load and live load specified in Table
1607.1 or the snow load specified in 1607.1 or the snow load specified in load and live load specified in Table 1607.1,
Section 1608, in accordance with Section Section 1608, in accordance with Section or the snow load specified in Section 1608,
1605, acting on the cantilevered portion of 1605, acting on the cantilevered portion of in accordance with Section 1605, acting on
the deck, and no live load or snow load on the deck, and no live load or snow load on the cantilevered portion of the deck, and no
the remaining portion of the deck. the remaining portion of the deck. live load or snow load on the remaining
portion of the deck.
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A4.5 Fasteners with Pressure Treated and FRT Wood
There are times when structural building components need to be made with preservative- or fire-retardant-treated
wood. When that is the case, it is critical to also know what the fastener requirements are. The requirements apply to
any type of metal fastener (nail, screw, bolt (with nuts & washers) or plate).
Also, all reductions to design values must be taken, as required by NDS ®, for these products.
In the IBC fasteners used with preservative- or fire-retardant-treated wood are as follows:
IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015
2303.1.8 Preservative-treated wood. 2303.1.8 Preservative-treated wood. 2303.1.9 Preservative-treated wood .
Lumber, timber, plywood, piles and poles Lumber, timber, plywood, piles and poles Lumber, timber, plywood, piles and poles
supporting permanent structures required supporting permanent structures required supporting permanent structures required by
by Section 2304.11 to be preservative by Section 2304.11 to be preservative Section 2304.12 to be preservative treated
treated shall conform to the requirements treated shall conform to the requirements
shall conform to the requirements of the
of the applicable AWPA Standard U1 and of the applicable AWPA Standard U1 and
applicable AWPA Standard U1 and M4 for
M4 for the species, product, preservative M4 for the species, product, preservative
and end use. Preservatives shall be listed and end use. Preservatives shall be listed the species, product, preservative and end
in Section 4 of AWPA U1. Lumber and in Section 4 of AWPA U1. Lumber and use. Preservatives shall be listed in Section
plywood used in wood foundation systems plywood used in wood foundation systems 4 of AWPA U1. Lumber and plywood used
shall conform to Chapter 18. shall conform to Chapter 18. in wood foundation systems shall conform
to Chapter 18.
2303.2 Fire-retardant-treated wood. 2303.2 Fire-retardant-treated wood. 2303.2 Fire-retardant-treated wood. Fire-
Fire-retardant-treated wood is any wood Fire-retardant-treated wood is any wood retardant-treated wood is any wood product
product which, when impregnated with product which, when impregnated with which, when impregnated with chemicals by
chemicals by a pressure process or other chemicals by a pressure process or other a pressure process or other means during
means during manufacture, shall have, means during manufacture, shall have,
manufacture, shall have, when tested in
when tested in accordance with ASTM E when tested in accordance with ASTM E
84 or UL 723, a listed flame spread index 84 or UL 723, a listed flame spread index
accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL 723, a
of 25 or less and show no evidence of of 25 or less and show no evidence of listed flame spread index of 25 or less and
significant progressive combustion when significant progressive combustion when show no evidence of significant progressive
the test is continued for an additional 20- the test is continued for an additional 20- combustion when the test is continued for
minute period. In addition, the flame front minute period. In addition, the flame front an additional 20-minute period.
shall not progress more than 10.5 feet shall not progress more than 10.5 feet Additionally, the flame front shall not
(3200 mm) beyond the centerline of the (3200 mm) beyond the centerline of the progress more than 10 1/2 feet (3200 mm)
burners at any time during the test. burners at any time during the test. beyond the centerline of the burners at any
time during the test.
2304.9.5 Fasteners and connectors in 2304.9.5 Fasteners and connectors in 2304.10.5 Fasteners and connectors in
contact with preservative-treated and contact with preservative-treated and contact with preservative- treated and
fire-retardant-treated wood. Fasteners fire-retardant-treated wood. fire-retardant-treated wood. Fasteners,
and connectors in contact with Fasteners, including nuts and washers, and including nuts and washers, and connectors
preservative treated and fire-retardant- connectors in contact with preservative-
in contact with preservative-treated and fire-
treated wood shall be in accordance with treated and fire-retardant-treated wood
retardant-treated wood shall be in
Sections 2304.9.5.1 through 2304.9.5.4. shall be in accordance with Sections
The coating weights for zinc-coated 2304.9.5.1 through 2304.9.5.4. The accordance with Sections 2304.10.5.1
fasteners shall be in accordance with coating weights for zinc-coated fasteners through 2304.10.5.4. The coating weights
ASTM A 153. shall be in accordance with ASTM A 153. for zinc-coated fasteners shall be in
accordance with ASTM A 153.
Beta Version 2.02

2304.9.5.1 Fasteners and connectors for 2304.9.5.1 Fasteners and connectors for 2304.10.5.1 Fasteners and connectors for
preservative- preservative- preservative-treated wood. Fasteners,
treated wood. Fasteners in contact with treated wood. Fasteners, including nuts including nuts and washers, in contact with
preservative- and washers, in contact with preservative- preservative-treated wood shall be of hot-
treated wood shall be of hot-dipped zinc- treated wood shall be of hot-dipped zinc-
dipped zinc-coated galvanized steel,
coated coated galvanized steel, stainless steel,
stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper.
galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon silicon bronze or copper. Fasteners other
bronze or copper. than nails, timber rivets, wood screws Fasteners other than nails, timber rivets,
Fasteners other than nails, timber rivets, and lag screws shall be permitted to be of wood screws and lag screws shall be
wood screws mechanically deposited zinc-coated steel permitted to be of mechanically deposited
and lag screws shall be permitted to be of with coating weights in zinccoated steel with coating weights in
mechanically accordance with ASTM B 695, Class 55 accordance with ASTM B 695, Class 55
deposited zinc-coated steel with coating minimum. minimum.
weights in
accordance with ASTM B 695, Class 55
minimum.
Connectors that are used in exterior Connectors that are used in exterior Connectors that are used in exterior
applications and in contact with applications and in contact with applications and in contact with preservative-
preservative-treated wood shall have preservative-treated wood shall have treated wood shall have coating types and
coating types and weights in accordance coating types and weights in accordance weights in accordance with the treated wood
with the treatedwood or connector with the treatedwood or connector
or connector manufacturer’s
manufacturer’s recommendations. In the manufacturer’s recommendations. In the
recommendations. In the absence of
absence of manufacturer’s absence of manufacturer’s
recommendations, a minimum of ASTM recommendations, a minimum manufacturer's recommendations, a
A 653, type G185 zinc-coated galvanized of ASTM A 653, type G185 zinc-coated minimum of ASTM A 653, Type G185 zinc-
steel, or equivalent, shall be used. galvanized steel, or equivalent, shall be coated galvanized steel, or equivalent, shall
used. be used.
Exception: Plain carbon steel fasteners in Exception: Plain carbon steel fasteners in Exception: Plain carbon steel fasteners,
SBX/DOT SBX/DOT and zinc borate preservative- including nuts and washers, in SBX/DOT
and zinc borate preservative-treated wood treated wood in an interior, dry and zinc borate preservative-treated wood in
in an interior, environment shall be permitted. an interior, dry environment shall be
dry environment shall be permitted.
permitted.
2304.9.5.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant- 2304.9.5.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant- 2304.10.5.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant-
treated wood used in exterior treated wood used in exterior treated wood used in exterior
applications or wet or damp locations. applications or wet or damp locations. applications or wet or damp locations.
Fasteners for fire-retardant-treated wood Fasteners, including nuts and washers, for Fasteners, including nuts and washers, for
used in exterior applications or wet or fire-retardant-treated wood used in exterior
fire-retardant-treated wood used in exterior
damp locations shall be of hot-dipped zinc- applications or wet or damp locations shall
coated galvanized steel, stainless steel, be of hot-dipped zinc-coated galvanized
applications or wet or damp locations shall
silicon bronze or copper. Fasteners other steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or be of hot-dipped zinc-coated galvanized
than nails, timber rivets,wood screws and copper. Fasteners other than nails, timber steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or
lag screws shall be permitted to be of rivets,wood screws and lag screws shall be copper. Fasteners other than nails, timber
mechanically deposited zinc-coated steel permitted to be of mechanically deposited rivets, wood screws and lag screws shall be
with coating weights in accordance with zinc-coated steel with coating weights in permitted to be of mechanically deposited
ASTM B 695, Class 55 minimum. accordance with ASTM B 695, Class 55 zinc-coated steel with coating weights in
minimum. accordance with ASTM B 695, Class 55
minimum.
Beta Version 2.02

2304.9.5.4 Fasteners for fire-retardant- 2304.9.5.4 Fasteners for fire-retardant- 2304.10.5.4 Fasteners for fire-retardant-
treated wood used in interior treated wood used in interior treated wood used in interior
applications. Fasteners for fire-retardant- applications. Fasteners, including nuts applications. Fasteners, including nuts and
treated wood used in interior locations and washers, for fire-retardant-treated washers, for fire-retardant-treated wood
shall be in accordance with the wood used in interior locations shall be in
used in interior locations shall be in
manufacturer’s recommendations.In the accordance with the manufacturer’s
accordance with the manufacturer’s
absence of manufacturer’s recommendations.In the absence of
recommendations, Section manufacturer’s recommendations, Section recommendations. In the absence of
2304.9.5.3 shall apply. 2304.9.5.3 shall apply. manufacturer’s recommendations, Section
2304.10.5.3 shall apply.
TOC
In the IRC fasteners used with preservative- or fire-retardant-treated wood are as follows:
IRC 2009 IRC 2012 IRC 2015

R317.1 Location required. Protection of R317.1 Location required. Protection of R317.1 Location required. Protection of
wood and wood wood and wood based products from wood and wood based products from decay
based products from decay shall be decay shall be provided in the following shall be provided in the following locations
provided in the following locations by the locations by the use of naturally durable by the use of naturally durable wood or
use of naturally durable wood or wood wood or wood that is preservative-treated
wood that is preservative-treated in
that is preservative-treated in accordance in accordance with AWPA U1 for the
accordance with AWPA U1 for the species,
with AWPA U1 for the species, product, species, product, preservative and end use.
preservative and end use. Preservatives Preservatives shall be listed in Section 4 of product, preservative and end use.
shall be AWPA U1. Preservatives shall be listed in Section 4 of
listed in Section 4 of AWPA U1. AWPA U1.
R317.3 Fasteners and connectors in R317.3 Fasteners and connectors in R317.3 Fasteners and connectors in
contact with preservative-treated and contact with preservative-treated and contact with preservative-treated and fire-
fire-retardant-treated wood. Fasteners fire-retardant-treated wood. Fasteners, retardant-treated wood. Fasteners,
and connectors in contact with including nuts and washers, and including nuts and washers, and connectors
preservative-treated wood and fire- connectors in contact with preservative-
in contact with preservative-treated wood
retardant-treated wood shall be in treated wood and fire-retardant-treated
and fire-retardant-treated wood shall be in
accordance with this section. The coating wood shall be in accordance with this
weights for zinc-coated fasteners shall be section. The coating weights for zinc- accordance with this section. The coating
in accordance with ASTM A 153. coated fasteners shall be in accordance weights for zinc-coated fasteners shall be in
with ASTM A 153. accordance with ASTM A 153. Stainless
steel driven fasteners shall be in accordance
with the material requirements of ASTM F
1667.
Beta Version 2.02

R317.3.1 Fasteners and connectors for R317.3.1 Fasteners and connectors for R317.3.1 Fasteners for preservative-
preservative treated wood. Fasteners in preservative treated wood. Fasteners, treated wood. Fasteners, including nuts and
contact with preservative-treated wood including nuts and washers, for washers, for preservativetreated wood shall
shall be of hot dipped zinc-coated preservative-treated wood shall be of hot be of hot-dipped, zinc-coated galvanized
galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon dipped zinc-coated galvanized steel,
steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or
bronze or copper. Connectors that are stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper.
copper. Coating types and weights for
used in exterior applications and in contact Connectors that are used in exterior
with preservative-treated wood shall have applications and in contact with connectors in contact with preservative-
coating types and weights in accordance preservative-treated wood shall have treated wood shall be in accordance with the
with the treated wood or connector coating types and weights in accordance connector manufacturer’s recommendations.
manufacturer’s recommendations. In the with the treated wood or connector In the absence of manufacturer’s
absence of manufacturer’s manufacturer’s recommendations. In the recommendations, a minimum of ASTM A
recommendations a minimum of ASTM A absence of manufacturer’s 653 type G185 zinc-coated galvanized steel,
653 type G185 zinc-coated galvanized recommendations a minimum of ASTM A or equivalent, shall be used.
steel, or equivalent, shall be used. 653 type G185 zinc-coated galvanized
steel, or equivalent, shall be used.

1. One-half-inch (12.7 mm) diameter or 1. One-half-inch (12.7 mm) diameter or 1. 1/2-inch-diameter (12.7 mm) or greater
greater steel bolts. greater steel bolts. steel bolts.
2. Fasteners other than nails, timber rivets, 2. Fasteners other than nails, timber rivets, 2. Fasteners other than nails and timber
wood screws and lag screws shall be wood screws and lag screws shall be
rivets shall be permitted to be of
permitted to be of mechanically deposited permitted to be of mechanically deposited
zinc coated steel with coating weights in zinc coated steel with coating weights in
mechanically deposited zinc-coated steel
accordance with ASTM B 695, Class 55 accordance with ASTM B 695, Class 55 with coating weights in accordance with
minimum. minimum. ASTM B 695, Class 55 minimum.
3. Plain carbon steel fasteners in 3. Plain carbon steel fasteners in SBX/DOT
SBX/DOT and zinc borate preservative- and zinc borate preservative-treated wood in
treated wood in an interior, dry an interior, dry environment shall be
environment shall be permitted. permitted.
R317.3.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant- R317.3.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant- R317.3.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant-
treated wood used in exterior treated wood used in exterior treated wood used in exterior
applications or wet or damp locations. applications or wet or damp locations. applications or wet or damp locations.
Fasteners for fire-retardant-treated wood Fasteners, including nuts and washers, for Fasteners, including nuts and washers, for
used in exterior applications or wet or fire-retardant-treated wood used in exterior
fire-retardanttreated wood used in exterior
damp locations shall be of hot dipped zinc- applications or wet or damp locations shall
applications or wet or damp locations shall
coated galvanized steel, stainless steel, be of hot dipped zinc-coated galvanized
silicon bronze or copper. Fasteners other steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or be of hot-dipped, zinc-coated galvanized
than nails and timber rivets shall be copper. Fasteners other than nails and steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or
permitted to be of mechanically deposited timber rivets shall be permitted to be of copper. Fasteners other than nails and
zinc-coated steel with coating weights in mechanically deposited zinc-coated steel timber rivets shall be permitted to be of
accordance with ASTM B 695, Class 55 with coating weights in accordance with mechanically deposited zinc-coated steel
minimum. ASTM B 695, Class 55 minimum. with coating weights in accordance with
ASTM B 695, Class 55 minimum.
Beta Version 2.02

R317.3.4 Fasteners for fire-retardant- R317.3.4 Fasteners for fire-retardant- R317.3.4 Fasteners for fire-retardant-
treated wood used in interior treated wood used in interior treated wood used in interior
applications. Fasteners for fire-retardant- applications. Fasteners, including nuts applications. Fasteners, including nuts and
treated wood used in interior locations and washers, for fire-retardant-treated washers, for fire-retardant-treated wood
shall be in accordance with the wood used in interior locations shall be in
used in interior locations shall be in
manufacturer's recommendations. In the accordance with the manufacturer's
accordance with the manufacturer’s
absence of the manufacturer's recommendations. In the absence of the
recommendations, Section R319.3.3 shall manufacturer's recommendations, Section recommendations. In the absence of the
apply. R319.3.3 shall apply. manufacturer’s recommendations, Section
R317.3.3 shall apply.
TOC
A4.6 Wall Bracing
The prescriptive wall bracing requirements of the IRC, Section R602.10, have undergone extensive modifications from
the somewhat simple provisions included in the 2000 IRC. The details of all the steps in the modification process
through Code editions is beyond the scope of this document. Work continued into the 2009 and 2012 editions of the
IRC. Additional longer term work is still on the agenda.
One significant change in the IRC is a requirement that wall studs be continuous from from the anchorage at the
bottom of the wall to the anchorage at the top of the wall. This language effectively prohibits the use of flat bottom
chord gable trusses at the end of volume (cathedral, scissor, etc) ceilings.
IRC 2009 IRC 2012 IRC 2015
R602.3 Design and construction. R602.3 Design and construction. R602.3 Design and construction. Exterior
Exterior walls of wood-frame construction Exterior walls of wood-frame construction walls of woodframe construction shall be
shall be designed and constructed in shall be designed and constructed in designed and constructed in accordance
accordance with the provisions of this accordance with the provisions of this with the provisions of this chapter and
chapter and Figures R602.3(1) and chapter and Figures R602.3(1) and
Figures R602.3(1) and R602.3(2), or in
R602.3(2) or in accordance with R602.3(2) or in accordance with
AF&PA’s NDS. Components of exterior
accordance with AWC NDS. Components
AF&PA’s NDS. Components of exterior
walls shall be fastened in accordance with walls shall be fastened in accordance with of exterior walls shall be fastened in
Tables R602.3(1) through R602.3(4). Tables R602.3(1) through R602.3(4). accordance with Tables R602.3(1) through
Exterior walls covered with foam plastic R602.3(4).
sheathing shall be braced in accordance
with Section R602.10. Structural
sheathing shall be fastened directly to
structural framing members.
Wall sheathing shall be fastened directly Wall sheathing shall be fastened directly
to framing members and, when placed on to framing members and, where placed
the exterior side of an exterior wall, shall on the exterior side of an exterior wall,
be capable of resisting the wind pressures shall be capable of resisting the wind
listed in Table R301.2(2) adjusted for
pressures listed in Table R301.2(2)
height and exposure using Table
adjusted for height and exposure using
R301.2(3). Wood structural panel
sheathing used for exterior walls shall
Table R301.2(3) and shall conform to
conform to DOC PS 1, DOC PS 2 or, the requirements of Table R602.3(3).
when manufactured in Canada, CSA Wall sheathing used only for exterior
O437 or CSA O325. All panels shall be wall covering purposes shall comply
identified for grade bond classification with Section R703
Beta Version 2.02

identified for grade, bond classification, with Section R703.
and Performance Category by a grade
mark or certificate of inspection issued by
an approved agency and shall conform to
the requirements of Table R602.3(3). Wall
sheathing used only for exterior wall
covering purposes shall comply with
Section R703.
Studs shall be continuous from a support Studs shall be continuous from support atStuds shall be continuous from support at
at the sole plate to a support at the top the sole plate to a support at the top plate
the sole plate to a support at the top plate to
plate to resist loads perpendicular to wall. to resist loads perpendicular to the wall.
resist loads perpendicular to the wall. The
The support shall be a foundation or floor, The support shall be a foundation or floor,
support shall be a foundation or floor,
ceiling or roof diaphragm or shall be ceiling or roof diaphragm or shall be
ceiling or roof diaphragm or shall be
designed in accordance with accepted designed in accordance with accepted
designed in accordance with accepted
engineering practice. engineering practice.
Exception: Jack studs, trimmer studs and engineering practice.
cripple studs at openings in wall that Exception: Jack studs, trimmer studs and Exception: Jack studs, trimmer studs and
comply with Tables R502.5(1) and cripple studs at openings in walls that cripple studs at openings in walls that
R502.5(2). comply with Tables R502.5(1) and comply with Tables R602.7(1) and
R502.5(2). R602.7(2).
The IBC has been modified to include a similar requirement.

IBC 2009 IBC 2012 IBC 2015
2308.9.1 Size, height and spacing. The 2308.9.1 Size, height and spacing. The 2308.5.1 Stud size, height and
size, height and spacing of studs shall be size, height and spacing of studs shall be spacing. The size, height and spacing
in accordance with Table 2308.9.1 except in accordance with Table 2308.9.1 except of studs shall be in accordance with
that utility-grade studs shall not be spaced that utility-grade studs shall not be spaced
Table 2308.5.1. Studs shall be
more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., or more than 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., or
continuous from a support at the sole
support more than a roof and ceiling, or support more than a roof and ceiling, or
exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in height for exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in height for
plate to a support at the top plate to
exterior walls and load-bearing walls or 10 exterior walls and load-bearing walls or 10 resist loads perpendicular to the wall.
feet (3048 mm) for interior nonload- feet (3048 mm) for interior nonload- The support shall be a foundation or
bearing walls. Studs shall be continuous bearing walls. Studs shall be continuous floor, ceiling or roof diaphragm or shall
from a support at the sole plate to a from a support at the sole plate to a be designed in accordance with
support at the top plate to resist loads support at the top plate to resist loads accepted engineering practice.
perpendicular to wall. The support shall be perpendicular to wall. The support shall be Exception: Jack studs, trimmer studs
a foundation or floor, ceiling or roof a foundation or floor, ceiling or roof and cripple studs at openings in walls
diaphragm or shall be designed in diaphragm or shall be designed in that comply with Table 2308.4.1.1(1) or
accordance with accepted engineering accordance with accepted engineering 2308.4.1.1(2).
practice. practice.
Exception: Jack studs, trimmer studs and Exception: Jack studs, trimmer studs and
cripple studs at openings in walls that cripple studs at openings in walls that
comply with Table 2308.9.5. comply with Table 2308.9.5.
Beta Version 2.02

For engineered design of light frame wall bracing for wind or seismic, see ANSI / AF&PA SDPWS - Special Design
Provisions for Wind and Seismic standard with Commentary .
SDPWS covers materials, design and construction of wood members, fasteners, and assemblies to resist wind and
seismic forces. Engineered design of wood structures to resist wind or seismic forces is either by allowable stress
design (ASD); or load and resistance factor design (LRFD).
Criteria for proportioning, design, and detailing of engineered wood systems, members, and connections in lateral
force resisting systems is provided. Nominal shear capacities of diaphragms and shear walls are provided for
reference assemblies.
For further information regarding SDPWS see the following website:
http://www.awc.org/codes-standards/publications
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A4.7 Roof Trusses and Energy Requirements
IRC -2009 IRC-2012 IRC-2015
N1102.1 Insulation and fenestration SECTION N1102 BUILDING SECTION N1102 (R402) BUILDING
criteria. The building thermal envelope THERMAL ENVELOPE N1102.1 THERMAL ENVELOPE N1102.1
shall meet the requirements of Table (R402.1) General (Prescriptive). The (R402.1) General (Prescriptive). The
N1102.1 based on the climate zone building thermal envelope shall meet the building thermal envelope shall meet the
specified inTable N1101.2. requircmenls of Sections N1102.1.1
requirements of Sections N1102.1.1 through
through N1102.1.4.
N1102.1.4.
N1102.2 (R402.2) Specific insulation N1102.2 (R402.2) Specific insulation

requirements (Prescriptive). requirements (Prescriptive).
In addition to the requirements of Section In addition to the requirements of Section
N1102.1, insulation shall meet the specific N1102.1, insulation shall meet the specific
requirements of Sections N1102.2.1
requirements of Sections N1102.2.1 through
through N1102.2.12.
N1102.2.13.
N1102.2.1 Ceilings with attic spaces. N1102.2.1 (R402.2.1) Ceilings with attic N1102.2.1 (R402.2.1) Ceilings with attic
When Section N1102.1 would require R- spaces. spaces. Where Section R1102.1.2 would
38 in the ceiling, R-30 shall be deemed to When Secton N1102.1.1 would require R- require R-38 insulation in the ceiling,
satisfy the requirement for R-38 wherever 38 in the ceiling, R-30 shall be deemed to installing R-30 over 100 percent of the
the full height of uncompressed R-30 satisfy the requirement for R-38 wherever
ceiling area requiring insulation shall be
insulation extends over the full height of uncompressed R-30
the wall top plate at the eaves. Similarly R- insulation extends over the wall top plate
deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-38
38 shall be deemed to satisfy the at the eaves. Similarly, R-38 shall be wherever the full height of uncompressed R-
requirement for R-49 wherever the full deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-49 30 insulation extends over the wall top plate
height of uncompressed R-38 insulation wherever the full height of uncompressed at the eaves. Similarly, where Section
extends over thewall top plate at the eaves. R-38 insulation extends over the wall top R1102.1.2 would require R-49 insulation in
This reduction shall not apply to the U- plate at the eaves. This reduction shall not the ceiling, installing R-38 over 100 percent
factor alternative approach in Section apply to the U-factor alternative approach of the ceiling area requiring insulation shall
N1102.1.2 and the Total UA alternative in in Secton N1102.1.3 and the total UA be deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-
Section N1102.1.3. alternative in Secton N1102.1.4. 49 insulation wherever the full height of
uncompressed R-38 insulation extends over
the wall top plate at the eaves. This
reduction shall not apply to the U-factor
alternative approach in Section R1102.1.4
and the total UA alternative in Section
R1102.1.5.
Beta Version 2.02

N1102.2.2 Ceilings without attic spaces. N1102.2.2 (R402.2.2) Ceilings without N1102.2.2 (R402.2.2) Ceilings without
Where Section N1102.1 would require attic spaces. attic spaces. Where Section N1102.1.2
insulation Where Secton N1102.1.1 would require would require insulation levels above R-30
levels above R-30 and the design of the insulation levels above R-30 and the and the design of the roof/ceiling assembly
roof/ceiling assembly does not allow design of the roof/ceiling assembly does
does not allow sufficient space for the
sufficient space for the required insulation, not allow sufficient space for the required
required insulation, the minimum required
the minimum required insulation for such insulation, the minimum required
roof/ceiling assemblies shall be R-30. This insulation for such roof/ceiling assemblies insulation for such roof/ceiling assemblies
reduction of insulation from the shall be R-30. This reduction of insulation shall be R-30. This reduction of insulation
requirements of Section N1102.1 shall be from the requirements of Secton from the requirements of Section N1102.1.2
limited to 500 ft2 (46 m2) of ceiling area. N1102.1.1 shall be limited to 500 square shall be limited to 500 square feet (46 m2)
feet (46 m2) or 20 percent of the total or 20 percent of the total insulated ceiling
insulated ceiling area, whichever is less. area, whichever is less. This reduction shall
This reduction shall not apply to the U- not apply to the U-factor alternative
factor alternative approach in Secton approach in Section N1102.1.4 and the total
N1102.1.3 and the total UA alternative in
UA alternative in Section N1102.1.5.
Secton N1102.1.4.
TOC Table N1102.1.2 (R402.1.2) & Figure N1101.7 (R301.1) below are from the IRC-2015.
Beta Version 2.02

Chapter 11 of the IRC deals with energy efficiency. The information in this section is replicated from Chapter 4
in the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC). International Building Code References the
International Energy Conservation Code.
1301.1.1 Criteria. Buildings shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the International Energy
Conservation Code.
Beta Version 2.02

TOC Ceilings with Attic Spaces
It is clear from the language in N1102.2.1 that the table values of N1102.1 are not intended to cover the entire
ceiling area. If they were, the language in Section N1102.2.1 would never apply. Therefore, the R-values listed
in Table N1102.1 must be based on a heel height less than that required to achieve the full R-value. Where the
Table requires a specific R-value, the insulation must be deep enough to achieve this value wherever the
construction technique allows it. The remaining portions of the attic space must be filled with as much
insulation as possible while still allowing room for adequate ventilation. Look at it this way:
If the intent of the Table N1102.1 requirement was to maintain the full height of uncompressed R-49 across the
entire attic space, the R-38 stipulation in Section N1102.2.1 would not be a part of the code.
IRC 2015
N1102.2.1 (R402.2.1) Ceilings with attic spaces. Where

Section R1102.1.2 would require R-38 insulation in the
ceiling, installing R-30 over 100 percent of the ceiling area
requiring insulation shall be deemed to satisfy the
requirement for R-38 wherever the full height of
uncompressed R-30 insulation extends over the wall top
plate at the eaves. Similarly, where Section R1102.1.2
would require R-49 insulation in the ceiling, installing R-38
over 100 percent of the ceiling area requiring insulation
shall be deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-49
insulation wherever the full height of uncompressed R-38
insulation extends over the wall top plate at the eaves.
This reduction shall not apply to the U-factor alternative
approach in Section R1102.1.4 and the total UA
alternative in Section R1102.1.5.
Ceilings without Attic Spaces

Section N1102.2.2 applies to construction where there is no attic space. The IRC defines an attic as the
unfinished space between the ceiling joists of the top story and the roof rafters. Section N1102.2.2 refers to
construction where there is no space between a rafter and a ceiling joist. An example of a ceiling without an
attic space is a sloped I-joist roof with the ceiling applied directly to its bottom edge and sheathing applied to
the top edge. There is limited space between the ceiling and sheathing to fill with insulation.
IRC 2015
N1102.2.2 (R402.2.2) Ceilings without attic spaces.

Where Section N1102.1.2 would require insulation levels
above R-30 and the design of the roof/ceiling assembly
does not allow sufficient space for the required insulation,
the minimum required insulation for such roof/ceiling
assemblies shall be R-30. This reduction of insulation
from the requirements of Section N1102.1.2 shall be
limited to 500 square feet (46 m2) or 20 percent of the
total insulated ceiling area, whichever is less. This
reduction shall not apply to the U-factor alternative
approach in Section N1102.1.4 and the total UA
alternative in Section N1102.1.5.
Beta Version 2.02

Conclusion
Sections N1102.2.1 and N1102.2.2 appear to be trade-offs to the ceiling R-value requirement. If you can
achieve a higher R-value at the top of the wall plate, then you do not need to supply as high an R-value for the
remaining portion of the ceiling area. The bottom line is if the building is designed with standard heel trusses in
Climate Zones 6 or 7, R-49 insulation is required wherever the attic space allows it per Table N1102.1.
Insulation & Fenestration Requirements by Component, then tapered down at the exterior walls (while still
allowing for proper ventilation).
In any case, the building designer is responsible to ensure overall compliance with the applicable building and
energy codes and specifies the overall building envelop design. Since the design of the overall structure is
affected by many of the building’s characteristics and many different paths may be taken to achieve the overall
required efficiency, the building designer must ensure that the individual elements of the building combine to
achieve the desired result.
from: IRC Energy Code Requirements & Truss Heel Heights - SBCA Q&A
http://www.sbcmag.info/article/2009/irc-energy-code-requirements-truss-heel-heights
TOC
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References

TOC A5 - Code References
This worksheet is a fairly complete listing of direct code and standards references in TLG commentary and
appendices. Any references in the calculating roof, floor and dead load worksheets are not included in this list.
The links are to TLG worksheet sections that have code references in them, not to specific columns or rows.
There are no corresponding links back to this page from the referenced section. After following a link, if you want
to return to this page, select the A5-Code Reference tab at the bottom of the page.
Links to TLG worksheet sections are listed to the left of each reference. There may be links to more than one
TLG section for a given reference and multiple links to a code or standard section. Where the / is used it
indicates that the text of the referenced section or sections are basically the same in the listed code editions.
Where the & is used, it indicates that the text of the code is different in the listed code editions.
The list of code references follows the numeric order of the code or standard and includes the edition number(s).
Code and standard sections can change, so numeric order change is noted. When the reference is to a table or
figure the numeric reference is prefixed by a 'T' or an 'F' respectively. When the reference is to a commentary
the numeric reference is prefixed by a 'C'.
A5.1 IBC
A5.2 IRC
A5.3 SEI/ASCE 7
A5.4 ANSI/TPI 1
®
A5.5 NDS
A5.6 ASCE 24
A5.1 IBC References

TLG Section Section Edition Code/Standard Section Title
C1.4 101.3 9/12/2015 Intent
C1.6 104.11 09/12/15 Alternative materials, design and methods of construction and equipment.
C1.9 106 03 Construction documents
C1.5 107.1 09/12/15 Submittal Documents
C1.5 107.2 09/12/15 Construction documents
C1.5 107.3.1 09/12/15 Approval of construction documents.
C1.5 107.3.4 09/12/15 Design professional in responsible charge
C3.1 Chap 2 09/12/15 Definitions - Dead Load
C3.4.3 Chap 2 09/12/15 Definitions - Weight of Fixed Service Equipment
C4.3.1 Chap 2 09/12/15 Definitions - Live Loads
C4.10 Chap 2 12 Definitions - Live Loads
C4.11 Chap 2 15 Definitions - Live Loads
A4.2 Chap 2 09/12/15 Definitions - Fabricated Item
A4.2 Chap 2 09/12/15 Definitions - Special Connection
A4.3 Chap 2 09/12/15 Definitions - Story
C8.5 1503.4 09/12/15 Roof drainage
C3.5 1602 09 Definitions - Dead Loads
C3.6 Chap 2 12 Definitions - Dead Loads
C3.7 Chap 2 15 Definitions - Dead Loads
C4.2.1 1602 09/12/15 Live Loads
C4.3.1 1602 09/12/15 Live Loads
C4.3.1 Chap 2 12/15 Live Loads
C4.9 1602 09 Definitions - Live Loads
C1.5 107 & 1603 09/12/15 Construction Documents
C4.2.1 1603 09/12/15 Construction Documents
C1.5 1603.1 09/12/15 Construction Documents - General
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
C4.9 1603.1 09 General Live Loads
C7.7 1603.1 09/12/15 Construction Documents
C7.7 1603.1.3 09/12/15 Roof snow load
C4.1.2 T1604.3 09/12/15 Deflection limits
C8.5 T1604.3 09/12/15 Deflection limits
A3.3.3 T1604.3 09/12/15 Deflection limits
A3.3.3 1604.3 09/12/15 Serviceability
A3.3.3 1604.4 09/12/15 Analysis
C6.7.2 T1604.5 09/12/15 Risk Category of Buildings and Other Structures
C2.2 1604.8 09/12/15 Anchorage
C2.2 1604.8.2 09/12/15 Structural Walls
A4.4 1604.8.3 09/12/15 Decks
C2.8 1605.3 09 General Design Requirements
C2.9 1605.3 12/15 Load combinations using allowable stress design
C2.8 1605.3 09 Load combinations using allowable stress design
C2.9 1605.3 12/15 Load combinations using allowable stress design
C3.5 1606.1 09 Dead Loads
C4.2.1 1607 09/12/15 Live Loads
C4.9 1607 09 Live Loads
C2.3 T1607.1 09/12/15 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads and Minimum Concentrated Live Loads
C4.2.1 T1607.1 09/12/15 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads and Minimum Concentrated Live Loads
C4.3.6.2 T1607.1 09/12/15 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads and Minimum Concentrated Live Loads
C4.9 T1607.1 09 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads and Minimum Concentrated Live Loads
A3.3 1607.3.6 09/12/15 Limits
C4.2.1 1607.4 09/12/15 Concentrated Loads
C3.4.2 1607.5 09/12/15 Partition Loads
C4.5 1607.5 09/12/15 Partition Loads
A4.5 1607.8.3 09/12/15 Decks
C4.3.5 1607.11.2.1 09/12 Roof Live Load Reduction
C4.3.3 1607.12 9/12/15 Roof Loads
C4.3.5 1607.12.2.1 15 Roof Live Load Reduction
C4.3.5 1607.12.3.1 15 Vegetative and landscaped roofs
C7.12 1608 09/12/15 Ground snow load
C7.12 1608 09/12/15 Snow Loads
C4.3.3 1608.1 09/12/15 General
C7.12 1608.1 09/12/15 General
C7.12 1608.2 09/12/15 Ground Snow loads
C7.2 F1608.2 09/12/15 Ground snow loads
C7.12 1608.3 09/12/15 Ponding instability
C6.4 F1609 09/12/15 Basic Wind Speed
C6.1 1609.1.1 09/12/15 Determination of Wind Loads
C6.6 1609.2 09 Definitions
C6.4 F1609.3 15 Wind Speed Map
C6.1 T1609.3.1 12/15 Wind Speed Conversion Table
C7.2.1 F1609.4 09/12/15 Exposure
C8.5 1611.1 09/12/15 Design rain loads
C8.5 1611.2 09/12/15 Ponding instability
C8.5 1611.3 09/12/15 Controlled drainage
C5.1 1612.4 09/12/15 Design and construction
C2.2 1613 12/15 Earthquake Loads
C9.2 1613 09/12/15 Seismic
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
A4.2 1702 09 Definitions - Fabricated Item - Special Inspection
A4.2 Chap 2 12/15 Definitions - Fabricated Item - Special Inspection
A4.2 1704.1 09/12/15 General
A4.2 1705.2.4 09/12/15 Cold-formed steel trusses spanning 60 feet or greater
A4.2 1705.5.2 09/12/15 Metal-plate-connected wood trusses spanning 60 feet or greater
A4.1.2 2210.3 09 (Cold-formed Steel) Trusses (compared)
A4.1.2 2211.3 12/15 (Cold-formed Steel) Trusses (compared)
A4.5 2303.1.8 09/12 Preservative-treated wood
A4.5 2303.1.9 15 Preservative-treated wood
A4.5 2303.2 09/12/15 Fire-retardant-treated wood
C1.6 2303.4 12/15 Trusses
A4.1.1 2303.4 09/12/15 (Wood) Trusses (compared in ttheir entirety)
A2.2 2303.4 15 Trusses
C1.9 2303.4 15 Trusses
C4.3.7 2303.4.1.1 09/12/15 Truss Design Drawings
A1.1 2303.4.5 09/12/15 Alterations to Trusses
A3.3.3 2304.3.3 09/12/15 Shrinkage
A3.4 2304.3.3 09/12/15 Shrinkage
A4.5 2304.9.5 09/12 Fasteners in preservative-treated and fire-retardant-treated wood
A2.5 T2304.10.1 15 Fastener Schedule
A4.5 2304.10.5 15 Fasteners in preservative-treated and fire-retardant-treated wood
A3.3.3 2304.12 09/12 Long-term loading
A3.3.3 2304.13 15 Long-term loading
C9.2 2305 09/12/15 Seismic
C9.2 2308 09/12/15 Seismic
C7.7 2308 09/12/15 Conventional Light-frame Construction
A4.3 2308.1 09/12/15 Conventional Light-Framed Construction - GENERAL
C1.11 2308.1.1 09/12/15 Portions exceeding limitations of conventional construction
C1.10 2308.2 09/12/15 Limitations
C6.1 2308.2 09/12/15 Wind Limitations
C6.7 2308.2 09/12/15 Limitations
A4.3 2308.2 09/12/15 Limitations
A2.2 2308.4 09/12/15 Trusses
C7.4 T2308.4.1.1 15 Header and Girder Spans for Exterior Bearing Walls
A2.2 2303.6 15 Connections of braced wall panels
A4.6 2308.5.1 15 Size, height and spacing
C7.6.2 T2308.7 15 Rafter Spans for Common Lumber Species
C6.9.1 T2308.7.5 15 Required Ratings of Approved Uplift Connectors
A2.2 2308.7.8 15 Blocking
A2.2 2308.7.13 15 Wood Trusses
C1.11 2308.8 09/12/15 Design of Elements
A4.6 2308.9.1 09/12 Size, height and spacing
C7.4 T2308.9.5 09/12 Header and Girder Spans for Exterior Bearing Walls
C6.9.1 T2308.10.1 09/12 Required Ratings of Approved Uplift Connectors
C7.6.2 T2308.10.3(1-6) 09/12 Rafter Spans for Common Lumber Species
A2.2 2308.10.6 09/12 Blocking
A2.2 2308.10.4 09/12/15 Trusses
A2.2 2308.10.10 09/12 Wood Trusses
TOP
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
A5.2 IRC References

C1.10 R101.2 09/12/15 Design
C1.4 R101.3 09/12/15 Intent
C1.10 R101.2 09/12/15 Scope
C1.6 R104.11 09/12/15 Alternate materials, design and methods of construction and equipment.
C1.5 R106 9/12/2015 Construction Documents.
C1.6 R106 09/12/15 Construction Documents.
C1.6 R106.1 12/15 Submittal documents
C3.5 Chap 2 09 Definitions
A4.3 Chap 2 09/12/15 Definitions - Story Height
C1.10 R301.1 09/12/15 Design
C1.11 R301.1.3 09/12/15 Engineered design
C6.1 R301.1.3 12/15 Engineered design
C7.6.1 R301.1.3 09/12/15 Engineered design
C7.6.3 R301.1.3 09/12/15 Engineered design
C6.7 R301.2 09/12/15 Wind Design Criteria
C7.6.1 TR301.2(1) 09/12/15 Climatic and geographic design criteria.
C1.10 R301.2.1 09/12/15 Wind Design Criteria
C6.7 R301.2.1 09/12/15 Wind Limitations and wind design required
C1.10 R301.2.1.1 09/12/15 Wind Limitations and wind design required
C6.1 TR301.2.1.3 15 Wind Speed Conversions Table
C7.6.1 R301.2.1.3 09/12/15 Exposure category
C6.4 R301.2.1.4 09/12/15 Exposure Category
C7.2.1 R301.2.1.4 09/12/15 Exposure Category
C7.6.1 R301.2.1.4 09/12/15 Exposure Category
C6.4 FR301.2(4) 15 Basic Wind Speeds
C7.2 FR301.2(5) 09/12/15 Ground Snow Loads
C1.10 R301.2.2 09/12/15 Seismic provisions
C9.2 R301.2.2 09/12/15 Seismic provisions
C7.6.1 R301.2.3 09/12/15 Snow Loads
C7.6.3 R301.2.3 09/12/15 Snow Loads
C7.12 R301.2.3 09/12/15 Snow Loads
C5.1 R301.2.4 09/12/15 Flood Loads
A.4.3 R301.3 09/12/15 Story Height
C4.2.1 R301.5 09/12/15 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads
C4.2.1 TR301.5 09/12/15 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads
C4.2.4 TR301.5 09/12/15 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads
C4.8 TR301.5 09/12/15 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads
C4.3.4 R301.6 09/12/15 Roof Load
C7.5.11 R301.6 09/12/15 Snow Loads
C7.6.1 R301.6 09/12/15 Roof load
C7.6.1 TR301.6 09/12/15 Roof load
C7.6.3 R301.6 09/12/15 Roof load
TR301.6 09/12/15 Mimimum Roof Live Loads in Pounds Per Square Foot of Horizontal Projection
C4.6.1
C4.3.5 TR301.6 09/12/15 Roof Load

C4.1.2 R301.7 09/12/15 Deflection
A3.3.4 R301.7 09/12/15 Deflection
A1.2.1 R302.13 15 Fire Protection of Floors
A1.9 TR307.1 09/12/15 Allowable Deflection of Structural Members
A3.3.4 TR307.1 09/12/15 Allowable Deflection of Structural Members
A1.2.1 R313 09/12/15 Sprinkler Protection
A4.5 R317.1 09/12/15 Location required
A4.5 R317.3 09/12/15 Fasteners
C5.1 R322 09/12/15 Flood Resistant Construction
C1.10 R403 09/12/15 Footings
C1.10 R404 09/12/15 Foundation walls
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
A1.2.1 R501.3 12 Fire Protection of Floors
A4.4 R502.2.2 09 Decks
C1.10 TR502.5 09/12 Allowable building width
C7.4 TR502.5(1) 09/12 Girder Spans and Header Spans for Exterior Bearing Walls
A2.2 R502.7 09/12/15 Lateral restraint at supports
A4.1.3 R502.11 09/12/15 Wood Trusses
C1.6 R502.11.1 09/12 Wood Truss Design
A2.2 R502.11.2 09/12/15 Bracing
A4.1.3 R502.11.2 09/12/15 Bracing
C4.3.7 R502.11.4 09/12/15 Truss Design Drawings
A4.1.4 R505.1.3 12/15 Cold-formed steel floor trusses
A4.4 R507 12/15 Decks
A4.6 R602.3 09/12/15 Design and Construction
A2.2 R602.6 09 Connections to roof framing
C1.10 TR602.7 15 Allowable building width
C7.4 TR602.7 15 Girder Spans and Header Spans for Exterior Bearing Walls
A2.2 R602.10.8 12/15 Connections to roof framing
A2.2 R602.10.5.2 09 Connections to roof framing
A2.2 FR602.10.6 09 Braced Wall Panel Connections …
A2.2 FR602.10.8 12/15 Braced Wall Panel Connections …
A2.2 R802.8 09/12/15 Lateral Support
C7.6.2 CR802.5 09/12/15 Allowable Rafter Spans
C7.6.2 TR802.5.1(1-8) 09/12/15 Rafter Spans for . . .
A2.5 TR802.5.1(1-8) 09/12/15 Rafter Spans for . . .
C7.6.3 CR802.10 09/12/15 Wood Trusses
C7.6.1 CR802.10 09/12/15 Wood Trusses
C7.6.3 R802.10 09/12/15 Wood Trusses
A4.1.3 R802.10 09/12/15 Wood Trusses
C4.3.7 R802.10.1 09/12/15 Truss Design Drawings
C1.6 R802.10.2 09/12/15 Design
C7.6.1 R802.10.2 09/12/15 Design
C7.6.3 R802.10.2.1 09/12/15 Applicability limits.
A2.2 R802.10.3 09/12/15 Bracing
C6.9.1 R802.10.5 09 Truss to wall connection
C6.9.1 R802.11 09/12/15 Truss to wall connection
A4.1.3 R802.11 09/12/15 Roof tie-downs
A4.1.3 TR802.11 09/12/15 Roof tie-downs
TR802.11 09/12/15 Required Strength of Truss or Rafter Connections to Resist Wind Uplift Forces
C6.9.1
C7.6.2 R804.1.1 09/12/15 Applicability limits.

A4.1.4 R804.3.6 12/15 Cold-formed steel roof trusses
C8.6 R903.4 09/12/15 Roof drainage
C8.6 R903.4.1 09/12/15 Secondary drains or scuppers
A4.7 N1102.1 09/12/15 Insulation and Fenestration Requirements
A4.7 N1102.2.1 09/12/15 Ceilings with attic spaces
A4.7 N1102.2.2 09/12/15 Ceilings without attic spaces
A4.7 TN1101.2.1 09 Insulation and Fenestration Requirements
TOP
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
A5.3 SEI/ASCE 7 References

C2.2 1.2.2 10 Definition Notational Load
A3.5 C1.3 05/10 Floor vibrations
C2.9 1.4 05/10 General Structural Integrity
C2.9 C1.4 05/10 General Structural Integrity
C2.2 1.4 10 General Structural Integrity
C2.2 1.4.1.2 10 Allowable Stress Design Notional Load
C2.2 1.4.2 10 Load Path Connections
C2.2 1.4.3 10 Lateral Forces
C2.2 1.4.4 10 Connection to Supports
C2.2 1.4.5 10 Anchorage of Structural Walls
C6.8.3 T1.5-1 10 Risk Category of Buildings and Other Strurctures
C7.2.4 T1.5-1 05/10 Risk Category of Buildings and Other Strurctures
C4.3.1 2.2 02/05/10 Symbols and Notations
C2.8 2.4 05 Combining Nominal Loads Using Allowable Stress Design
C2.9 2.4 10 Combining Nominal Loads Using Allowable Stress Design
C2.2 2.4 10 Combining Nominal Loads Using Allowable Stress
C3.5 3.1 05 Definition
C3.3 T C3-1 05/10 Minimum Design Dead Loads
C3.4.3 3.1.3 05/10 Weights of Materials and Constructions
T4-1 05/10 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads, L o, and Minimum Concentrated Live
C2.3
Loads
C4.2.1
Loads
C4.2.2
Loads
C4.2.6
Loads
C4.3.2
Loads
C4.3.6
Loads
C4.4
Loads
C4.3.6.3 T C4-1 05/10 Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads
C4.2.1 4.1 05/10 Definitions - Live Load
C4.3.1 4.1 05/10 Definitions
C4.9 4.1 05 Definitions - Live Load
C4.10 4.1 10 Definitions - Live Load
C4.9 4.2 05 Uniformly Distributed Loads
C4.10 4.2 10 Uniformly Distributed Loads
C3.4.2 4.2.2 05 Partition Loads
C4.5 4.2.2 05 Provision for Partitions
C4.5 4.3.2 10 Provision for Partitions
C4.5 C4.3.2 05/10 Provisions for Partitions
C4.2.6 4.4 05/10 Concentrated Loads
C4.3.6 4.3 05 Concentrated Live Loads
C4.9 4.3 05 Concentrated Live Loads
C3.4.2 4.3.2 10 Partition Loads
C4.5 4.3.2 10 Partition Loads
C4.6 4.3.3 10 Partial Loading
C4.6 C4.3.3 10 Partial Loading
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
C4.3.6.2 C4.4 10 Concentrated Live Loads
C4.5 4.4.2 05 Partition Loads
C4.6 4.6 05 Partial Loading
C4.6 C4.6 05 Partial Loading
C4.7 4.7 05 Impact Loads
C4.2.5 4.7.2 10 Heavy Live Loads
C4.2.5 4.7.2 10 Reduction in Uniform Live Loads
C4.10 4.8.2 10 Reduction in Roof Live Loads
C4.3.6 C4.8.2 10 Reduction in Uniform Live Loads
C4.9 4.9 05 Reduction in Roof Live Loads
C4.3.6 C4.9.1 02 Flat, Pitched, and Curved Roofs.
C5.1 5 05/10 Flood Loads
C6.8.2 T6-1 05 Importance Factors for Wind
C6.6 6.2 05/10 Definitions
C6.8.2 6.2 05 Definitions
C6.7.2 C6.2 05 Definitions
C6.3 F6-3 05 C&C Design Wind Pressure figure
C6.8.2 T6-3 05 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients
C6.2 6.4.4.4 05 Wind Directionality Factor
C6.2 T6-4 05 Wind Directionality Factor
C6.7.2 T6-4 05 Wind Directionality Factor
C6.8.2 T6-4 05 Wind Directionality Factor
C6.8.2 6.5 05 Method 2 - Analytical Procedure
C6.4 6.5.6 05 Exposure
C7.2.1 6.5.6 05 Exposure
C6.9.1 6.5.11.4.1 05 Main Wind-Force Resisting System - Overhangs
C7.1 7 05/10 Snow Loads
C7.9 7 05/10 Snow Loads
C7.10.1 7 05/10 Snow Loads
C7.10.2 7 05/10 Snow Loads
C7.2.5 7.1 05/10 Definitions
C7.2 F7-1 05/10 Ground Snow Loads
C7.2.2 T7-2 05/10 Exposure Factor
C7.6.3 7.2 05/10 Ground Snow Loads
C7.2.5 F7-2 05/10 Graphs for Determining Roof Slope Factor for Warm and Cold Roofs
C7.10.9 F7-3 05/10 Figure 7-3 Balanced and Unbalanced loads for Curved Roofs
C7.2.3 T7-3 05/10 Thermal Factor
C7.2.5 7.3 05/10 Flat Roof Snow Loads
C7.3 7.3 05/10 Flat Roof Snow Loads
C7.3 7.3.4 10 Flat Roof Snow Loads
C7.6.3 7.3 05/10 Flat Roof Snow Loads
C7.2.5 7.3.4 05/10 Minimum Values of p f for Low-Slope Roofs.
C7.10.9 7.3.4 05/10 Minimum Values of p f for Low-Slope Roofs.
C7.3 7.4 05/10 Sloped Roof Snow Loads
C7.6.3 7.4 05/10 Sloped Roof Snow Loads
C7.10.9 7.4.3 05/10 Roof Slope Factor for Curved Roofs
7.4.4 05/10 Unbalanced Snow Loads for Multiple Folded Plate, Sawtooth, and Barrel Vault
C7.5.4
Roofs
C7.10.8 7.4.5 05/10 Ice Dams and Icicles Along Eaves
C7.5.11 7.4.5 05/10 Ice Dams and Icicles Along Eaves.
C7.5.11 C7.4.5 05/10 Ice Dams and Icicles Along Eaves.
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
C7.7 7.4.5 05/10 Ice Dams and Icicles Along Eaves
C7.5.2 7.5 05/10 Partial Loading
C7.7 7.5 05/10 Partial Loading
C7.10.7 7.5 05/10 Partial Loading
C7.3 F7-5 05/10 Balanced and Unbalanced Snow Loads for Hip and Gable Roofs
C7.4 F7-5 93-10 Balanced and Unbalanced Snow Loads for Hip and Gable Roofs
C7.5.4 F7-6 05/10 Sawtooth roofs figure
C7.4 7.6 93-10 Unbalanced Roof Snow Loads
C7.5.1 7.6 02/05/10 Unbalanced Snow Loads
C7.6.2 7.6 05/10 Unbalanced Snow Loads
C7.7 7.6 05/10 Unbalanced Snow Loads
C7.4 7.6.1 05/10 Unbalanced Snow Loads for Hip and Gable Roofs
C7.6.2 7.6.1 05/10 Wood Rafter Spans
C7.10.3 7.6.1 05/10 Unbalanced Snow Loads for Hip and Gable Roofs.
C7.10.9 7.6.2 05/10 Unbalanced Snow Loads for Curved Roofs
7.6.3 05/10 Unbalanced Snow Loads for Multiple Folded Plate, Sawtooth, and Barrel Vault
C7.5.4
Roofs
C7.6.3 05/10 Commentary Unbalanced Snow Loads for Multiple Folded Plate, Sawtooth, and
C7.5.4
Barrel Vault Roofs
C7.5.3 7.7 05/10 Drifts on Lower Roofs
C7.10.4 7.7.1 05/10 Drifts on Lower Roofs
C7.5.7 7.8 05/10 Roof Projections
C7.10.5 7.8 05/10 Roof Projections
C7.5.8 7.9 05/10 Sliding Snow
C7.10.6 7.9 05/10 Sliding Snow
C7.5.7 F7-9 05/10 Graph and Equation for Determinining Drift Height
C7.4 F7-9 05/10 Graph and Equation for Determinining Drift Height
C7.10.2 F7-9 05/10 Graph and Equation for Determinining Drift Height
C7.5.9 7.10 05/10 Rain-on-snow Surcharge Load
C7.5.10 7.11 05/10 Ponding Instability
C7.4 C7.13 05/10 Other Roofs and Sites
C8.4 8.1 05/10 Symbols
C8.4 8.2 05/10 Roof Drainage
C8.1 C8.2 05/10 Roof Drainage
C8.3 8.3 05/10 Design Rain Loads
C8.4 8.3 05/10 Design Rain Loads
C8.2 FC8.3 05/10 Susceptible Bays
C8.2 8.4 05/10 Ponding Instability
C8.4 8.4 05/10 Ponding Instability
C8.2 FC8.4 05/10 Susceptible Bays
C8.3 8.5 05/10 Controlled drainage
C8.4 8.5 05/10 Controlled drainage
C6.2 11.2 10 Definitions
C2.9 11.7 05/10 Design Requirements for Seismic Design Category A
C2.9 C11.7 05/10 Design Requirements for Seismic Design Category A
C6.2 12.3.1.2 10 Definitions
C9.2 14.5 05/10 Wood
C6.8.3 26.1 10 Enclosure Classification
C6.8.3 F26.1-1 10 Outline Process
C6.2 26.2 & 26.3 10 Definitions
C6.7.2 26.2 10 Definitions
C6.8.3 26.5.1 10 Basic Wind Speed
C6.8.3 F26.5-1 10 Basic Wind Speed
C6.8.3 T26.5-1 A-C 10 Basic Wind Speed
C6.4 F26.5-1 10 Basic Wind Speeds
C6.2 26.6 10 Wind Directionality Factor
C6.2 T26.6-1 10 Wind Directionality Factor
C6.8.3 T26.6-1 10 Wind Directionality Factor
C6.5 26.7.2,3 10 Surface Roughness Category/Exposure Categories
C6.8.3 26.7.2,3,4 10 Surface Roughness Category
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
C6.2 26.8 10 Topographic Factors
C6.8.3 26.8 10 Topographic Factors
C6.8.3 F26.8-1 10 Topographic Factors
C6.8.3 26.9 10 Gust Effect Factor
C6.2 26.10 10 Enclosure Classification
C6.8.3 26.11 10 Internal Pressure Coefficients
C6.8.3 27.1.5 10 Minimum Design Wind Loads
C6.8.3 T27.2-1 10 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on MWFRS Buildings of All Heights
C6.8.3 T27.3-1 10 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients
C6.8.3 T27.4-1 10 External Pressure Coefficients
C6.9.1 27.4.4 10 Roof Overhangs
C6.9.1 F27.4-1 10 MWFRS - Part 1
C6.8.3 T28.2-1 10 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on MWFRS Low-rise Buildings
C6.8.3 T28.4-1 10 External Pressure Coefficients
C6.9.1 28.4.3 10 Roof Overhangs
C6.9.1 F28.4-1 10 MWFRS - Part 1
C6.5 F28.6-1 10 Adjustment Factor for Building Height and Exposure
C6.8.3 30.2.2 10 Minimum Design Dead Loads
T30.4-1 10 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on C&C for Enclosed & Partially Enclosed
C6.8.3
Structures
C6.8.3 F30.4-2 10 External Pressure Coefficients
C6.3 F30.4-2B 10 C&C Design Wind Pressure Figure
T30.6-1 10 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on C&C for Enclosed & Partially Enclosed
C6.8.3
Structures - h > 60
C6.3 F30.5-1 10 C&C Design Wind Pressure Figure
C6.8.3 T30.8-1 10 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on C&C for Open Structures
T30.9-1 10 Steps to Determine Wind Loads on C&C for Overhangs, Parapets, & Rooftop
C6.8.3
Equipment
A3.1 App C 05/10 Serviceability
A3.3 App C 05/10 Serviceability
A3.5 App C.1.3 05/10 Vibrations
TOP
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
A5.4 ANSI/TPI 1 References

Chap 2 07/14 Responsibilities in the Design Process Involving Metal Plate Connected Wood
C1.2
Trusses
Chap 2 07/14 Responsibilities in the Design Process Involving Metal Plate Connected Wood
C1.3
Trusses
C1.3 2.3.1 14 Requirements of the Owner
A4.2 2.3.1 07/14 Requirements of the Owner
A4.2 2.3.1.1 07/14 Building Permit
C1.3.1 2.3.1.6 07/14 Long Span Truss Requirements
A4.2 2.3.1.6.2 07/14 Special Inspection
A4.2 2.3.1.6.11 07/14 In-plant Truss Inspection
C1.3.2 2.3.2 14 Requirements of Building Designer
C1.5 2.3.2.1 14 Construction Documents.
C1.3.2 2.3.2.4 14 Required Information in the Conctruction Documents
C2.2 2.3.2.4 07/14 Required Information in the Construction Documents
A1.6 2.3.2.4 07/14 Required Information in the Construction Documents
A3.3.7 2.3.2.4 14 Required Information in the Construction Documents
2.3.3 14 Requirements for the Permanent Member Restraint/Bracing of Truss Systems
C1.3.3
C1.3.4 2.3.4 14 Requirements of the Contractor

C1.3.5 2.3.5 14 Requirements of the Truss Designer
A3.3.7 2.3.5.5 07/14 Information on Truss Design Drawings
C1.3.5.1 2.3.5.5 07/14 Information on Truss Design Drawings
C2.2 2.3.5.5 07/14 Information on Truss Design Drawings
A1.7 2.3.5.5(e) 07/14 Required bearing widths
C1.3.6 2.3.6 14 Requirements of the Truss Manufacturer
A4.2 2.3.6.2 07/14 Special Inspection
A4.2 2.3.6.11 07/14 In-plant Truss Inspection
2.4 07 Responsibilities Where the Legal Requirements Do Not Mandate a Registered
C1.3
Design Professional for Buildings
C1.3 2.4 14 Contracts
A4.2 2.4.1 07/14 Requirements of the Owner
A4.2 2.4.1.1 07/14 Building Permit
A4.2 2.4.1.5.2 07 Special Inspection
A4.2 2.4.1.6.11 07/14 In-plant Truss Inspection
A3.3.7 2.3.5.5 14 Information on Truss Design Drawings
A3.3.7 2.4.2.4 07 Required Information in the Construction Documents
C1.3 2.4.5.4 07 Information on Truss Design Drawings
A3.3.7 2.4.5.4 07 Information on Truss Design Drawings
A4.2 2.4.6.11 07 In-plant Truss Inspection
C1.3.7 2.4 14 Contracts
A1.7 2.5.2.4(c) 07/14 All Structural Elements and Truss Support locations
A4.2 3.1 07/14 General
C3.4.2 6.2.2.1 07/14 Non-Bearing Partitions
C3.1 6.2.2.2 14 Effect of Pitch
C4.2.4 6.2.2.2 07 Attic live loads
C3.1 6.2.2.3 07 Effect of Pitch
A1.6 T6.4-5 07/14 Temperature Factor
A1.6 6.4.6 07/14 Temperature Factor
A1.6 6.4.6 07/14 Wet Service Factor
A1.6 6.4.7 07/14 Temperature Factor
A1.6 6.4.8 07 Incising Factor
A1.6 6.5 07/14 Corrosive Environments
A1.6 C6.5 07/14 Corrosive Environments
A1.7 7.3.8.3 07/14 Bearing Plate Increase Factor
C3.4.5 7.6 07/14 Deflection
Beta Version 2.02

A5-Code References
A3.3.7 7.6 07/14 Deflection
C3.4.5 7.6 07/14 Deflection
A3.3.7 7.6 07/14 Deflection
A3.3.7 7.6.1 07/14 Deflection
A1.9 T7.6-1 07/14 Deflection limits for non-cantilevered portions of trusses
C4.1.2 T7.6-1 07 Deflection limits for non-cantilevered portions of trusses
A3.3.7 T7.6-1 07/14 Deflection limits for non-cantilevered portions of trusses
A3.3.7 7.6.2.2 07/14 Deflection using beam formulas
A3.3.7 C7.6.2.2 07/14 Deflection using beam formulas
A3.3.7 7.6.2.3 07/14 Deflection calculation for Parallel Chord Trusses
A3.3.7 C7.6.2.3 07/14 Deflection calculation for Parallel Chord Trusses
A3.3.7 7.6.2.4 07/14 Strongbacking
A3.3.7 C7.6.2.4 07/14 Strongbacking
A3.4 C7.6.2.4 07/14 Strongbacking
A3.4 7.6.2.4 07/14 Strongbacking
A3.4 C7.6.2.4 07/14 Strongbacking
A3.5 7.6.2.4 07/14 Strongbacking
A3.3.7 7.6.3 07/14 Horizontal Deflection Limits
C1.2 App D 07/14 Abbreviations, Terminology, Definitions & Nomenclature
TOP
A5.5 NDS® References
C2.6 T2.3.2 05/12/15 Frequently Used Load Duration Factors
A3.3.8 3.1.4 05/12/15 Time Dependent Deformations
A3.3.8 3.5.1 05/12/15 Deflection Calculations
A3.3.8 3.5.2 05/12/15 Long Term Loading
A1.6 4.3.3 05/12/15 Wet Service Factor
A3.2 App A.5 05/12/15 Camber
A3.3.8 App F 05/12/15 Design for Creep and Critical Deflection Applications
A1.7 Supp T4A 05 Tabulated design values for lumber
TOP
A5.6 ASCE/SEI 24 References
C5.1.1 5.1 14 Materials in flood hazard areas
TOP
Beta Version 2.02

Update History
UPDATE HISTORY
More significant corrections are indicated in red.
Updates are listed with the newest at the top.
2016 Edition (v2.02)
2014 Edition (v2.00)
2009 Edition v1.03b
Beta Version 1.03
Beta Version 1.02
Beta Version 1.01
2016 Edition (v2.02) Significant changes for 2015 codes & No change for ASCE 7-10
Removed references to the 2006 IBC & IRC and added references to the 2015 IBC & IRC
Start:
1 No change
TOC:
1 No change
Roof Loads:
1 Updated to IBC/IRC 2015
Floor Loads:
1 No change
Dead Loads:
1 No change
TOP C1-Introduction:
2 Considerable updates C1.3 Design Responsibilities: TPI-1 2014
C2-Load Cases:
C3-Dead & Soil Loads
2 C3.10 Added small paragraph on soil loads
C4-Live Loads
1 4.2.5 Removed part on live load reduction, no longer in ASCE 7-10 3rd addition
2 4.3.4 Removed reference to Indiana code
3 4.3.6.2 Florida is following ASCE 7-10 and so comment about Florida no longer valid as of 2014
4 4.3.7 Florida is following ASCE 7-10 and so comment about Florida no longer valid as of 2014
5 C4.4 Updated link to SBCA Tech Note on "Construction Loading"
6 C4.4 Added link to BCSI Section 4 Construction Loading
C5-Flood Loads
1 Updated to IBC/IRC 2015 & ASCE 24-14
C6-Wind
C7-Snow
C8 Rain
TOP C9 Seismic
1 Updated FEMA & links to FEMA
2 A1.2.2 Updated SBCA website links for sprinkler systems
A1.2.3 Added links To SBCA Research Reports “Sprinkler Systems and Wood Trusses” & “Sprinkler Loads
3
on Trusses”
4 A1.4.1 Added example load cases for steeples/cupolas
Beta Version 2.02

Update History
5 A1.10 Added "Outrigger Reaction Calculator"
A2 Lateral Loads
2 A2.2 Removed heel blocking tech note lines
A2.2 Added link to SBCA Research Report 1506-07 "Heel Blocking Requirements and Capacity Analysis".
3
4 A2.5 Updated Fastening Schedule charts to IBC/IRC 2015
5 Added link to ICC ESR-1539
6 A2.5 Considerable changes to update/change to BCSI B8
A3 Serviceability
A4 Other Code Issues
TOP A5 Code References
1 Updated to match current version of TLG
2014 Edition (v2.00) Significant changes for 2012 codes & ASCE 7-10
Note: most references to 2003 code cycle requirements have been removed in keeping with
the scope of this version.
Start:
1 Added comment about scope of TLG = 3 code versions
TOC:
1 Revised structure
Roof Loads:
1 Corrected several issues related to rain-on-snow surcharge.
2 Added 2012 codes to snow load drop-down list
3 Added code drop-down to wind section to differentiate between Vasd & Vult.
4 Removed ASCE 7 section numbering
5 Added Y/N to check roof for Ponding.
Floor Loads:
1 Added 2012 codes to 'designed for' drop-down list. Removed 2003.
Dead Loads:
1 Updated values for 2x4 & 2x6 purlins @ 48” o.c. from 1.2 to 0.35 and 1.5 to 0.55.
2 Updated values partition loads from 20 to 15 psf
C1-Introduction:
1 Updated C-1.1 Abbreviations
2 Updated C-1.2 Definitions
3 Updated C1.4 Building Codes & Standards
4 Updated C1.5 Information Required in the Construction Documents
5 Updated C1.6 The Truss Design Drawing as a Span Chart
6 Updated C1.8 Truss Placement Diagram
7 Updated C1.10 Engineered versus Prescriptive Design
8 Updated C1.11 Design of Portions
TOP C2-Load Cases:
1 Updated C2.2 Combinations of Loads for ASCE 7-10.
2 Updated C2.3 Load Cases for ASCE 7-10
3 Updated C2.6 Load Duration Factors
4 Updated code reference sections.
C3-Dead & Soil Loads:
1 Updated C3.2 Adjustments for slope
2 Updated C3.4.2 Non-bearing partitions
3 Updated C3.4.3 Mechanical Loads
Beta Version 2.02

Update History
C4-Live Loads
1 This entire section has been reorganized and updated.
C5-Flood Loads
1 Updated C5.1 Introduction to Flood Loads
2 Updated links at C5.3 Flood Resources
C6-Wind Loads
1 This entire section has been reorganized and updated to current codes/standards.
C7-Snow Loads
1 Updated C7.1 Terminology
2 Updated C7.2 Design Snow Loads
3 Updated C7.2.5 Flat Roof, Roof Slope and Slope Factor
4 Updated C7.4 Unbalanced Snow Loads
5 Updated C7.5.7 Drifting at Projections
6 Updated C7.5.9 Rain on Snow Surcharge
7 Updated C7.5.11 Ice Dams at Eaves
8 Updated C7.9 ASCE 7 Snow Load Procedures
9 Updated C7.12 Reference Material
TOP C8-Rain Loads
1 Updated C8.1 Introduction
2 Updated C8.2 Ponding
C9-Seismic Loads
1 Updated C9.2 Reference Material
1 Updated A1.1 Introduction - added discussion of alteration to trusses
2 Updated A1.2 Sprinkler systems
3 A1.4 Steeples, Towers and Similar Structures – added Solar Panel example
4 A1.6 Harsh Environments –updated ANSI/TPI 1-07 references.
5 A1.7 Minimum Required Bearing – added Nov 2011 Bearing Area SBC article
6 Added: A1.8 Brick Veneer
7 Added: A1.9 Room in Attic
8 Added: A1.10 Load on Overhangs
A2-Lateral Loads
1 A2.2 Blocking at Truss Heels - added Tech Note
2 Added: A2.5 Lateral Loads and Toenails
A3-Serviceability
1 Split A3.3.3 IBC and IRC minimum deflection limits into A3.3.3 & A3.3.4
2 Added Section A3.3.5 General Considerations for Trusses and Deflection
3 Updated section for current code references
1 Divided A4.1.1 and A4.1.2 into IRC & IBC considerations
2 Added: A4.7 Roof Trusses & the Energy code
TOP 3 Updated section for current code references
Updated 2009 Edition

Corrected an issue where the print buttons were not working.
2009 Edition v1.03a

Changed name from The Load Guide (TLG) to SBCA Load Guide. Also corrected some editiorial
issues.
Beta version 1.03b
Beta Version 2.02

Update History
Corrected sliding snow on lower roof calculation to properly calculate the PSF sliding snow load on the
lower roof. The old calculation was increasing the load as the lower roof got smaller. Now the PSF load
remains constant. Only the total load changes in accordance with the size of the roof. Also corrected the
snowdrifts on parpets calulation(the references were offset one cell)
Beta version 1.03a

A number of mostly unmarked changes have been made to clarify code and/or standard
TOP
edition references through out TLG commentary and appendices.
Dead Loads:
1 Adjust value for purlins at 4' o.c.
Roof Loads:
1 Revised rounding at load summary for both floor & roof Live & Dead values.
2 Revised rain-on-snow surcharge logic.
C1-Introduction
1 C1.2 Definitions - updated to reflect changes in ANSI/TPI 1-07
2 C1.3 Design Responsibilities - updated to reflect changes in ANSI/TPI 1-07
3 C1.4 & C1.9 Updated for 2007 Supplement to ICC Codes & ANSI/TPI 1-07
4 Added C1.5 Information Required in Construction Documents
5 C1.6 Truss Design Drawing - updated to reflect 2007 Supplement & IBC-09
6 Revised C1.12 Acknowledgements for name change to SBCA
TOP
C2-Load Cases
1 Added C2.9 Reference Material (2009 code cycle)
C3-Dead & Soil Loads

1 Revised tab name to include Soil Loads
2 C3.1, C3.4.2, C3.4.5 - Updated to reflect ANSI/TPI 1-07
3 C3.8 added discussion of IRC Fdn Lateral Restaint
4 Added C3.8 Reference Material (2009 code cycle)
C4-Live Loads
1 C4.1, C4.7, C4.8 - Updated to reflect ANSI/TPI 1-07 & IBC/IRC-09
2 C4.3 - Updated commentary on concentrated roof load consideration
TOP
C5-Flood Loads
1 Updated to reflect IRC-09 revisions
C6-Wind Loads
1 Added C6.3 discussion of wind directionality for C&C loading
2 Added C6.3.1 Effects of Wind on Trusses During Construction
3 C6.8 updated discussion of IRC uplift requirements
4 Added C6.11 Reference Materials (2009 code cycle)
5 Added C6.12 Topographic Wind Effects
TOP
C7-Snow Loads
1 C7.5.11 corrected ventilated/unventilated discussion
2 C7.6 Added information from Commentary on 2006 IRC
3 C7.6.3 Added additional discussion on IRC requirements for unbalanced snow
4 C7.7 Added discussion on IBC reference to ASCE 7
5 C7.10.6 Leeward & Windward Snow Drifts on Lower roofs illustration, fixed formula in
illustration of value of drift width (w ).
6 Added C7.10.11 Balanced & Unbalanced Snow Loads for Curved Roofs
TOP
Beta Version 2.02

Update History
1 A1.2.1 added discussion of requirements for residential sprinkler systems
2 A1.2.2 added discussion of loading for residential sprinkler systems
3 A1.6 updated to ANSI/TPI-07
4 A1.7 added discussion regarding minimum bearing requirements
A2-Lateral Loads
1 A2.2 Blocking at Truss Heels - revised for lateral loading
2 Updated to reflect IBC/IRC-09 revisions
A3-Serviceability
1 Updated to IBC/IRC-09 & ANSI/TPI-07 revisions
TOP
A4-Other Code Issues - Added appendix
1 A4.1 Truss Design Requirements In the IBC & IRC
2 A4.2 Special Inspections
3 A4.3 Story Height
4 A4.4 Decks and Deck Attachment
5 A4.5 Fasteners with Preservative Treated and FRT Wood
6 A4.6 Wall Bracing
A5-Code References - Added appendix

1 A5.1 IBC
2 A5.2 IRC
3 A5.3 ASCE 7
4 A5.4 ANSI/TPI 1
5 A5.5 NDS
TOP
Beta version 1.02
Global Revisions:
1 Added printout input worksheet & floor and roof load printouts.
2 Revised the naming of the tabs and the outlining within the individual tabs.
3 Revised the internal hyperlink system.
Start:
1 Revised comments on printing since print buttons added.
TOP
Print Setup (new):

1 Added worksheet for user to define header information for load printouts.
TOC:
1 Added link to print setup (printouts are hidden)
Roof Loads:
1 Corrected problem with IRC Live Load reduction calculation
2 Corrected issue with reduction factor for Bottom Chord Live Load.
Revised logic at snow loads - added Design Method. Revised logic for which snow design load to use.
3
Added design criteris: IBC-03/ASCE 7-02, IBC-06/ASCE 7-05 or IRC pg or IRC 0.7pg
Revised logic for low slope eval for hip gable for ASCE 7-05 and Included the
4
application of the slope factor to design snow load for low slope roofs.
5 Revised logic for rain-on-snow for different slope criteria for ASCE 7-05.
6 Added input for environmental conditions (heat, moisture, corrosion).
7 Removed signature section and put on roof load printout.
8 Removed specification information.
9 Added printout & printout buttons.
Beta Version 2.02

Update History
TOP
Floor Loads:
1 Corrected description of area of concentrated load application to 2.5 foot square area.
2 Added note regarding partition load value (was 20 psf, ASCE 7-05 = 15)
3 Added input for environmental conditions (heat, moisture, corrosion).
4 Removed signature section and put on floor load printout.
5 Removed specification information.
6 Added printout & printout buttons.
Dead Loads:
1 Corrected display of roof truss selection options.
2 Corrected display of floor truss weight.
3 Revised values for interior wall plf
4 Added sprinkler load for roof truss top chord.
5 Dead Load detail included on roof and floor printouts
TOP
C1-Introduction:
1 C1.4 Add information in code section regarding IBC/IRC 2006 & ASCE 7-05.
2 C1.11 Add information in reference section for ICC.
3 C1.11 Update information in acknowledgement section.
4 C1.9 Add discussion of engineered vs prescriptive design & design of portions.
5 C1.2 Updated definitions to match BCSI 1-06 and TPI 1-07
C2-Load Cases:
C2.2 Added information regarding ASCE 7-05 clarification on using S in combination with other variable
1
loads.
2 C2.2.2 Revised example for load combinations. Added logic for snow loads and load normalization.
3 C2.4 Revise load cases to reflect wind & snow issues related to TLG team decisions and ASCE 7-05.
C3-Dead Loads:
1 C3.1 Added revised definition of DL from IBC-06.
2 C3.4.2 Updated information on non-bearing partition loads.
3 C3.6 Added code information
TOP
C4-Live Loads:
1 C4.4 Updated discussion on moveable partition loading value.
2 C4.2 Revised discussion of BCLL for IBC/IRC 2006
3 C4.1 Revised definitions of live and roof live loads
4 C4.1 Added discussion of changes to roof live loads in ASCE 7-05
5 C4.5 Added commentary from ASCE 7-05 regarding partial (pattern) loading
6 C4.12 Added 2006 code cycle reference material.
7 C4.1 Added material regarding concentrated loads in ASCE 7-05 & IBC-06.
TOP
C5-Flood Loads:
1 Added section per ASCE 7-05
C6-Wind Loads:
1 C6.1 & C6.6 Revised for 06 prescriptive limitations.
2 C6.4 Revised for 06 Exposure category changes.
3 C6.7.3 Added notes regarding new ASCE 7-05 procedures and figures for free roofs and parapets.
4 C6.6 Added ASCE 7-05 & IBC-06 Exposure reference material.
Beta Version 2.02

Update History
5 C6.6.2 Revised information regarding Importance factor.
C6.5 Added change in IRC-06 & ASCE 7-05 related to openings in windborne debris
6
region.
7 C6.7 Revise to reflect wind load application issues.
8 C6.4 Added code information of interest from FBC 2004 & Supplements.
9 C6.10 Added reference material for 2006 code cycle.
TOP
C7-Snow Loads:
1 C7.10.6 Corrected error in formula for drift width (W) for Leeward & Windward Snow Drifts on Lower Roofs.
2 C7.1 Updated definitions for hb, hc, S.
3 C7.9.2 Updated procedure for ASCE 7-05 low slope evaluation.
4 C7.5.9 Updated for ASCE 7-05 rain-on-snow criterion.
5 C7.5.5 Revised ASCE 7-05 logic for drifting at gable/hip roof regarding minimum fetch. Added discusssion.
6 C7.6 Added applicability limits for IRC-06.
7 C7.2.4 Revised information regarding Importance factor.
8 C7.2.1 Updated information regarding Exposure Category.
9 C7.2.2 Updated information regarding Terrain Category.
10 C7.12 Added 2006 code cycle Reference Material
11 C7.9.2 Add differences to snow load procedure introduced in ASCE 7-05.
12 C7.4 Revise to reflect snow drift issues.
13 C7.10.9 Revised partial loading example to take into account ASCE 7-05 parameters.
C7.10.2 Revised Asymmetrical Unbalanced Loading to use ASCE 7-02 method for
14
determining beta.
15 C7.10.3 Revised for display of values left/right of ridge.
C8-Rain:
C8.5 Added revised IBC-06 ponding language.
TOP
C9-Seismic:
1 C9.2 Updated ASCE 7-05 information
2 C9.2 Added reference to AF&PA SDPWS
A1-Design Considerations:
1 A1.6 Added discussion of harsh environments.
2 A1.2 Updated sprinkler information for NFPA 13
A2-Lateral Loads
A2.2 & A2.4 Added material concerning blocking and added heel height calculator.
A3-Serviceability:
1 A3.3 Updated long term loading reference in IBC-06
2 A3.1 Updated serviceablity reference to Appendix C in ASCE 7-05
TOP
Beta version 1.01
Updated a number of hyperlink references throughout the document.
Roof Loads:
1 Added HVHZ live load selection.
2 Fixed error in low slope roof evaluation of snow.
3 Changed rounding at load totals to integer.
Beta Version 2.02

Update History
Floor Loads:
1 Expanded choices for on center spacing.
2 Changed rounding at load totals to integer.
Dead Loads:
1 Added wider on center spaced trusses
2 Corrected formula to include psf value for 1-1/8" sheathing
C-Introduction:
1 Added permission from ASCE to quote from ASCE 7
TOP
C-Load Cases: NONE
C-Dead Loads: NONE
C-Live Loads:
1 Added discussion on Live Load concurrency.
C-Wind:
1 Updated discussion of Florida Building Code for 2004.
C-Snow:
1 Corrected display of drift height at ASCE 7-05 drift calc.
2 Corrected calculation at leeward & windward drifting on lower roofs.
3 Corrected calculation of drifts at parapets and projections.
4 Corrected Partial loading considered formula & replaced fixed values with formulas.
5 Corrected a number of textual errors.
C-Rain: NONE
C-Seismic: NONE
A-Design Considerations: NONE
A-Lateral Loads: NONE
A-Serviceability: NONE
TOP
Beta Version 2.02


LoadGuideV2 02 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LoadGuideV2 02 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Start

TLG 2016 Edition (ver 2.02)

GUIDE TO GOOD PRACTICE FOR SPECIFYING & APPLYING LOADS TO

Produced by SBCA’s Engineering & Technology Committee

How to Use this Guide

Beta Version 2.02

Questions or comments, email: SBCA Load Guide Comments

Beta Version 2.02

TLG 2016 Edition (ver 2.02)

Table of Contents (TOC) Section

Discussion (each section has its own TOC)

Appendices (each section has its own TOC)

Beta Version 2.0

Enter your company information in the three lines below.

SBCA Load Guide Floor Loads

ROOF OR FLOOR PRINTOUT INFORMATION

Beta Version 2.0

Describe Roof Area or similar trusses:

TC Uniform Snow Load (S): Calculated Results:

BC Uniform Live Load (L): Reduction

Beta Version 2.0

Special Loading Considerations:

Deflection Considerations (Bottom Chord):

SPECIFIED DESIGN LOADS: (Rounded to an integer)

Design Per: IRC 2015

Beta Version 2.0

Describe Floor Area or similar trusses:

BC Uniform Floor Truss Live Load (L):

C4-Live Special Loading (Must be detailed on construction documents):

A3-Serviceability Deflection Considerations:

Other Design Information:

C1.3-Design Resp. TOTAL DESIGN LOADS: By Calculation: (Rounded to an integer)

User specified Design Values: Floor

C1.4-Codes C Design Per: IRC 2015

Beta Version 2.0

Detailed Dead Loads for Assemblies:

Floor: Floor Finish Covering 0.00

Walls (result in PLF values): PLF

E Interior (height in feet) 0.00

Beta Version 2.0

TLG 2016 Edition (ver 2.02)

Beta Version 2.02

Load (as used in ASCE 7 & IBC):

Beta Version 2.02

Beta Version 2.02

Contract: Legally recognized agreement between two parties.

Creep: Time-dependent deformation of a structural member under constant load.

Beta Version 2.02

Beta Version 2.02

Heel Cut: See Butt Cut

Lateral Bending: Bending out of the plane of the truss.

Beta Version 2.02

Beta Version 2.02

TOC Rake: Edge of a roof with the intersection of the gable.

Beta Version 2.02

Scab-Reinforcement: A piece of stress-graded lumber attached to a web as reinforcement against

Scarf-Cut: The length of the cut of a board along the cut.

Slope: See Pitch.

Beta Version 2.02

Beta Version 2.02

Truss Profile: A side view representation or outline of a truss.

U-Reinforcement: Two pieces of Stress-Graded Lumber attached to a Web as reinforcement against

Beta Version 2.02